Purchas his pilgrimes. part 2 In fiue bookes. The first, contayning the voyages and peregrinations made by ancient kings, patriarkes, apostles, philosophers, and others, to and thorow the remoter parts of the knowne world: enquiries also of languages and religions, especially of the moderne diuersified professions of Christianitie. The second, a description of all the circum-nauigations of the globe. The third, nauigations and voyages of English-men, alongst the coasts of Africa ... The fourth, English voyages beyond the East Indies, to the ilands of Iapan, China, Cauchinchina, the Philippinæ with others ... The fifth, nauigations, voyages, traffiques, discoueries, of the English nation in the easterne parts of the world ... The first part.

NAVIGATIONS, VOYA∣GES, [ 10] AND LAND-DISCO∣VERIES, WITH OTHER HI∣STORICALL RELATIONS OF AFRIKE. [ 20] (Book 6)

THE SIXTH BOOKE. (Book 6)

CHAP. I.

Obseruations of Africa, taken out of IOHN LEO his nine Bookes, [ 30] translated by Master * 1.1 PORY, and the most remarkable things hither transcribed.

§. I.

Collections out of the first Booke of IOHN LEO, touching the People, Tribes, Languages, Seasons, Vertues, Vices, and other more [ 40] generall considerations of Africa.

AFRICA is called in the Arabian Tongue Iphrichia, of the * 1.2 word Faraca, which signifieth in the said Language, to diuide: but why it should be so called, there are two opinions; the first is this: namely, because this part of the World is diuided from Europa by the Mediterran Sea, and from Asia * 1.3 by the Riuer of Nilus. Others are of opinion, that this name of Africa was deriued from one Ifricus the King of Arabia Foelix, who is said to haue beene the first that euer inhabited these parts. This Ifricus waging war against the King of Assyria, & being [ 50] at length by him driuen out of his Kingdome, passed with his whole Armie ouer Nilus, and so conducting his troupes west∣ward, made no delay till he was come vnto the Region lying about Carthage. Hence it is that the Arabians doe imagine the Countrey about Carthage onely, and the Regions lying Westward thereof, to comprehend all Africa.

Africa (if we may giue credit vnto the Writers of that Nation, being men of Learning, and most skilfull Cosmographers) beginneth Southward at certaine Riuers issuing forth of a Lake in the Desart of Gaoga. East-ward it bordereth vpon the Riuer Nilus. It extendeth North∣ward to that part of Egypt, where Nilus at seuen mouthes dischargeth his streames into the Mediterran Sea: from whence it stretcheth Westward as farre as the Straights of Gibralter, [ 60] and is bounded on that part with the vtmost Sea-towne of all Libya, called * 1.4 Nun. Like∣wise the South part thereof abutteth vpon the Ocean Sea, which compasseth Africa almost as farre as the Desarts of Gaoga.

Our Authours affirme, that Africa is dicided into foure parts, that is to say, Barbaria, Numi∣dia, Libya, and the Land of Negros. Barbaria taketh beginning from the Hill called Meies, * 1.5 which is the extreme part of all the Mountaines of Atlas, beeing distant from Alexandria al∣most three hundred miles, It is bounded on the North-side with the Mediterran Sea, stretching thence to Mount-Meies aforesaid, and from Mount-Meies extending it selfe to the Streights of Gibralter. West-ward it is limited with the said Streights, from whence winding it selse out of the Mediterran Sea into the mayn Ocean, it is inclosed with the most Westerly point of At∣las: namely, at that Westerne Cape which is next vnto the Towne called Messa. And South-ward it is bounded with that side of Atlas which lyeth towards the Mediterran Sea. This is the most noble and worthy Region of all Africa, the Inhabitants whereof are of a browne or [ 10] tawny colour, being a ciuill people, and prescribe wholsome Lawes and Constitutions vnto themselues.

The second part of Africa is called of the Latines Numidia, but of the Arabians Biledulgerid: this Region bringeth forth Dates in great abundance. It beginneth East-ward at the Citie of Eloacat, which is an hundred miles distant from Egypt, and extendeth West as far as the Towne of * 1.6 Nun, standing vpon the Ocean Sea. North-ward it is inclosed with the South-side of Atlas. And the South part thereof bordereth vpon the sandy Desarts of Libya. All the Ara∣bians doe vsually call it the Land of Dates: because this onely Region of Africa beareth Dates.

The third part called of the Latines Libya, and of the Arabians Sarra, (which word signifieth a Desart) beginneth Eastward at that part of Nilus which is next vnto the Citie of Eloacat, and from thence runneth West-ward as farre as the Ocean Sea. North-ward it is bounded with [ 20] Numidia, South-ward it abutteth vpon the Land of Negros, East-ward it taketh beginning at the Kingdome of Gaoga, and stretcheth West-ward euen to the Land of Gualata, which borde∣reth vpon the Ocean Sea.

The fourth part of Africa which is called the Land of Negros, beginneth East-ward at the Kingdome of Gaoga, from whence it extendeth West as fa••re as Gualata. The North part there∣of is inclosed with the Desart of Libya, and the South part, which is vnknowne vnto vs, with the Ocean Sea: howbeit the Merchants which daily come from thence to the Kingdome of Tombuto, haue sufficiently described the situation of that Countrey vnto vs. This Land of Ne∣gros hath a mightie Riuer, which taking his name of the Region, is called Niger: this Riuer ta∣keth * 1.7 [ 30] his originall from the East out of a certaine Desart called by the fore-said Negros, Seu. O∣thers will haue this Riuer to spring out of a certaine Lake, and so to runne Westward till it ex∣onerateth it selfe into the Ocean Sea. Our Cosmographers affirme, that the said Riuer of Ni∣ger is deriued out of Nilus, which they imagine for some certaine space to bee swallowed vp of the Earth, and yet at last to burst forth into such a Lake as is before mentioned. Some others are of opinion, that this Riuer beginneth West-ward to spring out of a certaine Mountaine, and so running East, to make at length a huge Lake: which verily is not like to be true; for they vsual∣ly saile West-ward from Tombuto to the Kingdome of Ginea, yea, and to the Land of Melli also; both which in respect of Tombuto are situate to the West: neither hath the said Land of Negros any Kingdomes comparable, for beautifull and pleasant soyle, vnto those which adioyne vnto the bankes of Niger. And here it is to be noted, that (according to the opinion of our Cosmogra∣phers) * 1.8 [ 40] that Land of Negros by which Nilus is said to runne (namely, that part of the World which stretcheth East-ward euen to the Indian Sea, some Northerly parcell whereof abutteth vpon the Red Sea, to wit, the Countrey which lyeth without the Gulfe of Arabia) is not to bee called any member or portion of Africa; and that for many reasons, which are to bee found in the processe of this Historie set downe more at large: The said Countrey is called by the Latines Aethiopia. From thence come certaine religious Friers seared or branded on the face with an not Iron, who are to be seene almost ouer all Europe, and specially at Rome. These peo∣ple haue an Emperour, which they call Prete Gianni, the greater part of that Land being inha∣bited with Christians. Howbeit, there is also a certaine Mahumetane among them, which is said to possesse a great Dominion. [ 50]

Barbarie is distinguished into foure Kingdomes: the first whereof is the Kingdome of Maro∣co; * 1.9 which is likewise diuided into seuen Regions or Prouinces; namely, Hea, Sus, Guzula, the territorre of Maroco, Ducoala, Hazcora, and Tedles. The second Kingdome of Barbarie called Fez, comprehendeth in like sort seuen Regions within the bounds thereof; to wit, Tem••sne, the Territory of Fez, Azgara, * 1.10 Elabat, ••rrif, Garet, and * 1.11 Elcauz. The third Kingdome is cal∣led * 1.12 Telensin, and hath three Regions vnder it, namely, the Mountaines, Tenez, and Algezer. The fourth Kingdom of Barbarie is named Tunis; vnder which are comprized foure Regions, that is to say, Bugia, Constantina, Tripolis in Barbarie, and Ezzaba, which is a good part of Numidia. Burgia hath alwayes beene turmoyled with continuall warres; because sometimes it was subiect [ 60] vnto the King of Tunis, and sometimes againe vnto the King of Tremizen. Certaine it is that euen vntill these our dayes, this Bugia was a Kingdome of it selfe, and so continued, till the principall Citie of that Region was at the commandement of Ferdinando the King of Castile, taken by one Peter of Nauarre.

This is the basest part of all Africa; neither will our Cosmographers vouchsafe it the name * 1.13 of a Kingdome, by reason that the Inhabitants thereof are so farre distant a sunder; which you may easily coniecture by that which followeth. Tesset a City of Numidia, containeth about * 1.14 foure hundred families, and is in regard of the Libyan Desart, seuered from all places of habita∣tion almost three hundred miles; wherefore this second part is thought by diuers not to bee worthy the name of a Kingdome. Howbeit we will make some relation of the habitable parts of Numidia; some whereof may not vnfitly bee compared with other Regions of Africa, as for example, that of Segelmess, which territorie of Numidia lyeth ouer against Barbarie; like∣wise Zeb, which is situate against Bugia, and the signiorie of Biledulgerid, which extendeth vn∣to the Kingdome of Tunis. Reseruing therefore many particulars for the second part of this [ 10] Historie, we will make our entrie and beginning at those places, which lie vpon the West of Numidia: the names whereof be these; Tesset, Guaden, Ifren, Hacca, Dare, Tabelbelt, Todga, Fercale, Segelmess, Benigumi, Fighig, Tegua, Tsabit, Tegorarin, Mesab, Tegort and Guarghela. The Region of Zeb containeth fiue townes, to wit, Pescara, Elborh, Nesta, Taolac and Deusin: so many Cities likewise hath the territories of Biledulgerid; namely, Teozar, Caphesa, Nefreoa, Elchamid and Chalbis: and from hence Eastward are found the Isles of Gerbe, Garion, Mesel∣lata, Mestra••••, Teoirraga, Gademis, Fizza, Augela, Birdeoa and Eloacat. These are the names of the most famous places of all Numidia, being bounded (as is said before) Westward vpon the Ocean Sea, and Eastward with the Riuer of Nilus.

These Desarts haue not as yet any certaine name amongst vs, albeit they be diuided into fiue * 1.15 parts, and receiue all their denomination from the inhabitants which dwell vpon them, that is [ 20] to say, from the Numidians, who are in like sort themselues diuided into fiue parts also, to wit, the People or Tribes called Za••ega, Ganziga, Terga, Leuta and Berde••a. There bee likewise certaine places, which take some proper and particular name from the goodnesse and badnesse of the soile; as namely, the Desart of Azaohad, so called for the drought and vnfruitfulnesse of that place: likewise Hair, albeit a Desart, yet so called for the goodnesse and temperature of the ayre.

Moreouer, the land of Negros is diuided into many Kingdomes: whereof albeit a great part * 1.16 be vnknowne vnto vs, and remooued farre out of our trade; wee will notwithstanding make relation of those places, where wee our selues haue aboad, and which by long experience are growne very familiar vnto vs: as likewise of some other places, from whence Merchants vsed to trauell vnto the same Cities wherein my selfe was then resident; from whom I learned right [ 30] well the state of their Countries. I * 1.17 my selfe saw fifteene Kingdomes of the Negros: how∣beit there are many more, which although I saw not with mine owne eies, yet are they by the Negros sufficiently knowne and frequented. Their names therefore (beginning from the West, and so proceeding Eastward and Southward) are these following: Gualata, Ghinea, Melli, Tom∣buto, Gago, Guber, Agadez, Cano, Casena, Zegzeg, Zanfara, Guangara, Burno, Gaoga, Nube. These fifteene Kingdomes are for the most part situate vpon the Riuer Niger, through the which Merchants vsually trauell from Gualata to the City of * 1.18 Alcair in Aegypt. The iourney in∣deede is very long, but yet secure and voyd of danger. All the said Kingdomes adioyne one vpon another; ten whereof are separated either by the Riuer Niger, or by some sandie desart: and in times past each one of the fifteene had a seuerall King, but now * 1.19 at this present, they are all in a manner subiect vnto three Kings onely: namely, to the King of Tombuto, who is [ 40] Lord of the greatest part; to the King of Borno, who gouerneth the least part, and the residue is in subiection vnto the King of Gaoga: howbeit, he that possesseth the Kingdome of Ducala hath a very small traine attending vpon him. Likewise these Kingdomes haue many other Kingdomes bordering vpon the South frontiers of them: to wit, Bito, Temiam, Dauma Medra, and Gorhan; the Gouernors and Inhabitants whereof, are most rich and industrious people, great louers of Iustice and equitie, albeit some leade a brutish kind of life.

Our Cosmographers and Historiographers affirme, that in times past Africa was altogether * 1.20 disinhabited, except that part which is now called the Land of Negros: and most certaine it is, that Barbarie and Numidia were for many ages destitute of Inhabitants. The tawnie people [ 50] of the said Region were called by the name of Barbar, being deriued of the Verbe Barbara, which in their tongue signifieth to murmure: because the African tongue soundeth in the eares of the Arabians, no otherwise then the voyce of Beasts, which vtter their sounds without any accents. Others will haue Barbar to be one word twice repeated, for somuch as Bar in the Ara∣bian tongue signifieth a Desart. For (say they) when King Iphricus being by the Assyrians or Aethiopians driuen out of his owne Kingdome, trauelled towards Aegypt, and seeing himselfe so oppressed with his enemies, that he knew not what should become of him and his followers, he asked his people how or which way it was possible to escape, who answered him Bar-Bar, that is, to the Desart, to the Desart: giuing him to vnderstand by this speech, that he could haue [ 60] no safer refuge, then to crosse ouer Nilus, and to flee vnto the Desart of Africa. And this reason seemeth to agree with them, which affirme the Africans to bee descended from the people of Arabia foelix.

The ta〈…〉〈…〉e Moores are diuided into fiue seuerall People or Tribes: to wit, the Tribes called * 1.21 Zanhagi, Musmudi, Zoneti, Hacari and Gumeri. The Tribe of Musmudi inhabit the Westerne part of Mount Atlas, from the Prouince of Hea, to the Riuer of * 1.22 Seruan. Likewise they dwell vpon the South part of the said Mountaine, and vpon all the inward plaines of that Re∣gion. These Musmud•• haue foure Prouinces vnder them: namely, Hea, Sus, Guzula, and the Territorie of Mor••cco. The Tribe of Gumeri possesse certaine Mountaines of Barbarie, dwel∣ling on the sides of those Mountaines which lie ••u••r against the Mediterran Sea: as likewise they are Lords of all the Riuer called in their language Rif. This Riuer hath his Fountaine neere vnto the streights of Gibraltar, and thence runneth Eastwards to the Kingdome of Tremizen, called by the Latines Caesaria. These two tribes or people haue seuerall habitations by them∣selues: * 1.23 the other three are dispersed confusi••••ly ouer all Africa: howbeit, they are like stran∣gers, [ 10] discerned one from another by certaine properties or tokens, maintaining continuall warre among themselues especially they of Numidia. Out of all which it is euident, that in times pa•••• all the foresaid people had their habitations and tents in the plaine fields: euery one of which fauoured their owne saction, and exercised all labours necessary for mans life, as common among them. The Gouernours of the Countrey attended their droues and flocks; and the Ci∣tizens applyed themselues vnto some manuall Art, or to husbandry. The said people are diuided into fiue hundred seuerall families, as appeareth by the Genealogies of the Africans, Author whereof is one Ibnu Rachu, whom I haue oftentimes read and perused. Some writers are of opi∣nion, * 1.24 that the King of Tombuto, the King of Melli, and the King of Agadez fetch their origi∣nall [ 20] from the people of Zanaga, to wit, from them which inhabite the Desart.

The foresaid fiue families or people, being diuided into hundreds of progenies, and hauing * 1.25 innumerable habitations, doe notwithstanding vse all one kind of language, called by them A∣quel Amar••g, that is, the noble tongue: the Arabians which inhabit Africa, call it a barbarous tongue; and this is the true and naturall language of the Africans. Howbeit it is altogether different from other languages, although it hath diuers words common with the Arabian tongue. Yea, all the Gumeri in a manner and most of the Hacari speake Arabian, though cor∣ruptly; which (I suppose) came first hereupon to passe, for that the said people haue had long acquaintance and conuersation with the Arabians. The Negros haue diuers languages among themselues, among which they call one Sungai, and the same is current in many Regions; as * 1.26 namely, in Gualata, Tombuto, Ghinea, Melli and Gago. Another language there is among the [ 30] Negros, which they call Guber; and this is rife among the people of Guber, of Cano, of Casena, * 1.27 of Perzegreg, and of Guangra. Likewise the Kingdome of Borno hath a peculiar kind of speech, * 1.28 altogether like vnto that, which is vsed in Gaoga. And the Kingdome of Nube hath a language * 1.29 of great affinitie with the Caldean, Arabian and Aegyptian tongues. But all the Sea-townes of Africa, from the Mediterran Sea to the Mountaines of Atlas, speake broken Arabian. Ex∣cept * 1.30 the Kingdome and Towne of Maroco, and the in-land Numidians bordering vpon Maro∣co, Fez and Tremizen; all which, vse the Barbarian tongue. Howbeit, they which dwell ouer * 1.31 against Tunis and Tripoli, speake indeede the Arabian language; albeit most corruptly.

Of that Army which was sent by Califa * 1.32 Otmen the third, in the foure hundred yeere of the Hegeira, there came into Africa fourescore thousand Gentlemen and others, who hauing [ 40] * 1.33 subdued sundry Prouinces, at length arriued in Africa: and there the Generall of the whole Army called * 1.34 Hucha Hib•••• Nafich remained. This man built that great City which is called of vs * 1.35 Alcair. For he stood in feare of the people of Tunis, lest they should betray him, mis∣doubting also that they would procure aide out of Sicily, and so giue him the incounter. Where∣fore with all his treasure which he had got, he trauelled to the Desart and firme ground, distant from Carthage about one hundred and twenty miles, and there is he said to haue built the City * 1.36 of * 1.37 Alcair. The remnant of his Souldiers he commanded to keepe those places, which were most secure and fit for their defence, and willed them to build where no rocke not fortification was. Which being done, the Arabians began to inhabit Africa, and to disperse themselues a∣mong the Africans, who, because they had beene for certaine yeeres subiect vnto the Romans or [ 50] Italians, vsed to speake their language: and hence it is, that the naturall and mother-tongue of * 1.38 the Arabians, which hath great affinitie with the African tongue, grew by little and little to be corrupted: and so they report that these two Nations at length conioyned themselues in one. Howbeit the Arabians vsually doe blaze their Pedigree in daily and triuiall Songs, which custome as yet is common both to * 1.39 vs, and to the people of Barbarie also. For no man there is, be he neuer so base, which will not to his owne name, adde the name of his Nation, as for ex∣ample, Arabian, Barbarian, or such like.

The Mahumetan Priests alwayes forbad the Arabians to passe ouer Nilus with their Armies and Tents. Howbeit in the foure hundred yeere of the Hegeira we reade, that they were per∣mitted [ 60] so to doe by a certaine factious and s〈…〉〈…〉smaticall * 1.40 Califa: because one of his Nobles had rebelled against him, vsurping the City of Cairaoan, and the greatest part of Barbarie. After the death of which Rebell, that Kingdome remained for some yeeres vnto his posteritie and fa∣mily; whose iurisdiction (as the African Chronicles report) grew so large and strong in the

time of Elcain (the Mahumetan Califa and Patriarch of Arabia) that hee sent vnto them one Gehoar, whom of a slaue he had made his Counsellor, with an huge Armie. This Gehoar condu∣cting * 1.41 me his Armie Westward, recouered all Numidia and Barbarie. Insomuch that hee pierced vnto the Region of Sus, and there claymed most ample Tribute: all which being done, he retur∣ned backe vnto his Califa, and most faithfully surrendred vnto him whatsoeuer hee had gained from the Enemy. The Califa seeing his prosperous successe, beganne to aspire vnto greater Ex∣ploits. And Gehoar most firmely promised, that as hee had recouered the Westerne Dominion vnto his Lord, so would he likewise by force of Warre most certainly restore vnto him the Countries of the East, to wit, Egypt, Syria, and all Arabia; and protested moreouer that with the greatest hazard of his life, he would bee auenged of all the iniuries offered by the Family of [ 10] Labhus vnto his Lords Predecessors, and would reuest him in the Royall Seate of his most fa∣mous Grand-fathers, great-grand-fathers, and Progenitors. The Califa liking well his audaci∣ous promise, caused an Armie of fourescore thousand Souldiers, with an infinite summe of mo∣ney * 1.42 and other things necessary for the Warres, to bee deliuered vnto him. And so this valiant and stout Chieftaine being prouided for warfare, conducted his Troupes through the Desarts of Egypt and Barbarie; and hauing first put to flight the Vice-Califa of Egypt (who fled vnto El∣uir the Califa of Bagdet) in short time he subdued very easily all the Prouinces of Egypt and Sy∣ria. Howbeit he could not as yet hold himselfe secure; fearing least the Califa of Bagdet would assayle him with an Army out of Asia, and least the Garrisons which he had left to keepe Bar∣barie, should be constrayned to forsake those conquered Prouinces. Wherefore he built a Citie, and caused it to be walled round about. In which Citie he left one of his most trustie Captaines, with a great part of the Army: and this Citie hee called by the name of Alchair, which after∣ward [ 20] by others was named Cairo. This Alchair is said daily so to haue increased, that no Citie of the World for buildings and Inhabitants was any way comparable thereunto.

Moreouer, Califa Elcain arriuing at Alchair, and beeing most honourably entertayned by his Seruant Gehoar, (who had written for him to come) began to thinke vpon great affaires, and ha∣uing gathered an huge Armie, resolued to wage battell against the Califa of Bagdet. In the meane season he that was appointed Vice-Roy of Barbarie, compacting with the Califa of Bag∣det, yeelded himselfe and all Barbarie into his hands. Which the Califa most kindly accepted, and ordayned him King ouer all Africa. But Califa Elcain hearing this newes at Alchair was wonderfully afflicted in minde. Howbeit there was one of his secret Counsellors a very lear∣ned and wittie man, who seeing his Lord so sad and pensiue; I assure you, said he, if you please [ 30] to take mine aduise, that I will forth-with procure you such an Armie, as shall giue you great store of money, and yet notwithstanding shall doe you good seruice also. The Califa beeing some-what emboldened at these speeches, asked his Counsellour how this might possibly bee brought to effect: My Lord (sayth his Counsellor) certaine it is, that the Arabians are now growne so populous, and to so great a number, that all Arabia cannot contayne them, scarcely will the yeerely increase of the ground suffice to feed their Droues, and you see with what great famine they are afflicted, and how they are destitute not onely of habitations, but euen of vic∣tuals and sustenance. Wherefore if you had heretofore giuen them leaue, they would long ere this haue inuaded Africa. And if you will now licence them so to do, doubt you not, but that you shall receiue of them an huge Masse of Gold. This counsell could not altogether satisfie the Califa his minde: for he knew right well that the Arabians would so waste all Africa, as it [ 40] should neither be profitable for himselfe, nor for his Enemies. Notwithstanding, seeing that his Kingdome was altogether endangered, he thought it better to accept those summes of mo∣ney which his Counsellour promised, and so to be reuenged of his Enemie, then to lose both his Kingdome and Gold all at once. Wherefore he permitted all Arabians, which would pay him Duckats apiece, freely to enter Africa; conditionally that they would shew themselues most deadly Enemies vnto the treacherous King of Barbarie. Which libertie being granted vn∣to them, it is reported that ten Tribes or Families of Arabians, being halfe the people of Ara∣bia Deserta, came immediately into Africa; vnto whom certaine Inhabitants of Arabia Foelix ioyned themselues, insomuch that there were found amongst them about fiftie thousand persons [ 50] able to beare Armes: their women, children, and cattell were almost innumerable▪ the Storie whereof Ibnu Rachu, the most diligent Chronicler of African Affaires (whom wee haue before mentioned) setteth downe at large.

These Arabians hauing trauersed the Desart betweene Aegypt and Barbarie, first laid siege vnto Tripolis a Citie of Barbarie, which being ouercome, they slue a great part of the Citizens, the residue escaping by flight. Next of all they encountred the Towne of Capes, which was by them taken and vanquished. At length they besieged Cairaoan also; howbeit the Citizens being sufficiently prouided of victuals, are said to haue indured the siege for eight monethes: which * 1.43 being expired, they were constrayned to yeeld: at what time there was nothing in Cairaoan [ 60] but wofull slaughters, hideous out-cryes, and present death. This Land the Arabians diuided among themselues, and began to people and inhabit the same; requiring in the meane space large Tributes of the Townes and Prouinces subiect vnto them. And so they possessed all Afri∣ca,

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

vntill such time as one Ioseph the sonne of Ieffin attayned to the Kingdome of Marocco.

This Ioseph was the first King of Marocco, who endeauoured by all meanes to aduance the * 1.44 friends and kindred of the late deceased King of Africa vnto the Kingdome; neither did hee cease vntill he had expelled all the Arabians out of Cairaoan. Howbeit the Arabians possessed the Regions thereabout, giuing themselues wholy to spoiles and robberies: and the friends of the said deceased King could beare rule but in certaine places only. Afterward succeeded in the Kingdome of Marocco one Mansor, who was the fourth King and Prelate of that Mahumetan * 1.45 Sect which was called Muachedim. This man, albeit his Grand-fathers and great Grand-fathers had alwayes fauoured the Posteritie and friends of the foresaid deceased African King, and had restored them to their ancient dignitie; deuised altogether how to oppose himselfe against them, [ 10] and to vsurpe all their authoritie. Wherefore making a fayned league with them, wee reade, that he prouoked the Arabians against them, and so very easily ouercame them. Afterward Mansor brought the greatest part of the Arabians into the Westerne Dominions of Africa; vnto the better sort of whom he gaue the Habitation of Duccala and Azgara, and vnto the ba∣ser remnant he bequeathed the possession of Numidia. But in processe of time hee commanded the Numidian slaues to be set at libertie, and so in despight of the Arabians, hee caused them to inhabit that part of Numidia which he had allotted vnto them. But as for the Arabians of Azga∣ra and of certaine other places in Barbarie, hee brought them all vnder his subiecton. For the * 1.46 Arabians out of Desarts are like fishes without water: they had indeed often attempted to get in∣to the Desarts; but the Mountaines of Atlas, which were then possessed by the Barbarians, hin∣dred their passage. Neither had they libertie to passe ouer the Plaines, for the residue of the [ 20] Barbarians were there planted. Wherefore their pride being abated, they applyed themselues vnto Husbandry, hauing no where to repose themselues, but onely in Villages, Cottages, and Tents. And their miserie was so much the greater, in that they were constrayned yeerely to disburse vnto the King of Marocco most ample Tribute. Those which inhabited Duccala, be∣cause they were an huge multitude, easily freed themselues from all Tribute and Imposition.

A great part of the Arabians remayned still at Tunis, for that Mansor had refused to carrie them along with him: who, after the death of the said Mansor, grew to bee Lords of Tunis, and so continued, till they resigned their Gouernment vnto the people called Abu-Haf; vpon condition that they should pay them halfe the Reuenues thereof: and this condition hath re∣mayned firme euen vntill our dayes. Howbeit, because the Arabians are increased to such innu∣merable [ 30] swarmes, that the whole Reuenues are not sufficient for them, the King of Tunis most * 1.47 iustly alloweth some of them their duties, to the end they may make secure passage for Mer∣chants, which indeed they performe without molestation or hurt of any. But the residue which are depriued of their pay, betake themselues wholy to robberies, thefts, slaughters, and such o∣ther monstrous outrages. For these, lurking alwayes in the Woods, no sooner see any Merchant approching, but sud••enly they breake forth, depriuing him of his goods and life also: insomuch that now Merchants dare not passe that way but with a Garrison of safe-conduct. And so they passe sometimes to their great inconuenience. For they are notwithstanding constrayned to giue vnto the foresaid Arabians, which are in pay with the King of Tunis, great summes of money▪: and are likewise oftentimes so in danger of Robbers, that they lose both their goods [ 40] and liues.

The Arabians which inhabit Africa, are diuided into three parts: one part whereof are cal∣led Cachin, the second Hilel, and the third Machil. The Cachin are diuided into three Nations or Tribes; to wit, the Tribes of Etheg, Sumait, and Sahid. Moreouer, Etheg is diuided into three Families; that is to say, the Family of Delleg▪ Elmuntesig, and Subair: and these are dispersed into many Regions. Hilel are deriued into foure Generations; to wit, the people of Be∣nibemir, of Rieh, of Susien, and of Chusain. The Family of Benihemir, is diuided into the Linages of Huroam, Huc••en, Habrum and Mussim. The Tribe of Rieh, are distributed into the Kindreds called Deuead, Suaid, Asgeg, Elchyrith, Enedri, and Garfam; which Kindreds possesse many Dominions. Machil haue three Tribes vnder them: to wit, Mastar, Hutmen, and Hassan. [ 50] Mastar are diuided into Ruchen, and Selim; Hutmen into Elhasi and Chinan; and Hassan into De∣uihessen, Deuimansor, and Deuihubaidulla. Deuihessen is distinguished into the Kindreds called Dulein, Berbun, Vodein, Racmen and Hamram; Deuimansor into Hemrun, Menebbe, Husein, and Albuhus••in; and lastly, Deuihubaidulla, into Garag, Hedeg, Teleb, and Geoan. All these doe in a manner possesse innumerable Regions; insomuch that to reckon them vp at large, were a mat∣ter not onely difficult, but almost impossible.

The most noble and famous, Arabians were they of the Family of Etheg, vnto whom Alman∣so•• * 1.48 gaue the Regions of Duccala and of Tedles to inhabit. These Arabians euen till our times haue beene put to great distresse and hazard, partly by the Portugall King, and partly by the King [ 60] of Fez. They haue at all oportunities, if need should require, a hundred thousand Souldiers fit to * 1.49 beare Armes, a great part whereof are Horsemen. The Arabians called Sumait, enioy that part of the Libyan Desart which lyeth ouer against the Desart of Tripoly. Th••se make often inuasions into Barbarie, for they haue no places allotted them therein, but they and their Camels doe per∣petually

remaine in the Desarts. They are able to leuie fourescore thousand souldiers, the grea∣test part being footmen. Likewise the Tribe of Sahid doe inhabite the Desart of Libya: and * 1.50 these haue had alwaies great league and familiaritie with the King of Guargala. They haue such abundance of cattell, that they doe plentifully supply all the Cities of that region with flesh, and that especially in Summer-time, for all the Winter they stir not out of the Desarts. Their num∣ber is increased to about a hundred and fiftie thousand hauing not many Horsmen among them. The Tribe of Delleg possesse diuers habitations; howbeit, Caesarti containeth the greatest part * 1.51 of them. Some also inhabit vpon the frontiers of the Kingdom of Bugia, who are said to receiue a yearely stipend from their next neighbours. But the least part of them dwell vpon the field∣countrey of Acdes, vpon the borders of Mauritania, and vpon some part of mount Atlas, being [ 10] subiect vnto the King of Fez. The people of Elmuntefig are seated in the Prouince of Azgar, * 1.52 and are called by the later writers Elcaluth. These also pay certaine yearely tribute vnto the King of F••z, being able to furnish about eight thousand Horsemen to the warres. The Kindred of Sobair doe inhabit not farre from the Kingdome of Gezeir, being many of them vnder the pay * 1.53 of the King of Tremizen, and are said to enioy a great part of Numidia. They haue more or lesse, three thousand most warlike Horsemen. They possesse likewise great abundance of Camels; for which cause they abide all Winter in the Desarts. The remnant of them occupieth the Plaine which lieth betweene Sala and Meenes. These haue huge droues of Cattell, and exercise them∣selues in Husbandrie, being constrained to pay some yearely tribute vnto the King of Fez. They haue Horsemen, who, as a man may say, are naturally framed to the warres, about foure thousand in number. [ 20]

Hillel, which are also called Benihamir, dwel vpon the frontiers of the Kingdome of Tremizen * 1.54 and Oran. These range vp and downe the Desart of Tegorarin, being in pay vnder the King of Tremizen, and of great riches and power; insomuch that they haue at all times in a readinesse for the warres sixe thousand Horsemen. The Tribe of Hurua possesse onely the borders of Mustu∣ganim. These are sauage people, giuing themselues wholly to spoyles and robberies, and aliena∣ting their minds from the warres. They neuer come forth of the Desarts; for the people of Bar∣barie will neither allow them any places of habitation, nor yet any stipend at all: Horsemen they haue to the number of two thousand. The Kindred of Hucban are next neighbours vnto the re∣gion of Melian, who receiue certaine pay from the King of Tunis. They are rude and wild peo∣ple, * 1.55 and in very deed estranged from all humanitie: they haue (as it is reported) about fifteene hundred Horsemen. The Tribe of Habru inhabit the region lying betweene Oran and Mustu∣ganim: [ 30] * 1.56 these exercise Husbandrie, paying yearely tribute vnto the King of Tremizen, and being scarce able to make one hundred Horsemen.

The people called Mussim, possesse those Desarts of Masila, which extend vnto the Kingdome * 1.57 of Bugia. These likewise are giuen onely to theft and robberie; they take tribute both of their owne people, and of other regions adioyning vnto them. The Tribe of Rieeb inhabit those desarts * 1.58 of Libya, which border vpon Constantina. These haue most ample Dominions in Numidia, being now diuided into sixe parts. This right famous and warlike Nation receiueth stipend from the King of Tunis, hauing fiue thousand Horsemen at command. The people of Suaid enioy that De∣sart, * 1.59 which is extended vnto the Signiorie of Tenez. These haue very large possessions, receiuing stipend from the King of Tromizen, being men of notable dexteritie, as well in the warres, as in all other conuersation of life. The Kindred of Azgeg dwell not altogether in one place: for part * 1.60 [ 40] of them inhabit the region of Garet, among the people called Hemram; and the residue possesse that part of Duccala, which lieth neere vnto Azaphi. The Tribe of Elcherit dwell vpon that * 1.61 portion of Helin which is situate in the Plaine of Sahidim, hauing the people of Heah tributarie vnto them, and being a very vnciuill and barbarous people. The people called Enedri are seated in * 1.62 the Plaine of Heah: but the whole region of Heah maintaineth almost foure thousand Horse∣men, which notwithstanding are vnfit for the warres. The people of Garfa haue sundry Mansi∣ons: * 1.63 neither haue they any King or Gouernour. They are dispersed among other Generations, and especially among the Kindreds of Manebbi and Hemram. These conuay Dates from Segel∣messa to the Kingdome of Fez, and carry backe againe from thence such things as are nec••ssarie [ 50] for Segelmess.

The people called Ruche, who are thought to be descended from Mastar, doe possesse that de∣sart, * 1.64 which lieth next vnto Dedes and Farcala. They haue very small dominions, for which cause they are accounted no whit rich; howbeit, they are most valiant souldiers, and exceeding swift of foote; insomuch that they esteeme it a great disgrace, if one of their footemen be vanquished by two horsemen. And you shall find fearce any one man among them, which will not outgoe a * 1.65 very swift horse, be the iourney neuer so long. They haue about fiue hundred Horsemen, but most warlike Footemen, to the number of eight thousand. Selim inhabite vpon the Riuer of * 1.66 Dara, from whence they range vp and downe the Desarts. They are endowed with great riches, [ 60] carrying euery yeare merchandize vnto the Kingdome of Tombuto, and are thought to be in high * 1.67 fauour with the King himselfe. A large iurisdiction they haue in Darha, and great plentie of Ca∣mels: and for all opportunities of warre they haue euer in a readinesse three thousand Horsemen.

The Tribe of Elhasis dwelleth vpon the sea-coast, neere vnto Messa. They doe arme about fiue * 1.68 hundred Horsemen, and are a Nation altogether rude, and vnacquainted in the warres. Some part of them inhabiteth Azgara. Those which dwell about Messa, are free from the yoke of su∣perioritie; but the others which remaine in Azgar, are subiect to the King of Fez. The Kindred of Chinan are dispersed among them, which before were called Elcaluth, and these also are subiect * 1.69 vnto the King of Fez. Very warlike people they are, and are able to set forth two thousand Horsemen. The people of Deuihessen are diuided into the Kindreds of Duleim, Burbun, Vode, De∣uimansor, and Deuihubaidulla. Duleim are conuersant in the Desarts of Libya with the African * 1.70 people, called Zanhaga. They haue neither dominion, nor yet any stipend; wherefore they are very poore, and giuen to robberie: they trauell vnto Dara, and exchange Cattell for Dates with [ 10] the inhabitants there. All brauerie and comlinesse of apparrell they vtterly neglect; and their number of fighting men is ten thousand, foure thousand being Horsemen, and the residue Foote∣men. The people called Burbun, possesse that part of the Libyan Desart which adioyneth vnto * 1.71 Sus: They are a huge multitude, neither haue they any riches besides Camels. Vnto them is sub∣iect the Citie of Tesset, which scarce sufficeth them for the maintenance of their Horses, being but a few. The people of Vode enioyeth that Desart, which is situate betweene Guaden and Gualata. * 1.72 They beare rule ouer the Guadenites, and of the Duke of Gualata they receiue yearely tribute, and their number is growne almost infinite: for by report, they are of abilitie to bring into the field almost threescore thousand most skilfull souldiers; notwithstanding, they haue great want of Horses. The Tribe of Racmen occupie that Desart which is next vnto Hacha: they haue verie [ 20] * 1.73 large possessions, and doe in the Spring-time vsually trauell vnto Tesset; for then alwaies they haue somwhat to do with the inhabitants there. Their people fit for Armes are to the number of twelue thousand, albeit they haue very few Horsemen. The Nation of Hamrum inhabit the De∣sarts * 1.74 of Tagauost, exacting some tribute of the inhabitants there, and with daily incursions like∣wise molesting the people of Nun. Their number of souldiers is almost eight thousand.

The Generation of Dehemrum, which are said to deriue their pedigree from Deuimansor, in∣habit * 1.75 the Desart ouer against Segelmess, who continually wander by the Libyan Desarts as farre as Ighid. They haue tributarie vnto them the people of Segelmesse, of Todgatan, of Tebelbelt, and of Dara. Their soile yeeldeth such abundance of Dates, that the yearely increase thereof is suf∣ficient to maintaine them, although they had nothing else to liue on. They are of great fame in [ 30] other Nations, being able to furnish for the warres about three thousand Horsemen. There dwell likewise among these certaine other Arabians of more base condition, called in their language Garfa Esgeb; which notwithstanding haue great abundance of Horses, and of all other Cat∣tell. The people of Menebbe doe almost inhabite the very same Desart, hauing two Prouinces of Numidia vnder them; to wit, Matgara, and Retebbe. These also are a most valiant Nation, * 1.76 being in pay vnder the Prouince of Segelmess, and being able to make about two thousand Hors∣men. The Kindred of Husein, which are thought to be descended of Deuimansor, are seated vpon * 1.77 the Mountaines of Atlas. They haue in the said Mountaines a large iurisdiction, namely, diuers Castles euery where, and many most rich and flourishing Cities; all which, they thinke, were gi∣uen them in old time by the Vice-royes of the Marini: for as soone as they had wonne that [ 40] Kingdome, the Kindred of Husein affoorded them great aide and seruice. Their dominion is now subiect vnto the Kings of Fez and of Segelmess. They haue a Captaine, which for the most part resideth at the Citie, commonly called Garseluin. Likewise they are alwaies in a manner, tra∣uersing of that Desart, which in their language is called Eddara. They are taken to be a most rich and honest people, being of abilitie to furnish for the warres about sixe thousand Horsemen. A∣mong these, you shall oftentimes find many Arabians of another sort, whom they vse onely to be their seruants. The Tribe of Abulhusein doe inhabit part of the foresaid Desart of Eddara, * 1.78 howbeit a very small part; the greatest number of whom are brought vnto such extreme misery, that they haue not in those their wild tents sufficient sustenance to liue vpon.

One Generation of the people of Deuihubaidulla are those which are named Gharrag: these [ 50] * 1.79 enioy the Desarts of Benigomi and Fighig, hauing very large possessions in Numidia. They are stipendaries vnto the King of Tremizen, who diligently endeuoureth to bring them to peace and tranquillitie of life; for they are wholly giuen to theft and robberie. In Summer-time they vsu∣ally repaire vnto Tremizen, where they are thought for that season of the yeare to settle their abode: their Horsemen are to the number of foure thousand, all which are most noble warri∣ours. The Kindred of Hedeg possesse a certaine Desart neere vnto Tremizen, called in their owne * 1.80 language Hangad. These haue no stipend from any Prince, nor yet any iurisdiction at all, rapine and stealth is onely delightfull vnto them; they prouide onely for their family and themselues, and are able to set forth about fiue hundred Horsemen. The Tribe of Theleb inhabite the Plaine of * 1.81 Algezer; these haue often vagaries ouer the Desarts vnto the Prouince of Tedgear. Vnto [ 60] them were subiect in times past, the most famous Cities of Algezer and Tedelles: howbeit in these our dayes they were recouered againe from them by Barbarossa the Turke; which losse could not but greatly grieue and molest their King. It is reported moreouer, that at the same time, the principall of the said people of Theleb were cut off. For strength and cunning in chi∣ualrie

they were inferiour to no other Nation; their Horsemen were about three thousand. The Tribe of Gehoan inhabite not all in one place: for part of them you may find among the people of Guarag, and the residue amongst the people of Hedeg; and they are vnto them no other∣wise * 1.82 then their seruants, which condition they notwithstanding most patiently and willingly submit themselues vnto. And here one thing is to bee noted by the way; to wit, that the two forenamed people called Schachin and Hilel, are originally Arabians of Arabia Desarta, and think * 1.83 themselues to be descended from Ismael, the sonne of Abraham. And those which we called Ma∣chil, came first forth of Arabia Foelix, and deriue their pedigree from Saba. Before whom the Mahumetans preferre the former, which of Ismael are called Ismaelitet. And because there hath alwaies been great controuersie among them, which part should bee of greater Nobilitie, they [ 10] haue written on both sides many Dialogues and Epigrams, whereby each man is wont to blaze the Renowne, the Vertues, Manners, and laudable Customes of his owne Nation. The ancient Arabians, which were before the times of the Ismaelites, were called by the African Historiogra∣phers Arabi-Araba; as if a ma•• should say, Arabians of Arabia. But those which came of Ismael, they call Arabi Mus-Araba; as if they should say, Arabians ingrafted into the land of Arabia, or Arabians accidentally, because they were not originally bred and borne in Arabia. And them which afterward came into Africa, they name in their language Mustehgeme, that is, Barbarous Arabians; and that because they ioyned them selues vnto strangers, insomuch that not onely their speech, but their manners also are most corrupt and barbarous. These are (friend∣ly Reader) the particulars, which for these ten yeeres my memorie could reserue, as touching the [ 20] originals and diuersities of the Africans and Arabians; in all which time I remember not, that euer I read, or saw any Historie of that Nation. He that will know more, let him haue recourse vnto Hib••u Rachu the Historiographer before named.

Those fiue kinds of people before rehearsed, to wit, the people of Zenega, of Gansiga, of Terga, * 1.84 of Leuta, and of Bardeoa, are called of the La••ins, Numidae: and they liue all after one manner, that is to say, without all law and ciuilitie. Their garment is a narrow and base piece of cloth, where∣with scarce halfe their body is couered. Some of them wrap their heads in a kind of black cloth, as it were with a scarfe, such as the Turkes vse, which is commonly called a Turbant. Such as will be discerned from the common sort, for Gentlemen weare a Iacket made of blew Cotton with wide sleeues. And Cotton-cloth is brought vnto them by certaine Merchants from the land of [ 30] Negros. They haue no beasts fit to ride vpon, except their Camels; vnto whom Nature, be∣tweene * 1.85 the bunch standing vpon the hinder part of their backes and their necks, hath allotted a place, which may fitly serue to ride vpon, in stead of a saddle. Their manner of riding is most ri∣diculous. For sometimes they lay their leggs acrosse vpon the Camels necke; and sometimes againe (hauing no knowledge nor regard of stirrops) they rest their feete vpon a rope, which is * 1.86 cast ouer his shoulders. Instead of spurres, they vse a truncheon of a cubites length, hauing at the one end thereof a Goade, wherewith they pricke onely the shoulders of their Camels. Those Camels which they vse to ride vpon, haue a hole bored through the gristles of their nose, in the which a ring of leather is fastened, whereby as with a bit, they are more easily curbed and ma∣stred; after which manner I haue seene bufflles vsed in Italie. For beds, they lie vpon mats [ 40] made of sedge and bulrushes. Their tents are couered for the most part with course chamlet, or * 1.87 with a harsh kind of Wooll, which commonly groweth vpon the boughes of their Date∣trees.

As for their manner of liuing, it would seeme to any man incredible what hunger and scarci∣tie * 1.88 this Nation will indure. Bread they haue none at all, neither vse they any seething or ro∣sting; their foode is Camels milke onely, and they desire no other dainties. For their break-fast they drinke off a great cup of Camels milke: for supper they haue certaine dried flesh steeped in butter and milke, whereof each man taking his share, eateth it out of his fist. And that this their meate may not stay long vndigested in their stomacks, they sup off the foresaid broth wherein their flesh was steeped: for which purpose they vse the palmes of their hands as a most fit in∣strument framed by nature to the same end. After that, each one drinks his cup of milke, and so * 1.89 [ 50] their supper hath an end. These Numidians, while they haue any store of milke, regard water nothing at all, which for the most part hapneth in the Spring of the yeare, all which time you shall find some among them that will neither wash their hands nor their faces. Which seemeth not altogether to be vnlikely; for (as we said before) while their milke lasteth, they frequent * 1.90 not those places where water is common: yea, and their Camels, so long as they may feede vp∣on grasse, will drinke no water at all. They spend their whole dayes in hunting and theeuing: * 1.91 for all their indeauour and exercise is to driue away the Camels of their enemies; neither will they remaine aboue three dayes in one place, by reason that they haue not pasture any longer for the sustenance of their Camels. And albeit (as is aforesaid) they haue no ciuilitie at all, nor * 1.92 any Lawes prescribed vnto them; yet haue they a certaine Gouernour or Prince placed ouer [ 60] them, vnto whom they render obedience and due honour, as vnto their King. They are not only ignorant of all good learning and liberall Sciences; but are likewise altogether carelesse and de∣stitute of vertue: insomuch that you shall find scarce one amongst them all, which is a man of

iudgement or counsell. And if any iniuried partie will goe to the Law with his aduersarie, hee must ride continually fiue or sixe daies before he can come to the speech of any iudge. This Na∣tion * 1.93 hath all learning and good disciplines in such contempt, that they will not once vouch••are to goe out of their deserts for the study and attaining thereof: neither, if any learned man shall * 1.94 chance to come among them, can they loue his company and conuersation, in regard of their most rude and detestable behauiour. Howbeit, if they can find any iudge, which can frame himselfe to liue and continue among them, to him they giue most large yearely allowance. Some allow their Iudge a thousand ducates yearely, some more, and some lesse, according as themselues thinke good. They that will seeme to be accounted of the better sort, cou••r their heads (as I said be∣fore) with a piece of blacke cloth, part whereof▪ like a vizard or maske, reacheth downe ouer their [ 10] faces, couering all their countenance except their eyes; and this is their daily kind of attire. And so often as they put meate into their mouthes, they remoue the said maske; which being * 1.95 done, they forthwith couer their mouthes againe, alleaging this fond reason: for (say they) as it is vnseemely for a man, after he hath receiued meate into his stomacke, to vomit it out of his mouth againe, and to cast it vpon the earth; euen so it is an vndecent part to eate meate with a mans mouth vncouered.

The women of this Nation be grosse, corpulent, and of a swart complexion. They are fattest * 1.96 vpon their brest and paps, but slender about the girdle-stead. Very ciuill they are, after their manner, both in speech and gestures: sometimes they will accept of a kisse; but who so temp∣teth them farther, putteth his owne life in hazard. For by reason of iealousie, you may see them * 1.97 daily one to be the death and destruction of another, and that in such sauage and brutish manner, [ 20] that in this case they will shew no compassion at all. And they seeme to bee more wise in this behalfe then diuers of our people, for they will by no meanes match themselues vnto an harlot. The liberalitie of this people hath at all times been exceeding great. And when any trauellers may passe through their drie and desart Territories, they will neuer repaire vnto their tents, nei∣ther will they themselues trauell vpon the common high way. And if any Carauan, or multitude of Merchants will passe those Desarts, they are bound to pay certaine Custome vnto the Prince * 1.98 of the said people, namely, for euery Camels load, a piece of cloth worth a Ducat.

Vpon a time I remember, that trauelling in the companie of certaine Merchants ouer the De∣sart, * 1.99 called by them Araoan, it was our chance there to meete with the Prince of Zanaga; who, [ 30] after he had receiued his due custome, inuited the said companie of Merchants, for their recreati∣on, to goe and abide with him in his tents foure or fiue dayes. Howbeit, because his tents were too farre out of our way, and for that wee should haue wandred farther then we thought good, esteeming it more conuenient for vs to hold on our direct course, we refused his gentle offer, and for his courtesie gaue him great thankes. But not being satisfied therewith, he commanded that our Camels should proceede on forward, but the Merchants he carried along with him, and gaue them very sumptuous entertainement at his place of abode. Where we were no sooner arriued, * 1.100 but this good Prince caused Camels of all kinds and Ostriches, which he had hunted and taken by the way, to bee killed for his houshold prouision. Howbeit, wee requested him not to make such daily slaughters of his Camels; affirming moreouer, that we neuer vsed to eate the flesh of a gelt Camell, but when all other victuals failed vs. Whereunto hee answered, that he should [ 40] * 1.101 deale vnciuilly, if he welcommend so worthy and so seldome-seene ghests with the killing of smal Cattell onely. Wherefore hee wished vs to fall to such prouision as was set before vs. Heere might you haue seene great plenty of rosted and sodden flesh: their rosted Ostriches were brought to the Table in wicker platters, being seasoned with sundry kinds of Herbes and Spices. Their bread made of Mill and Panicke was of a most sauorie and pleasant taste: and alwaies at the end of dinner or supper we had plentie of Dates, and great store of Milke serued in. Yea, this * 1.102 bountifull and noble Prince, that he might sufficiently shew how welcome wee were vnto him, would together with his Nobilitie alwaies beare vs company: howbeit, we euer dined and sup∣ped apart by our selues. Moreouer, hee caused certaine religious and most learned men to come vnto our banquet; who, all the time wee remained with the said Prince, vsed not to e••te any [ 50] * 1.103 bread at all, but fed onely vpon flesh and milke. Whereat we being somewhat amazed, the good Prince gently told vs, that they all were borne in such places, whereas no kind of graine would grow: howbeit, that himselfe for the entertainement of strangers, had great plentie of Corne laid vp in store. Wherefore he bade vs to be of good cheere, saying, That he would eate onely of such things as his owne natiue soyle affoorded: affirming moreouer, that bread was yet in vse * 1.104 among them at their feast of Passeouer, and at other feasts also, whereupon they vsed to offer sa∣crifice. And thus we remained with him for the space of two dayes; all which time, what wonder••ull and magnificent cheare we had made vs, would seeme incredible to report. But the third day, being desirous to take our leaue, the Prince accompanied vs to that place where wee ouertooke our Camels and companoe sent before. And this I dare most deepely take mine cath [ 60] * 1.105 on, that we spent the said Prince ten times more, then our Custome which he receiued came to. We thought it not amisse here to set downe this Historie, to declare in some sort the courtesie and liberalitie of the said Nation. Neither could the Prince aforesaid vnderstand our language,

nor we his; but all our speech to and fro was made by an interpreter. And this which we haue here recorded as touching this nation, is likewise to bee vnderstood of the other foure Nations aboue mentioned, which are dispersed ouer the residue of the Numidian Desarts.

The Arab••ans, as they haue sundrie mansions and places of abode, so doe they liue after a di∣uers * 1.106 and sundry manner. These which inhabite betweene Numidia and Libya leade a most mise∣rable and distressed life 〈…〉〈…〉ring much in this regard from those Africans, whom we affirmed to dwell in Libya. Howbeit, they are farre more valiant then the said Africans, and vse common∣ly to exchange Camels in the land of Negros: they haue likewise great store of Horses, which in Europe they call Horses of Barbarie. They take wonderfull delight in hunting and pursuing of Deare, of wild As••es of Ostriches, and such like. Neither is here to be omitted, that the greater [ 10] part of Arabians which inhabite Numidia, are very witty and concerted in penning of verses; wherein each man will decypher his loue, his hunting, his combates, and other his worthy acts: and this is done for the most part in rime, after the Italian manner. And albeit they are most li∣berally minded, yet dare they not by bountifull giuing make any shew of wealth; for they are daily oppressed with manifold inconueniences. They are apparelled after the Numidians fashi∣on, * 1.107 sauing that their women differ somewhat from the women of Numidia. Those Desarts which they doe now enioy, were wont to be possessed by Africans: but the Arabians with their Armie inuading that part of Africa, draue out the naturall Numidians, and reserued the Desarts adioyning vpon the Land of Dates, vnto themselues: but the Numidians began to in∣habite * 1.108 those Desarts which border vpon the land of Negros. The Arabians which dwell be∣tweene [ 20] Mount Atlas and the Mediterran sea, are farre wealthier then these which wee now speake of, both for costlinesse of apparrell, for good horse-meate, and for the statelinesse and beau∣tie of their tents. Their Horses also are of better shape, and more corpulent, but not so swift as the Horses of the Numidian Desart. They exercise Husbandry, and haue great increase of corne. Their droues and flockes of Cattell be innumerable, insomuch that they cannot inhabit one by another for want of pasture. They are somewhat more vile and barbarous then those which in∣habit the Desarts, and yet they are not altogether destitute of liberalitie: part of them which dwel in the territory of Fez, are subiect vnto the King of Fez. Those which remaine in Marocco and Duccala haue continued this long time free from all exaction and tribute: but so soone as the King of Portugall began to beare rule ouer Azafi and Azamor, there began also among them * 1.109 [ 30] strife and ciuill warre. Wherefore being assailed by the King of Portugall on the one side, and by the King of Fez on the other, and being oppressed also with extreme famine and scarcitie of that yeere, they were brought vnto such misery, that they freely offered themselues as slaues vnto the Portugals, submitting themselues to any man, that was willing to relieue their intolerable hunger: and by this meanes scarce one of them was left in all Duccala.

Moreouer, those which possesse the Desarts bordering vpon the Kingdomes of Tremizen and Tunis, may all of them (in regard of the rest) be called Noblemen, and Gentlemen: For their Go∣uernours receiuing euery yeare great reuenues from the King of Tunis, diuide the same afterward among their people, to the end they may auoide all discord: and by this meanes all dissention is eschewed, and peace is kept firme and inuiolable among them. They haue notable dexteritie [ 40] and cunning, both in making of Tents, and in bringing vp and keeping of Horses. In Summer∣time they vsually come neere vnto Tunis, to the end that each man may prouide himself of bread, armour, and other necessaries; all which they carrie with them into the Desarts, remaining there the whole Winter. In the Spring of the yeare they apply themselues vnto hunting, inso∣much that no beast can escape their pursuite. My selfe (I remember) was once at their tents, to * 1.110 my no little danger and inconuenience, where I saw greater quantitie of Cloth, Brasse, ••ron, and Copper, then a man shall oftentimes find in the most rich ware-houses of some Cities. Howbeit no trust is to be giuen vnto them; for if occasion serue, they will play the thieues most slily and cunningly; notwithstanding, they seeme to carrie some shew of ciuilitie. They take great de∣light * 1.111 in Poetrie, and will pen most excellent verses, their language being very pure and elegant. If any worthy Poet be found among them, be is accepted by their Gouernours with great honor [ 50] and liberalitie; neither would any man easily belieue what wit and decencie is in their ver∣ses.

Their women (according to the guise of that countrie) goe very gorgeously attired: they * 1.112 weare linnen Gownes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 blacke, with exceeding wide sleeues, ouer which sometimes they cast a Ma〈…〉〈…〉e of the same colour, or of blew, the corners of whic•• Mantle are very artificially faste∣ned about their shoulders with a fine s••luer ••l••••pe. Likewise they haue rings hanging at their eares, which for the most part are made of sil••••r: they weare many rings also vpon their fingers. Moreouer, they vsually w••are about their thighes and ankles certaine scarfes and rings, after the fashion of the Africans. T••••y couer their faces with certaine maskes, hauing onely two 〈…〉〈…〉s for their eyes to peepe out at. If any man chance to meete with them, they prese〈…〉〈…〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 [ 60] their face••, pa〈…〉〈…〉ng 〈◊〉〈◊〉 wi〈…〉〈…〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉, ex••••pt it be some o•• their Allies or Kin〈…〉〈…〉; for vnto them 〈…〉〈…〉, neither is there any vse of the said maske ••o long as they be〈…〉〈…〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉. These 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 t••ey trauell any iourney (as they oftentim••s 〈◊〉〈◊〉) th••••

s••t their women vpon certaine saddles made handsomely of wicker for the same purpose, and fa••••ned to their Camels backes, neither be they any thing too wide, but fit onely for a woman to ••it in. When they goe to the wars, each man carries his wife with him, to the end that she may cheare vp her good man, and giue him encouragement. Their Damsels which are vnmarried, do vsually paint their faces, brests, armes, hands, and fingers with a kind of counterfeit colour: which is accounted a most decent custome amongst them. But this fashion was first brought in by those Arabians, which before we called Africans, what time they began first of all to inhabite that region; for before then, they neuer vsed any false or glozing colours. The women of Bar∣barie vse not this fond kind of painting, but contenting themselues onely with their naturall hiew, they regard not such fained ornaments: howbeit sometimes they will temper a certaine colour with hens-dung and safron, wherewithall they paint a little round spot on the bals of [ 10] their cheekes about the bredth of a French Crowne. Likewise betweene their eye-browes they make a triangle, and paint vpon their chinnes a patch like vnto an oliue leafe. Some of them al∣so doe paint their eye-browes: and this custome is very highly esteemed of by the Arabian Poets, and by the Gentlemen of that countrie. Howbeit, they will not vse these fantasticall or∣naments aboue two or three dayes together: all which time they will not bee seene to any of their friends, except it be to their husbands and children: for these paintings seeme to be great allurements vnto lust, whereby the said women thinke themselues more trim and beauti∣full.

The life of the Arabians in the Desarts betweene Barbarie and Egypt is full of miserie and ca∣lamitie: * 1.113 for the places where they inhabite, are barren and vnpleasant. They haue some [ 20] store of Camels and other Cattell: howbeit, their fodder is so scarce, that they cannot well sustaine them. Neither shall you find ouer all the whole region any place fit to beare corne. And if in that Desart there be any villages at all, which vse to husband and manure their ground; yet reape they small commoditie thereby, except it bee for plentifull increase of Dates. Their Camels and other of their Cattell, they exchange for Dates and Corne; and so the poore Hus∣bandmen of the foresaid villages haue some small recompence for their labours: notwithstan∣ding, how can all this satisfie the hunger of such a multitude? For you shall daily see in Sicilia great numbers of their sonnes laid to pawne; because when they haue not wherewithall to pay * 1.114 for the Corne which they there buy, they are constrained to leaue their sonnes behind them, as pledges of future payment. But the Sicilians, if their money bee not paid them at the time ap∣pointed, [ 30] will chalenge the Arabians sonnes to be their slaues. Which day being once past, if any father will redeeme his child, hee must disburse thrice or foure times so much as the due debt amounteth vnto: for which cause they are the most notable thieues in the whole world. If any * 1.115 stranger fall into their hands, depriuing him of all that he hath, they presently carry him to Si∣cily, and there either sell or exchange him for Corne. And I think, that no Merchants durst at any time within these hundred yeares arriue for traff••cks sake vpon any p••r•• of their coast. For when they are to passe by with merchandize, or about any other weightie affaires, they eschew that region fiue hundred miles at the least. Once I remember, that I my selfe, for my better securitie, and to a〈…〉〈…〉e the danger of those mischieuous people, went in companie with certaine Mer∣chants, who in three ships sailed along their coast. Wee were no sooner espied of them, but [ 40] forthwith they came running to the shore, making signes that they would traffiq••e with vs to our great aduantage. Howbeit, because we durst not repose any trust in them, none of our com∣panie would depart the ship, before they had deliuered certaine pledges vnto vs. Which being done, we bought certaine Eunuchs, or gelded men and good ••••ore of butter of them. And so im∣mediately weighing our ankers, we betooke vs to flight, fearing lest wee should haue been met withall by the Sicilian and Rhodian Pirates, and been spoiled not onely of our goods, but of our li∣berties also. To be short, the said Arabians are very rude, 〈◊〉〈◊〉, beggerly, leane, and hunger∣starued * 1.116 people hauing God (no doubt) alwaies displeased against them, by whose vengeance they daily s••staine such grieuous calamities.

You shall find many among the Africans which liue altogether a shepheards or drouers life, [ 50] inhabiting vpon the beginning of mount Atlas, and being ••••spe••sed here and there o••er the same Mountaine. They are constrained alwaies to pay tribute ei〈…〉〈…〉er to the King of the same region where they dwell, or else to the Arabians, except those onely which inhabite Temesna, who are free from all forren superioritie, and are of great power. They speake the same kind of lan∣guage that other Africans doe, except some few of them which conuerse with the inha∣bitants of the Citie called Vrbs (which is neere vnto Tunis) who speake the Arabian tongue. Moreouer, there is a certaine people inhabiting that region, which diuideth Nu∣midia from Tunis. These oftentimes wage warre against the King of Tunis himselfe. which they put in practice not many yeares since, when as the said King his sonne 〈…〉〈…〉arching towards [ 60] them from Constantina with an Armie, for the demanding of such tribute as was due vnto him, * 1.117 fought a verie vnfortunate battell. For no sooner were they adu〈…〉〈…〉tised of the Kings sonne his approach, but forthwith they went to meete him with two thousand Horsemen, and at length vanquished and slew him at vnawares, carrying home with them all the furniture, bag,

and baggage, which he had brought forth. And this was done in the yeere of Mahumets He∣geira 915. From that time their Fame hath beene spred abroad in all places. Yea, many of the King of Tunis his Subiects reuolted from their King vnto them; insomuch that the Prince of this People is growne so p〈…〉〈…〉ssant, that scarcely is his equall to be found in all Africa.

The ancient Africans were much addicted to Idolatrie, euen as certaine of the Persians are at * 1.118 this day; some of whom worship the Sunne, and others the Fire, for their gods. For the said Africans had in times past magnificent and most stately Temples built, and dedicated as well to the honour of the Sunne as of the Fire. In these Temples day and night they kept Fire kind∣led, giuing diligent heed that it might not at any time be extinguished, euen as we reade of the Roman Vestall Virgins: all which you may reade more fully and at large in the Persian and Afri∣can [ 10] Chronicles. Those Africans which inhabited Libya and Numidia, would each of them wor∣ship some certaine Planet, vnto whom likewise they offered Sacrifices and Prayers. Some o∣thers of the Land of Negros worship Guighimo, that is to say, The Lord of Heauen. And this sound point of Religion was not deliuered vnto them by any Prophet or Teacher, but was in∣spired, as it were, from God himselfe. After that, they embraced the Iewish Law, wherein they are said to haue continued many yeeres. Afterward they professed the Christian Religion, and continued Christians, vntill such time as the Mahumetan Superstition preuailed; which came to passe in the yeere of the Hegeira 208. About which time certaine of Mahumets disci∣ples so bewitched them with eloquent and deceiuable speeches, that they allured their weake minds to consent vnto their opinion; insomuch that all the Kingdomes of the Negroes adioy∣ning [ 20] vnto Libya receiued the Mahumetan Law. Neither is there any Region in all the Negros * 1.119 Land, which hath in it at this day any Christians at all. At the same time such as were found to be Iewes, Christians, or of the African Religion, were slaine euery man of them. Howbeit those which dwell neere vnto the Ocean Sea, are all of them very grosse Idolaters. Howbeit af∣terward, ciuill dissensions arising among them, neglecting the Law of Mahumet, they slew all the Priests and Gouernours of that Region. Which tumult when it came to the eares of the Mahumetan Cal••fas, they sent an huge Armie against the said Rebels of Barbarie, to wit, those which were reuolted from the Califa of Bagdet, and seuerely punished their misde∣meanour.

Those Writers which record the Histories of the Arabians doings are all ioyntly of opinion, [ 30] that the Africans were wont to vse onely the Latine letters. The Arabians haue no Historie * 1.120 of African matters, which was not first written in Latine. They haue certaine ancient Authors, who writ partly in the times of the Arrians, and partly before their times, the names of all which are cleane forgotten. But when as those which rebelled against the Califa of Bagdet (as is aforesaid) got the vpper hand in Africa, they burnt all the Africans bookes. For they were of opinion, that the Africans, so long as they had any knowledge of Naturall Philosophie, or of other good Arts and Sciences, would euery day more and more arrogantly contemne the Law of Mahumet. Contrariwise, some Historiographers there are which affirme, that the Afri∣cans had a kind of letters peculiar vnto themselues; which notwithstanding, from the time wherein the Italians began first to inhabite Barbarie, and wherein the Christians fleeing out of [ 40] Italie from the Gothes, began to subdue those Prouinces of Africa, were vtterly abolished and taken away. For it is likely that a People vanquished should follow the customes and the let∣ters also of their Conquerours. And did not the same thing happen to the Persians, while the Arabians Empire stood? For certaine it is, that the Persians at the same time lost those letters which were peculiar vnto their Nation; and that all their bookes, by the commandement of the Mahumetan Prelates, were burnt; least their knowledge in naturall Philosophie, or their or their idolatrous Religion might mooue them to contemne the precepts of Mahumet. The like also (as we shewed before) befell the Barbarians, when as the Italians and the Gothes vsur∣ped their Dominions in Barbarie; which may here (I hope) suffice the gentle Reader. Howbe∣it this is out of doubt, that all the Sea-Cities and Inland-Cities of Barbarie doe vse Latine let∣ters onely, whensoeu••r they will commit any Epitaphs, or any other Verses or Prose vnto po∣steritie. [ 50] The consideration of all which former particulars hath made me to be of opinion, that the Africans in times past had their owne proper and peculiar letters, wherein they described their doings and exploits. For it is likely that the Romans, when they first subdued those Pro∣uinces as C〈…〉〈…〉querours vsually doe) vtterly spoiled and tooke away all their letters and memo∣rie, and established their owne letters in the stead thereof; to the end that the fame and h••∣n••ur of the Roman P••ople might there onely be continued. And who knoweth not that the very same attempt was practised by the Gothes vpon the stately building of the Romans, and by the Arabians a••a••n•• the Monuments of the Persians. Concerning those nine hundred ye••rs, wherein the Afric••n vsed the letters of the Arabians, Ibnu Rachich, a mo•••• diligent Writ••r of Africa, oth in his Chronicle most largely dispute; whether the Africans euer had any p〈…〉〈…〉 [ 60] kind or writing or no. And at last he concludeth the aff••rmatiue part; that th••y had: 〈◊〉〈◊〉 (sayt•• he) who〈…〉〈…〉er 〈…〉〈…〉yeth this, may as well d••nye, that they had a Language•• 〈◊〉〈◊〉 vnto themselues. For it cannot be that any People should haue a proper kind of Spe〈…〉〈…〉, and

yet should vse letters borrowed from other Nations, and being altogether vnfit for their Mother∣language.

All the Region of Barbarie, and the Mountaines contained therein, are subiect more to cold * 1.121 then to heat. For seldome commeth any gale of wind which bringeth not some Snow therwith. In all the said Mountaines there grow abundance of Fruits, but not so great plentie of Corne. The Inhabitants of these Mountaines liue for the greatest part of the yeere vpon Barley Bread. The Springs and Riuers issuing forth of the said Mountaines, representing the qualitie and taste of their natiue soyle, are somewhat muddie and impure, especially vpon the confines of Mau∣ritania. These Mountaines likewise are replenished with Woods and loftie Trees, and are great∣ly stored with Beasts of all kinds. But the little Hills and Valleys lying betweene the foresaid [ 10] Mountaines and Mount Atlas are farre more commodious, and abounding with Corne. For they are moistened with Riuers springing out of Atlas, and from thence holding on their course to the Mediterran Sea. And albeit Woods are somewhat more scarce vpon these Plaines, yet are they much more fruitfull, then be the plaine Countreys situate betweene Atlas and the O∣cean Sea, as namely, the Regions of Maroco, of Duccala, of Tedles, of Temesna, of Azgara, and the Countrey lying towards the Straights of Gibraltar. The Mountaines of Atlas are excee∣ding * 1.122 cold and barren, and bring forth but small store of Corne, being woody on all sides, and en∣gendring almost all the Riuers of Africa. The Fountaines of Atlas are euen in the midst of Summer extremely cold; so that if a man dippeth his hand therein for any long space, he is in great danger of losing the same. Howbeit the said Mountaines are not so cold in all places: for some parts thereof are of such milde temperature, that they may be right commodiously in∣habited: [ 20] yea, and sundry places thereof are well stored with inhabitants; as in the second part of this present discourse we will declare more at large. Those places which are destitute of Inhabitants be either extremely cold, as namely, the same which lie ouer against Maurita∣nia: or very rough and vnpleasant, to wit, those which are directly opposite to the Region of Temesna. Where notwithstanding in Summer time they may feed their great and small Cattell, but not in Winter by any meanes. For then the North wind so furiously rageth, bringing with it such abundance of Snow; that all the Cattell which till then remaine vpon the said Moun∣taines and a great part of the People also are forced to lose their liues in regard thereof: where∣fore whosoeuer hath any occasion to trauaile that way in Winter time, chuseth rather to take his Iourney betweene Mauritania and Numidia. Those Merchants which bring Dates out of [ 30] Numidia for the vse and seruice of other Nations, set forth vsually vpon their Iourney about the * 1.123 end of October: and yet they are oftentimes so oppressed and ouertaken with a sodaine fall of Snow, that scarcely one man among them all escapeth the danger of the tempest. For when it beginneth to snow ouer night, before the next morning not onely Carts and Men, but euen the very Trees are so drowned and ouerwhelmed therein, that it is not possible to finde any men∣tion of them. Howbeit the dead Carkasses are then found, when the Sunne hath melted the Snow.

I my selfe also, by the goodnesse of Almightie GOD, twice escaped the most dreadfull dan∣ger of the foresaid Snow; whereof, if it may not be tedious to the Reader, I will here in few * 1.124 words make relation. Vpon a certaine day of the foresaid moneth of October, trauelling with a [ 40] great companie of Merchants towards Atlas, wee were there about the Sunne going downe weather-beaten with a most cold and snowy kind of Hayle. Here we found eleuen or twelue Horse-men (Arabians to our thinking) who perswading vs to leaue our Carts and to goe with them, promised vs a good and secure place to lodge in. For mine owne part, that I might not seeme altogether vnciuill, I thought it not meet to refuse their good offer; albeit I stood in doubt lest they went about to practise some mischiefe. Wherefore I bethought my selfe to hide vp a certaine summe of gold which I had as then about me. But all being readie to ride, I had no leasure to hide away my Coyne from them; whereupon I fained that I would goe ease my selfe. And so departing a while their companie, and getting me vnder a certaine Tree, whereof I tooke diligent notice, I buried my money betweene certaine stones and the roote of the said [ 50] Tree. And then we rode on quietly till about mid-night. What time one of them thinking that he had stayed long enough for his Prey, began to vtter that in words which secretly he had conceiued in his mind. For he asked whether I had any money about me or no? To whom I answered, that I had left my money behind with one of them which attended the Carts, and that I had then none at all about me. Howbeit they being no whit satisfied with this answer, commanded me, for all the cold weather, to strip my selfe out of mine apparell. At length when they could find no money at all, they said in iesting and scoffing wife, that they did this for no other purpose, but onely to see how strong and hardy I was, and how I could endure the cold and tempestuous season. Well, on we rode, seeking our way as well as wee could that darke [ 60] and dismall night; and anone we heard the bleating of Sheepe, coniecturing thereby, that wee were not faire distant from some habitation of people. Wherefore out of hand we directed our course thitherwards: being constrained to leade our Horses thorow thicke Woods, and ouer steepe and craggie Rockes, to the great hazard and perill of our liues. And at length after many

labours, wee found Shepheards in a certaine Caue: who, hauing with much paines brought their Cattell in there, had kindled a lustie fire for themselues, which they were constrained, by rea∣son of the extreme cold, daily to sit by. Who vnderstanding our companie to be Arabians, fea∣red at the first that we would doe them some mischiefe: but afterward being perswaded that we were driuen thither by extremitie of cold, and being more secure of vs, they gaue vs most friendly entertainment. For they set bread, flesh, and cheese before vs, wherewith hauing ended our Suppers, we laid vs along each man to sleep before the fire. All of vs were as yet exceeding cold, but especially my selfe, who before with great horrour and trembling was stripped starke naked. And so we continued with the said shepheards for the space of two dayes: all which time we could not set forth, by reason of continuall Snow. But the third day, so soone as they [ 10] saw it leaue snowing, with great labour they began to remooue that Snow which lay before * 1.125 the doore of their Caue. Which done, they brought vs to our Horses, which wee found well prouided of Hay in another Caue. Being all mounted, the shepheards accompanied vs some part of our way, shewing vs where the Snow was of least depth, and yet euen there it touched our Horse bellies. This day was so cleere, that the Sunne tooke away all the cold of the two dayes going before.

At length entring into a certaine Village neere vnto Fez, wee vnderstood, that our Carts which passed by, were ouer-whelmed with the Snow. Then the Arabians seeing no hope of re∣compence for all the paines they had taken (for they had defended our Carts from Theeues) * 1.126 carryed a certaine Iew of our Companie with them as their Captiue, (who had lost a great quantitie of Dates, by reason of the Snow aforesaid) to the end that he might remayne as their [ 20] Prisoner, till he had satisfied for all the residue. From my selfe they tooke my Horse, and com∣mitted me vnto the wide World and to Fortune. From whence, riding vpon a Mule, within three daies I arriued at Fez, where I heard dolefull newes of our Merchants and Wares, that they were cast away in the Snow. Yea, they thought that I had beene destroyed with the rest; but it seemed that God would haue it otherwise.

Now, hauing finished the Historie of mine owne misfortunes, let vs returne vnto that Dis∣course where we left. Beyond Atlas there are certaine hot and dry places moystened with very few Riuers, but those which flow out of Atlas it selfe: some of which Riuers running into the Libyan Desarts are dryed vp with the Sands, but others do ingender Lakes. Neither shall you find * 1.127 in these Countreyes any places apt to bring forth Corne, notwithstanding they haue Dates in abundance. [ 30]

There are also certaine other Trees bearing fruit, but in so small quantitie, that no increase nor gaine is to be reaped by them. You may see likewise in those parts of Numidia which bor∣der vpon Libya, certaine barren hils destitute of Trees, vpon the lower parts whereof grow no∣thing but vnprofitable thornes and shrubs. Amongst these Mountaines you shall find no Riuers nor Springs, nor yet any waters at all, except it be in certaine Pits and Wels almost vnknowne vnto the Inhabitants of that Region. Moreouer, in sixe or seuen dayes iourney they haue not one drop of water, but such as is brought vnto them by certaine Merchants vpon Camels backs. And that especially in those places which lye vpon the mayne Road from Fez to Tombuto or from Tremizen to * 1.128 Agad. That iourney likewise is very dangerous which is of late found out by the Merchants of our dayes from Fez to Alcair ouer the Desarts of Libya, were it not for an huge Lake in the way, vpon the bankes whereof the Sinites and the Goranites doe inhabit. [ 40] But in the way which leadeth from Fez to Tombuto are certaine Pits enuironed either with the hides or bones of Camels. Neither doe the Merchants in Sommer time passe that way without * 1.129 great danger of their liues: for oftentimes it falleth out, when the South-wind bloweth, that all those Pits are stopped vp with sand. And so the Merchants when they can find neither those Pits, nor any mention thereof, must needs perish for extreame thirst: whose carkasses are after∣ward found lying scattered here and there, and scorched with the heat of the Sunne. One re∣medie they haue in this case, which is very strange: for when they are so grieuously oppressed * 1.130 with thirst, they kill forth-with some one of their Camels, out of whose bowels they wring and expresse some quantitie of water, which water they drinke and carrie about with them, till [ 50] they haue either found some Pit of water, or till they pine away for thirst. In the Desart which they call Azaoad, there are as yet extant two Monuments built of Marble, vpon which Mar∣ble is an Epitaph engrauen, signifying that one of the said Monuments represented a most ri••h Merchant, and the other a Carrier or transporter of Wares. Which wealthfull Mer∣chant bought of the Carri••r a cup of water for ten thousand Ducats, and yet this precious * 1.131 water could suffice neither of them; for both were consumed with thirst. This Desart likewise contayneth sundry kinds of beasts, which in the fourth part of this Discourse concerning Libya, and in our Treatise of the b••asts of Africa, we will discourse of more at large.

The Land of Negros is extreame hot, hauing some store of moysture also, by reason of the Ri∣uer, [ 60] of Niger running through the midst thereof. All places adioyning vpon Niger doe mighti∣ly abound both with Cattell and Corne. No Trees I saw there but only certaine great ones, bearing a kind of bitter fruit like vnto a Chestnut, which in their Language is called Goron.

Likewise in the same Regions grow Cocos, Cucumbers, Onions, and such kinde of herbs and fruits in great abundance. * 1.132

There are no Mountaines at all either in Libya or in the Land of Negros: howbeit diuers Fennes and Lakes there are; which (as men report) the inundation of Niger hath left behind it. Neither are the woods of the said Regions altogether destitute of Elephants and other strange beasts; whereof we will make relation in their due place.

Throughout the greatest part of Barbarie stormie and cold weather begin commonly about * 1.133 the midst of October. But in December and Ianuary the cold groweth some-what more sharpe in all places: howeit this happeneth in the morning onely, but so gently and remissely, that no man careth greatly to warme himselfe by the fire. February some-what mitigateth the cold of [ 10] Winter, but that so inconstantly, that the weather changeth sometime fiue and sometime sixe times in one day. In March the North and West winds vsually blow, which cause the Trees to be adorned with blossomes. In April all fruits attaine to their proper forme and shape, insomuch that Cherries are commonly ripe about the end of of Aprill and the beginning of May. In the midst of May they gather their figs: and in mid-Iune their Grapes are ripe in many places. Likewise their Peares, their sweete Quinces, and their Damascens attayne vnto sufficient ripenesse in the monethes of Iune and Iuly. Their Figs of Autumne may be gathered in August; howbeit they neuer haue so great plentie of Figs and Peaches, as in September. By the midst of August they vsually begin to dry their Grapes in the Sunne, whereof they make Rasins. Which if they can∣not finish in September, by reason of vnseasonable weather, of their Grapes as then vngathered [ 20] they vse to make Wine and Must, especially in the Prouince of Rifa, as wee will in due place signifie more at large. In the midst of October they take in their Honey, and gather their Pom∣granates * 1.134 and Q••inces. In Nouember they gather their Oliues, not climing vp with L〈…〉〈…〉ders nor plucking them with their hands, according to the custome of Europe; for the Trees of Mau∣ritania and Caesarea are so tall, that no Ladder is long enough to reach vnto the fruit. And there∣fore their Oliues being full ripe, they climbe the Trees, beating them off the boughes with cer∣taine long Poles, albert they know this kind of beating to be most hurtfull vnto the said Trees. Sometimes they haue great plentie of Ol••ues in Africa, and sometimes as great s••arcicie. Cer∣taine great Oliue-trees there are, the Oliues whereof are eaten ripe by the Inhabitants because they are not so fit for Oyle. No yeare f••ls out to be so vnseasonal le, but that they haue three [ 30] * 1.135 monethes in the spring alwayes temperate.

They begin their spring vpon the fifteenth day of February, accounting the eighteenth of * 1.136 May, for the end thereof: all which time they haue most pleasant weather. But if from the fiue and twentieth of Aprill, to the fifth of May they haue no raine fall, they take it as a signe of ill lucke. And the raine-water which falleth all the time aforesaid they call Naisan, that is, wa∣ter blessed of God. Some store it vp in Vessels, most religiously keeping it, as an holy thing. Their Summer lasteth till the sixteenth of August; all which time they haue most hot and cleere wea∣ther. Except perhaps some showres of raine fall in Iuly and August, which doe so infect the Aire, that great plague and most pestilent Feuers ensue thereupon; with which plague whoso euer is infected, most hardly escapeth death. Their Autumne they reckon from the seuenteenth [ 40] of August to the sixteenth of Nouember; hauing commonly in the monethes of August and September not such extreme heate as before. Howbeit all the time betweene the fifteenth of August and the fifteenth of September is called by them the furnace of the whole yeare, for that it bringeth Figs. Quinces, and such kind of fruits to their full maturitie. From the fifteenth of Nouember they beginne their winter-season, continuing the same till the fourteenth day of February. So soone as Winter commeth they begin to till their ground which lyeth in the Plaines: but vpon the Mountaines they goe to plough in October. The Africans are most cer∣tainly * 1.137 perswaded that euery yeare contayneth fortie extreme hot dayes, beginning vpon the twelfth of Iune; and againe so many dayes extreme cold, beginning from the twelfth of De∣cember. Their Aequinoctia are vpon the sixteenth of March, and the sixteenth of September [ 50] For their Solstitia they account the sixteenth of Iune and the sixteenth of December. These rules they doe most strictly obs••rue, as well Husbandrie and Nauigation, as in searching out the houses and true places of the Planets: and these instructions, with other such like they teach their young children first of all.

Many Countrey-people and Husbandmen there be in Africa, who knowing (as they say) ne∣uer * 1.138 a Letter of the Booke, will notwithstanding most learnedly dispute of Astrologie, and al∣leage most profound reasons and arguments for themselues. But whatsoeuer skill they haue in the Art of Astrologie, they first learned the same of the Latines: yea, they giue those very names vnto their Moneths which the Lati••es doe.

Moreouer, they haue extant among them a certaine great Booke diuided into three Volumes, [ 60] which they call. The Treasurie or Store-house of Husbandry. This Booke was then translated out of Latine into their Tongue, when Mansor was Lord of Granada. In the said Treasurie are all things contayned which may seeme in any wise to concerne Husbandry; as namely, the

changes and varietie of times, the manner of sowing, with a number of such like particulars, which (I thinke) at this day the Latine Tongue it selfe, whereout these things were first transla∣ted, doth not contayne. Whatsoe••er either the Africans or the Mahumetans haue, which see∣meth to appertaine in any wise to their Law or Religion, they make their computation thereof altogether according to the course of the Moone.

Their yeare is diuided into three hundred fiftie foure dayes: for vnto sixe Monethes they al∣lot thirtie dayes, and vnto the other sixe but nine and twentie, all which beeing added into one * 1.139 samme doe produce the number aforesaid: wherefore their yeare differeth eleuen daies from the yeare of the Latines. They haue at diuers times Festiuall Dayes and Faits.

About the end of Autumne, for all Winter, and a great part of the Spring they are troubled * 1.140 [ 10] with boysterous winds, with Haile, with terrible Thunder and Lightening: yea then it snow∣eth much in some places of Barbarie. The Easterne, Southerne, and South-easterne winds blow∣ing in May and Iune, doe very much hurt there: for they spoyle the Corne, and hinder the fruit from comming to ripenesse. Their Corne I kewise is greatly appayred by Snow, especial∣ly * 1.141 such as falleth in the day time, when it beginneth to flowre. Vpon the Mountaynes of At∣las they diuide the yeare into two parts onely: for their Winter continueth from October to Aprill; and from Aprill to October they account it Summer: neither is there any day through∣out the whole yeare, wherein the tops of those Mountaines are not couered with Snow. In Nu∣midia, the yeare runneth away very swiftly: for they reape their Corne in May, and in Octo∣ber they gather their Dates: but from the midst of September, they haue Winter till the be∣ginning [ 20] of Ianuarie. But if September falleth out to be raynie, they are like to lose most part of their Dates.

All the fields of Numidia require watering from the Riuers; but if the Mountaynes of At∣las haue no raine fall vpon them, the Numidian Riuers waxe dry, and so the fields are de••••itute of wat••ring. October being destitute of raine, the Husbandman hath no hope to cast his seed into the ground: and he despayreth likewise, if it raine not in Aprill. But their Dates prosper more without raine, whereof the Numidians haue greater plentie then of Corne. For albeit they haue some store of Corne, yet can it scarcely suffice them for halfe the yeere. Howbeit, if they haue good increase of Dates, they cannot want abundance of Corne, which is sold vnto them by the Arabians for Dates. If in the Libyan Desarts there fall out change of weather about the [ 30] midst of October; and if it continue rayning there all December, Ianuary, and some part of Fe∣bruary, it is wonderfull what abundance of grasse and milke, it bringeth forth. Then may you find diuers Lakes in all places, and many Fennes throughout Libya; wherefore this is the mee∣test time for the Barbarie Merchants to trauell to the Land of Negros. Heere all kind of fruits grow sooner ripe, if they haue moderate showers about the end of Iuly. Moreouer, the Land of Negros receiueth by raine neither any benefit, nor yet any dammage at all. For the Riuer Niger together with the water which falleth from certaine Mountaynes doth so moysten their grounds, that no places can be deuised to be more fruitfull: for that which Nilus is to Egypt, the same is Niger to the Land of Negros: for it increaseth like Nilus from the fifteenth of ••une the * 1.142 space of fortie dayes after, and for so many againe it decreaseth. And so at the increase of Ni∣ger [ 40] when all places are ouer-flowne with water, a man may in a Barke passe ouer all the Land of Negros, albeit not without great perill of drowning; as in the fift part of this Treatise we will declare more at large.

All the people of Barbarie by vs before mentioned liue vnto sixtie ••••ue or seuentie yeares of * 1.143 age, and few or none exceed that number. Howbeit in the foresaid Mountaynes I saw some which had li••ed an hundred yeares, and others which affirmed themselues to bee older, whose age was most healthfull and l••stie. Yea, some you shall find heere of foures••••re yeares of age, who are sufficiently strong and able to exercise Husbandy, to dresse Vines, and to serue in the Warres; insomuch that yong men are oftentimes inferiour vnto them. In Numidia, that is to * 1.144 say, in the Land of Dates, they liue a long time: howbeit they lose their Teeth very soone, and their Eyes waxe wonderfull dimme. Which infirmities are likely to be incident vnto them, first [ 50] because they continually feed vpon Dates, the sweetnesse and naturall qualitie whereof doth by little and little pull out their Teeth: and secondly, the dust and sand, which is tossed vp and downe the Ayre with Easterne windes entring into their Eyes, doth at last miserably weaken and spoile their eye-sight. The Inhabitants of Libya are of a shorter life; but those which are most strong and healthfull among them liue oftentimes till they come to three••••ore yeares; albeit they are slender and leane of bodie.

The Negros commonly liue the shortest time of all the rest: howbeit they are alwayes strong * 1.145 and lustie, hauing their Teeth sound euen till their dying day: yet is there no Nation vnder Hea∣uen more prone to Venery; vnto which vice also the Libyans and Numidians are too too much ad∣dicted. To be short, t••e Barbarians are the weakest people of them all. [ 60]

The children, and sometimes the ancient women of this Region are subiect vnto ••aldnesse or vnnaturall shedding of haire; which disease they can hardly be cured of. They are likewise of∣tentimes troubled with the head-ache, which vsually afflicteth them without any ague ioyned

therewith. Many of them are tormented with the tooth-ache, which (as some thinke) they are the more subiect vnto, because immediately after hot pottage they drinke cold water. They are oftentimes vexed with extreame paine of the stomacke, which ignorantly they call, the paine of the heart. They are likewise daily molested with inward gripings and infirmities ouer their whole bodie, which is thought to proceed of continuall drinking of water. Yea, they are much subiect vnto bone-aches and gowts, by reason that they sit commonly vpon the bare ground, and neuer weare any shooes vpon their feet. Their chiefe Gentlemen and Noblemen proue gowtie oftentimes with immoderate drinking of Wine and eating of daintie meates. Some with eating of Oliues, Nuts, and such course fare, are for the most part infected with the Scuruies.

Those which are of a sanguine complexion are greatly troubled with the cough, because that [ 10] in the Sprin-season they sit too much vpon the ground. And vpon Fridayes I had no small sport and recreation to goe and see them. For vpon this day the people flocke to Church in great numbers to heare their Mahumetan Sermons. Now if any one in the Sermon-time f••ls a nee∣zing, all the whole multitude will neeze with him for company, and so they make such a noise, * 1.146 that they neuer leaue, till the Sermon be quite done; so that a man shall reape but little know∣ledge by any of their Sermons.

If any of Barbarie be infected with the Disease commonly called the French Poxe, they dye thereof for the most part, and are seldome cured. This Disease beginneth with a kinde of an∣guish and swelling, and at length breaketh out into Sores. Ouer the Mountaines of Atlas, and * 1.147 throughout all Numidia and Libya they scarcely know this Disease. Insomuch that oftentimes [ 20] the parties infected trauell forth-with into Numidia or the land of Negros, in which places the Aire is so temperate, that onely by remayning there they recouer their perfect health, and re∣turne home sound into their owne Countrey: which I saw many doe with mine owne eyes; who, without the helpe of any Physician or Medicine, except the foresaid holsome aire, were re∣stored to their former health. Not so much as the name of this malady was euer known vnto the Africans, before Ferdinand the King of Castile expelled all Iewes out of Spaine; after the returne of which Iewes into Africa, certaine vnhappie and lewd people lay with their Wiues; and so at * 1.148 length the Disease spread from one to another, ouer the whole Region: insomuch that scarce a∣ny one Family was free from the same. Howbeit, this they were most certainly perswaded of, that the same Disease came first from Spaine; wherefore they (for want of a better name) doe [ 30] call it, The Spanish Poxe. Notwithstanding at Tunis and ouer all Italy, it is called the French Disease. It is so called likewise in Aegypt and Syria: for there it is vsed as a common Prouerbe * 1.149 of Cursing; The French Poxe take you. Amongst the Barbarians the Disease called in Latine Hernia is not so common; but in Aegypt the people are much troubled therewith. For some of the Aegyptians haue their Cods oftentimes so swollen, as it is incredible to report. Which in∣firmitie is thought to be so common among them, because they eate so much Gumme, and Salt Cheese. Some of their children are subiect vnto the falling sicknesse; but when they grow to any stature, they are free from that Disease. This falling sicknesse likewise possesseth the women of Barbarie, and of the Land of Negros; who, to excuse it, say that they are taken with a Spirit. In Barbarie the Plague is rife euery tenth, fifteenth, or twentieth yeare, whereby great numbers [ 40] of people are consumed; for they haue no cure for the same, but onely to rub the Plague-sore with certaine Ointments made of Armenian Earth.

In Numidia they are infected with the Plague scarce once in an hundred yeares. And in the * 1.150 Land of Negros they k••••w not the name of this Disease: because they neuer were subiect thereunto.

Those Arabians which inhabit in Barbarie or vpon the Coast of the Mediterran Sea, are greatly addicted vnto the studie of good Arts and Sciences: and those things which concerne their Law and Religion are esteemed by them in the first place. Moreouer, they haue beene heretofore most studious of the Mathematikes, of Philosophie, and of Astrologie: but these Arts (as it is aforesaid) were foure hundred yeares agoe, vtterly destroyed and taken away by [ 50] the chiefe Professors of their Law. The Inhabitants of Cities doe most religiously obserue and reuerence those things which appertaine vnto their Religion: yea, they honour those Doctors and Priests, of whom they learne their Law, as if they were pettie gods. Their Churches they frequent very diligently, to the end they may repeat certaine prescript and formall Praiers; most superstitiously perswading themselues that the same day wherein they make their praiers, it is not lawfull for them to wash certaine of their members, when as at other times they will wash their whole bodies.

Moreouer those which inhabit Barbarie, are of great cunning and dexteritie for building and for Mathematicall Inuentions, which a man may easily coniecture by their artificiall Workes. [ 60] Most honest people they are, and destitute of all fraud and guile; not onely imbracing all im∣plicitie and truth, but also practising the same throughout the whole course of their liues: albeit certaine Latine Authors, which haue written of the same Regions, are farre otherwise of opini∣on. Likewise they are most strong and valiant people, especially those which dwell vpon the

Mountaines. They keepe their couenant most faithfully; insomuch that they had rather dye then * 1.151 breake promise.

No Nation in the World is so subiect vnto Iealousie; for they will rather lose their liues, then put vp any disgrace in the behalfe of their women. So desirous they are of Riches and Honour, that therein no other people can go beyond them. They trauel in a manner ouer the whole World to exercise Traffike. For they are continually to be seene in Aegypt, in Aethiopia, in Arabia, Persia, India, and Turkie: and whithersoeuer they goe, they are most honourably esteemed of: for none of them will professe any Art, vnlesse hee hath attained vnto great exactnesse and perfection therein. They haue alwayes beene much delighted with all kind of ciuilitie and modest behaui∣our: and it is accounted hainous among them for any man to vtter in companie, any Bawdie or * 1.152 [ 10] vnseemely word. They haue alwayes in mind this sentence of a graue Author; Giue place to thy Su∣periour. If any youth in presence of his Father, his Vncle, or any other of his Kindred, doth sing or talke ought of loue matters, he is deemed to be worthy of grieuous punishment. Whatsoe∣uer Lad or Youth there lighteth by chance into any companie which discourseth of Loue, no sooner heareth nor vnderstandeth what their talke tendeth vnto, but immediately he withdraw∣eth himselfe from among them.

Those Arabians which dwell in Tents, that is to say, which bring vp Cattell, are of a more * 1.153 liberall and ciuill disposition: to wit, they are in their kind as deuout, valiant, patient, courte∣ous, hospitall, and as honest in life and conuersation as any other people. They be most faithfull obseruers of their word and promise: insomuch that the people, which before we said to dwell in the Mountaines, are greatly stirred vp with emulation of their Vertues. Howbeit the said [ 20] Mountainers, both for Learning, for Vertue, and for Religion, are thought much inf••riour to the Numidians; albeit they haue little or no knowledge at all in naturall Philosophie. They are reported likewise to be most skilfull Warriours, to be valiant, and exceeding louers and practi∣sers of all humanitie. Also, the Moores and Arabians inhabiting Libya are somewhat ciuill of behauiour, being plaine dealers, void of dissimulation, fauourable to Strangers, and louers of Simplicitie.

Those which we before named white, or tawnie Moores, are most stedfast in friendship: as likewise they indifferently and fauourably esteeme of other Nations: and wholy indeauour themselues in this one thing, namely, that they may leade a most pleasant and iocund life. More∣ouer, they maintaine most learned Professors of liberall Arts, and such men as are most deuout in their Religion. Neither is there any people in all Africa that lead a more happie and honou∣rable [ 30] life.

Neuer was there any people or Nation so perfectly endued with vertue, but that they had * 1.154 their contrary faults and blemishes: now therefore let vs consider, whether the vices of the A∣fricans doe surpasse their vertues and good parts. Those which we named the Inhabitants of the Cities of Barbarie, are somewhat needie and couetous being also very proud and high-minded, and wonderfully addicted vnto wrath; insomuch that (according to the Prouerbe) they will deeply engraue in Marble any iniurie be it neuer so small, and will in no wise blot it out of their membrance. So rasticall they are and void of good manners, that scarcely can any stranger ob∣taine * 1.155 their familiaritie and friendship. Their wits are but meane, and they are so credulous, that they will beleeue matters impossible, which are told them. So ignorant are they of natu∣rall [ 40] Philosophie, that they imagine all the effects and operations of nature to be extraordinarie and diuine.

They obserue no certaine order of liuing nor of Lawes. Abounding exceedingly with cho∣ler, they speake alwayes with an angry and lowd voice. Neither shall you walke in the day∣time * 1.156 in any of their streets, but you shall see commonly two or three of them together by the eares. By nature they are a vile and base people, being no better accounted of by their Gouer∣nours then if they were Dogges. They haue neither Iudges nor Lawyers, by whose wisdome and counsell they ought to be directed. They are vtterly vnskilfull in Trades of Merchandize, being destitute of Bankers Money-changers: wherefore a Merchant can doe nothing among them in his absence, but is himselfe constrayned to goe in person, whithersoeuer his Wares are [ 50] carryed. No people vnder Heauen are more addicted vnto couetise then this Nation: neither is there (I thinke) to be found among them one of an hundred, who for courtesie, humanitie, or * 1.157 deuotions sake, will vouchsafe any entertainment vpon a stranger. Mindfull they haue alwayes beene of iniuries, but most forgetfull of benefits. Their mindes are perpetually possessed with * 1.158 vexation and strife, so that they will seldome or neuer shew themselues tractable to any man; the cause whereof is supposed to be; for that they are so greedily addicted vnto their filthy lu∣cre, that they neuer could attayne vnto any kind of ciuilitie or good behauiour.

The Shepheards of that Region liue a miserable, t••yls••me, wretched and beggerly life: they * 1.159 [ 60] are a rude people, and (as a man may say) borne and b••ed to heft, deceit, and brutish manners. Their young men may goe a wooing to diuers M••••des, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 s••••h time as they haue sped of a wife. Yea, the father of the Maide most friendly welcommeth her Suiter; so that I thinke scarce any * 1.160 Noble or Gentleman among them can chuse a Virgine for his Spouse: albeit, so soone as any

woman is married, she is quite forsaken of all her Suiters; who then seeke out other new Para∣mours for their liking. Concerning their Religion, the greater part of these people are neither * 1.161 Mahumetans, Iewes, nor Christians; and hardly shall you find so much as a sparke of Pietie in any of them. They haue no Churches at all, nor any kind of Prayers, but being vtterly estranged from all godly deuotion, they leade a sauage and beastly life: and if any man chanceth to bee of a bet∣ter disposition (because they haue no Law-giuers nor Teachers among them) hee is constrained to follow the example of other mens liues and manners.

All the Numidians being most ignorant of Naturall, Domesticall, and Common-wealth * 1.162 matters, are principally addicted vnto Treason, Trecherie, Murther, Theft and Robberie. This Nation, because it is most slauish, will right gladly accept of any seruice among the Barbarians, [ 10] be it neuer so vile or contemptible. For some will take vpon them to be Dung-farmers, others to be Scullions, some others to be Ostlers, and such like seruile Occupations. Likewise the In∣habitants of Libya liue a brutish kind of life; who neglecting all kinds of good Arts and Scien∣ces, doe wholy apply their minds vnto theft and violence. Neuer as yet had they any Religi∣on, any Lawes, or any good forme of liuing; but alwaies had, and euer will haue a most misera∣ble and distressed life. There cannot any trechery or villanie be inuented so damnable, which for lu••res sake they dare not attempt. They spend all their dayes either in most lewd practices, or in hunting, or else in warfare; neither we are they any shooes nor garments. The Negros like∣wise leade a beasily kind of life, being vtterly destitute of the vse of reason, of dexteritie of wit, and of all Arts. Yea, they so behaue themselues, as if they had continually liued in a For∣rest [ 20] among wild beasts. They haue great swarmes of Harlots among them; whereupon a man may easily coniecture their manner of liuing; except their conuersation perhaps bee somewhat more tolerable, who dwell in the principall Townes and Cities: for it is like that they are some∣what more addicted to Ciuilitie.

§. II.

Collections of things most remarkable in IOHN LEO his second Booke of the Historie of Africa.

[illustration] map of Morocco

The Map of the Kingdome of Marocco, or Maruecos.

BEginning at the West part of Africa, we will in this our Geographicall Historie pro∣ceed Eastward, till we come to the borders of Aegypt.

Hea being one of the Prouinces of Maroco is bounded Westward and Northward with the maine Ocean, Southward with the Mountaines of Atlas, and Eastward * 1.163 with the Riuer which they call Esfiualo. This Riuer springeth out of the foresaid Mountaine, discharging it selfe at length into the Riuer of Tensift, and diuiding Hea from the Prouince next adiacent.

The Region of Hea is an vneuen and rough soile, full of rockie Mountaines, shadie Woods, and Christall Streames in all places; being wonderfully rich, and well stored with Inhabitants. They haue in the said Region great abundance of Goats and Asses, but not such plentie of Sheep, [ 10] Oxen, and Horses. All kind of Fruits are very scarce among them.

This People for the most part eateth Barly-bread vnleauened, which is like rather vnto a * 1.164 Cake, then to a Loafe: this Bread is baked in a kind of earthen Baking-pan.

The greatest part of them are clad in a kind of cloth Garment made of Wooll after the man∣ner * 1.165 of a Couerlet, called in their Language, Elchise, and not vnlike vnto those Couerlets or Blankets which the Italians lay vpon their Beds. In these kind of Mantles they wrap them∣selues; and then are they girt with a woollen girdle, not about their waste, but about their hips. You may easily discerne which of them is married, and who is not: for an vnmarried man must alwayes keepe his Beard shauen, which, after hee bee once married, hee suffereth to grow at length. The said Region bringeth forth no great plentie of Horses, but those that it * 1.166 [ 20] doth bring forth, are so nimble and full of mettall, that they will climbe like Cats ouer the steep and craggie Mountaines. These Horses are alwayes vnshod: and the People of this Region vse to till their ground with no other Cattell, but onely with Horses and Asses. You shall here find great store of Deere, of wild Goats, and of Hares. No good learning nor liberall Arts are here to be found; except it be a little skill in the Lawes, which some few challenge vnto them∣selues: otherwise you shall find not so much as any shadow of vertue among them. They haue * 1.167 neither Physician nor Surgeon of any learning or account. But if a disease or infirmitie befall any of them, they presently seare or cauterize the sicke partie with red hot Irons, euen as the Italians vse their Horses. Howbeit some Chyrurgians there are among them, whole dutie and occupation consisteth onely in circumcising of their male Children. Whosoeuer will trauell in∣to [ 30] a forraine Countrey must take either a Harlot, or a Wife, or a religious man of the contrary part, to beare him companie. They haue no regard at all of Iustice.

The ancient Citie of Tednest was built by the Africans vpon a most beautifull and large * 1.168 Plaine, which they inuironed with a loftie Wall built of Bricke and Lime. In this Citie there are no Innes, Stoues, nor Wine-tauernes: so that whatsoeuer Merchant goes thither, must seeke out some of his acquaintance to remaine withall: but if hee hath no friends nor acquaintance in the Towne, then the principall Inhabitants there cast lots who should entertaine the strange Merchant: insomuch that no Stranger, be he neuer so meane, shall want friendly entertainment, * 1.169 but is alwaies sumptuously and honourably accepted of. But whosoeuer is receiued as a Guest, must at his departure bestow some gift vpon his Host in token of thankfulnesse, to the end hee [ 40] may be more welcome at his next returne. Howbeit if the said Stranger be no Merchant, hee may chuse what great mans house he will to lodge in, being bound at his departure to no recom∣pence nor gift. To be short, if any Beggar or poore Pilgrim passe the same way, he hath some sustenance prouided for him in a certaine Hospitall, which was founded onely for the reliefe of poore people, and is maintained at the common charge of the Citie. In the middest of the Citie * 1.170 stands an ancient Temple, being most sumptuously built, and of an huge bignesse, which was thought to be founded at the very same time when as the King of Maroco bare rule in those pla∣ces. This Temple hath a great Cisterne standing in the midst thereof, and it hath many Priests and such kind of People which giue attendance thereunto, and store it with things necessarie. In this Citie likewise are diuers other Temples, which, albeit they are but little, yet be they most [ 50] cleanly and decently kept. There are in this Citie about an hundred Families of Iewes. My selfe * 1.171 saw this Citie vtterly ruined and defaced, the Walls thereof being laid euen with the ground, the Houses being destitute of Inhabitants, and nothing at that time to be there seene, but onely the nests of Rauens and of other Birds. All this I saw in the 920. yeere of the Hegeira.

Vpon the foot of an hill eighteene miles Eastward from Tednest, stands a Towne called by * 1.172 the Africans Teculeth, and containing about one thousand Housholds. Here also is to be seene a most stately and beautifull Temple; as likewise foure Hospitals, and a Monasterie of Religi∣ous persons. The Inhabitants of this Towne are farre wealthier then they of Tednest: for they haue a most famous Port vpon the Ocean Sea, commonly called by Merchants, Goz. They haue likewise great abundance of Corne and Pulse, which grow in the fruitfull fields adiacent. It was destroyed by the Portugals, 1514. [ 60]

The Citie of Hadecchis being situate vpon a Plaine, standeth eight miles Southward of Tecu∣leth: * 1.173 it containeth seuen hundred Families: and the Walls, Churches, and Houses throughout this whole Citie are all built of Free-stone. They haue certaine yeerely Faires or Marts, wher∣unto

the Nations adioyning doe vsually resort. Here is to bee sold great store of Cattell, of Butter, Oyle, Iron, and Cloth; and their said Mart lasteth fifteene dayes. Their Women are very beautifull, white of colour, fat, comely, and trim. But the Men beare a most sauage mind, being so extremely possessed with iealousie, that whomsoeuer they find but talking with their Wiues, they presently goe about to murther them. They haue no Iudges nor learned men a∣mong them, nor any which can assigne vnto the Citizens any Functions and Magistracies accor∣ding to their worthinesse: so that he rules like a King that excelleth the residue in wealth. For matters of Religion, they haue certaine Mahumetan Priests. Who neither pay Tribute nor yeerely Custome, euen as they whom we last before mentioned. Here I was entertained by a certaine courteous and liberall minded Priest, who was exceedingly delighted with Arabian Poetrie. From hence I trauelled vnto Maroco. And afterward I heard that this Towne also, in [ 10] * 1.174 the yeere of the Hegeira 922. was sacked by the Portugals; and that the Inhabitants were all fled into the next Mountaines.

This Towne is situate vpon the top of a certaine high Mountaine which is distant eight * 1.175 miles to the South of Hadecchis: it consisteth of about two hundred Families. They are at conti∣nuall war with their neighbours, which is performed with such monstrous bloud-shed and man∣slaughter, that they deserue rather the name of Beasts then of Men. They haue neither Iudges, Priests, nor Lawyers, to prescribe any forme of liuing among them, or to gouerne their Com∣mon-wealth: wherefore iustice and honestie is quite banished out of their habitations. Those * 1.176 Mountaines are altogether destitute of Fruits: howbeit they abound greatly with Honie, [ 20] which serueth the Inhabitants both for Food, and for Merchandize to sell in the neighbour-Countries. And because they know not what seruice to put their Waxe vnto, they cast it forth, * 1.177 together with the other excrements of Honie. No People vnder Heauen can be more wicked, treacherous, or ••ewdly addicted, then this People is.

The Towne Tesegdelt being situate vpon the top of a certaine high Mountaine, and natural∣ly * 1.178 enuironed with an high Rocke in stead of a Wall, containeth more then eight hundred Fami∣lies. It is distant from Teijent Southward about twelue miles, and it hath a Riuer running by it, * 1.179 the name whereof I haue forgotten. About this Towne of Tesegdelt are most pleasant Gardens and Orchards, replenished with all kind of Trees, and especially with Walnut-trees. The In∣habitants are wealthie, hauing great abundance of Horses, neither are they constrained to pay [ 30] any Tribute vnto the Arabians. There are continuall Warres betweene the Arabians and them, and that with great bloud-shed and man-slaughter on both parts. The Villages lying neere vn∣to Tesegdelt doe vsually carrie all their Grame thither, left they should be depriued thereof by the Enemie, who maketh daily inrodes and inuasions vpon them. The Inhabitants of the fore∣said Towne are much addicted vnto curtesie and ciuilitie; and for liberalitie and bountie vnto Strangers, they will suffer themselues to be inferiour to none other. At euery Gate of Tesegdelt stand certaine Watch-men or Warders, which doe most louingly receiue all In-commers, enqui∣ring of them whether they haue any friends and acquaintance in the Towne, or no? If they haue none, then are they conducted to one of the best Innes of the Towne, and hauing had en∣tertainment there, according to their degree and place, they are friendly dismissed: and what∣soeuer his expences come to, the Stranger payes nought at all, but his charges are defrayed out [ 40] of the common Purse. This People of Tesegdelt are subiect also vnto iealousie: howbeit they are most faithfull keepers of their promise. In the very midst of the Towne stands a most beau∣tifull and stately Temple, whereunto belong a certaine number of Mahumetan Priests.

The most ancient Citie of Tagtess is built round, and standeth vpon the top of an Hill: on * 1.180 the sides whereof are certaine winding steps hewen out of the hard Rocke. It is about fourteene miles distant from Tesegdelt. By the foot of the said Hill runnes a Riuer, whereout the Women of Tagtess draw their water, neither haue the Citizens any other drinke: and although this Ri∣uer * 1.181 be almost sixe miles from Tagtess, yet a man would thinke, looking downe from the Citie vpon it, that it were but halfe a mile distant. The way leading vnto the said Riuer being cut [ 50] out of the Rocke, in forme of a paire of Staires, is very narrow. While I was in that Countrey, * 1.182 there came such a swarme of Locusts, that they deuoured the greatest part of their Cornes which were as then ripe: insomuch that all the vpper part of the ground was couered with Locusts. Which was in the yeere of the Hegeira 919. that is, in the yeere of our Lord 1510.

Fifteene miles Southward from Tagtess stands another Towne called Eitdeuet. In the said * 1.183 Towne are Iewes of all Occupations: and some there are which aff••rme, that the first Inhabi∣tants of this Towne came by naturall descent from King Dauid: but so soone as the Mahu∣metan * 1.184 Religion had infected that place, their owne Law and Religion ceased. Here are great store of most cunning Lawyers, which are perfectly well seene in the Lawes and constitutions * 1.185 of that Nation: for, I my selfe saw a very aged man, who could most readily repeat a whole Volume written in their Language, called by them Elmudevuana, that is to say, the Bodie of the [ 60] whole Law. The said Volume is diuided into three Tomes, wherein all difficult questions are dissolued: together with certaine Counsels or Commentaries of a famous Author, which they call Melic.

This Culethat Elmuridin is a Castle built vpon the top of a certaine high Mountaine, hauing * 1.186 round about it diuers other Mountaines of a like heighth, which are enuironed with craggie Rocks and huge Woods. There is no passage vnto this Castle, but onely a certaine narrow path vpon one side of the Mountaine. By the one side thereof stands a Rocke, and vpon the other∣side the Mountaine of Tesegdelt is within halfe a mile, and it is distant from Eitdeuet almost eighteene miles. This Castle was built euen in our time by a certaine Apostata, or renouncer of the Mahumetan religion, called by them Homar Seijef; who being first a Mahumetan Preacher * 1.187 vnto the people, propounded vnto a great number of Disciples and Sectaries, whom hee had drawn to be of his opinion, certain new points of religion. This fellow seeing that he preuailed so with his Disciples, that they esteemed him for some petty-god, became of a false Preacher a most [ 10] cruell tyrant, and his gouernment lasted for twelue yeares. Hee was the chiefe cause of the de∣struction and ruine of the whole Prouince. At length he was slaine by his owne wife, because he had vnlawfully lien with her daughter which she had by her former husband. And then was his peruerse and lewd dealing laid open vnto all men: for hee is reported to haue been vtterly ignorant of the lawes, and of all good knowledge. Wherefore not long after his decease, all the inhabitants of the region gathering their forces together, slew euery one of his Disciples and false Sectaries. Howbeit, the Nephew of the said Apostata was left aliue; who afterward in the same Castle endured a whole yeares fiege of his aduersaries, and repelled them, insomuch that they were constrained to depart. Yea, euen vntill this day he molesteth the people of Hea, and those which inhabite neere vnto him, with continuall warre, liuing vpon robberie and spoile; for which purpose he hath certaine Horsemen, which are appointed to watch and to pursue tra∣uellers, [ 20] sometimes taking Cattell, and sometimes men captiues. He hath likewise certaine Gun∣ners, who, although trauellers be a good distance off (for the common high-way standeth almost a mile from the Castle) will put them in great feare. Howbeit, all people doe so deadly hate him, that they will not suffer him to till one foote of ground, or to beare any dominion without the said Mountaine. This man hath caused his Grandfathers body to be honourably buried in his * 1.188 Castle, suffering him to be adored of his people, as if he were a God. Passing by that way vpon a certaine time, I escaped their very bullets narrowly.

The greatest part of the people of Hea dwelleth vpon mountaines, some whereof being cal∣led Ideuacal (for so are they named) inhabite vpon that part of Atlas, which stretcheth it selfe from the Ocean Sea Eastward, as farre as Igilingigil; and this ridge of mountaines diuideth Hea from Sus. The breadth of this mountaine is three dayes iourney. It is replenished with inhabi∣tants [ 30] and country Villages. Their ordinarie food is Barly, Goates-flesh, and Hony. Shirts they weare none at all, nor yet any other garments which are sowne together; for there is no man * 1.189 among them which knoweth how to vse the needle: but such apparell as they haue, hangeth by a knot vpon their shoulders. Their women weare siluer rings vpon their eares, some three, and some more. They haue siluer buttons of so great a scantling, that each one weigheth an o••nce, wherewith they fasten their apparell vpon their shoulders, to the end it may not fall off. The nobler and richer sort of people among them weare siluer rings vpon their fingers and leggs: but such as are poore, weare rings only of iron or of copper. There are likewise certaine Horses in this Region, being so smal of stature and so swift, as it is wonderfull. Here may you find great plentie of wild Goats, Hares, & Deere, and yet none of the people are delighted in hunting. Many foun∣taines are here to be found, and great abundance of trees, but especially of Walnut-trees. The [ 40] greater part of this people liueth after the Arabians manner, often changing their places of habi∣tation. A kind of Daggers they vse, which are broad and crooked like a wood-knife; and their Swords are as thicke as Sithes, wherewith they mow Hay. When they goe to the warres, they carrie three or foure hunting Toyles with them. In all the said mountaine are neither Iudges, Priests, or Temples to be found. So ignorant they are of learning, that not one among them ei∣ther loueth, or embraceth the same. They are all most lewd and wicked people, and apply their minds vnto all kind of villanie. It was told the Seriffo in my presence, that the foresaid moun∣taine was able to affoord twentie thousand souldiers for a neede.

This mountaine also is a part of Atlas, beginning from the mountaine last before mentioned, * 1.190 [ 50] and extending it selfe Eastward for the space of about fiftie miles, as farre as the mountaine of Ni••i••, in the Territorie of Maroco; and it diuideth a good part of Hea from the Region of Sus be∣fore named. It aboundeth with inhabitants, which are of a most barbarous and sauage disposi∣tion. Horses they haue great plentie: they goe to warre often times with the Arabians which border vpon them, neither will they permit any of the said Arabians to come within their Do∣minions. There are no Townes nor Castles vpon all this mountaine: howbeit, they haue cer∣taine Villages and Cottages, wherein the better sort doe hide their heads. Great store of Noble∣men or Gouernours they haue in all places, vnto whom the residue are very obedient. Their ground yeeldeth Barly and Mill in abundance. They haue euerie where many fountaines, which [ 60] being dispersed ouer the whole Prouince, doe at length issue into that Riuer, which is called in their language Siffaia. Their ••apparell is somewhat decent: also they possesse great quantitie of * 1.191 Iron, which is from thence transported into other places; and these people are well giuen to

thrift and good husbandrie. Great numbers of Iewes remaine in this Region, which liue as sti∣pendarie souldiers vnder diuers Princes, and are continually in Armes; and they are reputed and * 1.192 called by other Iewes in Africa, Carraum; that is to say, Heretikes. They haue store of Boxe, of Mastick, and of high Walnut-trees. Vnto their Argans (for so they call a kind of Oliues * 1.193 which they haue) they put nuts; out of which two simples they expresse very bitter Oyle, vsing it for a sauce to some of their meates, and powring it into their lampes. I heard diuers of their principall men auouch, that they were able to bring into the field fiue and twenty thou∣sand most expert souldiers.

This mountaine is not to be accounted any part of Atlas: for it beginneth Northward from * 1.194 the Ocean, and Southward it extendeth to the Riuer of Tensift, and diuideth Hea from Duccala and Maroco. The inhabitants are called Regraga. Vpon this hill are waste Desarts, cleare Foun∣taines, [ 10] and abundance of hony, and of Oyle Arganick, but of Corne and Pulse great scarcitie, vn∣lesse they make prouision thereof out of Duccala. Few rich men are here to bee found, but they are all most deuout and religious after their manner. Vpon the top of this mountaine are many Hermites, which liue onely vpon the fruites of certaine trees, and drinke water. They are a most faithfull and peaceable Nation. Whosoeuer among them is apprehended for theft or any other crime, is forthwith banished the countrey for certaine yeares. So great is their simplicitie, that whatsoeuer they see the Hermites doe, they esteeme it as a miracle. They are much oppressed with the often inuasions of their neighbours the Arabians; wherefore this quiet Nation choose rather to pay yearely tribute, then to maintaine warre. [ 20]

Now comes the Region of Sus to be considered of, being situate beyond Atlas, ouer against the Territorie of Hea, that is to say, in the extreme part of Africa. Westward it beginneth from the * 1.195 Ocean Sea, and Southward from the Sandie Desarts: on the North it is bounded with the vtmost Towne of Hea; and on the East with that mightie Riuer whereof the whole Region is named. Wherefore beginning from the West, we will describe all those Cities and places which shall seeme to be worthy of memorie.

Three small Townes were built by the ancient Africans vpon the Sea shoare (each being a * 1.196 mile distant from other) in that very place where Atlas takes his beginning: all which three are called by one onely name, to wit, Messa; and are inuironed with a wall built of white stones. Through these three runneth a certaine great Riuer, called Sus, in their language: this Riuer in Summer is so destitute of water, that a man may easily without perill passe ouer it on foote; but [ 30] it is not so in the Winter-time. They haue then certaine small barkes, which are not meete to saile vpon this Riuer. The place where the foresaid three Townes are situate, aboundeth great∣ly with Palme trees, neither haue they in a manner any other wealth; and yet their Dates are * 1.197 but of small worth, because they will not last aboue one yeare. All the inhabitants exercise hus∣bandry, especially in the moneths of September and Aprill, what time their Riuer encreaseth. And in May their Corne groweth to ripenesse. But if in the two foresaid moneths the Riuer encreaseth not according to the wonted manner, their haruest is then nothing worth. Cattell are very scarce among them. Not farre from the sea-side they haue a Temple, which they great∣ly esteeme and honour. Out of which, Historiographers say, that the same Prophet, of whom their great Mahumet foretold, should proceed. Yea, some there are which sticke not to affirme, [ 40] that the Prophet Ionas was cast forth by the Whale vpon the shoare of Messa, when he was sent to preach vnto the Niniuites. The rafters and beames of the said Temple are of Whales bone. * 1.198 And it is a vsuall thing amongst them, to see Whales of an huge and monstrous bignesse cast vp dead vpon their shoare, which by reason of their hugenesse and strange deformitie, may terrifie and astonish the beholders. The common people imagine, that, by reason of a certaine secret * 1.199 power and vertue infused from heauen by God vpon the said temple, each Whale which would swim past it, can by no meanes escape death. Which opinion had almost perswaded me, especi∣ally when at my being there, I my selfe saw a mighty Whale cast vp, vnlesse a certaine Iew had told me, that it was no such strange matter: for (quoth he) there lie certaine rockes two miles into the Sea on either side, and as the Sea moues, so the Whales moue also; and if they chance to [ 50] light vpon a rocke, they are easily wounded to death, and so are cast vpon the next shoare. This reason more preuailed with me, then the opinion of the people. My selfe (I remember) being in this Region at the same time when my Lord the Seriffo bare rule ouer it, was inuited by a cer∣taine Gentleman, and was by him conducted into a Garden, where he shewed me a Whales rib * 1.200 of so great a size, that lying vpon the ground with the conuexe or bowing side vpward, in man∣ner of an arch, it resembled a gate, the hollow or inward part whereof aloft we could not touch with our heads, as we rode vpon our Camels backs: this rib (he said) had laine there aboue an hundred yeares, and was kept as a miracle. Here may you find vpon the sea-shore great store of Amber, which the Portugal and Fessan Merchants fetch from thence for a verie meane price: for they scarcely pay a Duckat for a whole ounce of most choise and excellent Amber. Amber (as [ 60] * 1.201 some thinke) is made of Whales dung, and (as others suppose) of their Sperma or Seede, which being consolidate and hardned by the Sea, is cast vpon the next shoare.

Teijeut containeth foure thousand families, and standeth not farre from the Riuer of Sus. The

soyle adiacent is most fruitfull for graine, for Barly, and for all kind of Pulse. They haue here like∣wise a good quantitie of Sugar growing; howbeit, because they know not how to presse, boyle, * 1.202 and trim it, they cannot haue it but blacke and vnsauorie: wherefore so much as they can spare, they sell vnto the Merchants of Maroco, of Fez, and of the land of Negros. Of Dates likewise they haue plentie; neither vse they any mony besides the Gold which is digged out of their own natiue soile. The women weare vpon their heads a piece of cloth worth a duckat. Siluer they haue none, but such as their women adorne themselues with. The least Iron-coine vsed amongst * 1.203 them, weigheth almost an ounce. No fruites take plentifully vpon their soile but onely Figgs, Grapes, Peaches, and Dates. Here is that excellent Leather dressed, which is called Leather of * 1.204 Maroco; twelue hides whereof are here sold for sixe Duckats, and at Fez for eight. That [ 10] part of this Region which lieth toward Atlas hath many Villages, Townes, and Hamlets: but the South part thereof is vtterly destitute of inhabitants, and subiect to the Arabians, which border vpon it. In the midst of this Citie standeth a faire and stately Temple, * 1.205 which they call The greatest, and The chiefest, through the verie midst whereof they haue caused a part of the foresaid Riuer to runne. The inhabitants are sterne and vnciuill, being so continu∣ally exercised in warres, that they haue not one day of quiet. Each part of the Citie hath a se∣uerall Captaine and Gouernour, who all of them together doe rule the Common-wealth: but their authoritie continueth neuer aboue three moneths, which being expired, three other are chosen in their roome.

The Towne of Tarodant built by the ancient Africans, containeth about three thousand hous∣holds. [ 20] * 1.206 For when the Family of Marin gouerned at Fez, part of them also inhabited Sus, and in those dayes Sus was the seate of the King of Fez his Vice-roy. All authoritie is committed vnto their Noble, or principall men, who gouerne foure by foure, sixe moneths onely.

Tedsi being a very great Towne, and built many yeares agoe in a most pleasant and fertile * 1.207 place by the Africans, containeth moe then foure thousand families; it is distant from Tarodant Eastward thirtie miles, from the Ocean sea sixtie miles, and from Atlas twentie. Here grow∣eth great abundance of Corne, of Sugar, and of wild Woad. You shall find in this Citie many * 1.208 Merchants, which come out of the land of Negros for trafficks sake. The Citizens are great lo∣uers of peace, and of all ciuilitie: and they haue a flourishing Common-wealth. The whole Ci∣tie is gouerned by sixe Magistrates which are chosen by lots: howbeit, their gouernment last∣eth [ 30] for sixteene moneths onely. The Riuer of Sus is distant three miles from hence. Here dwell many Iewes, which are most cunning Gold-smiths, Carpenters, and such like Artificers. They haue a very stately Temple, and many Priests and D••ctors of the Law, which are maintained at the publike charge. Euery Mundy great numbers of Arabians both of the Plaines, and of the Mountaines come hither to Market.

In all Sus there is no Citie comparable vnto that which is commonly called Tagauost, for it * 1.209 containeth aboue eight thousand housholds; the wall thereof is built of rough stones. From the Ocean it is distant about threescore miles, and about fiftie miles Southward of Atlas: and the report is, that the Africans built this Citie. About ten miles from this place lieth the Riuer of Sus: here are great store of Artificers and of shops, and the people of Tagauost are diuided into [ 40] three parts. They haue continuall cruill warres among themselues, and one part haue the Ara∣bians alwaies on their side; who for bet••er pay will take part sometime with one side, and some∣time with the contrarie. Of C••rne and Cat••ell here is great abundance; but their Wooll is ex∣ceeding course. In this Citie are made certaine kinds of apparell, which are vsually carried for merchandize once a yeere to Tombuto, to Gualata, and to other places in the land of Negros. Their Market is twice euery weeke: their attire is somewhat decent and comely: their women are beautifull: but their men are of a tawnie and swart colour, by reason they are descended of blacke fathers, and white mothers.

The Mountaine Hanchisa beginneth Westward from Atlas, and from thence stretcheth al∣most * 1.210 fortie mile as Eastward. The inhabitants of this Mountaine are such valiant foot-men, that [ 50] one of them will encounter two Horsemen. The soile will yeeld no Corne at all but Barly; howbeit hony there is in great abundance. With snow they are almost at all times troubled: but how patiently and strongly they can endure the cold, a man may easily ghesse, for that the whole yeare throughout they weare one single garment onely.

The Mountaine Ilalem beginneth Westward from the Mountaine aforesaid; on the East it * 1.211 abutteth vpon the region of Guzula, and Southward vpon the Plaines of Sus. The inhabitants are valiant, hauing great store of Horses. They are at continuall warre among themselues for certaine Siluer mines; so that those which haue the better hand, digge as much Siluer as they * 1.212 can, and distribute to euery man his portion, vntill such time as they bee restrained from digging by others. [ 60]

The region of Maroco beginneth Westward from the Mountaine of Nefisa, stretching East∣ward * 1.213 to the Mountaine of Hadimet, and Northward euen to that place where the most famous Riuers of Tensift and Asfinual meete together, that is to say, vpon the East-border of Hea. This region is in a manner three square, being a most pleasant Country, and abounding with many

croues and flocks of Cattell: it is greene euery where, and most fertile of all things, which serue for foode, or which delight the sences of smelling or seeing. It is altogether a pl〈…〉〈…〉ne country.

Vpon a certaine hill of Atlas named Ghedmin standeth a towne, which was built (as some report) by the ancient Africans, and called by the name of Tenessa, being a most strong and de∣fensible * 1.214 plate, and being distant about eight miles Eastward from the riuer of Asisinuall. At the foot of the said hill lieth a most excellent plaine, which, were it not for the lewd theeuish Ara∣bians, would yeeld an incomparable crop. And because the inhabitants of Tenessa are depriued of this notable commodity, they till onely that ground which is vpon the ••••de of the mountaine, and which lieth betweene the towne and the riuer. Neither doe they enioy that gratis; for they yeerely pay vnto the Arabians for tribute the third part of their corne. [ 10]

Vpon the top of a certaine high mountaine was built in our time a most large and impregna∣ble * 1.215 Fort, being inuironed on all sides with diuers other mountaines, and called by the inhabitants New Delgumuha. Beneath the said mountaine springeth Asifinuall, which word signifieth the African tongue, the Riuer of Rumor, because that breaking foorth by the side of the hill with a monstrous noise, it maketh a most deepe gulfe, much like vnto that, which the Italians call In∣ferno di Tivoli. The said Fort containeth almost a thousand families. They haue alwayes beene great louers of ciuility, and haue worne neat and decent apparell; neither shall you find any cor∣ner in the whole towne which is not well peopled. In this towne are plentie of Artificers, for it is but fiftie miles from the City of Maroco.

Vpon a certaine part of Atlas standeth a Citie called Imizmizi. Westward it is distant from * 1.216 new Delgumuha about fourteene miles: and this citie the Arabians are reported to haue built. [ 20] Neere vnto this Citie lieth the common high way to Guzula ouer the mountaines of Atlas, be∣ing commonly called Burris, that is, A way strewed with feathers: because snow falls often there∣vpon, which a man would thinke rather to be feathers then snow. Not farre from this towne likewise there is a very faire and large plaine, which extendeth for the space of thirtie miles, e∣uen to the territory of Maroco. This most fertile plaine yeeldeth such excellent corne, as (to my remembrance) I neuer saw the like. Sauing that the Arabians and souldiers of Maroco doe so much molest the said plaine countrey, that the greater part thereof is destitute of the inha∣bitants:

This noble City of Maroco in Africa is accounted to be one of the greatest cities in the world. * 1.217 It is built vpon a most large field, being about fourteene miles distant from Atlas. One Ioseph the [ 30] sonne of Tesfin, and king of the tribe or people called Luntuna, is reported to haue beene the founder of this Citie, at that very time when he conducted his troupes into the region of Maro∣co, and setled himselfe not farre from the common high-way, which stretcheth from Agmeg o∣uer the mountaines of A••las, to those desarts where the foresaid tribe or people doe vsually in∣habite. Heere may you behold most stately and wonderfull workmanship: for all their buil∣dings are so cunningly and ar••••ficially contriued, that a man cannot easily describe the same. This huge & mighty City, at such time as it was gouerned by Hali the son of King Ioseph, con∣tained * 1.218 m••••e then one hundred thousand families. It had foure and twenty gates belonging therto, and a wa••l of great strongth and thicknes, which was built of white stone a••d lime. From this City the riuer of Tensift lieth about sixe miles distant. Heere may you behold great abundance [ 40] of Temples, of Colledges, of Bath-stoues, and of Innes, all framed after the fashion and custome of that region. Some were built by the King of the tribe of Luntuna, and others by Elmuachidin his successor: but the most curious and magnificent Temple of all, is that in the mid•••• of the City which was built by Hali the first King of Maroco, and the sonne of Ioseph aforesaid, being com∣monly called the Temple of Hali••ben Ioseph. Howbeit one Abdul-Mumen which succeeded him, to the end he might vtterly abolish the name of Hali, and might make himselfe onely fa∣mous with posterity, caused this stately Temple of Maroco to be razed, and to be reedified som∣what more sumptuously then before. Howbeit he lost not onely his expences, but failed of his purpose also: for the common people euen till this day doe call the said Temple by the first and ancientest name. [ 50]

Likewise in this City not farre from a certaine rocke was built a Temple by him that was the second vsurper ouer the kingdome of Maroco: after whose death his nephew Mansor enlarged the said Temple fiftie cubits on all sides and adorned the same with many pillars, which he com∣manded to be brought out of Spaine for that purpose. Vnder this Temple he ••••ade a Cisterne or va••lt as bigge as the Temple it selfe: the roofe of the said Temple he couered with lead: and * 1.219 at euery corner he made leaden pipes to conuay raine water into the Cisterne vnderneath the Temple. The t••rret or steeple is bu••lt of most hard and well framed stone, like vnto Uespasian his Amphi••heatrum at Rome, containing in compasse moe then an hundreth elles, and in height exceeding the steeple of Bononia. The staires of the said turret or steeple are each of them nine [ 60] handfuls in breadth, the vtmost side of the wall is ten, and * 1.220 the thicknes of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 The said turret hath seuen lofts, vnto which the staires ascending are very lightsome: for there are great store of windowes, which to the end they may giue more light, are made bread•• within then without. Vpon the top of this turret is built a certaine spire or pinnacle rising

sharp•• in forme of a sugar-leafe, and containing fiue and twenty elles in compasse, but in height being not much more then two speares length: the said spire hath three lofts one aboue another, vnto euery of which they ascend with wooden ladders. Likewise on the top of this spire stan∣deth a golden halfe moone, vpon a barre of Iron, with three spheares of gold vnder it; which gol∣den spheares are so fastened vnto the said iron bar that the greatest is lowest, and the least high∣est. It would make a man giddie to looke downe from the top of the turret; for men walking on the ground, be they neuer so tall, seeme no bigger then a child of one yeere old. From hence likewise may you plainely es••rie the promontory of Azaphi, which notwithstanding is an hun∣dreth and thirtie miles distant. But mountaines (you will say) by reason of their huge bignesse may easily be seene a farre off: howbeit from this turret a man may in cleere weather most easily [ 10] see fiftie miles into the plaine countreys. The inner part of the said Temple is not very beauti∣full. But the roofe is most cunningly and artificially vaulted, the timbers being framed and set together with singular workmanship, so that I haue not seene many fairer Temples in all Italy. And albeit you shall hardly find any Temple in the whole world greater then this, yet it is very meanly frequented; for the people doe neuer assemble there but onely vpon fridayes. Yea a great part of this City, especially about the aforesaid Temple lieth so desolate & void of inhabitants, that a man cannot without great difficulty passe, by reason of the ruines of many houses lying in the way. Vnder the porch of this Temple it is reported that in old time there were almost an * 1.221 hundreth shops of sale-bookes, and as many on the other side ouer against them: but at this time I thinke there is not one Book-seller in all the whole City to be found. And scarcely is the third part of this City inhabited. [ 20]

Within the wals of Maroco are Vines Palme-trees, great Gardens, and most fruitfull Corne∣fields: * 1.222 for without their wals they can till no ground, by reason of the Arabians often iurodes. Know ye this for a certainty, that the said City is growen to vntimely decay and old age: for scarcely fiue hundreth and sixe yeeres are past, since the first building thereof, forasmuch as the foundations thereof were laid in the time of Ioseph the sonne of Tesfin, that is to say, in the foure hundreth twentie and fourth yeere of the Hegeira. Which decay I can impute to none other * 1.223 cause, but to the iniurie of continuall warres, and to the often alterations of Magistrates and of the common-wealth. After King Ioseph succeeded his sonne Hali, and the sonne of Hali was or∣dained gouernour after his fathers decease. In whose time sprung vp a factious crue, by the meanes of a certaine Mahumetan Preacher named Elmaheli, being a man both borne and brought * 1.224 vp in the mountaines. The said Elmaheli hauing leuied a great army, waged warre against A∣braham [ 30] his soueraigne Lord. Whereupon King Abraham conducting another armie against him, had marueilous ill successe: and after the battell ended, his passage into the City of Maroco was so stopped and restrained, that he was forced with a few souldiers, which remained yet a∣liue, to flee Eastward to the mountaines of Atlas. But Elmaheli not being satisfied with expel∣ling his true Soueraigne out of his owne Kingdome, commanded one of the Captaines called Ab∣dul Mumen, with the one halfe of his armie to pursue the distressed King, while himself with the other halfe laide siege to Maroco. The king with his followers came at length vnto Oran, hoping there to haue renewed his forces. But Abdul Mumen and his great armie pursued the said King so narrowly, that the Citizens of Oran told him in plaine termes, that they would not hazard themselues for him. Wherefore this vnhappie King being vtterly driuen to dispaire, set his Queene on horse-backe behind him, and so in the night time road foorth of the Citie. But per∣ceiuing [ 40] * 1.225 that hee was discried and knowen by his enemies, he fled foorthwith vnto a certaine rocke standing vpon the sea-shoare: where, setting spurs to his horse-side, he cast himselfe, his most de••re spouse, and his horse downe headlong, and was within a while after found slaine among the rockes and stones, by certaine which dwelt neere vnto the place. Wherefore Abdul Mumen hauing gotten the victorie, returned in triumphant manner toward Maroco, where the foresaid Elmaheli was deceased before his commning, in whose place Abdul was chosen King and Mahumetan Prelate ouer the fortie disciples, and tooke ten persons to be of his priuy coun∣cell, * 1.226 which was a new inuention in the law of Mahumet. This Abdul Mumen hauing besieged the Citie of Maroco for the space of an whole yeere, at last ouercame it: and killing Isaac the [ 50] onely sonne of King Abraham with his owne hand, he commanded all the souldiers, and a good part of the Citizens to be slaine. This mans posteritie raigned from the fiue hundred six∣teenth, to th•• sixe hundred sixtie eight yeere of the Hegeira, and at length they were dispossessed of the Kingdome by a certaine King of the Tribe called Marin. The family of Marin after the said Kings decease 〈◊〉〈◊〉 rule till the yeere of the Hegeira, seuen hundreth eightie and fiue. The principall court of this family was holden for the most part at Fez; but ouer Maroco were ap∣pointed * 1.227 Vice-roves and Deputies: insomuch that Fez was continually the head and Metropoli∣tan Citie of all Maur〈…〉〈…〉, and of all the Westerne dominion. [ 60]

In the said City of Maroco is a most impregnable Castle, which, if you consider the bignes, the walls, the towres, and the gates built all of perfect marble, you may well thinke it to be a City rather then a Castle. Within this Castle there is a stately Temple, hauing a most loftie and high steeple, on the top whereof standeth an halfe moone, and vnder the halfe moone are three golden

spheares one bigger then another, which all of them together weigh one hundreth and thirty * 1.228 thousand ducates. Some Kings there were, who being allured with the value, went about to take downe the said golden spheares: but they had alwayes some great misfortune or other, which hindred their attempt: Likewise the said Castle containeth a noble Colledge, which hath * 1.229 thirtie Hals belonging thereunto. In the midst whereof is one Hall of a maruellous greatnesse, wherein publike Lectures were most solemnely read, while the studie of Learning flourished a∣mong them. Such as were admitted into this Colledge had their victuals and apparell freely gi∣uen them. Of their Professours some were yearely allowed an hundred, and some two hundred Duckats, according to the qualitie of their profession: neither would they admit any to heare them read, but such as perfectly vnderstood what belonged to those Arts which they professed. The wals of this beautifull Hall are most stately adorned with painting and caruing, especially [ 10] of that Hall where Lectures were woont publikely to be read. All their Porches and vaulted Roofes are made of painted and glittering stones, called in their Language Ezzulleia, such as are yet vsed in Spaine. In the midst of the said building is a most pleasant and cleare Fountaine, the wall whereof is of white and polished Marble, albeit low built, as in Africa for the most part such wals are. I haue heard that in old time here was great abundance of Students, but at my being there I found but fiue in all: and they haue now a most senselesse Professour, and one that is quite void of all humanitie.

Moreouer, the foresaid Castle (as I remember) hath twelue Courts most curiously and arti∣ficially built by one Mansor. In the first lodged about fiue hundred Christians, which carryed Crosse-bowes before the King whither soeuer he went. Not farre from thence is the lodging of [ 20] the Lord Chancellour and of the Kings Priuie Counsell, which House is called by them, The House of Affaires. The third is called, The Court of Victorie; wherein all the Armour and Munition of the Citie is layed vp. The fourth, belongeth to the great Master of the Kings Horse. Vpon this Court three Stables adioyne, each one of which Stables will containe two hundred Horses. Likewise there are two other Ostleries, whereof one is for Mules, and the o∣ther for an hundred of the Kings Horses onely. Next vnto the Stables were two Barnes or Gar∣ners adioyning in two seuerall places, in the lower of which Barnes was layed Straw, and Bar∣ley in the other. There is also another most large place to lay vp Corne in, euery Roome where∣of will containe more then three hundred Bushels. The couer of the said Roome hath a cer∣tainehole whereunto they ascend by staires made of stone. Whither the beasts laden with [ 30] Corn e being come, they powre the said Corne into the hole. And so when they would take a∣ny Corne from thence, they doe but open certaine holes below, suffering so much Corne to come forth as may serue their turnes, and that without any labour at all. There is likewise a certaine other Hall, where the Kings Sonne, and the Sonnes of Noblemen are instructed in Learning. Then may you behold a certaine foure-square building, containing diuers Galleries with faire Glasse Windowes, in which Galleries are many Histories most curiously painted: heere like∣wise the glittering and gilt Armour is to be seene. Next vnto this building is another, wherein certaine of the Kings Guard are lodged: then followes that wherein State-matters are discus∣sed: whereunto adioyneth also another, which is appointed for Ambassadors to conferre with the Kings Pri••ie Counsell in. Likewise the Kings Concubines and other Ladies of Honour haue [ 40] a most conuenient place assigned them: next vnto which standeth the Lodging of the Kings Sonnes. Not farre from the Casile wall, on that side which is next vnto the fields, may you behold a most pleasant and large Garden, contayning almost all kind of Trees that can bee na∣med.

Moreouer, there is a sumptuous and stately Porch built of most excellent square Marble: in the midst whereof standeth a Piller with a Lion very artificially made of Marble, out of the mouth of which Lion issueth most cleere and Christall water, falling into a Cisterne within the * 1.230 Porch: at each corner of the said Porch standeth the Image of a Leopard framed of white Mar∣ble, which is naturally adorned with certaine blacke spots: this kind of parti-coloured Marble is no where to be found but onely in a certaine place of Atlas, which is about an hundred and [ 50] fiftie miles distant from Maroco. Not farre from the Garden stands a certaine Wood or Parke walled round about: And here I thinke no kind of wild beasts are wanting: for heere you may behold Elephants, Lions, Stagges, Roes, and such like: howbeit the Lions are separated in a certaine place from other beasts, which place euen to this day is called The Leons Den. Where∣fore such Monuments of Antiquitie as are yet extant in Maroco, albeit they are but few, doe notwithstanding sufficiently argue, what a Noble Citie it was in the time of Mansor. * 1.231

At this present all the Courts and Lodgings before described lye vtterly voyd and desolate: except perhaps some of the Kings Ostlery which tend his Mules and Horses do lye in that Court, which we said euen now was to lodge Archers and Crosse-bow-men: all the residue are left for [ 60] the Fowles of the Aire to nestle in. That Garden which you might haue named a Paradise in old time, is now become a place where the filth and dung of the whole Citie is cast forth. Where the faire and stately Librarie was of old, at this present there is nothing else to be found, but Hens, Doues, and other such like Fowles, which build their Nests there. Certaine it is, that

the foresaid Mansor, whom we haue so often mentioned, was a most puissant and mighty Prince: for it is well knowne that his Dominion stretched from the Towne of Messa to the Kingdome of Tripolis in Barbarie, which is the most excellent Region of Africa, and so large, that a man * 1.232 can hardly trauell the length thereof in fourescore and ten dayes, or the breadth in fifteene. This Mansor likewise was in times past Lord of all the Kingdome of Granada in Spaine. Yea, his Do∣minion in Spaine extended from Tariffa to Aragon, and ouer a great part of Castilia and of Por∣tugall. Neither did this Iacob, surnamed Mansor, only possesse the foresaid Dominions, but also his Grand-father Abdul Mumen, his father Ioseph, and his Sonne Mahumet Enasir, who beeing vanquished in the Kingdome of Ualentia, lost threescore thousand Souldiers, Horsemen and Footmen: howbeit himselfe escaped and returned to Maroco. The Christians being encouraged * 1.233 [ 10] with this victorie, refrayned not from Warre, till, within thirtie yeares space, they had wonne all the Townes following, to wit, Ualentia, Denia, Alcauro, Murcia, Cartagena, Cordoua, Siuil∣lia, Iaen, and Vbeda. After which vnhappie warre succeeded the decay of Maroco. The said Ma∣humet deceasing, left behind him ten Sonnes of a full and perfect age, who contended much a∣bout the Kingdome. Hereupon it came to passe, while the Brethren were at discord, and assay∣led each other with mutuall warres, that the people of Fez called Marini, and the Inhabitants of other Regions adiacent, began to vsurpe the Gouernment. The people called Habduluad enioyed Tremizen, expelling the King of Tunis, and ordayning some other, whom they pleased, in his stead. Now haue you heard the end of Mansor his Progenie and Successors. The King∣dome therefore was translated vnto one Iacob the Sonne of Habdulach, who was the first King [ 20] of the Family called Marin. And at length the famous Citie of Maroco it selfe, by reason of the Arabians continuall out-rages, fell into most extreme calamitie: so great is the inconstancie of all earthly things. That which we haue here reported as touching Maroco, partly wee saw with our owne eyes, partly we reade in the Historie of one Ibnu Abdul Malich, a most exact * 1.234 Chronicler of the Affaires of Maroco.

The Towne of Agmet built of old by the Africans vpon the top of a certaine hill which be∣ginneth almost from Atlas, is distant from Maroco about foure and twentie miles. In times past, when Muachidin was Prince thereof, it contayned more then sixe thousand Families: at what time the people were very ciuill, and had such plentie and magnificence of all things, that many would not sticke to compare this Towne with the Citie of Maroco. It had on all sides most [ 30] pleasant Gardens, and great store of Vines, whereof some grew vpon the Mountaine it selfe, and others on the Valley. By the foot of this Hill runneth a faire Riuer, which springing forth of Atlas falleth at length into Tensift. The field which lyeth neere vnto this Riuer is said to be so fruitfull, that it yeeldeth euery yeere fiftie fold increase. The water of this Riuer looketh al∣waies white.

Howbeit the Citie of Agmet, which I haue now described vnto, hath at this day no other * 1.235 Inhabitants but Woolues, Foxes, Deere, and such other wilde beasts. Except onely at my be∣ing there I found a certaine Hermite, who was attended vpon by an hundred persons of his owne Sect: all of them were well-horsed, and did their best endeuour to become Gouernours and Commanders, but their forces were insufficient. With this Hermite I staied (as I remember) for [ 40] the space of ten dayes, and found one amongst his followers, with whom I had old acquaintance, and familiaritie: for we were certaine fellow-students together at Fez, where beeing of one standing and senioritie, we heard that Booke of the Mahumetan Religion expounded which is * 1.236 commonly called the Epistle of Nensesi.

Hauing before described all the Cities and Townes of Maroco, it now remayneth that wee * 1.237 briefly declare the situation and qualitie of the Mountaines there. Wherefore wee will beginne with the Mountaine of Nififa, from whence the Region of Maroco it selfe beginneth West∣ward, and is thereby diuided from the Prouince of Hea. The said Mountaine hath great store of Inhabitants: and albeit the tops thereof are continually couered with Snow; yet doth it yearely affoord maruellous increase and abundance of Barley. The rude people there are so de∣stitute [ 50] of all humanitie and ciuill behauiour, that they doe admire not onely all Strangers, but also doe euen gaze and wonder at their apparell. I my selfe remayned two dayes among them, in which space all the people of the Towne came flocking about mee, greatly wondring at the white Garment which I wore (being such as the learned men of our Countrey are vsually clad in) so that euery one being desirous to handle and view this Garment of mine, in two dayes it * 1.238 was turned from white to blacke, and became all greasie and filthy.

At the bounds of Nififa, a certaine other Mountaine called by the Inhabitants Semede, taketh his originall: and these two Mountaines are separated by the Riuer of Sefsaua. Semede exten∣deth East-ward almost twentie miles, the Inhabitants whereof are most base and witlesse peo∣ple. Great store of Springs and Fountaines are here to be found; the Snow is perpetuall; all [ 60] good Lawes, Ciuilitie and honestie are quite banished from hence, except perhaps the people be mooued thereunto by the aduice of some stranger, whom they find to be of a modest and sober disposition. Here being entertayned by a certaine religious man of the same place (who was had in great reputation by the people) I was constrayned to eate of such grosse meats as the said

people are accustomed vnto, to wit, of Barley meale mingled with water, and of Geat••-f••esh, which was extremely tough and hard by reason of the stalenesse and long continuance. After Supper we had no other Bed but the bare ground to lye vpon.

The next morning being readie to take Horse, and desirous to depart, fiftie of the people came * 1.239 about me, laying open each man their Causes and Suites vnto me, as our people vse to do before a Iudge. Vnto whom I answered, that I had neuer in all my life either knowne or heard of the manners and customes of that Region. Forth-with comes one of the chiefe men amongst them, affirming that it was their custome neuer to dismisse any Stranger, till hee had both heard and throughly decided all the Quarrels and Controuersies of the Inhabitants. Which words he had * 1.240 no sooner vttered, but immediately my Horse was taken from me. Wherefore I was constray∣ned [ 10] for nine dayes, and so many nights, longer to abide the penurie and miserie of that Region. Moreouer, my trouble was the greater, for that, in such abundance of Suites and Affaires, there was not one man present, which could set downe so much as a word in writing: wherefore I my selfe was fayne to play both the Iudge and the Notarie.

Vpon the eight day they all of them promised to bestow some great Reward vpon mee. Wherefore the night following seemed vnto me a yeare long: for I was in good hope, the next morrow to haue receiued a masse of Gold from my Clients. So soone as the next day began to dawne, they placed me in a certaine Church-porch: whither, after an vsuall and short Prayer ended, each man full reuerently presented his gift vnto me. Here some offered me a Cocke, o∣thers brought me Nuts and Onions, and some others bestowed a handfull of Garlicke vpon me. The principall and head-men amongst them presented mee with a Goat; and so by reason that [ 20] there was no money in all the said Mountayne, they proffered mee not one farthing for my paines: wherefore all the said gifts I bequeathed vnto mine Hoast for his worthy entertay∣ning of me. And this was all the notable reward which I reaped in regard of so great and in∣tollerable paines. All things being thus dispatched, they sent fiftie Horsemen to accompany and guard me from Theeues in that dangerous way.

This Mountaine of Seusaua taketh his beginning where Semede endeth, out of which spring∣eth a certaine Riuer, hauing one name with the said Mountaine from whence it proceedeth. Ne∣uer * 1.241 were the tops of this Mountaine seene destitute of Snow. The Inhabitants leade a brutish and sauage life, waging continuall warre with their next Neighbours: for which purpose they vse neither Swords, Iauelins, nor any other Warlike Instruments, but onely certaine Slings, out [ 30] of which they discharge stones after a strange and wonderfull manner. Their victuals consist of Barley, Honey, and Goates flesh. In the same Mountaine great multitudes of Iewes exerci∣sing Handie-crafts, doe inhabit: likewise they make Sope, Iron-hookes, and Horse-shooes. Di∣uers Masons are here to be found also. They build their wals of no other matter but onely of roug h stone and lime, and the roofes of their houses they vse to couer with thateh: neither haue they any other kind of Iime or brickes. They haue among them also abundance of learned men and of skilfull Lawyers, whose counsell they vse at all times. Among whom I found some, who had heretofore beene my f••llow-students at Fez, and for our old acquaintance sake, gaue me * 1.242 most courteous entertaynment: and, to the end I might escape the danger of Theeues, they conducted me a good part of my way. [ 40]

Neuer did I see (to my remembrance) an higher Mountayne, then that which the Africans call Hanteta.

Many Iewes exercising diuers Handie-crafts doe here inhabit, and doe yearely pay vnto the Gouernour of this Mountayne great summes of money. As concerning Religion, they follow them especially which are called Carrain. The top of this Mountayne is continually couered with Snow. When I first beheld this Mot••tayne, I thought it had beene Cloudes, so great is the * 1.243 height thereof. The sides of this Mountayne being altogether destitute of Herbs and Trees, are in many places stored with excellent white Marble, which the people might digge, and make a good commoditie thereof, were they not so sluggish and so ignorant in hewing and poli∣shing of the same. In this place are many Pillars and Arches which were most artificially and [ 50] samptuously built by those mightie Princes whom wee haue often before made mention of: which Pillars they would haue vsed for the building of Water-conduits, had they not beene hindered by the violence of warres.

This Region is exceeding populous: Westward it abutteth vpon Ildi a Mountayne of Su••; Northward it ioyneth vnto Atlas, and Eastward it stretcheth vnto the Region of Hea. It is * 1.244 inhabited with sauage and fierce people, being most needie of money, and yet abounding great∣ly in Cattell. Great store of Copper and Iron is here digged out of Mines. Great Villages they * 1.245 haue, which containe many of them, more then a thousand Families a piece. They haue ney∣ther King nor Gouernour to prescribe any Lawes vnto them: but euery one is his owne Cap∣taine and Commander; whereupon they are at continuall warres among themselues, neither [ 60] * 1.246 haue they any truce at all, but three dayes onely euery weeke; during which time euery man may safely and freely bargaine with his Enemie, and may trauell whitner hee listeth. But these dayes of Truce being past, the wretched peopl•• of this Region 〈◊〉〈◊〉 continually commit most

horrible slaughters. The foresaid dayes of truce a certaine Hermite appointed vnto them, whom they honoured and reuerenced like a god. This Hermite with one eye, I my selfe saw, and found him to be a trusty, sincere, courteous, and most liberall person. Once euery yeere they haue a * 1.247 Faire of two months long: all which time (though the number of Merchants be neuer so great) they giue free entertainment vnto all such as either bring wares with them, or come thither to fetch away their wares. When the time of their Faire approcheth, they foorthwith make truce, and each faction appointeth a Captaine ouer an hundred souldiers, to the end they may keepe themselues in safety, and may defend their said Faire from the inuasion and iniury of all lewd persons. If any offence be committed, the Captaines immediately giue sentence vpon the guilty person: and whosoeuer be conuicted of theft, is foorthwith slaine like a brute beast, and * 1.248 [ 10] his theeues carkasse is throwne out to bee deuoured of dogges, wilde beasts, and rauenous fowles.

Azapi was built by the Africans, and standeth vpon the shore of the Ocean sea, containing * 1.249 foure thousand families: inhabitants there are great store, being for the most part very vnciuill and barbarous. In times past there dwelt many Iewes in this Towne, which exercised diuers Handi-crafts. Their soyle is exceeding fertile; but so grosse is their owne vnskilfulnesse and neg∣ligence, that they know neither how to till their ground, to sow their Corne, or to plant Vine∣yards.

The Towne Centumputei is built vpon a rocke of excellent marble: in the Suburbes whereof are certaine caues, wherein the inhabitants vse to lay vp their Corne: which is there so wonder∣fully [ 20] preserued, that it will continue an hundreth yeares without any ill sauour or corruption. Of the number of which caues, resembling pits or wels, the Towne it self is called Centum putei. The inhabitants are of small reckoning or account, hauing no artificers dwelling among them but certaine Iewes.

Azamur, a Towne of Duccala, was built by the Africans vpon that part of the Ocean sea∣shore, where the Riuer of Ommirabih disemboqueth, being distant from Elmadina Southward, a∣bout thirtie miles. Very large it is, and well inhabited, and containeth to the number of fiue thousand families. Here doe the Portugall Merchants continually reside. The inhabitants are very ciuill, and decently apparelled. And albeit they are diuided into two parts, yet haue they continuall peace among themselues. Pulse and Corne they haue great plentie, though their [ 30] Gardens and Orchards bring forth nought else but figs. They haue such plentie of fishes, that they receiue yearely for them sometime sixe thousand, and sometime seuen thousand duckats. And their time of fishing dureth from October to the end of Aprill. They vse to frie fishes in a * 1.250 certaine pan with oyle, whereby they gather an incredible quantitie of trane: neither vse they any other oyle to put into their lampes. The Iewes compounded with the King of Portugall, to yeeld the Citie to him, on condition, that they should sustaine no iniurie) with a generall con∣sent * 1.251 opened the Gates vnto them: and so the Christians obtained the Citie, and the people went to dwell part of them to Sala, and part to Fez. Neither doe I thinke that God for any other cause brought this calamitie vpon them, but onely for the horrible vice of Sodomie, whereunto the greatest part of the Citizens were so notoriously addicted, that they could scarce see any [ 40] young stripling, who escaped their lust.

The Greene Mountaine is of an exceeding height, beginning Eastward from the Riuer of Om∣mirabih, and extending Westward to the Hills, called in their language Hasara; and it diuideth Dnccala from some part of Tedles. Likewise this Mountaine is very rough and full of Woods, affoording great store of Acornes and Pine-apples, and a certaine kind of red fruit which the Italians commonly call Africano. Many Hermites also doe inhabite vpon this Mountaine, li∣uing with no other kind of victuals, but such as the Woods yeeld vnto them: for they are aboue fiue and twenty miles distant from all Townes and Cities. Here are great store of fountaines and of Altars built after the Mahumetan fashion, and many ancient houses also erected by the Africans.

Tagodast is built vpon the top of a certaine high Mountaine, hauing foure other high Moun∣taines [ 50] * 1.252 round about it. Betweene which foure Mountaines and the said: Towne, are diuers most large and beautiful Gardens replenished with all kind of fruits: Quinces here are of an incredible bignesse. Their Vines dispersing themselues vpon the boughes of trees, doe make most pleasant * 1.253 Bowers and Walkes; the Grapes whereof being red, are for their bignesse called in the language of that people, Hennes egs. They haue here great abundance of Oyle, and most excellent Hony; some of their Hony being white, and some yellow. This Towne hath many fountaines about it, which ioyning into one streame, doe serue for many Water-mils thereabouts. Here are like∣wise great store of Artizans, who exercise themselues onely about things necessary. The inha∣bitants are somewhat ciuill, their women are most beautifull, being most gorgeously decked with siluer Iewels. Their Oyle they carry vnto the next Cities Southward of them on this side At∣las: [ 60] but they send their Leather vnto Fez and Mecnasa. Their Plaine is almost sixe miles long, the soyle being most fruitful for Corne: in regard whereof, the Townesmen pay certaine yearely tribute vnto the Arabians. This Towne hath Iudges, Priests, and a great number of Gentlemen.

Neere vnto the foresaid Towne, within fiue miles, standeth Elgiumuha. It was in our time * 1.254 built vpon the top of an high Mountaine, and containeth to the number of fiue hundred families, besides so many families comprised in the Villages of that Mountaine. Here are innumerable Springs and Fountaines, and most pleasant and fruitfull Gard〈…〉〈…〉s in all places. Here are likewise Walnut-trees huge and tall. The little Hills enuironing this Mountaine, doe yeeld Barly and Oliues in great abundance. In the said Towne are great numbers of Artizans, as Smiths, Leather∣dressers, and such like. And because they haue here notable Yron-mines, they make plentie of Horse-shooes.

In the Mountaine of Tenueues, being but sixteene yeares old, I trauelled with mine Vncle, Ambassadour from the King of Fez to the King of Tombuto; and the Prince here gaue mee in re∣compence of Arabia Verses wherewith I presented him, fiftie duckats, and a good Horse. [ 10]

Tefza, the chiefe Towne of all Tedles, was built by the Africans vpon the side of Mount At∣las, some fiue miles from the Plaine. The Towne-walls are built of most excellent Marble, which * 1.255 is called in their language Tefza, and hereupon the Towne was so called likewise. Heere doe reside most rich Merchants of all sorts: of Iewes here are two hundred families, who exercise Merchandise and diuers other trades. And heere you shall finde many Outlandish Merchants which buy from hence certaine blacke Mantles with hoods, commonly called Ilbernus: of these there are great numbers both in Italy and Spaine. They haue Golden Coine without any Image * 1.256 or superscription: their apparell is decent: and their women are beautifull and of good behauiour. In this towne are diuers Mahumetan Temples, and many Priests and Iudges. The King recei∣ueth [ 20] from that City, euen at this present twenty thousand Ducats for yeerely tribute.

Somewhat beyond the foresaid Mountaine of Seggheme standeth Mount Magran. South∣ward it bordereth vpon the Region of Farcali, neere vnto the Lybian desart: Westward it be∣ginneth at Seggheme, and extendeth Eastward to the foot of Mount Dedes. It is continually couered with snow. The inhabitants haue such abundance of small & great cattell that they can∣not long remaine in one place together. They build their houses of the Barke of certaine trees, * 1.257 the rooffe whereof dependeth on slender sparres, fashioned like vnto the hoopes inuironing the lids of such Chests or Trunks, as the women of Italy, when they trauell, carry vpon their Mules. So likewise these people transport their whole houses vp and downe by the strength of Mules, till they haue found a fit place of aboad; where, so soone as they arriue, they plant their sayd houses, remaining there with their whole families, so long as they haue grasse sufficient to feede [ 30] their cattell. Howbeit all the spring time they settle themselues in one place, making certaine low Stables or Cottages, and couering them with the boughs of trees, which serue for their cat∣tell to lie in a nights: and to the end that the cold may not pinch them ouermuch, they kindle certaine huge fires neere vnto their said Stables, whereupon sometimes the wind so violently driueth the fire, that vnlesse the cattell escape by flight, they are in great danger to be consumed: and as their houses are destitute of walls, so are their Stables. They are continually molested and haunted with Lions and Woolues. In their apparell and customes they wholly agree with the foresaid people of Seggheme, sauing that these haue houses of Barke and Wood, and the other of Stone. I my selfe, in the nine hundreth and seuenteenth yeere of the Hegeira, was in this Moun∣taine, * 1.258 as I trauelled from Dara to Fez. [ 40]

The high and cold Mountaine of Dedes greatly aboundeth with Fountaines and Woods. Westward it beginneth at Mount Magran, extending thence almost as far as the Mountaine of Adesan; and Southward it bordereth vpon the plaines of Todga. The length thereof is almost fourescore miles. Vpon the very top of this Mountaine there was a City built in ancient time, whereof a few ruinous Monuments are to be seene at this present; namely, certaine walles of white Stone, wherein are diuers letters and words grauen, which the inhabitants themselues doe not vnderstand. Many are of opinion, that this City was built long agoe by the Romanes: * 1.259 howbeit I my selfe could neuer finde so much affirmed by an African writer, nor yet the City it selfe mentioned. Sauing that Seriffo Essacalli in a certaine Story of his maketh mention of Tedsi, which he saith is neere vnto Segelmesse and Dara: but he declareth not whether it bee [ 50] built vpon Mount Dedes or no. Howbeit for mine owne part I thinke it to be the very same: for there is no other City in the whole Region. The inhabitants of Dedes are in very deed most base people; of whom the greater part dwell in Caues vnder the ground: their food is Barly and Elhasid, that is to say, Barly meale sodden with water and salt, which we mentioned before in our description of Hea: For heere is nothing but Barly to be had. Goates and Asses they haue in great baundance. The Caues wherein their cattell lodge are exceedingly full of * 1.260 Nitre: so that I verily thinke if this Mountaine were neere vnto Italy, the said Nitre would yeerely be worth fiue and twenty thousand Ducats. But such is their negligence and vnskilfulnesse, that they are truely ignorant to what purposes Nitre serueth. Their garments are so rude, that [ 60] they scarce couer halfe their nakednesse. Their houses are so loathsome, being annoyed with the stinking smell of their Goats. In all this Mountaine you shall finde neither Castle nor walled Towne: when they build an house, they pile one stone vpon another without any morter at all, the roofe whereof they make of certaine rubbish, like as they doe in some places of Sisa and Fab∣briano:

the residue (as we haue said) doe inhabite in Caues, neither saw I euer, to my remem∣brance, greater swarmes of fleas then among those people. Moreouer, they are trecherous and strong theeues, so giuen to stealing and quarrelling, that for one vnkind word they will not on∣ly contend, but seeke also the destruction one of another. They haue neither Iudge, Priest, nor any honest Gouernour among them. No Merchants resort vnto them: for being giuen to con∣tinuall idlenesse, and not exercising any trades or handie-crafts, they haue nothing meete for Merchants to buy. If any Merchant bring any wares into their Region, vnlesse he be safe con∣ducted by their Captaine, he is in danger to be robbed of altogether. And if the wares serue not for their owne necessary vses, they will exact one fourth part of them for custome. Their wo∣men are most forlorne and sluttish, going more beggerly apparelled then the men. So continuall [ 10] and slauish are the toiles of these women, that for misery, the life of Asses is not comparable to theirs. And, to be briefe, neuer was I so weary of any place in all Africa, as I was of this: how∣beit in the yeere of the Hegeira, nine hundred and eighteene, being commanded by one, to whom I was in duety bound, to trauell vnto Segelmesse, I could not choose but come this way.

§. III.

Collections of things most remarkable in IOHN LEO his third Booke of the Historie of Africa.

[illustration] map of the kingdom of Fez

The Map of the Kingdome of of Fez.

THe kingdome of Fez beginneth Westward at the famous riuer Ommirabih, and exten∣deth * 1.261 eastward to the riuer Muluia; Northward it is enclosed partly with the Ocean, and partly with the Mediterran sea. The said Kingdome of Fez is diuided into seuen [ 60] Prouinces; to wit, Temesna, the Territory of Fez, Azgar, * 1.262 Elhabet, Erna, Garet, and * 1.263 Elchauz: euery of which Prouinces had in old time a seuerall Gouernour: neither indeed hath the City of Fez alwayes beene the Kings Royall Seate, but being built by a certaine Mahumetan Apostata, was gouerned by his posteritie almost an hundred and fiftie yeeres. After which time

the familie of Marin got the vpper hand, who here setling their aboad, were the first that euer called Fez by the name of a Kingdome.

Westward it beginneth at the Riuer Ommirabih, and stretcheth to the Riuer Buragrag East∣ward; * 1.264 the South Frontire thereof bordereth vpon Atlas, and the North vpon the Ocean Sea. It is all ouer a plaine Countrey, contayning in length from the West to East almost fourescore miles, and in breadth from Ailas to the Ocean Sea about threescore. This Prouince hath euer almost beene the principall of the seuen before named: for it contained to the number of forty great Townes, besides three hundred Castles, all which were inhabited by Barbarian Africans. In the three hundred three & twentieth yeer of the Hegeira, this Prouince was by a certaine he∣retike against the Mahumetan Religion, called Chemim the sonne of Mennall, freed from paying [ 10] * 1.265 of tribute. This bad fellow perswaded the people of Fez to yeeld no tribute nor honour vnto their Prince, and himselfe he professed to be a Prophet: but a while after he dealt not onely in matters of Religion, but in common-wealth affaires also. At length waging warre against the King of Fez (who was himselfe then warring with the people of Zenete) it so befell, that a league was concluded betweene them, conditionally that Chemin should enioy Temesne, and that the King should containe himselfe within his Signiorie of Fez, so that from thencefoorth neither should molest other. The said Chemim gouerned the Prouince of Temesne about fiue and thirtie yeeres: and his successours enioyed it almost an hundred yeeres after his decease. But King Ioseph hauing built Maroco, went about to bring this Prouince vnder his subiection. Wher∣upon he sent sundry Mahumetan Doctors, and Priests to reclaime the gouernour thereof from his [ 20] * 1.266 heresie, and to perswade him, if it were possible, to yeeld vnto the King by faire meanes. Whereof the inhabitants being aduertised, they consulted with a certaine kinsman of the fore∣said Gouernour, in the Citie called Anfa, to murther the King of Maroco his Ambassadours: and so they did. Soone after leuying an army of fifty thousand men, he marched towards Ma∣roco, intending to expell thence the family of Luntuna, and Ioseph their King. King Ioseph hea∣ring of this newes, was driuen into wonderfull perplexity of mind. Wherefore preparing an huge and mighty army, he stayed not the comming of his enemies: but on the sudden within three dayes, hauing conducted his forces ouer the Riuer of Ommirabih, he entred Temesne, when as the foresaid fifty thousand men were so dismayed at the Kings army, that they all passed the Riuer Buragrag, and so fled into Fez. But the King so dispeopled and wasted Temesne, that [ 30] without all remorse he put both man, woman, and child to the sword. This army remayned in the Region eight dayes, in which space they so razed and demolished all the Townes and Cities * 1.267 thereof, that there scarce remaine any fragments of them at this time. But the King of Fez on the other side hearing that the people of Temesne were come into his Dominions, made a truce with the Tribe of Zenete, and bent his great army against the said Temesnites. And at length hauing found them halfe famished neere vnto the Riuer of Buragrag, he so stopped their passa∣ges on all sides, that they were constrained to run vp the craggie mountaines and thickets. At last being enuironed with the Kings forces, some of them were drowned in the Riuer, others were throwne downe headlong from the rockes, and the residue were miserably slaine by their enemies. And for the space of ten moneths there was such hauocke made among the Temesnites, [ 40] that a silly remnant of them was left aliue. But King Ioseph Prince of the Luntunes returned foorthwith to Maroco for the repayring of his forces, to the end he might bid the King of Fez a battell. Howbeit Temesne being bereft of her people, was left to be inhabited of wilde beasts. Neither had that Prouince any new Colony, or supply of inhabitants, till that about one hun∣dreth and fifty yeeres after, King Mansor returning from Tunis, brought thence certaine Ara∣bians with him, vnto whom he gaue the possession of Temesne. And these Arabians enioyed the said Prouince for fifty yeeres, till such time as King Mansor himselfe was expelled out of his Kingdom: & then were they also expelled by the Luntunes, & were brought into extreme mise∣rie. Afterward the Kings of the family of Marin bestowed the said Prouince vpon the people of Zenete and Haoara. Hence it came to passe that the said people of Zentete & Haoara, were al∣wayes [ 50] great friends vnto the Marin family, and were thought to haue defended them from the fury of the King of Maroco. From which time they haue peaceably enioyed Maroco, and now they are grown in lesse then an hundred yeers so mighty, that they stand not in feare of the King of Fez. For they are able to bring threescore thousand horsemen into the field, & haue two hun∣dred Castles at their commaund. My selfe had great familiarity and acquaintance with them, and therefore I will not sticke to record all memorable things which I saw among them.

This famous Towne was built by the Romanes vpon the Ocean Sea shoare, Northward of Atlas sixtie, Eastward of Azamur sixty, and Westward Rebat forty miles. The Citizens there∣of * 1.268 were most ciuill and wealthy people: the fields thereto adioyning are exceeding fruitfull for all kind of graine: neither doe I thinke, that any Towne in all Africa is for pleasant situation comparable thereto. The plaine round about it (except it be to the Sea Northward) is almost [ 60] fourescore miles ouer. In old time it was fraught with stately Temples, rich ware-houses and shops, and beautifull palaces: which the monuments as yet remayning doe sufficiently testifie. They had also most large and faire gardens, out of which they gather great abundance of fruit,

especially of Melons, & Pome-citrons euen at this day: all which are perfectly ripe by mid-A∣prill. So that the inhabitants vsually carry their fruits vnto Fez, by reason that the fruits of Fez are not so soone ripe. Their attire is trim and decent, and they haue alwayes had great traffique with the Portugals and the English. Likewise they haue many learned men among them. But * 1.269 is now desolate and destroyed by Portugals.

This great and famous Towne was built not many yeers ago by Mansor the King & Mahu∣metan Patriak of Maroco, vpon the Ocean Sea shoare. By the East part therof runneth the Riuer Buragrag before-named, and there dischargeth it selfe into the maine Sea. The rocke whereon this Towne is founded, standeth neere the mouth of the said Riuer, hauing the Riuer on the one side thereof, and the Sea on the other. In building it much resembleth Maroco, which Mansor [ 10] willed to be a patterne thereof: sauing that it is a great deale lesse then Maroco. Some say that the reason why it was built in this place was, for that King Mansor possessing the Kingdome * 1.270 of Granada, and a great part of Spaine besides, and considering that Maroco was so farre distant, that if any warres should happen, he could not in due time send new forces against the Christi∣ans, determined to built some Towne vpon the Sea shoare, where he and his army might re∣maine all summer time. Some perswaded him to lie with his army at Ceuta a Towne vpon the streights of Giblaltar: but Mansor seeing that by reason of the barrennes of the soile he could not maintain an army Royall for three or foure moneths in the Town of Ceuta, he caused this Town of Rebat in short space to be erected, & to be exceedingly beautified with Temples, Colledges, Palaces, Shops, Stoues, Hospitals, and other such buildings. Moreouer, on the South side without the wals he caused a certaine high Tower like the Tower of Maroco to be built, sauing that the [ 20] winding staires were somewhat larger, insomuch that three horses a-breast might well ascend vp: from the top whereof they might escry ships an huge way into the Sea. So exceeding is the height thereof, that I thinke there is no where the like building to be found. And to the end that greater store of Artificers and Merchants might hither from all places make resort, he appointed, that euery man according to his trade and occupation should be allowed a yeerely stipend, whereupon it came to passe that within few moneths, this Towne was better stored with all kind of Artificers and Merchants, then in any Towne in all Africa besides, and that because they reaped a double gaine. Heere vsed Mansor with his Troupes to remaine from the beginning of Aprill, till the month of September. And whereas there was no water about the * 1.271 Town meet to be drunke (for the Sea runneth ten miles vp into the Riuer, and the wels likewise yeeld salt-water) Mansor caused fresh water to be conueied to the Towne by certaine Pipes [ 30] and Channels, from a fountaine twelue miles distant. And the Conduits hee made arch-wise, like vnto the Conduits of Italy in many places, and specially at Rome. So soone as the said wa∣ter-conduit was deriued vnto the Towne, he caused it to be diuided and sent into sundry pla∣ces, as namely, some pipes thereof to the Temples, some to the Colledges, others to the Kings Palace, and the rest into the common Cisternes, throughout all the City. Howbeit after King Mansors death this Towne grew into such decay, that scarce the tenth part thereof now remai∣neth. The said notable water-conduit was vtterly fordone in the warre betweene the Marin familie and the successors of Mansor.

Also King Mansor caused Sella to be walled round about, and built therein a faire Hospitall, * 1.272 & a stately Palace, into which his souldiers might at their pleasure retire themselues. Here like∣wise he erected a most beautifull Temple, wherein he caused a goodly Hall or Chappell to be set * 1.273 [ 40] vp, which was curiously carued, and had many faire windows about it: and in this Hall (when he perceiued death to seaze vpon him) he commanded his subiects to burie his corps. Which be∣ing done, they laid one Marble-stone ouer his head, and another ouer his feete, whereon sundry Epitaphes were engrauen. After him likewise all the honourable personages of his family and blood, choose to be interred in the same Hall. And so did the Kings of the Marin family, so long as their Common-wealth prospered. My selfe on a time entring the same Hall, beheld there thirty Monuments of noble and great personages, and diligently wrote out all their Epitaphes: this I did in the yeere of the Hegeira nine hundred and fifteene.

In Thagia is visited the Sepulchre of one accounted for a most holy man, who is reported in [ 50] the time of Habdulmumen, to haue wrought many miracles against the furie of Lions: where∣upon * 1.274 he was reputed by many as a great Prophet. I remember that I read in a certaine writer of that Nation commonly called Etdedle, a whole Catalogue of the said holy mans miracles: which whether he wrought by Arte-magicke, or by some wonderfull secret of nature, it is altogether vncertaine. Howbeit his great fame and honourable reputation is the cause why this Towne is so well fraught with inhabitants. The people of Fez hauing solemnized their Easter, do yeere∣ly * 1.275 frequent this Towne to visite the said Sepulchre, and that in such huge numbers, that you would esteeme them to be an whole armie; for euery principall man carries his Tent and other necessaries with him: and so you shall see sometime an hundred Tents, and sometimes more in [ 60] that company. Fifteene dayes they are in performing of that Pilgrimage; for Thagia standeth from Fez almost an hundred and twenty miles. My selfe being a child, went thither on Pilgri∣mage oftentimes with my Father; as likewise being growen vp to mans estate, I repai∣red

thither as often, making supplication to bee deliuered from the danger of Lions.

Westward it beginneth at the Riuer of Buragrag, and stretcheth Eastward to the riuer called * 1.276 Inauen: which two Riuers are almost a hundred miles distant asunder. Northward it bordereth vpon the Riuer * 1.277 Subu, and Southward vpon the foote of Atlas. The soile both for abundance of Corne, Fruits, and Cattell seemeth to be inferiour to none other.

The buildings of Sella carry a shew of Antiquity on them, being Artificially carued and state∣ly supported with Marble pillars. Their Temples are most beautifull, and their are shops built * 1.278 vnder large Porches. And at the end of euery row of shops is an Arch, which (as they say) is to diuide one occupation from another. And (to say all in a word) here is nothing wanting, which may be required either in a most honourable City, or a flourishing Common-wealth. Moreouer [ 10] hither resort all kind of Merchants, both Christians and others. Heere the Genowayes, Ueneti∣ans, * 1.279 English and low Dutch vsed to traffique. The grounds adioyning vpon this Towne are san∣dy: neither are they fit for Corne, but for Cotten-wooll in diuers places very profitable. The inhabitants, diuers of them doe weaue most excellent Cotten. Heere likewise are made very fine Combes, which are sold in all the Kingdome of Fez, for the Region thereabout yeeldeth great plenty of Boxe, & of other wood fit for the same purpose. Their gouernment is very order∣ly and discreet euen vntill this day: for they haue most learned Iudges, Vmpires, and deciders of * 1.280 doubtfull cases in Law. This Towne is frequented by many rich Merchants of Genoa, whom the King hath alwayes had in great regard; because he gaineth much yeerely by their traffique.

In the time of Abusaid the last King of the Marin family, his Cousin, called Sahid, was taken by [ 20] Habdilla the King of Granada; whereupon by letters he requested his Cousin the King of Fez to * 1.281 send him a certaine summe of money, required by the King of Granada for his ransome. Which when the Fessan King refused to yeeld vnto, Habdilla restored his prisoner to libertie, and sent him towards Fez to destroy both the City and the King. Afterward Sahid, with the helpe of * 1.282 certaine wilde Arabians besieged Fez for seuen yeeres together; in which space most of the Townes, Villages, and Hamlets throughout the whole Kingdome were destroyed. But at length such a Pestilence inuaded Sahids forces, that himselfe, with a great part of his army, in the * 1.283 nine hundred and eighteenth yeere of the Hegeira, died therof. Howbeit those desolate Towns neuer receiued from thenceforth any new inhabitants, especially Fanzara, which was giuen to certaine Arabian Captaines, that came to assist Sahid. Whatsoeuer commodity ariseth out of Banibasil redoundeth to the Priests of the principall Mahumetan Temple in Fez, and it amounteth almost [ 30] yeerely to twenty thousand Dukats. Heere also in times past were most large, pleasant, and fruitfull Gardens, as appeareth by the Monuments and reliques thereof, howbeit, they were like other places, laid waste by the warre of Sahid. The Towne it selfe remaineth destitute of inha∣bitants an hundred and ten yeeres; but as the King of Fez returned home from Duccala, he com∣manded part of his people to inhabite the same: albeit their inciuilitie made them loth so to doe.

Fez was built in the time of one Aron a Mahumetan Patriarke, in the yeere of the Hegei∣ra * 1.284 one hundreth eighty and fiue, and in the yeere of our Lord seuen hundred eightie sixe, by a certaine hereticke against the Religion of Mahumet. But why it should so be called, some are of opinion, because when the first foundations thereof were digged, there was found some quanti∣ty [ 40] of Gold, with mettall in the Arabian language is called Fez.

The Founder of this City was one Idris, being the foresaid Aron his neere kinsman. This I∣dris ought rather to haue beene an Mahumetan Patriarke, because he was nephew vnto Hali the * 1.285 Cousin-german of Mahumet, who married Falerna, Mahumets owne daughter, so that Idris both by Father and Mother was of Mahumets Linage: but Aron being nephew vnto one Habbus the Vncle of Mahumet, was of kinred onely by the Fathers side. Howbeit both of them were ex∣cluded from the said Patriarkship for certaine causes mentioned in the African Chronicles, al∣though Aron vsurped the same by deceit. For Arons Vncle being a most cunning and crafty man, and faining himselfe to beare greatest fauour vnto the family of Hali, and to be most desi∣rous, that the Patriarkship should light thereon, sent his Ambassadours almost throughout the [ 50] whole world. Whereupon the dignity was translated from Vmeue to Habdulla Seffec the first Patriarke. Which, Umeue being informed of, waged warre against the family of Hali, and so preuailed, that some of them he chased into Asia, and some into India. Howbeit, an ancient Religious man of the same family remained still aliue at Elmadina, who being very old, no whit regarded the dignity. But this ancient fire left behind him two sonnes, who when they were come to mans estate, grew into so great fauour with the people of Elmadin, that they were cha∣sed thence by their enemies; the one being taken and hanged; and the other (whose name was Idris) escaping into Mauritania. This Idris dwelling vpon Mount Zaron, about thirtie miles from Fez, gouernud not onely the Common-wealth, but matters of Religion also: and all the [ 60] Region adiacent paid him tribute. At length Idris deceasing without lawfull issue, left one of his maydes big with child, which had beene turned from the Gothes Religion to the Moores. Being deliuered of her sonne, they called him after his Fathers name, Idris. This child the inha∣bitants chusing for their Prince, caused him to be most carefully brought vp: and as he grew in

yeeres, to the end they might trayne him vp in feates of Chiualrie, they appointed one Rasid a most valiant and skilfull Captaine to instruct him. Insomuch, that while hee was but fifteene yeeres of age, he grew famous for his valiant Acts and Stratagems, and beganne wonderfully to * 1.286 inlarge his Dominions. Wherefore his Troupes and Family increasing euery day more and more, he set his minde vpon building of a Citie, and changing of his habitation. And so hee sent for cunning builders into all Nations, who hauing diligently perused all places in the Region, at last made choise of that where the Citie of Fez now standeth. For heere they found great store of Fountaines, and a faire Riuer, which springing forth of a plaine not farre off, runneth plea∣santly almost eight miles amidst the little Hils, till at length it casteth it selfe vpon another plaine. Southward of the place they found a wood, which they knew would be right commo∣dious [ 10] for the Towne. Here therefore vpon the East banke of the said Riuer, they built a Towne contayning three thousand Families: neither omitted they ought at all which might bee requi∣red in a flourishing Common-wealth. After the decease of Idris, his Sonne erected another Towne directly ouer against the foresaid, on the other side of the Riuer. But in processe of time either Towne so increased, that there was but a small distance betweene them: for the Gouer∣nours of each laboured might and mayne to augment their owne Iurisdictions. An hundred and fourescore yeeres after, there fell out great dissention and Ciuill warre betweene these two Cities, which by report continued an hundred yeeres together.

At length Ioseph King of Maroco of the Luntune Family, conducting an huge Armie against both these Princes, tooke them Prisoners, carryed them home vnto his Dominions, and put [ 20] them to a most cruell death. And he so vanquished the Citizens, that there were slaine of them thirtie thousand. Then determined King Ioseph to reduce those two Townes into firme vnitie and concord: for which cause, making a bridge ouer the Riuer, and beating downe the wals of either Towne right against it, he vnited both into one, which afterward he diuided into twelue Regions or Wards. Now let vs make report of all such memorable things as are there to bee seene * 1.287 at this day.

A World it is to see, how large, how populous, how well fortified and walled this Citie is * 1.288 The most part thereof standeth vpon great and little Hils: neither is there any plaine ground but onely in the midst of the Citie. The Riuer entreth the Towne in two places, for it is diui∣ded into a double branch, one whereof runneth by new Fez, that is, by the South-side of the [ 30] Towne, and another commeth in at the West-side. And so almost infinitely dispersing it selfe into the Citie, it is deriued by certaine conduits and chanels vnto euery Temple, Colledge, Inne, Hospitall, and almost to euery priuate house. Vnto the Temples are certaine square con∣duits adioyned, hauing Cels and Receptacles round about them; each one of which hath a Cock, whereby water is conueyed through the wall into a Trough of Marble. From whence flowing into the Sinkes and Gutters, it carryeth away all the filth of the Citie into the Riuer. In the midst of each square conduit standeth a low Cisterne, beeing three Cubits in depth, foure in breadth, and twelue in length: and the water is conueyed by certaine Pipes into the foresaid square conduits, which are almost an hundred and fiftie in number. The most part of the hou∣ses are built of fine brickes and stones curiously painted. Likewise their bay-windowes and por∣tals [ 40] are made of partie-coloured bricke, like vnto the stones of Maiorica. The Roofes of their Houses they adorne with Gold, Azure, and other excellent Colours, which Roofes are made of wood, and plaine on the top, to the end that in Summer-time Carpets may be spred vpon them, for here they vse to lodge by reason of the exceeding heate of that Countrey. Some houses are of two and some of three Stories high, whereunto they make fine staires, by which they passe from one roome to another vnder the same roofe: for the middle part of the house is alwayes o∣pen or vncouered, hauing some Chambers built on the one side, and some on the other. The Chamber doores are very high and wide: which in rich mens houses are framed of excellent and carued wood. Each Chamber hath a Presse curiously painted and varnished belonging thereun∣to, being as long as the Chamber it selfe is broad: some will haue it very high, and others but sixe handfuls in height, that they may set it on the Tester of a Bed. All the portals of their [ 50] houses are supported with bricke Pillars finely playstered ouer, except some which stand vpon Pillars of Marble. The Beames and Transomes vpholding their Chambers are most curiously painted and carued. To some houses likewise belong certaine square Cisternes, contayning in breadth sixe or seuen Cubits, in length ten or twelue, and in height but sixe or seuen handfuls, being all vncouered, and built of brickes trimly playstered ouer. Along the sides of these Ci∣sternes are certaine Cockes, which conuay the water into Marble Troughs, as I haue seene in many places of Europe. When the foresaid Conduits are full of water, that which floweth o∣uer, runneth by certaine secret pipes and conueyances into the Cisternes: and that which ouer∣floweth the Cisternes, is carryed likewise by other passages into the common Sinkes and Gut∣ters, and so into the Riuer. The said Cisternes are alwayes kept sweete and cleane, neyther are [ 60] they couered but onely in Summer-time, when Men, Women, and Children bathe themselues therein.

Moreouer, on the tops of their houses they vsually build a Turret with many pleasant roomes

therein, whither the women for recreations sake, when they are wearie of working, retyre them∣selues; from whence they may see wel-nigh all the Citie ouer.

Of Mahumetan Temples and Oratories there are almost seuen hundred in this Towne, fiftie whereof are most stately and sumptuously built, hauing their Conducts made of Marble and o∣ther * 1.289 excellent stones vnknowne to the Italians; and the Chapiters of their Pillars be artificial∣ly adorned with painting and caruing. The tops of these Temples, after the fashion of Christian Churches in Europe, are made of Ioyses and Plankes: but the pauement is couered with Mats which are so cunningly sowed together that a man cannot see the breadth of a finger vncouered. The wals likewise on the inner side are lined a mans height with such Mats. More∣ouer, each Temple hath a Turret or Steeple, from whence certaine are appointed with a lowd [ 10] voice to call the people at their set-time of Prayer. Euery Temple hath one onely Priest to say Seruice therein; who hath the bestowing of all Reuenues belonging to his owne Temple, as oc∣casion requireth: for thereby are maintayned Lampes to burne in the night, and Porters to k••epe the doores are paid their wages cut of it, and so likewise are they that call the people to ordina∣rie Prayers in the night season: for those which cry from the said Towres in the day time haue no wages, but are onely released from all Tributes and Exactions.

The chiefe Mahumetan Temple in this Towne is called Caru••en, beeing of so incredible a * 1.290 bignesse, that the circuit thereof and of the buildings longing vnto it, is a good mile and a halfe about. This Temple hath one and thirtie gates or portals of a wonderfull greatnesse and height. The Roofe of this Temple is in length one hundred and fiftie, and in breadth about fourescore Florentine Cubits. The Turret or Steeple, from whence they cry amayne to assemble the people [ 20] together, is exceedingly high: the breadth whereof is supported with twentie, and the length with thirtie Pillars. On the East, West, and North-sides, it hath certaine Walkes or Galleries, fortie Cubits in length, and thirtie in breadth. Vnder which Galleries there is a Cell or Store∣house, wherein Oyle, Candles, Mats, and other such necessaries for the Temple are layd vp. E∣uery night in this Temple are burnt nine hundred Lights; for euery arch hath a seuerall Lampe, especially those which extend through the mid-quire. Some Arches there are that haue one hundred and twentie Candles a piece: there are likewise certaine Brasse Candlestickes so great and with so many Sockets, as they will hold each one fifteene hundred Candles: and these Can∣dlestickes are reported to haue beene made of Bels, which the King of Fez in times past tooke from Christians. [ 30]

About the wals of the said Temple are diuers Pulpits, out of which those that are learned in * 1.291 the Mahumetan Law instruct the people. Their Winter Lectures beginne presently after Sun∣rise, and continue the space of an houre. But their Summer Lectures hold on from the Sunne going downe, till an houre and a halfe within night. And here they teach as well Morall Phi∣losophie as the Law of Mahumet. The Summer Lectures are performed by certaine priuate and obscure persons; but in Winter such onely are admitted to read, as bee reputed their greatest Clerkes. All which Readers and Professours are yearely allowed most liberall Stipends. The Priest of this great Temple is enioyned onely to read Prayers, and faithfully to di〈…〉〈…〉bute almes among the poore. Euery Festiuall day he bestoweth all such Corne and Money as he hath in his custodie, to all poore people according to their need. [ 40]

The Treasuror or Collector of the Reuenues of this Church hath euery day a Duckat for his pay. Likewise he hath eight Notaries or Clerkes vnder him; euery one of which gayneth sixe Duckats a moneth: and other sixe Clerkes who receiue the rent of houses, shops, and other such places as belong to the Temple, hauing for their wages the twentieth part of all such Rents and Duties as they gather.

Moreouer, there belong to this Temple twentie Factors or Baylies of Husbandry, that without the Citie wals haue an eye to the Labourers, Ploughmen, Vine-planters, and Garde∣ners, and that prouide them things necessarie: there gaine is three Duckats a moneth. Not farre from the Citie are about twentie Lime-kils, and as many Bricke-kils, seruing for the reparati∣on of their Temple, and of all houses thereto belonging. [ 50]

The Reuenues of the said Temple daily receiued, are two hundred Duckats a day; the better * 1.292 halfe whereof is layd out vpon the particulars aforesaid. Also if there bee any Temples in the Citie destitute of liuing, they must all be mayntayned at the charges of this great, Temple: and then that which remayneth after all expenses, is bestowed for the behoofe of the Common∣wealth: for the people receiue no Reuenues at all. In our time the King commanded the Priest of the said Temple to lend him an huge summe of money, which he neuer repayed againe.

Moreouer, in the Citie of Fez are two most stately Colledges, of which diuers roomes are adorned with curious painting; all their beames are carued, their wals consisting both of Mar∣ble * 1.293 and Freestone. Some Colledges heere are which contayne an hundred studies, some more, [ 60] and some fewer, all which were built by diuers Kings of the Marin Family. One there is a∣mong the rest most beautifull and admirable to behold, which was erected by a certaine King called Habu Henon. Here is to be seene an excellent Fountaine of Marble, the C〈…〉〈…〉 where∣of contayneth two Pipes. Through this Colledge runneth a little streame in a most cleere and

pleasant chanell, the brimmes and edges whereof are workmanly framed of Marble, and stones of Maiorica. Likewise heere are three Cloysters to walke in, most curiously and artificial∣ly made, with certaine eight square Pillars of diuers colours to support them. And betweene Pillar and Pillar the arches are beautifully ouer-cast with Gold, Azure, and diuers other Co∣lours; and the Roofe is very artificially built of wood. The sides of these Cloysters are so close, that they which are without cannot see such as walke within. The wals round about as high as a man can reach, are adorned with Playder-worke of Maiorica. In many places you may find certaine Verses, which declare what yeare the Colledge was built in, together with many E∣pigrams in the Founders commendation. The Letters of which Verses are very great and black, so that they may be read a farre off. This Colledge gates are of Brasse most curiously carued, and [ 10] so are the doores artificially made of wood. In the Chappell of this Colledge standeth a cer∣taine Pulpit mounted nine stayres high, which staires are of Iuorie and Ebonie. Some affirme, that the King hauing built this Colledge, was desirous to know how much money hee had spent in building it; but after he had perused a leafe or two of his Account-booke, finding the summe of fortie thousand Duckats, he rent it asunder, and threw it into the foresaid little Riuer, ad∣ding this Sentence out of a certaine Arabian Writer: Each precious and amiable thing, though it * 1.294 costeth deare, yet if it be beautifull, it cannot choose but bee good cheape: neither is any thing of too high a price, which pleaseth a mans affection. Howbeit a certaine Treasurer of the Kings, making a particular account of all the said expenses, found that this excellent building stood his Master in foure hundred and eightie thousand Duckats. The other Colledges of Fez are somewhat like vnto this, hauing euery one Readers and Professors, some of which read in the forenoone, and some in the afternoone. [ 20]

In times past the Students of these Colledges had their apparell and victuals allowed them for seuen yeares, but now they haue nothing gratis but their Chamber.

For the warre of Sahid destroyed many possessions, whereby Learning was maintayned; so that now the greatest Colledge of all hath yeerely but two hundred, and the second but an * 1.295 hundred Duckats for the maintenance of their Professors. And this perhaps may bee one rea∣son, among many, why the gouernment not onely of Fez, but of all the Cities in Africa, is so base.

Now these Colledges are furnished with no Schollers but such as are strangers, and liue of the Citie Almes: and if any Citizens dwell there, they are not aboue two or three at the most. The Professor being readie for his Lecture, some of his Auditors readeth a Text, whereupon the said [ 30] Professor dilateth, and explayneth obscure and difficult places. Sometimes also the Schollers dispute before their Professor.

Many Hospitals there are in Fez, no whit inferiour, either for building or beautie, vnto the * 1.296 foresaid Colledges. For in them whatsoeuer strangers came to the Citie were entertayned at the common charge for three dayes together. There are likewise as faire and as stately Hospi∣tals in the Suburbes. In times past their wealth was maruellous great; but in the time of Sahids warre, the King standing in need of a great summe of money, was counselled by some of his greedie Courtiers to sell the Liuings of the said Hospitals. Which when the people would in * 1.297 no case yeeld vnto, the Kings Oratour or Speaker, perswaded them that all those Liuings were giuen by his Maiesties Predecessours, and therefore (because when the warres were ended, they should soone recouer all againe) that it were farre better for them by that meanes to pleasure [ 40] their Soueraigne, then to let his Kingly Estate fall into so great danger. Whereupon all the said Liuings being sold, the King was preuented by vntimely and sudden death before he could bring his purpose to effect: and so these famous Hospitals were depriued of all their mainte∣nance.

The poore indeed and impotent people of the Citie are at this day relieued; but no strangers are entertayned, saue only learned men or Gentlemen. Howbeit there is another Hospitall for the reliefe of sicke and diseased strangers, who haue their dyet onely allowed them, but no Physician or Medicine: certaine women there are which attend vpon them, till they recouer their former health, or dye. In this Hospitall likewise there is a place for frantike or distracted [ 50] persons, where they are bound in strong Iron Chaines; whereof the part next vnto their walkes is strengthened with mightie beames of Wood and Iron. The Gouernour of these distracted persons, when he bringeth them any sustenance, hath a Whip of purpose to chastise those that offer to bite, strike, or play any mad part.

Likewise this Hospitall hath many Roomes for the Purueyors, Notaries, Cookes, and other Officers belonging to the sicke persons; who each of them haue some small yeerely stipend. * 1.298 Being a young man, I my selfe was Notarie heere for two yeeres, which Office is worth three Duckats a moneth.

In this Citie are moe then an hundred Bath-stoues very artificially and stately built; which [ 60] though they bee not of equall bignesse, yet are they all of one fashion. Each Stoue hath foure Halls, without which are certaine Galleries in an higher place, with fiue or sixe staires to ascend vnto them: here men put off their apparell, and hence they goe naked into the Bath. In the

midst they alwaies keepe a Cisterne full of water. First therefore, they that meane to bathe themselues, must passe through a cold Hall, where they vse to temper hot water and cold toge∣ther, then they goe into a roome somewhat hotter, where the seruants clense and wash them; and last of all, they proceede into a third Hot-house, where they sweate as much as they thinke good. The fire that heateth their water is made of nought else but beasts dung: for which pur∣pose many boyes are set on worke to run vp and downe to Stables, and thence to carrie all the dung, and to lay it on heapes without the Towne-walles; which being parched in the Sunne for two or three moneths together, they vse for fuell. Likewise, the women haue their Stoues * 1.299 apart from the men. And yet some Hot-houses serue both for men and women, but at sundrie times, namely, for men from the third to the fourteenth houre of the day, and the residue for [ 10] women. While women are bathing themselues, they hang out a rope at the first entrance of the house, which is a signe for men, that they may then proceede no farther. Neither may husbands here be permitted to speake with their owne wiues; so great a regard they haue of their hone∣stie. Here men and women both, after they haue done bathing, vse to banquet and make merrie with pleasant Musicke and singing. Young Striplings enter the Bath starke naked without any shame, but men couer their priuities with a linnen cloth. The richer sort will not enter the com∣mon Bath, but that which is adorned and finely set forth, and which serueth for Noble-men and Gentle-men. When any one is to be bathed, they lay him along vpon the ground, anointing him with a certaine oyntment, and with certaine instruments doing away his filth. The richer sort haue a Carpet to lie on, their head lying on a woodden Cushion, couered with the same [ 20] Carpet. Likewise, here are many Barbers and Chyrurgions which attend to doe their office. The most part of these Baths pertaine to the Temples and Colledges, yeelding vnto them a great * 1.300 summe of money for yearely rent: for some giue an hundred, some an hundred and fiftie Duckats a yeare. Neither must I here omit the Festiuall-day which the Seruants and Officers of the Bathes celebrate; who with Trumpets and Pipes calling their friends together, goe forth of the Towne, and there gather a wild Onion, putting it in a certaine brazen vessell, and couering the same with a linnen cloth wet in Lee: afterward with a great noise of Trumpets and Pipes, they solemnely bring the said Onion vnto the Hot-house doore, and there they hang it vp in the lit∣tle brazen vessell or Lauer, saying, That this is a most happy boading, or signe of good luck vnto their Stoue. Howbeit, I suppose it to be some such Sacrifice, as the ancient Moores were wont [ 30] in times past, when they were destitute of Lawes and ciuilitie, to offer, and that the same custom hath remained till this very day. The like is to be seene euen among Christians, who celebrate many Feasts, wherof they can yeeld no reason. Likewise, euery African towne had their peculiar Feast, which, when the Christians once enioyed Africa, were vtterly abolished and done away.

In this Citie are almost two hundred Innes, the greatest whereof are in the principall part of the Citie neere vnto the chiefe Temple. Euery of these Innes are three stories high, and con∣taine * 1.301 an hundred and twenty, or moe Chambers apiece. Likewise, each one hath a Fountaine, together with Sinks and Water-pipes, which make auoidance of all the filth. Neuer, to my re∣membrāce, did I see greater building, except it were the Spanish Colledge at Bologna, or the Pal∣lace of the Cardinall di San Giorgio at Rome; of which Innes all the Chamber-doores haue [ 40] Walkes or Galleries before them. And albeit the Innes of this Citie are very faire and large, yet they affoord most beggerly entertainement to strangers; for there are neither Beds nor Couches for a man to lie vpon, vnlesse it be a course Blanket and a Mat. And if you will haue any victuals, you must goe to the Shambles your selfe, and buy such meate for your Host to dresse, as your stomack stands-to. In these Innes certaine poore Widdowes of Fez, which haue neither wealth nor friends to succour them, are relieued: sometimes one, and sometimes two of them together are allowed a Chamber; for which courtesie they play both the Chamberlaines and Cookes of the Inne. The Inne-keepers of Fez being all of one Family, called Elcheua, goe apparelled like Women, and shaue their Beards, and are so delighted to immitate Wo∣men, that they will not onely counterfeite their speech, but will sometimes also sit downe and spin. Each one of these hath his Concubine, whom hee accompanieth as if she were [ 50] his owne lawfull Wife; albeit the said Concubines are not onely ill-fauoured in counte∣tenance, but notorious for their bad life and behauior. They buy and sell wine so freely, that no man controles them for it. None resort hither but most lewd and wicked people, to the end they may more boldly commit vilany. The very company of these Inne-keepers is so odious, and detestable in the sight of all honest men, learned men, and Merchants, that they will in no wise vouchsafe to speake vnto them. And they are firmely enioyned not to enter into the Temple, into the Burse, nor into any Bath. Neither yet are they permitted to resort vnto those Innes * 1.302 which are next vnto the great Temple, and wherein Merchants are vsually entertained.

In this Citie are Mills in foure hundred places at least. And euery of these places containeth fiue or sixe Mills; so that there are some thousands of Mills in the whole City. Euery Mill stan∣deth [ 60] in a large roome vpon some strong piller or post, whereunto many Country-people vse to resort. All the said Mills pertaine either to the Temples or Colledges.

Each trade or occupation hath a peculiar place allotted thereto, the principall whereof are

next vnto the great Temple: for there first you may behold to the number of f••urescore Nota∣ries or Scriueners shops, whereof some ioyne vpon the Temple, and the residue stand ouer against * 1.303 them: euery of which Shops hath alwaies two Notaries. Then Westward there are about thir∣tie Stationers or Booke-sellers. The Shoo-merchants which buy Shooes and Buskins of the Shoo-makers, and sell them againe to the Citizens, inhabite on the Southside of the Temple: and * 1.304 ext vnto them, such as make Shooes for children onely, their Shops being about fiftie. On the East-side dwell those that sell vessels, and other commodities made of brasse. Ouer against the great Gate of the said Temple stands the Fruit-market, containing fiftie Shops, where no kind of fruit is wanting. Next vnto them stand the Waxe-merchants, very ingenious and cunning workmen, and much to be admired. Here are Merchants factors likewise, though they bee but [ 10] few. Then followes the Herbe-market, wherein the Pome-citrons, and diuers kinds of greene Boughes and Herbes doe represent the sweete and flourishing Spring, and in this Market are a∣bout * 1.305 twenty Tauernes: for they which drinke Wine, will shrowd themselues vnder the sha∣die * 1.306 and pleasant Boughes: Next vnto them stand the Milke-sellers: I thinke there passeth scarce one day ouer their heads, wherein they vtter not fiue and twentie tunnes of Milke. Next vnto these are such as sell Cotton, and they haue about thirtie shops: then follow those that sell * 1.307 Hempe, Ropes, Halters, and such other hempen commodities. Then come you to the Girdlers, and such as make Pantofles, and Leather-bridles embrodered with silke: next their shops ad∣ioyne that make Sword-scabberds and Caparisons for Horses. Immediately after dwell those that sell Salt and Lime; and vpon them border an hundred Shops of Potters, who frame al kind [ 20] of earthen vessels adorned with diuers colours. Then come you to the Sadlers Shops: and next of all to the streete of Porters, who (as I suppose) are aboue three hundred: these Porters haue a Consull or Gouernour, who euery weeke allotteth vnto part of them some set businesse. The gaine which redoundeth thereof, they put into a Coffer, diuiding it at the weekes end among them, which haue wrought the same weeke. Strange it is to consider how exceedingly these Porters loue one another: for when any of them deceaseth, the whole company maintaineth his widow and fatherlesse children at their common charge, till either she die, or marrieth a new Husband. The children they carefully bring vp, till they haue attained to some good Art or oc∣cupation. Next vnto the Porters companie dwell the chiefe Cookes and Victuallers. Here also * 1.308 stands a certaine square house couered with Reed, wherein Pease and Turnep-rootes are to bee [ 30] sold, which are so greatly esteemed of in Fez, that none may buy them of the country people at the first hand, but such as are appointed, who are bound to pay tole & tribute vnto the Custo∣mers: and scarcely one day passeth, wherein moe then fiue hundred sacks of Pease and Turneps * 1.309 are not sold. On the North-side of the Temple is a place whither all kind of Hearbs are brought to make Sallets withall: for which purpose there is fortie Shops appointed. Next whereunto is the place of Smoke, so called, by reason of continuall smoke: here are certaine Fritters or * 1.310 Cakes fried in Oyle, like vnto such as are called at Rome, Pan Melato. They roste their flesh not vpon a spit, but in an Ouen: for making two Ouens one ouer another for the same purpose, in * 1.311 the lower they kindle a fire, putting the flesh into the vpper Ouen when it is well het; you would not beleeue how finely their meat is thus rosted; for it cannot be spoiled either by smoke [ 40] or too much heate: for they are all night rosting it by a gentle fire, and in the morning they set it to sale. The foresaid Steakes and Fritters they sell vnto the Citizens in so great abundance, that they daily take for them moe then two hundred Ducats; for there are fifteene Shops which sell nothing else. Likewise, here are sold certaine Fishes and flesh fried, and a kind of excellent sa∣uorie bread, tasting somewhat like a Fritter; which being baked with Butter, they neuer eate but with Butter and Honie. Here also are the feete of certaine beasts sodden, wherewith the * 1.312 Husbandmen betimes in the morning breake their fast, and then hie them to their labour. Next vnto these are such as sell Oyle, Salt, Butter, Cheese, Oliues, Pome-citrons and Capers: their * 1.313 shops are full of fine earthen vessels, which are of much greater value then the things contained in them. Then follow the Shambles, consisting of about forty Shops, wherein the Butchers cut * 1.314 [ 50] their flesh a pieces, and sell it by weight. They kill no beasts within the Shambles, for there is a place allotted for this purpose neere vnto the Riuer, where hauing once dressed their flesh, they send it to the Shambles by certaine seruants appointed for that end. But before any Butcher dare sell his flesh vnto the Citizens, he must carrie it to the Gouernour of the Shambles, who so soone * 1.315 as he seeth the flesh, he sets downe in a piece of paper the price thereof, which they shew toge∣ther with their meate vnto the people; neither may they in any case exceed the said price. Next vnto the Shambles standeth the Market where course cloathes are sold, which containeth at least an hundred Shops: the said cloth is deliuered vnto certaine Criers (which are about threescore in number) who carrying the cloth from Shop to Shop, tell the price thereof. Then follow their Shops that scowre and sell Armour, Swords, Iauelings, and such like warlike instru∣ments. [ 60] * 1.316 Next vnto them stand the Fishmongers, who sell most excellent and great Fish. Next vnto the Fishmongers dwel such as make of a certaine hard Reed, Coopes and Cages for Fowles; their Shops being about fortie in number: for each of the Citizens vseth to bring vp great store of Hennes and Capons. And that their houses may not be defiled with Hennes-dung, they keepe * 1.317

them continually in Coopes and Cages. Then follow their Shops that sell liquide Sope. Next * 1.318 of all are certaine of their Shops that sell Meale, albeit they are diuersly dispersed throughout the whole Citie. Next vnto them are such as sell Seede-graine and Seede-pulse. Then are there tenne Shops of them that sell Straw. Next them is the Market where Thread and Hempe is to be sold, and where Hempe vseth to bee kempt: which place is built after the fashion of great Houses, with foure Galleries, or spare-roomes round about it: in the first whereof they sell Lin∣nen-cloth, and weigh Hempe: in two other sit a great many women, hauing abundance of sale∣thread, which is there sold by the Criers.

Let vs now come to the West part, which stretcheth from the Temple to that Gate that lea∣deth to Mecnase. Next vnto the Smokie place before mentioned, their habitations directly [ 10] stand, that make Leather-tankards to draw water out of Wells, of whom there are some foure∣teene * 1.319 Shops. Vnto these adioyne such as make Wicker-vessels, and other, to lay vp Meale and Corne in: and these enioy about thirty Shops. Next them are one hundred and fifty Shops of Taylors. And next the Taylors are those that make Leather-shields, such as I haue often seene * 1.320 brought into Europe. Then follow twenty Shops of Landresses or Washers, being people of a * 1.321 base condition; to whom the Citizens that haue not Maids of their owne, carry their Shirts and other foule linnen, which after few dayes are restored vnto them so cleane and white, as it is wonderfull. These Landresses haue diuers Shops adioyning together in the same place: but here and there throughout the Citie are aboue two hundred Families of such persons. Next vn∣to the Landresses are those that make Trees for Saddles; who dwell likewise in great numbers Eastward right in the way to the Colledge founded by King Abuhinan. Vpon these adioyne [ 20] about fortie shops of such as worke Stirrops, Spurres, and Bridles, so artificially, as I thinke the * 1.322 like are not to be seene in Europe. Next standeth their streete, that first rudely make the said Stirrops, Bridles and Spurres. From thence you may goe into the streete of Sadlers, which co∣uer the Saddles before mentioned threefold with most excellent Leather: the best Leather they lay vppermost, and the worst beneath, and that with notable Workmanship, as may bee seene in most places of Italy: and of them there are moe then an hundred Shops. Then follow their long Shops that make Pikes and Launces. Next standeth a Rocke or Mount, hauing two Walkes thereupon; the one whereof leadeth to the East-gate, and the other to one of the Kings Palaces, where the Kings Sisters, or some other of his Kindred are vsually kept. But this is by [ 30] the way to be noted, that all the foresaid Shops, or Market, begin at the great Temple.

The Burse you may well call a Citie, which being walled round about, hath twelue Gates, and * 1.323 before euery Gate an Iron-chaine, to keepe Horses and Carts from comming in. The said Burse is diuided into twelue seuerall Wards or parts: two whereof are allotted vnto such Shooma∣kers as make Shooes onely for Noblemen and Gentlemen, and two also to Silke-merchants, or Haberdashers, that sell Ribands, Garters, Scarfes, and such other like ornaments; and of these there are about fiftie Shops. Others there are that sell Silke onely for the embrodering of Shirts, Cushions, and other such furniture made of Cloth, possessing almost as many Shops as the former. Then follow those that make Womens Girdles of course Wooll (which some make of Silke) but very grossely, for I thinke they are moe then two fingers thicke, so that they may serue almost for Cables to a Ship. Next vnto these Girdlers are such as sell Woollen and Linnen-cloth [ 40] brought out of Europe: which haue also Silke-stuffes, Caps, and other like commodities to sell. Hauing passed these, you come to them that sell Mats, Mattrasses, Cushions, and other things made of Leather. Next adioyneth the Customers Office; for their Cloth is sent about by cer∣taine Criers to be sold, who before they can passe, must goe to the Customers to haue the said Cloth sealed, and to pay Toll vnto the Customers. Criers here are to the number of sixtie, which for the crying of euery Cloth haue one * 1.324 Liardo allowed them. Next of all dwell the Taylors, and that in three seuerall streetes. Then come you to the Linnen-drapers, which sell Smocks and other apparell for women: and these are accounted the richest Merchants in all Fez, for their wares are the most gainefull of all others. Next vnto these are certaine Woollen garments to be sold, made of such Cloth as is brought thither out of Europe. Euery after-noone Cloth is sold in [ 50] this place by the Criers, which is lawfull for any man to doe, when necessary occasion vrgeth him. Last of all is that place where they vse to sell wrought Shirts, Towels, and other embro∣dered works; as also where Carpets, Beds, and Blankets are to be sold.

Next vnto the said Burse, on the Northside, in a streight lane, stand an hundred and fifty Gro∣cers * 1.325 and Apothecaries Shops, which are fortified on both sides with two strong Gates. These Shops are garded in the night-season by certaine hired and armed Watchmen, which keep their station with Lanthornes and Mastiues. The said Apothecaries can make neither Sirrups, Oynt∣ments, nor Electuaries: but such things are made at home by the Physicians, and are of them to be bought. The Physitians houses adioyne for the most part vnto the Apothecaries: howbeit, [ 60] very few of the people know either the Physician, or the vse of his Physick. The Shops here are so artificially built and adorned, that the like (I thinke) are no where else to be found. Being in Tauris, a Citie of Persia, I remember that I saw diuers stately Shops curiously built vnder certaine * 1.326 Galleries, but very darke, so that (in my iudgement) they be far inferiour vnto the Shops of Fez.

Next the Apothecaries are certaine Artificers that makes Combes of Boxe and other wood. * 1.327 Eastward of the Apothecaries dwell the Needle-makers, possessing to the number of fifty shops. Then follow those that turne Iuory, and such other matter, who (because their craft is practised * 1.328 by some other Artizans) are but few in number. Vnto the Turners adioyne certaine that sell Meale, Sope, and Broomes: who dwelling next vnto the Thread-market before mentioned, are scarce twenty shops in all: for the residue are dispersed in other places of the City, as we will * 1.329 hereafter declare. Amongst the Cotten-merchants are certaine that sell ornaments for Tents and Beds. Next of all stand the Fowlers, who, though they be but few, yet are they stored with * 1.330 all kind of choice and dainty Fowles: whereupon the place is called the Fowlers market. Then come you to their shops that sell Cords and Ropes of Hempe: and then to such as make high Coorke-slippers for Noblemen and Gentlemen to walk the streets in, when it is foule weather: * 1.331 [ 10] these Corke-slippers are finely trimmed with much silke, and most excellent vpper leathers, so that the cheapest will cost a Ducat, yea some there are of ten Ducats, & some of fiue and twenty Ducats price. Such slippers as are accounted most fine and costly are made of blacke and white Mulberie-tree, of blacke Walnut-tree, and of the Iujuba tree, albeit the Corke-slippers are the most durable and strong. Vnto these adioyne ten shops of Spanish Moores, which make Crosse-bowes: * 1.332 as also those that make Broomes of a certaine wilde Palme-tree, such as are dayly brought out of Sicilie to Rome. These Broomes they carry about the City in a great basket, ei∣ther * 1.333 selling them, or exchanging them for Bran, Ashes, or old Shooes: the Bran they sell againe to Shepheards, the Ashes to such as white Thread, and old Shooes to Coblers. Next vnto them are Smithes that make Nailes; & Coopers which make certain great vessels in forme of a bucket, * 1.334 [ 20] hauing Corne-measures to sell also: which measures, when the Officer, appointed for the same purpose, hath made triall of, he is to receiue a farthing a-peece for his fee. Then follow the Wooll-chapmen, who hauing bought wooll of the Butchers, put it foorth vnto others to * 1.335 be scowred and washed: the Sheepe-skinnes they themselues dresse: but as for Oxe-hides they belong to another occupation, and are tanned in another place. Vnto these adioyne such as make certaine Langols or Withs, which the Africans put vpon their horses feet. Next of all are the Brasiers: then such as make Weights and Measures; and those likewise that make in∣struments * 1.336 to carde Wooll or Flaxe. At length you descend into a long street, where men of di∣uers occupations dwell together, some of which doe polish and enamell Stirops, Spurres, and [ 30] other such commodities, as they receiue from the Smithes roughly and rudely hammered. Next * 1.337 whom dwell certaine Cart-wrights, Plow-wrights, Mill-wrights, and of other like occu∣pations. Diers haue their aboad by the Riuers side, and haue each of them a most cleere Foun∣taine * 1.338 or Cisterne to wash their Silke-stuffes in. Ouer against the Diers dwell makers of Bul∣warkes or Trenches, in a very large place, which being planted with shady Mulberrie-trees is * 1.339 exceeding pleasant in the Summer time. Next them are a company of Farriers, that shooe Mules and Horses: and then those that make the Iron-worke of Crosse-bowes. Then follow Smithes that make Horse-shooes; and last of all, those that white Linnen-cloth: and here the west part * 1.340 of the City endeth, which in times past (as is aforesaid) was a City by it selfe, and was built af∣ter the City on the East side of the Riuer. [ 40]

The second part of Fez situate Eastward, is beautified with most stately Palaces, Temples, * 1.341 Houses, and Colledges; albeit there are not so many trades and occupations as in the part before described. For here are neither Merchants, Taylors, Shoo makers, &c. but of the meaner sort. Heere are notwithstanding thirty shops of Grocers. Neere vnto the walles dwell certaine Bricke-burners and Potters: and not farre from thence is a great Market of white Earthen Ves∣sels, * 1.342 Platters, Cups, and D••shes. Next of all stands the Corne-market, wherein are diuers Gra∣naries to lay vp Corne. Ouer against the great Temple there is a broad street paued with Brick, round about which diuers handi-crafts and occupations are exercised. There are l••kewise many other trades diuersly dispersed ouer this East part of the City. The Drapers and Grocers haue * 1.343 certaine peculiar places allotted vnto them. In the East part of Fez likewise there are fiue hun∣dred and twenty Weauers houses, very stately and sumptuously built: hauing in each of them * 1.344 [ 50] many worke-houses and Loomes, which yeeld great rent vnto the owners. Weauers there are (by report) in this City twenty thousand, and as many Millers. Moreouer, in this part of Fez * 1.345 are an hundred shops for the whiting of thread; the principall whereof being situate vpon the Riuer, are exceedingly well furnished with Kettles, Cauldrons, and other such vessels: here are likewise many great houses to sawe wood in, which worke is performed by Christian captiues, * 1.346 and whatsoeuer wages they earne, redoundeth vnto their Lords and Masters. These Christian captiues are not suffered to rest from their labours, but onely vpon Fridayes, and vpon eight seue∣rall * 1.347 dayes of the yeere besides, wheron the Moores feasts are solemnized. Heere also are the common shewes for Harlots, which are fauoured by great men, and sometime by the chiefe Go∣uernours [ 60] of the City. Likewise there are certaine Vintners, who are freely permitted to keepe Harlots, and to take filthie hire for them. Heere are also moe then sixe hundred cleere Foun∣taines * 1.348 walled round about and most charily kept, euery one of which is seuerally conueyed by certaine pipes vnto each House, Temple, Colledge, and Hospitall: and this Fountaine water is

accounted the best: for that which commeth out of the Riuer is in Summer oftentimes dried vp: * 1.349 as likewise when the Conduits are to be clensed, the course of the Riuer must of necessitie bee turned out of the City. Wherefore euery family vseth to fetch water out of the said Fountaines, and albeit in Summer-time the chiefe Gentlemen vse Riuer-water, yet they will often call for Fountaine-water, because it is more coole and pleasant in taste. But in the Spring-time it is no∣thing so. These Fountaines haue their Originall for the most part from the West and South, for the North part is all full of Mountaines and Marble Rockes, containing certaine Caues or Cels, wherein Corne may be kept for many yeeres; of which Caues some are so large, that they will hold two hundred bushels of Corne. The Citizens dwelling neere those Caues, and such as pos∣sesse them, do sufficiently maintaine themselues in taking yeerely euery hundred bushell for rent. The South part of East Fez is almost halfe destitute of Inhabitants; howbeit the gardens abound [ 10] with Fruits and Flowres of all sorts. Euery Garden hath an house belonging thereunto, and a * 1.350 Christall-fountaine enuironed with Roses and other odoriferous Flowres and Herbes; so that in the Spring-time a man may both satisfie his eyes, and solace his mind in visiting this part of the City: and well it may be called a Paradise, sithence the Noblemen doe here reside from the moneth of Aprill till the end of September. Westward, that is, toward the Kings Palace, stan∣deth * 1.351 a Castle built by a King of the Luntune Familie, resembling in bignesse an whole towne: wherein the Kings of Fez, before the said Palace was built, kept their Royall residence. But af∣ter new Fez began to be built by the Marin Kings, the said Castle was left onely to the Gouer∣nor of the City. Within this Castle stands a stately Temple built (as aforesaid) what time it was inhabited by Princes and Nobles, many places being afterward defaced and turned into Gar∣dens: [ 20] howbeit certaine houses were left vnto the Gouernour, partly to dwell in, and partly for the deciding of controuersies. Heere is likewise a certaine Prison for captiues supported with many pillars, and being so large, that it will hold (as diuers are of opinion) three thousand men. * 1.352 Neither are there any seuerall roomes in this prison: for at Fez one prison serueth for all. By this Castle runneth a certaine Riuer very commodious for the Gouernour.

In the City of Fez are certaine particular Iudges and Magistrates: and there is a Gouernour * 1.353 that defineth ciuill controuersies, and giueth sentence against Malefactors. Likewise there is a Iudge of the Canon Law, who hath to doe with all matters concerning the Mahumetan Reli∣gion. A third Iudge there is also, that dealeth about marriages and diuorcements, whose au∣thoritie is to heare all witnesses, and to giue sentence accordingly. Next vnto them is the high [ 30] Aduocate, vnto whom they appeale from the sentence of the said Iudges, when as they doe ei∣ther mistake themselues, or doe ground their sentence vpon the authoritie of some inferiour Doctor. The Gouernour gaineth a great summe of money by condemning of parties at seue∣rall times. Their manner of proceeding against a Malefactor is this: hauing giuen him * 1.354 an hundred or two hundred stripes before the Gouernour, the Executioner putteth an Iron∣chaine about his necke, and so leadeth him starke-naked (his priuities onely excepted) through all parts of the City: after the Executioner followes a Serieant, declaring vnto all the people what fact the guilty person hath committed, till at length hauing put on his apparell againe, they carry him backe to prison. Sometimes it falleth out that many offenders chained to∣gether are led about the Citie: and the Gouernour for each Malefactor thus punished, receiueth [ 40] one Ducat and one fourth part; and likewise at their first entrance into the Gaole, he demands of each one a certaine duety, which is paid particularly vnto him by diuers Merchants and Ar∣tificers appointed of purpose. And amongst his other liuings, he gathered out of a certaine Mountaine seuen thousand Ducats of yeerely Reuenue: so that when occasion serueth, he is at his proper costes to finde the King of Fez three hundred horses, and to giue them their pay.

Those which follow the Canon law haue neither stipend nor reward allowed them: for it is forbidden by the Law of Mahumet, that the Iudges of his Religion should reape any com∣moditie or Fees by their Office; but that they should liue onely by reading of Lectures, and by * 1.355 their Priesthood. In this faculty are many Aduocates and Proctors, which are extreme idiots, [ 50] and vtterly voyd of all good learning. There is a place also in Fez whereinto the Iudges vse to cast the Citizens for debt, or for some light offence. In all this City are foure Officers or Ser∣ieants onely; who from midnight till two a clocke in the morning doe walke about all parts of the Citie; neither haue they any stipend, but a certaine Fee of such Malefactors as they lead about in chaines, according to the qualitie of euery mans crime; moreouer, they are freely permitted to sell Wine, and to keepe Harlots. The said Gouernour hath neither Scribes nor Notaries, but pronounceth all sentences by word of mouth. One onely there is that gathereth * 1.356 Customes and Tributes ouer all the City, who daily payeth to the Kings vse thirty Ducats. This man appointeth certaine substitutes to watch at euery Gate, where nothing, be it of neuer so [ 60] * 1.357 small value, can passe before some Tribute be paid. Yea, sometime they goe foorth of the City to meet with the Carriers & Muliters vpon the high wayes, to the end they may not conceale nor closely conuey any merchandize into the City. And if they be taken in any deceit, they pay double. The set order or proportion of their Custome is this, namely, to pay two Ducats for the * 1.358

worth of an hundred: for Onix-stones, which are brought hither in great plentie, they pay one fourth part: but for Wood, Corne, Oxen, & Hens, they giue nothing at all. The said Gouernor of the Shambles hath alwaies twelue men wayting vpon him, and oftentimes hee rideth about the Citie to examine the weight of bread, and finding any bread to faile of the ••uewaight, he cau∣seth the Baker to be beaten with cudgels, and to bee led in contempt vp and downe the Citie.

The Citizens of Fez goe very ciuilly and decently attyred, in the Spring time wearing Gar∣ments made of out-landish cloth: ouer their Shirts they weare a Iacket or Cassock beeing nar∣row * 1.359 and halfe-sleeued, whereupon they weare a certayne wide Garment, close before on the brest. Their Caps are thinne and single, like vnto the Night-caps vsed in Italie, sauing that they couer not their eares: these Caps are couered with a certaine Skarfe, which beeing twice wrea∣thed [ 10] about their head and beard, hangeth by a knot. They weare neither Hose nor Breeches, but in the Spring time when they ride a Iourney, they put on Boots: mary, the poorer sort haue one∣ly their Cas〈…〉〈…〉ocke, and a Mantle ouer that called, * 1.360 Barnussi, and a most course Cap. The Doctors and ancient Gentlemen weare a certayne Garment with wide sleeues, somewhat like to the Gentlemen of Venice. The common sort of people are for the most part clad in a kind of course white cloth. The women are not altogether vnseemely apparelled, but in Sum∣mer time they weare nothing saue their Smockes onely. In Winter they weare such a wide sleeued Garment, being close at the brest, as that of the men before mentioned. When they goe abroad, they put on certaine long Breeches, wherewith their legges are all couered, hauing al∣so, after the fashion of Syria, a Veile hanging downe from their heads, which couereth their [ 20] whole bodies. On their faces likewise they weare a Maske with two little holes, onely for their eyes to peepe out at. Their eares they adorne with golden Eare-rings, and with most precious Iewels: the meaner sort weare Eare-rings of Siluer and gilt only. Vpon their armes the Ladies and Gentlewomen were golden Bracelets, and the residue Siluer, as likewise Gold or Siluer∣rings vpon their legs, according to each ones estate and abilitie.

Let vs now speake somewhat of their victuals and manner of eating. The common sort set on the pot with fresh meate twice euery weeke: but the Gentlemen and richer sort euery day, * 1.361 and as often as they list. They take three meales a day: their Break-fast consisteth of certaine Fruits and Bread, or else of a kind of liquid Pap made like vnto Frumentie: in Winter they sup off the Broth of salt flesh thickned with course meale. To dinner they haue Flesh, Sallets, [ 30] Cheese, and Oliues: but in Summer they haue greater cheere. Their Supper is easie of digesti∣on, consisting of Bread, Melons, Grapes, or Milke: but in Winter they haue sodden flesh, toge∣ther with a kind of meate called Cuscusu, which being made of a lumpe of Dow is set first vpon * 1.362 the fire in certaine Vessels full of holes, and afterward is tempered with Butter and Pottage. Some also vse often to haue Roste-meat. And thus you see after what sort both the Gentlemen and common people lead their liues: albeit the Noblemen fare somewhat more daintily: but if you compare them with the Noblemen and Gentlemen of Europe, they may seeme to be mise∣rable and base fellowes; not for any want or scarcitie of victuals, but for want of good manners and cleanlinesse. The Table whereat they sit is low, vncouered, and filthy: seates they haue none but the bare ground, neyther Kniues or Spoones but only their ten Talons. The said Cus∣cusu [ 40] is set before them all in one only Platter, whereout as well Gentlemen as others take it not with Spoones, but with their Clawes fiue. The meate and pottage is put all in one Dish; out of which euery one raketh with his greasie fists what hee thinkes good: you shall neuer see Knife vpon the Table, but they teare and greedily deuoure their meate like hungry Dogges. Neyther doth any of them desire to drinke before he hath well stuffed his panch; and then will he sup off a cup of cold water as bigge as a Milke-bowle. The Doctors indeed are somewhat more orderly at meales: but, to tell you the very truth, in all Italie there is no Gentleman so meane, which for fine Dyet and stately Furniture excelleth not the greatest Potentates and Lords of all Africa.

As touching their Marriages, they obserue these courses following. So soone as the Maydes * 1.363 Father hath espoused her vnto her Louer, they goe forth-with like Bride and Bridegroome to [ 50] Church, accompanyed with their Parents and Kinsfolkes, and call likewise two Notaries with them to make record before all that are present of the Couenants and Dowrie. The meaner sort of people vsually giue for their Daughters Dowrie thirtie Duckats and a woman-slaue of fifteen Duckats price; as likewise a parti-coloured Garment embroydered with Silke and certaine o∣ther Silke Skarfes, or Iags, to were vpon her head in stead of a Hood or Veile; then a paire * 1.364 of fine Shooes, and two excellent paire of Startups; and lastly, many prettie Knackes curious∣ly made of Siluer and other Metals, as namely, Combes, Perfuming-pans, Bellowes, and such o∣ther Trinkets as Women haue in estimation. Which beeing done, all the Ghests present are inuited to a Banquet, whereunto for great Dainties is brought a kind of Bread fryed [ 60] and tempered with Honey, which we haue before described; then they bring Rost-meat to the boord, all this being at the Bridegroomes cost: afterward the Brides Father maketh a Banquet in like s••rt. Who if he bestow on his Daughter some apparell besides her Dowrie, it is accoun∣ted a point of liberalitie. And albeit the Father promiseth but thirtie Duckats onely for a Dowrie, yet will he sometimes bestow, in apparell and other Ornaments belonging to Wo∣men,

two hundred, yea sometimes three hundred Duckats besides. But they s••ldome giue an House, a Vineyard, or a field for a Dowrie. Moreouer vpon the Bride they bestow three Gownes made of costly cloth; and three others of Silke Chamlet, or of some other excellent Stuffe. They giue her Smockes likewise curiously wrought, with fine Veiles, and other embroydered Ve∣stures; as also Pillowes and Cushions of the best sort. And besides all the former gifts, they bestow eight Carpets or Couerlets on the Bride, foure whereof are onely for seemelinesse to spread vpon their Presses and Cupboords: two of the courser they vse for their Beds; and the o∣ther two of Leather to lay vpon the floore of their Bed-chambers. Also they haue certaine Rugs of about twentie els compasse or length; as likewise three Quilts beeing made of Linnen and Woollen on the one side, and stuffed with flocks on the other side, which they vse in the night [ 10] in manner following. With the one halfe they couer themselues, and the other halfe they lay vnder them: which they may easily doe, wher as they are both waies about ten ells long. Vnto the former they adde as many Couerlets of Silke very curiously embroydered on the vpper-side, and beneath lined double with Linnen and Cotton. They bestow likewise white Couerlets to vse in Summer-time onely: and lastly, they bestow a Woollen hanging diuided into many parts, and finely wrought, as namely, with certaine pieces of gilt Leather; whereupon they sowe Iags of partie-coloured Silke, and vpon euery Iagge a little Ball or Button of Silke, whereby the said hanging may for Ornaments sake bee fastened vnto a wall.

Here you see what be the Appurtenances of their Dowries; wherein some doe striue so much to excell others, that oftentimes many Gentlemen haue brought themselues vnto Pouerty [ 20] * 1.365 thereby. Some Italians thinke that the Husband bestowes a Dowrie vpon his Wife; but they altogether mistake the matter.

The Bridegroome being readie to carry home his Bride, causeth her to be placed in a woodden Cage or Cabinet eight square couered with Silke, in which shee is carryed by Porters, her Pa∣rents and Kinsfolkes following, with a great noyse of Trumpets, Pipes, and Drummes, and with a number of Torches; the Bridegroomes Kinsmen goe before with Torches, and the Brides Kinsfolkes follow after: and so they goe vnto the great Market place, and hauing passed by the Temple, the Bridegroome takes his leaue of his Father-in-law and the rest, hying him home with all speed, and in his Chamber expecting the presence of his Spouse. The Father, Brother, and Vncle of the Bride leade her vnto the Chamber-doore, and there deliuer her with [ 30] one consent vnto the Mother of the Bridegroome: who, as soone as she is entred, toucheth her foot with his, and forth-with they depart into a seuerall roome by themselues. In the meane season the Banquet is comming forth: and a certaine woman standeth before the Bride-cham∣ber doore, expecting till the Bridegroome hauing defloured his Bride, reacheth her a Napkin stayned with bloud, which Napkin she carryeth incontinent and sheweth to the Ghests, pro∣clayming with a lowd voyce, that the Bride was euer til that time an vnspotted & pure Virgine. This woman, together with other women her Companions, first the Parents of the Bridegroom, and then of the Bride, doe honourably entertayne. But if the Bride be found not to be a Virgine, the Marriage is made frustrate, and shee with great disgrace is turned home to her Parents.

But so soone as the new marryed man goeth forth of the house (which is for the most part on the seuenth day after the Marriage) hee buyeth great plenty of fishes, which hee causeth [ 40] his Mother or some other woman to cast vpon his Wiues feet; and this they, from an ancient Superstitious custome take for a good boding.

The morrow after a company of women goe to dresse the Bride, to combe her Lockes, and * 1.366 to paint her Cheekes with Vermillion; her hands and her feet they dye blacke, but all this Painting presently loseth the fresh liue; and this day they haue another Banquet. The Bride * 1.367 they place in the highest Roome that she may be seene of all. The same night, which was spent in dancing, there are present at the Bridal-house certayne Minstrels and Singers, which by turnes sometimes vse their Instruments and sometimes Voyce-musick: they dance alwayes one by one, and at the end of each Galliard they bestow a Largesse vpon the Musicians. If any one will honour the Dancer, he bids him kneele downe before him, and hauing fastened pieces of money [ 50] * 1.368 all ouer his face, the Musicians presently take it off for their fee. The women dance alone with∣out any men, at the noyse of their owne Musicians. All these things vse to bee performed when the Bride is a Mayde. But the Marriages of Widowes are concluded with lesse adoe. Their cheere is boyled Beefe and Mutton, and stewed Hens, with diuers iuncating Dishes among. In stead of Trenchers, the Ghests being ten or twelue in number, haue so many great round Plat∣ters of wood set before them. And this is the common custom of Gentlemen and Merchants. The meaner sort present their Ghests with certaine sops or bruesle of Bread like vnto a Pancake, which being dipped in flesh-pottage, they eat out of a great Platter not with Spoones but with their fingers onely: and round about each great Platter stand to the number of ten ort welue persons. [ 60]

Likewise they make a solemne Feast at the Circumcision of their male children, which is vpon the seuenth day after their birth; and at this Feast the Circumcisor, together with all * 1.369 their Friends and Kinsfolkes is present: which being done, each one, according to his abilitie, bestoweth a Gift vpon the Circumcisor in manner following. Euery man layes his money vpon a Lads face which the Circumcisor brought with him. Whereupon the Lad calling euery one

by his name, giueth them thankes in particular: and then the Infant beeing circumcised, they spend that day with as great iollity as a day of Marriage. But at the birth of a Daughter they shew not so much alacritie.

Among the people of Fez there haue remayned certaine Relikes of Festiuall Dayes instituted * 1.370 of old by the Ch••istians, whereupon they vse certaine ceremonies which themselues vnder∣stand not. Vpon Christmas euen they eate a Sallet made of diuers Hearbs: they seeth likewise that night all kind of Pulse, which they feede vpon for great dainties. Vpon New-yeeres day the children goe with Maskes and Vizards on their faces to the houses of Gentlemen and Mer∣chants, and haue Fruites giuen them for singing certaine Carols or Songs. When as the Feast of Saint Iohn Baptist is hallowed among Christians, you shall here see all about great store of [ 10] fires made with Straw. And when their childrens teeth begin to grow, they make another feast called, according to the Latines, Dentilla. They haue also many other Rites and Customes of Di∣uining, or Southsaying, the like whereof I haue seene at Rome, and in other Cities of Italy: As touching their Feasts prescribed by the Mahumetan Law, they are at large set downe in that briefe Treatise which we haue written concerning the same Law.

The women hauing by death lost their husbands, fathers, or any other of their deare friends, assemble forth-with a great multitude of their owne Sexe together, who stripping themselues out of their owne attire, put on most vile sack-cloth, and defile their faces with much durt: then call they certaine men clad in womens attire, bringing great foure-square Drums with them, at the noyse of which Drums the women-mourners sing a Funerall-song, tending as much as may [ 20] be, to the commendation of the partie deceased; and at the end of euery Verse, the said women vtter most hideous shrikes and out-cries, tearing their haire, and with much lamentation beating their cheekes and brests, till they be all-imbrued with bloud: and so these Heathenish superstiti∣ons continue for seuen whole dayes together. At which seuen daies end they surcease their mour∣ning for the space of forty daies, and then they begin anew to torment themselues for three daies together in manner aforesaid: howbeit, these kinds of Obsequies are obserued only by the baser people, but the Gentlemen and better sort behaue themselues more modestly. At this time all the widowes friends come about her to comfort her, and send diuers kinds of meats vnto her: for in the mourning-house they may dresse no meate at all, till the dead corps bee carried forth. The woman her selfe that looseth her husband, father, or brother, neuer goeth forth with the fu∣nerall. [ 30] But how they wash and burie the dead corps, and what superstitions they vse there∣about, you shall find recorded in my little Treatise aboue mentioned.

The Citizens vse most of all to play at Chesse, and that from ancient times. Other Games * 1.371 there are also, but very rude, and vsed onely by the common people.

In Fez there are diuers most excellent Poets, which make Verses in their owne Mother∣tongue: most of their Poems and Songs intreate of Loue. Euery yeare they pen certaine Ver∣ses in the commendation of Mahumet, especially vpon his Birth-day: for then betimes in the morning they resort vnto the Palace of the chiefe Iudge or Gouernour, ascending his Tribunall seate, and from thence reading their Verses to a great audience of people: and he whose Verses are most elegant and pithy, is that yeare proclaimed Prince of the Poets. But when as the Kings [ 40] of the Marin Family prospered, they vsed to inuite all the learned men of the Citie vnto their Palace; and honourably entertaining them, they commanded each man in their hearing to recite their Verses to the commendation of Mahumet: and hee that was in all mens opinions esteemed the best Poet, was rewarded by the King with an hundred Duckats, with an excellent Horse, with a Woman-slaue, and with the Kings owne Robes wherewith hee was then apparel∣led: all the rest had fifty Duckats a piece giuen them, so that none departed without the Kings liberalitie: but an hundred and thirtie yeares are expired since this custome, together with the Maiestie of the Fezzan Kingdome decayed.

Of Schooles in Fez for the instructing of Children, there are almost two hundred, euery one * 1.372 of which is in fashion like a great Hall. The Schoole-masters teach their Children to write, and reade not out of a Booke, but out of a certaine great Table. Euery day they expound one sentence [ 50] of the Alcoran: and hauing read quite through, they begin it againe, repeating it so often, till they haue most firmely committed the same to memorie: which they doe right well in the space of seuen yeeres. Then reade they vnto their Scholers some part of Orthography: how∣beit, both this and the other parts of Grammar are farre more exactly taught in the Colledges, then in these triuiall Schooles. The said Schoole-masters are allowed a very small stipend; but when their Boyes haue learned some part of the Alcoran, they present certaine gifts vnto their Master, according to each ones abilitie. Afterward so soone as any Boy hath per∣fectly learned the whole Alcoran, his Father inuiteth all his sonnes Schoole-fellowes vn∣to a great Banquet: and his sonne in costly apparell rides through the streete vpon a gal∣lant [ 60] Horse, which Horse and apparell the Gouernour of the Royall Citadell is bound to lend him. The rest of his Schoole-fellowes beeing mounted likewise on Horse-backe ac∣company him to the Banqueting-house, singing diuers Songs to the praise of God, and of Ma∣humet. Then are they brought to a most sumptuous Banquet, whereat all the Kinsfolks of the

foresaid Boyes Father are vsually present: euery one of whom bestoweth on the Schoole-ma∣ster some small gift, and the Boyes Father giues him a new suite of apparell. The said Scholers likewise vse to celebrate a Feast vpon the birth-day of Mahumet, and then their Fathers are bound to send each man a Torch vnto the Schoole: whereupon euery Boy carrieth a Torch in his hand, some of which weigh thirtie pound. These Torches are most curiously made, being * 1.373 adorned round about with diuers fruits of Waxe, which being lighted betimes in the morning, doe burne till Sun-rise; in the meane while certaine Singers resound the prayses of Mahumet; and so soone as the Sunne is vp, all their solemnitie ceaseth: this day vseth to be very gainefull vnto the Schoole-masters, for they sell the remnant of the Waxe vpon the Torches for an hun∣dred Duckats, and sometimes for more. None of them payes any rent for his Schoole: for all their Schooles were built many yeeres agoe, and were freely bestowed for the training vp of [ 10] youth. Both in these common Schooles, and also in the Colledges they haue two dayes of re∣creation euery weeke, wherein they neither teach nor studie.

Now let vs speake of the Fortune-tellers and Diuiners, of whom there is a great number, and * 1.374 three kinds. For one sort vseth certaine Geomanticall figures. Others powring a drop of Oyle into a viall or glasse of water, make the said water to be transparent and bright, wherein, as it were in a mirror, they affirme that they see huge swarmes of Deuils that resemble an whole Ar∣mie, some whereof are trauelling, some are passing ouer a Riuer, and others fighting a Land-bat∣tell, whom when the Diuiner seeth in quiet, he demandeth such questions of them as he is desi∣rous to be resolued of; and the Deuils giue them answere with beckning, or with some gesture [ 20] of their hands or eyes; so inconsiderate and damnable is their credulitie in this behalfe. The fore∣said Glasse-viall they will deliuer into childrens hands scarce of eight yeeres old, of whom they will aske whether they see this or that Deuill. Many of the Citie are so besotted with these va∣nities, that they spend great sums vpon them. The third kind of Diuiners are Women-witches, * 1.375 which are affirmed to haue familiaritie with Deuils: some Deuils they call red, some white, and some blacke Deuils: and when they will tell any mans fortune, they perfume themselues with certaine Odours, saying, That then they possesse themselues with that Deuill which they called for: afterward changing their voyce, they faine the Deu••ll to speake within them: then they which come to enquire, ought with great feare and trembling aske these vild and abominable Witches such questions as they meane to propound; and lastly, offering some fee vnto the De∣uill, they depart. But the wiser and honester sort of people call these women Sahacat, which in [ 30] Latin signifieth Fricatrices, because they haue a damnable custome to commit vnlawfull Venerie * 1.376 among themselues, which I cannot expresse in any modester termes. If faire women come vnto them at any time, these abominable Witches will ••urne in lust towards them, no otherwise then lustie Younkers doe towards young Maides, and will in the Deuils behalfe demand for a reward, that they may lie with them: and so by this meanes it often falleth out, that thinking thereby to fulfill the Deuils command they lie with the Witches. Yea, some there are, which being al∣lured with the delight of this abominable vice, will desire the company of these Wiches, and fai∣ning themselues to be sicke, will either call one of the Witches home to them, or wil send their husbands for the same purpose: and so the Witches perceiuing how the matter stands, will say, That the Woman〈…〉〈…〉s possessed with a Deuil, and that she can no way be cured, vnles she be admit∣ted [ 40] into their society. With these words her silly husband being perswaded, doth not only per∣mit her so to do, but makes also a sumptuous banquet vnto the damned crew of Witches: which being done, they vse to dance very strangely at the noyse of Drums: and so the poore man com∣mits his false wife to their filthy disposition. Howbeit, some there are that will soone coniure the Deuill with a good cudgell out of their wiues: others faining themselues to be possessed with * 1.377 a Deuill, will deceiue the said Witches, as their wiues haue been deceiued by them.

In Fez likewise there are a kind of Iuglers, or Coniurers called Muhazzimin, who of all others are reported to be most speedie casters out of Diuels. And because their Negromancie some∣times taketh effect, it is a wonder to see into what reputation they grow thereby: but when they cannot cast forth a Deuill, they say, It is an Airie Spirit. Their manner of adiuring Deuils, [ 50] is this: First, they draw certaine Characters and Circles vpon an ash-heape, or some other place; then describe they certaine signes vpon the hands and fore-head of the partie possessed, and per∣fume him after a strange kind of manner. Afterward they make their Inchantment or Coniura∣tion, enquiring of the Deuill, which way, or by what meanes he entred the party, as likewise what he is, and by what name he is called; and lastly, charging him to come forth. Others there are that worke by a certaine Cabalisticall rule, called Zairagia: this rule is contained in many * 1.378 Writings, for it is thought to be Naturall Magique: neither are there any other Negromancers in all Fez, that will more certainely and truly resolue a doubtfull question: howbeit, their Art is exceeding difficult, for the Students thereof must haue as great skill in Astrologie, as in Cabala. [ 60] My selfe in times past hauing attained to some knowledge in this facultie, continued (I remem∣ber) an whole day in describing one figure onely: which kind of figures are described in manner following. First, they draw many circles within the compasse of a great circle: in the first cir∣cle they make a crosse, at the foure extremities whereof, they set downe the foure quarters of the

World, to wit, East, West, North and South: at each end of one of the said crosse lines they note either Pole: likewise about the circumference of the first circle, they paint the foure Elements: then diuide they the same circle and the circle following into foure parts, and euery fourth part they diuide into other seuen, each one being distinguished with certaine great Ara∣bian Characters, so that euery Element containeth eight and twenty Characters. In the third circle they set downe the seuen Planets: in the fourth, the twelue Signes of the Zodiack: in the fifth, the twelue Latine names of the moneths: in the sixth, the eight and twentie Houses of the Moone: in the seuenth, the three hundred sixty fiue dayes of the yeare; and about the conuexitie thereof, the foure Cardinall or principall Windes. Then take they one onely letter of the question propounded, multiplying the same by all the particulars [ 10] aforenamed, and the product or summe totall they diuide after a certaine manner, placing it in some roome, according to the quality of the character, and as the Element requireth wherein the said Character is found without a figure. All which being done, they marke that figure which seemeth to agree with the foresaid number, or summe produced, wherewith they proceed as they did with the former, til they haue found eight and twenty Characters, whereof they make one word, and of this word the speech is made that resolueth the question demanded: this speech is alwaies turned into a verse of the first kind, which the Arabians call Ethauil, con∣sisting of eight Stipites, and twelue Chordi, according to the Meeter of the Arabian Tongue, whereof we haue intreated in the last part of our Arabian Grammer. And the Verse consisting * 1.379 of those Characters, comprehendeth alwaies a true and infallible answer vnto the question pro∣pounded, resoluing first that which is demanded, and then expounding the sense of the question [ 20] it selfe. These Practitioners are neuer found to erre, which causeth their Art of Cabala to bee had in great admiration: which although it bee accounted Naturall, yet neuer saw I any thing that hath more affinitie with supernaturall and Diuine knowledge. I remember that I saw in a certaine open place of King Abulunan his Colledge in Fez, vpon a floore paued with excellent smoothe Marble, the description of a figure. Each side of this floore or court was fifty ells long, and yet two third parts thereof were occupied about the figure, and about the things pertaining thereto: three there were that made the description, euery one attending his appointed place, and they were an whole day in setting it downe. Another such figure I saw at Tunis, drawne by one that was maruelous cunning in the Art, whose father had written two volumes of Com∣mentaries or expositions vpon the precepts of the same Art, wherin whosoeuer hath exact skill, is most highly esteemed of by all men. I my selfe neuer saw but three of this Profession, namely, [ 30] one at Tunis, and two other at Fez: likewise I haue seene two Expositions vpon the precepts * 1.380 of the said Arte, together with a Commentarie of one Margian, father vnto the foresaid Cabalist which I saw at Tunis: and another written by Ibnu Caldim the Historigrapher. And if any were desirous to see the Precepts and Commentaries of that Art, he might doe it with the ex∣pence of fiftie Duckats: for sayling to Tunis, a Towne neere vnto Italy, hee might haue a sight of all the particulars aforesaid. I my selfe had fit oportunitie of time, and a Teacher that offered * 1.381 to instruct me gratis in the same Art: howbeit, I thought good not to accept his offer, because the said Art is forbidden and accounted hereticall by the Law of Mahumet: for Mahumets Law affirmeth all kind of Diuinations to be vaine, and that God onely knoweth secrets, and things to come: wherefore sometimes the said Cabalists are imprisoned by the Mahumetan Inquisitors, who cease not to persecute the Professors of that Art. [ 40]

Here also you may find certaine learned men, which will haue themselues called Wizards, and * 1.382 Morall Philosophers. They obserue certaine Rules which Mahumet neuer prescribed. By some they are accounted Catholique, or true Mahumetans, and by others they are holden for here∣tiks: howbeit, the greatest part of the common people reuerence them as if they were Gods, not∣withstanding they commit many things vnlawfull and forbidden by the Mahumetan Law; as namely, whereas the said Law forbiddeth any loue-matters to be expressed in any musicall Dit∣ties, or Songs, these Moralists affirme the contrary. In the foresaid Mahumetan Religion are a great number of Rules or Sects, euery of which hath most learned Patrons and Protectors. The foresaid Sect sprang vp fourescore yeares after Mahumet, the first Author thereof being called [ 50] Elhesen Ibnu Abilhasen, and being borne in the Towne of Basora: this man taught his Disciples and followers certaine Precepts, but Writings hee left none behind him. About an hundred yeares after there came another notable Doctor of that Sect from Bagaded, called Elharit Ibnu Esed, who left volumes of Writings vnto his Disciples. Afterward those that were found to be his followers, were all condemned by the Mahumetan Patriarkes and Lawyers. Howbeit, fourescore yeares after, that Sect began to reuiue againe vnder a certaine famous Professor, who drew after him many Disciples, vnto whom he published his Doctrine. This man at length, and all his followers, were by the Patriarke and Lawyers condemned to die. Which he vnderstan∣ding, wrote forthwith vnto the Patriarke, requesting that he might be licenced to dispute with [ 60] the Lawyers, as touching his Doctrine, of whom if he were conuinced, he would most willingly suffer death; otherwise that it would be against al equity, that so many innocents should perish vpon an vniust accusation. The Patriarke thinking his demand to be reasonable, condescended

wholly thereunto. But when the matter came to disputation, the partie condemned, soone put all the Lawyers to silence. Which when the Patriarke perceiued, he reuoked the sentence as vniust, and caused many Colledges and Monasteries to be erected for the said partie and his fol∣lowers. After which time this Sect continued about an hundred yeeres, till the Emperour Ma∣licsach of the Turkish race came thither out of Asia the greater, and destroyed all the maintainers thereof. Whereupon some of them fled vnto Cairo, and the rest into Arabia, being dispersed here and there for the space of twenty yeares, till the reigne of Caselsah, Nephew vnto Malicsach, Nidam Elmule, one of his Counsellers, and a man of an high spirit, being addicted vnto the said Sect, so restored, erected, and confirmed the same, that by the helpe of one Elgazzuli, a most lear∣ned man (who had written of the same argument a notable Worke, diuided into seuen parts) he reconciled the Lawyers with the Disciples of this Sect, conditionally, that the Lawyers should [ 10] be called Conseruers of the Prophet Mahumet his Lawes, and the Sectaries Reformers of the same. This concord lasted betweene them, till Bagaded was sacked by the Tartars; which be∣fell * 1.383 in the yeare of the Hegeira 756. at what time those Sectaries so increased, that they swar∣med almost ouer all Africa and Asia. Neither would they admit any into their societie, but such as were very learned, and trained vp in all kind of liberall Sciences; to the end they might the better defend their owne opinions, and confute their aduersaries: but now adayes they ad∣mit all kind of rude and ignorant persons, affirming all sorts of learning to be needlesse; for the holy spirit (say they) reuealeth the knowledge of the truth vnto such as are of a cleane heart; and they alleage many reasons for the confirmation of this their opinion, though not very forci∣ble. Wherefore despising their ancestors Rites, and the strict obseruations of the Law, they ad∣dict [ 20] themselues to nought else but delights and pleasures, feasting often, and singing lasciuious Songs. Sometimes they will rend their garments, either alluding thereby to the Verses that they sing, or being mooued thereunto by their corrupt and vile disposition, saying falsely, That they are then rauished with a fit of diuine loue: but rather impute it to their abundance of meat, and gluttony. For each one of them will deuoure as much meate, as may well suffice three. Or (which is more likely) they vtter those passionate clamours and out-cries, because they are infla∣med with vnlawfull and filthy lust. For sometimes it happeneth that some one of the principal of them, with all his Scholers and Disciples, is inuited to the marriage of some Gentleman, and at the beginning of the banket they will rehearse their deuout Orizons and Songs, but so soone as they are risen from the Table, the elder of the companie being about to dance, teare their gar∣ments: [ 30] and if any one in the middest of their dancing, that hath drunke immoderately, chanceth to fall downe, he is taken vp forthwith by one of the Scholers, and too too lasciuiously kissed. Whereupon this Prouerbe grew among the people of Fez, The Hermits banquet. Which they vse in reproch of those Masters, that make their Scholers their Minions.

Amongst these Sects there are some, that haue not onely a diuers Law, but also a dif∣ferent * 1.384 beliefe from the residue; whereupon by some others they are called Heretikes. Some there are also which hold, that a man by good Works, by Fasting, and Abstinence, may attaine vnto the nature of an Angell, which good Works, Fastings, &c. doe (say they) so purge and free the mind from all contagion of euill, that by no meanes it can sinne any more, though it would neuer so faine. Howbeit, they thinke themselues not capable of this felicitie, before they ascended [ 40] thereunto by the degrees of fiftie Disciplines or Sciences: and although they fall into sinne before they be come to the fiftieth degree, yet they say that God wil not impute that sinne vnto them. These fellowes indeed in the beginning led a most strict life, and do euen macerate and consume themselues with fasting: but afterward they giue themselues to all licentiousnesse and pleasure. They haue also a most seuere forme of liuing set down in foure Bookes, by a certaine learned man of their faction, called Essehrauar de Sehrauard, and borne in the Citie of Corasan. Likewise there was another Authour called Ibnul Farid, that described all their Religion in witty Verses, which being fraught with Allegories, seemed to intreate of nought but Loue: wherefore one Elfargani expounded the said Verses with a Commentarie, and thereout gathered the Canons and Orders of the Sect, and shewed the degrees to the attainement of felicitie. Moreouer, the [ 50] said Verses are so sweet and elegant, that the maintainers of this Sect will sing and repeate none other in their Banquets: for these three hundred yeeres no Author hath so adorned their lan∣guage as the said Ibnul. These Sectaries take the Heauens, the Elements, the Planets, and the fixed Starres to be one God, and that no Law nor Religion is erronious: for euery man (say they) may lawfully worship that which his mind is most addicted to worship. They thinke that all the knowledge of God was infused into one man, whom they call in the language Elcorb; this man, they say, was elect by God, and was made equall in knowledge to him. Forty there are a∣mong them called all by the name of Elauted, which signifieth in our language, a block, or stock of a tree: out of this number, when their Elcoth deceaseth, they create another in his roome, [ 60] namely, seuenty persons that haue the authority of election committed vnto them. There are likewise seuen hundred sixty fiue others (whose names I doe not well remember) who are chosen into the said electors roomes, when any of them decease. These seuen hundred sixtie fiue be∣ing bound thereunto by a certaine Canon or Rule of their Order, are constrained alwaies to goe

vnknowne, and they range almost all the world ouer in a most vile and beggerly habite, so that a man would take them for mad men, and estranged from all sense of humanitie: for these lewde miscreants vnder pretence of their religion, run like rogues naked and sauage throughout all A∣frica, hauing so little regard of honestie or shame, that they will like brute beasts rauish women in publike places; and yet forsooth the grosse common people reuerence them as men of wonder∣full holinesse. Great swarmes of these filthie Vagabonds you may see in Tunis, but many more in Egypt, and especially at Alcair, where as in the Market called Bain Elcasrain, I saw one of these * 1.385 Villaines with mine owne eyes, in the presence of much people, defloure a most beautifull wo∣man as she was comming forth of the Bath: which being done, the fond people came flocking about the said woman, striuing to touch her garment as a most holy thing, saying, That the Adul∣terer [ 10] was a man of great sanctitie, and that he did not commit the sin, but onely seemed to com∣mit it: which when the silly cuckold her husband vnderstood, he shewed himselfe thankefull to his false God with a solemne Banquet, and with liberall giuing of Almes. The Magistrates of the Citie would haue punished the Adulterer, but they were in hazard to be slaine of the people for their labours, who (as is before said) adore these Varlets for Saints, and men of singular holi∣nesse. Other more vilanous acts I saw committed by them, which I am ashamed to report.

Likewise there is another sort of men, which wee may fitly call Cabalists. These fast most * 1.386 strictly, neither doe they eate the flesh of any liuing creature, but haue certaine meates and gar∣ments allotted vnto them: they rehearse likewise certaine set-prayers appointed for euery houre of the day and for the night, according to the varietie of dayes and moneths, and they vse to car∣rie [ 20] about certaine square Tables with characters and numbers engrauen therein. They faine themselues to haue daily conference with the Angels, of whom they learne (they say) the know∣ledge of all things. They had once a famous Doctor of their Sect, called Boni, who was Author * 1.387 of their Canons, Prayers, and square Tables. Which when I saw, mee thought their Profession had more aff••nitie with Magique then with Cabala. Their Art was diuided into eight parts, whereof the first was called Elumha Enormita, that is, the demonstration of light, the which con∣tained Prayers and Fastings. The second called Semsul Meharif, that is, the Sunne of Sciences, contained the foresaid square Tables, together with their vse and profit. The third part they call Sirru Lasmei Elchusne; this part contained a catalogue of those ninetie nine Vertues, which (they say) are contained in the names of God, which I remember I saw at Rome in the custodie [ 30] of a certaine Venetian Iew. They haue also a certaine other Rule, called Suvach, that is, the Rule of Hermites: the Professors and followers whereof inhabit Woods, and solitarie places; neither haue they any other food, but such as those wild Desarts will affoord: the conuersation of these Heremites no man is able exactly to describe, because they are estranged from all humane socie∣tie. But if I should take vpon me to describe the varietie of Mahumetan Sects, I should digresse too farre from my present purpose. He that desireth to know more of this matter, let him reade ouer the booke of Elefacni, who discourseth at large of the Sects belonging to the Mahumetan * 1.388 Religion, the principall whereof are seuentie two, euery one of which defend their opinions to be true and good, and such as a man may attaine saluation by. At this day you shall find but two principall Sects onely, the one of Leshari being dispersed ouer all Africa, Egypt, Syria, Arabia, and [ 40] Turkie: the other of Imamia, which is authorized throughout the whole Kingdome of Persia, and in certaine Townes of Corasan; and this Sect the great Sophi of Persia maintaineth, insomuch that all Asia had like to been destroyed thereabout. For whereas before they followed the sect of Leshari, the great Sophi by force of Armes established his owne of Imamia: and yet one onely Sect stretcheth ouer all the Mahunetans Dominions.

Moreouer, in the Citie of Fez there are certaine men called Elcanesin, who supposin gto finde * 1.389 treasure vnder the foundations of old houses, doe perpetually search and delue. These grosse fel∣lowes vse to resort vnto certaine dennes and caues without the Citie-walles, certainely per∣swading themselues, that when the Romans were chased out of Africa, and driuen into Baetica or Granada in Spaine, they hid great abundance of treasure in the bowels of the earth, which they could not carry with them, and so enchanted the same by Art-Magique, that it can by no meanes [ 50] be attained vnto but by the same Art; wherefore they seeke vnto Inchanters to teach them the Art of digging vp the said treasures. Some of them there are that will stedfastly affirme, that they saw Gold in this or that Caue: others, that they saw Siluer, but could not digge it out, by reason that they were destitute of Perfumes and Enchantments fit for the purpose; so that be∣ing seduced with this vaine opinion, and deeply deluing into the earth, they turne vpside-downe the foundations of Houses and Sepulchers, and sometimes they proceede in this manner tenne or twelue dayes iourney from Fez: yea, so fond they are, and so besotted, that they esteeme those Bookes that professe the Art of digging of Gold, as diuine Oracles. Before my departure from Fez, these fantasticall people had chosen them a Consull and getting licence of certaine owners to digge their grounds, when they had digged as much as they thought good, they paid the said [ 60] owners for all dammages committed.

In this Citie likewise there are great store of Alchymists, which are mightily addicted to that * 1.390 vaine practice: they are most base fellowes, and contaminate themselues with the steame of

Sulphur, & other stinking smels. In the euening they vse to assemble themselues at the great Tem∣ple, where they dispute of their false opinions. They haue of their Arte of Alchymie many Bookes written by learned men, amongst which one Geber is of principall account, who liued an hundred yeeres after Mahumet, and being a Greeke borne, is said to haue renounced his owne Re∣ligion. * 1.391 This Geber his workes and all his precepts are full of Allegories or darke borrowed spee∣ches. Likewise they haue another Author, that wrote an huge Volume of the same Arte, inti∣tuled by the name of Attogrehi: this man was secretary vnto the Soldan of Bagaded, of whom we haue written in the liues of the Arabian Philosophers. Also the Songs or Articles of the said * 1.392 Science were written by one Mugairibi of Granada, whereupon a most learned Mamuluch of Damasco wrote a Commentary: yet so, that a man may much more easily vnderstand the Text [ 10] then the exposition thereof. Of Alchymists here are two sorts; whereof the one seeke for the Elissir, that is, the matter which coloureth brasse and other Metals; and the other are conuer∣sant about multiplication of the quantities of Metals, whereby they may conueniently temper the same. But their chiefest drift is to coine counterfeit money: for which cause you shall see most of them in Fez with their hands cut off.

In this City likewise the••e is a great swarme of base people, such as there Italians commonly * 1.393 call Ciurmatori: these sing foolish Songs & Rimes in all the streets of the City, & broching meere trifles with the Musicke of Drums, Harpes, and Citterns, they sell vnto the rude people cer∣taine scrowles or briefe Charmes in stead of preseruatiues. Vnto these you may adde another kinde of reffuse people of one Family and disposition with the former, who carry dauncing Apes vp and downe, and haue their Neckes and Armes all entwined with crawling Snakes. [ 20] These also professe Geomancy, and perswade women that they can foretell them their fortune. Likewise they carry stone-horses about with them, which for a certaine Fee, they will let others haue to couer their Mares. Their Gentlemen are very stately and high minded, and will haue little or no familiarity at all with the Citizens: so likewise the Doctors and Iudges of princi∣pall account will admit but few vnto their acquaintance. This City it selfe is most beautiful and right commodiously situate; where albeit in winter time the streets are so mirie, that you cannot walke in them without startups, yet they let passe such abundance of water out of their Con∣duits, that all the filth is washed cleane away. Where Conduits are wanting, they carry all the durt in Carts vnto the next part of the Riuer. [ 30]

Without the wals of this City Westward standeth a Suburbe containing almost fiue hun∣dreth * 1.394 Families, the houses whereof are but meane, and the Inhabitants base, as namely, diuers of Camels, Water-bearers, and Cleauers of Wood for the Kings Palace. Yet heere you may finde diuers shops, and all kinds of Artificers. Heere likewise dwell all the Charmers and Roguish Minstrels before named; as also great swarmes of sluttish and filthie harlots. In the principall street of this Suburbe, you shall find certaine Caues most Artificially hewen out of excellent Marble, wherein the Noble men of Fez were wont to lay vp their Corne: for the least of them will containe more then a thousand Measures of Corne, there being aboue an hundreth and fifty of them in all, but now they lie waste and open, insomuch that diuers fall into them at vna∣wares, for which cause their brims are inuironed with wals. Heere euery one may play the Vintner and the Bawd; so that this Suburbe may iustly be called the sinke of Fez. From the [ 40] twentieth houre you shall see none at all in their shops: for then euery man runs to the Tauerne to disport, to spend riotously, and to be drunken. Another Suburbe there is allotted vnto the Le∣pers, * 1.395 of whom there are two hundreth Families: these leprous persons haue a Gouernour, which gathereth certaine yeerely Reuenues from the Noble men, and taketh such care of the said Le∣pers, that they want no necessary thing. He is bound by his Office to discharge the City of all leprous persons, and to compell all such as hee vnderstands to be infected with that disease, to depart into the foresaid Suburbs. If any Leper chanceth to die without issue, part of his goods are imployed to the common benefite of the Lepers, and part fall to the Gouernours share: but if he hath children, they inioy his goods.

Many fields there are without the City, which haue beene giuen by certaine Noblemen for [ 50] the buriall of the dead. Vpon their Sepulchers for the most part they lay along three-square * 1.396 stone. When any Noble man or any principall Citizen deceaseth, they lay one stone ouer his head, and another ouer his feet, whereon vsed to be engrauen some Epitaph, with the day and yeere when the party deceased. I my selfe bestowed much labour in gathering of Epitaphs, which I saw both about Fez and in other places of Barbary; all which being set downe in a Booke, I gaue vnto the Kings Brother. The manner of their Epitaphs in diuers, some tending to consolation, and others to sorrow.

Northward of the City vpon a certaine high Hill stands a Palace, wherein are the Monu∣ments * 1.397 of diuers Marin Kings, being most Artificially hewen out of Marble with Epitaphs vp∣on [ 60] them, so that I cannot condignely expresse the Maiestie and Beauty thereof.

King Iacob the Founder diuided New Fez into three parts, whereof the first contained his * 1.398 Royall Palace, and diuers Noblemens houses, vnto euery one of which he allotted a most plea∣sant Garden. Not farre from his Palace he built a most stately and sumptuous Temple. In ano∣ther

part of this Citie hee built a large and faire Stable for the Kings Horses to stand in. Then also he caused other Palaces to be erected for his Captaines and principall Courtiers. From the West gate to the East he appointed the Market place, the distance betweene which Gates is a mile and an halfe, and on both sides he placed Artificers and Merchants shops.

In Fez, neither Ring nor any other Iewell or Commoditie can bee made of Siluer or Gold, * 1.399 before the Metall be sealed, for the Offenders are most seuerely punished. And the Mettall be∣ing sealed, whatsoeuer is made thereof is weighed as if it were money. The greatest part of Gold-smiths dwelling in new Fez are Iewes, who carry their Vessels of Gold and Siluer vnto a certaine place of old Fez, neere vnto the Grocers shops, and there sell them. For in olde Fez neither Gold nor Siluer is coyned, nor any Mahumetans are suffered to bee Gold-smiths, because [ 10] they haue Vsurers among them, which will sell any piece of wrought Siluer or Gold dearer then the waight requireth; albeit the same priuiledge is by the Gouernours of the Citie granted vnto the Iewes. Some there are also that onely make Plate for the Citizens, who are payed hire * 1.400 onely for their worke. That part of the Citie which the Kings Attendants or Guard once pos∣sessed, is now inhabited by Iewes: for now a dayes the Kings vse no such Guard.

The Iewes indeed first dwelt in old Fez, but vpon the death of a certaine King they were all robbed by the Moores: whereupon King Abusabid caused them to remooue into new Fez, and * 1.401 by that meanes doubled their yearely Tribute. They therefore euen till this day doe occupie a long street in the said new Citie, wherein they haue their Shoppes and Synagogues, and their number is maruellously increased euer since they were driuen out of Spaine. These Iewes are had [ 20] in great contempt by all men, neyther are any of them permitted to weare shooes, but they make them certaine Sookes of Sea-rushes. On their heads they weare a blacke * 1.402 Dulipan, and if any will goe in a Cap, he must fasten a Red cloth thereunto. They pay vnto the King of Fez monethly foure hundred Duckats.

At length, within the space of an hundred and forty yeares this new Citie was enuironed with most impregnable wals, and adorned with Temples, Colledges, Palaces, and other such building as serue to beautifie a Citie, so that I thinke there was more bestowed in garnishing of * 1.403 the Citie, then in building of the wals. Without the Citie-wals are built many huge Wheeles or Engins, for the conuaying of Riuer-water ouer the said wals into Cisternes, from whence it is conuayed in certayne Channels and Pipes vnto the Temples, Gardens, and Palaces. The [ 30] said Wheeles were built not fully an hundred yeares past, before which time water was brought vnto the Citie by a certayne Conduit, from a Fountayne ten miles distant. Of which artificiall Conduit a certaine Genouese, being then in great fauour with the King, is reported to haue beene the Author: but the Wheeles (they say) were inuented by a Spaniard: and in them there is maruellous cunning Workmanship: for to the conuayance of so huge a quantitie of water, each Wheele is turned about but foure and twentie times onely in a day and a night. To conclude, here are but few Gentlemen in this Citie, except such as attend vpon the Court, for the residue are base and Mechanicall people: but such as carry any shew of honestie, doe so hate and dis∣dayne the Kings Courtiers and Gentlemen, that they will by no meanes vouchsafe to marrie their Daughters vnto them. [ 40]

Amongst all the Princes of Africa, I neuer read of any that was created by the common suf∣frages * 1.404 and consent of the people vnto his Kingdome or Princedome, or that was called from a∣ny strange Prouince or Citie to beare rule. Also by the Law of Mahumet no man may beare any Secular Authoritie, which may be called lawfull, saue onely the Mahumetan Patriarkes and Prelates: howbeit the said Patriarkes Authoritie decreasing daily more and more, the Ring∣leaders of such people as ranged vp and downe the Desarts, began to inuade places inhabited and ciuilized, and by force of Armes, against Mahumets Law, and maugre his Prelates, to or∣dayne sundry Princes: As for example in the East, whereas the Turkes, Cordians, and Tartars, haue vsurped dominion ouer such as were not able to repell them. So likewise in West parts first the Families of Zeneta and Luntuna, then the seditious Mahumetan Preachers, and after∣ward the Family of Marin got the vpper hand. Howbeit, the Family of Luntuna is reported [ 50] to haue ayded the Westerne Regions, and to haue released them from the furie of the seditious Heretikes, wherein they shewed themselues Friends and not Enemies: but afterward their ty∣ranny began to shew it selfe. And this is the reason why they doe not now a dayes attayne vnto Gouernment by Hereditarie Succession or by Election of the people, or of the Nobilitie.

But the Prince himselfe when he feeles death seazing vpon him, calleth about him all his Peeres and Nobles, and bindeth them by Oath, to establish his Sonne, Brother, or any other whom he most fauoureth, in his Kingdome. But they after the Princes decease neglecting their Oath, will choose any other whom they list. And this is ordinarily the Election of the King of * 1.405 Fez who, so soone as he is proclaymed King, chooseth forth-with some one of his Nobles to be his Chiefe Counsellour, and on him he bestoweth the third part of all his Kingly Reuenues. Then [ 60] chooseth another to be his Secretarie, Treasuror, and High Steward of his Houshold. Then is created the Captaine of the Horsemen appointed for the Kings Guard, and these Horsemen with their Horses liue most commonly in the fields.

Lastly, he appointeth a new Gouernour ouer euery Citie, vnto whom all the Tributes and Re∣uenues of the same place redound, with condition that as often as any warres betyde, hee shall maintayne a certayne company of Horses to the Kings seruice. After a while also hee placeth ce••••ay••e Deputies and Commissioners ouer his people inhabiting the Mountaynes, and ouer the Arabians subiect vnto him. The Gouernours of Cities diuersly administer Iustice, according to th•• cu••••ome of the place. Some there are also appointed by the King to collect all the Tributes and Reuenues of his Kingdome, and duly to pay the same vnto him. Likewise there are others chosen, whom they call in their Language, Keepers or Guardians, and vnto euery one of these the King giueth some Castle or Village, whereby hee may procure his owne mayntenance, and bee abl•• to s••rue the King in time of warre. [ 10]

Moreouer, the King of Fez mayntayneth a Troupe of Light Horsemen, who so long as they serue the King in his Campe, haue their Dyet allowed them out of the Kings Prouision: but in ti•••• of peace, he findeth them Corne, Butter, and pouldered flesh for the whole yeare, but mo∣ney they haue very seldome. Once a yeare they are apparelled at the Kings cost; neither doe they prouide for their Horses either within the Citie or without, for the King furnisheth them with all necessaries. Those that giue attendance to their Horses are Christian Captiues, which go shackled in great Chaines and Fetters. But when the Armie remooueth any whither, the said Christians are carryed vpon Camels backes. Another Officer there is that giueth attendance onely to the Camels, assigning certaine Pastures vnto the Heardsmen, and diuiding fields among them, and making such prouision for the Kings Camels, as himselfe shall thinke expedient. Each [ 20] Camel-driuer hath two Camels, which are laden with the Kings Furniture, according to the ap∣pointment of the Gouernour. Likewise the King hath a certaine Purueyor or Steward, whose of∣fice is to prouide, keepe, and distribute Corne both to the Kings Houshold and to his Army. This man in time of warre hath ten or twelue Tents to lay vp Corne in, and euery day with change of Camels he sendeth for new Corne, least the Army should be vnprouided of victuals: he hath also Cookes at his command.

Moreouer, there is a Gouernour, or Master Groome of the Stables, who prouideth for the Kings Horses, Mules, and Camels, and is furnished with all necessaries by the Steward. There is another also appointed, Ouer-seer of the Corne, whose dutie it is to prouide Barley and other Prouender for the beasts: and this man hath his Scribes and Notaries about him, who diligently [ 30] set downe all particular expenses, for they must giue vp a perfect account vnto the chiefe Ste∣ward. They haue also a certaine Captaine ouer fiftie Horsemen, which Horsemen may well bee called Pursuiuants, for they are sent by the Secretarie in the Kings name to doe his businesse. Likewise the Fezzan King hath another Captaine of great name, being as it were, Gouernour of his Guard, who in the Kings name, may compell the Iudges to doe Iustice, and to put their sen∣tences in execution. This mans authoritie is so great, that sometimes he may commit principall Noblemen to Ward, and may seuerely punish them, according to the Kings commandement.

Moreouer, the said King hath a most trusty Chancelor, who keepeth the great Seale, and wri∣teth and signeth the Kings Letters. He hath also a great number of Footmen, the Gouernour of whom accepteth and dismisseth whom hee thinkes good, and giueth to euery one wages accor∣ding [ 40] to his agilitie and desert. And whensoeuer the King commeth in place of Iudgement, the said Gouernour alwayes attendeth vpon him, and is in a manner his High Chamberlaine. Also there is another that taketh charge of the Carriages and Baggage of the Armie, and causeth the Tents of the Light Horsemen to be carryed vp and downe on Mules, and the Tents of the other Souldiers on Camels. There are likewise a Company of Ensigne-bearers, who in mar∣ching on a Iourney carry their Colours wrapped vp: but he that goeth before the Armie hath his Banner displayed, and of a great height. And euery one of the said Standard-bearers know∣eth most exactly alwayes, fords of Riuers, and passages thorow Woods, wherefore they are for the most part appointed to guide the Army.

The Drummers (of whom there are great store in the Kings Host) play vpon certayne Drums [ 50] of Brasse as bigge as a great Kettle, the lower part whereof is narrow, and the vpper broad, be∣ing couered with a skinne. These Drummers ride on Horseback, hauing alwayes on the one side of their Horses a great waight hanging downe, to counterpoize the heauinesse of their Drums on the other side. They are allowed most swift Horses, because the Moores account it a great dis∣grace to loose a Drumme. The said Drummes make such a loude and horrible noyse, that they are not onely heard a farre off, but also strike exceeding terrour both vpon men and Horses, and they are beaten onely with a Buls-pizzle. The Musicians are not maintayned at the Kings charge, for the Cities are bound at their costs to send a certaine number of them to the warres, who, according to their demeanour in the warres, are admitted or not admitted vnto the Kings Table. This King hath also a certaine Master of Ceremonies, who sitteth at his feet in the Se∣nate House, and commandeth each man to sit downe, and to speake according to his dignitie. [ 60]

All the Mayde seruants in the Kings Family are Negro-slaues, which are partly Chamber∣laines, and partly Wayting Maydes. And yet his Queene is alwayes of a white skinne. Like∣wise

in the King of Fez his Court are certaine Christian Captiues, being partly Spanish, and partly Portugall women, who are most circumspectly kept by certaine Eunuches, that are Ne∣gro slaues.

The King of Fez hath very large Dominions, but his Reuenues are small, to wit, scarce three * 1.406 hundreth thousand Duckats, the fift part whereof redoundeth not to the King: for the remain∣der is diuided into sundry portions, as wee haue before signified. Yea, the greater part of the said Reuenues is payd in Corne, Cattle, Oyle and Butter, all which yeeld but small store of money. In some place they pay a Duckat and one fourth part, Tribute for euery Acre, but in other places a whole Family payeth but so much. In some other Regions each man aboue fif∣teene yeares of age payeth as much Tribute also. Neither are the people of this great Citie [ 10] more vexed with any thing then with paying of their Tributes and Impositions. Heere also is to be noted, that the Mahumetan Gouernours (the Priests onely excepted) may not exact grea∣ter * 1.407 Reuenues then those that Mahumet hath allotted vnto them, namely, of euery of their sub∣iects which possesseth an hundred Duckats in ready money, they are to haue two Duckats and an halfe for yeerely Tribute.

Euery husbandman likewise is bound to pay for Tribute the tenth part of all his Corne. And * 1.408 all the said Tributes he appointed to be paid vnto the Patriarke, who should bestow that which was superfluous for the Prince to haue, vpon common vses; namely, for the releeuing of poore impotent people and widowes, and for maintaining of warres against the enemie. But since the Patriarkes began to decay, the Princes (as we haue before-said) exercised tyranny. For it was not sufficient for them to exact all the forenamed Tributes, and riotously to consume the [ 20] same, but also to vrge people vnto greater contributions; so that all the Inhabitants of Africa are so oppressed with daily exactions, that they haue scarcely wherewithall to feed and appa∣rell themselues: for which cause there is almost no man of learning or honesty, that will seeke any ac∣quaintance * 1.409 with Courtiers, or will inuite them to his Table, or accept any gifts (bee they neuer so preti∣ous) at their hands: thinking that whatsoeuer goods they haue, are gotten by theft and bribery.

The King of Fez continually maintaineth sixe thousand Horsemen, fiue hundreth Crosse-bowes, * 1.410 and as many Harquebusiers, being at all assayes prepared for the warres, who in time of peace, when the King goeth on Progresse, lie within a mile of his person: for being at home in Fez, he needeth not so strong a Guard. When he wageth warre against the Arabians that bee * 1.411 his enemies, because the fore-named Garison is not sufficient, hereq••ireth ayde of the Arabians his Subiects, who at their owne costs find him a great army of men better trained to the wars, [ 30] then his owne Souldiers before-mentioned. The pompe and Ceremonies of this King are but meane, neither doth he willingly vse them, but onely vpon Festiuall dayes, and when meere necessitit requireth. When the King is to ride foorth, the master of Ceremonies signifi∣eth so much vnto certaine Herbengers or Postes, whereupon the Herbengers giue notice there∣of vnto the Kings * 1.412 Parents, vnto his Nobilitie, his Senators, Captaines, Guardians, and Gentlemen, who presently arrange themselues before the Palace gate. At the Kings comming foorth of the Palace, the Herbengers appoint vnto each man his place and order of riding. First and fore-most go the Standard-bearers, next the Drummers, then followeth the chiefe Groome of the Stable with his seruants and family; after him comes the Kings pensioners, his Guard, his master of Ceremonies, his Secretaries, his Treasurer, and last of all his chiefe Iudge and his [ 40] Captaine Generall, at length comes the King accompanied with his principall Counseller, or with some other great Peere. Before the King also ride certaine Officers belonging to his per∣son, whereof one carries his Sword-royall, another his Shield, and the third his Crosse-bow. On each side of him march his Foot-men, one carrying a payre of Stirups, another the Kings Partizan, the third a couering for his Saddle, and the fourth a halter for his horse. And so soone as the King is dismounted, they foorth with couer the Saddle, and put the foresaid halter vpon his Horse-head. Likewise there is another footman that carrieth the Kings Pantofles most Ar∣tificially wrought. After the King followeth the Captaine of the footmen, then the Eunuches, the Kings Family, the light Horsemen, and last of all the Crosse-bowes and Harquebusiers. The apparell of the King is then very moderate and plaine: insomuch that a man knew him not, he [ 50] would thinke him to be absent: for the attendants be farre more sumptuously attired. Moreo∣uer * 1.413 no Mahumetan King or Prince may weare a Crowne, Diademne, or any such like ornament vpon his head, for that is forbidden by the law of Mahumet. When the King lyeth with his army in the fields, first his owne great tent is pitched in a foure-square forme like vnto a Castle, each side of the said square being fifty elles in length. At euery of the foure corners standeth a little sharpe Turret made of Cloth, and a gallant Spheare on the top which glistereth like gold. This Royall Pauilion hath foure gates, euery one of which is kept by Eunuches. Within the said Pauilion are contained diuers other tents, among which is the Kings lodging, being framed in such wise, that it may easily bee remooued from place to place. Next vnto it stand the Tents [ 60] of the Noblemen, and of such as are most in the Kings fauour; then the lodgings of the principall Guard being made of Goats-skinnes, after the Arabian fashion; and in the midst of all stands the Kings Kitchin and his Pantry. Not farre from hence the light Horsemen haue their

abode, who all of them are victualled out of the Kings Store-house, notwithstanding their at∣tire be very base. Next of all are the Stables, wherein their Horses are maruelous well tended. Without this circuit keepe such as carry the Tents and the Kings Furniture from place to place. Here are also Butchers, Victualers, and such like, All Merchants and Artificers that resort hi∣ther, take vp their abode next vnto the Tent-carriers: so that the Kings Pauillion is pitched like a strong City, for it is so enuironed with the lodgings of the Guard, and with other Tents adioy∣ning, that there is very difficult passage to the King. Round about the said Royall Pauillion, there are certaine appointed to watch and ward all night long, howbeit, they are base and vnarmed people. In like sort there is a watch kept about the Stables, but sometime so negligently, that not onely some Horses haue beene stolne, but there haue beene found enemies in the Kings owne [ 10] Pauillion, that came to murther him. The King liueth the greatest part of the yeere in the fields, both for the safegard of his Kingdome, and also that he may keepe his Arabian subiects in obe∣dience, and sometimes he recreateth himselfe with hunting, and sometime with playing at * 1.414 Chesse. I know right well how tedious I haue beene in the description of this Citie: but be∣cause it is the Metropolitan not onely of Barbarie, but of Africa, I thought good most particu∣larly to decypher euery parcell and member thereof.

This Mountaine beginneth from the Plaine of Esais lying ten miles distant from the Citie of Fez; Westward it extendeth thirty miles, and is almost ten miles broad. This Mountaine is all couered with waste and Desart woods, being otherwise still stored with Oliues. In this Mountaine there are of Sheepe-folds and Castles, to the number of fiftie, and the Inhabi∣tants [ 20] are very wealthy, for it standeth betweene two flourishing Cities, that is to say, Fez on the East, and Mecnase on the West. The women weaue Woollen cloth, according to the cu∣stome of that place, and are adorned with many siluer Rings and Bracelets. The men of this Mountaine are most valiant, and are much giuen to pursue and take Lyons, whereof they send great store vnto the King of Fez. And the King hunteth the said Lyons in manner following: * 1.415 In a large field, there are certaine little Cels made, being so high, that a man may stand vpright in them: each one of these Cells is shut fast with a little doore; and containe within euery of them an armed man, who opening the doore presents himselfe to the view of the Ly∣on: then the Lyon seeing the doores open, comes running toward them with great furie, but the doores being shut againe, he waxeth more furious then before: then bring they foorth a Bull [ 30] to combate with the Lyon, who enter a fierce and bloody conflict, wherein if the Bull kill the * 1.416 Lyon, that dayes sport is at an end; but if the Lyon get the victory, then all the armed men, being ordinarily twelue, leape foorth of their Cels, and inuade the Lyon: each one of them ha∣uing a Iauelin with a pike of a cubite and a halfe long. And if these armed men seeme to be too hard for the Lyon, the King causeth their number to be diminished: but perceiuing them too weake, the King with his company from a certaine high place, where he standeth to behold the sport, kill the Lyon with their Crosse-bowes. And oftentimes it falleth out, that before the Lyon be slaine, some one of the men dies for it, the residue being sore wounded. The reward of those that encounter the Lyon is ten Ducats apeece, and a new garment: neither are any ad∣mitted vnto this combat but men of redoubted valour, and such as come from Mount Zelagi: but [ 40] those that take the Lyons first are inhabitants of Mount Zarhon. * 1.417

This Towne when the Scismatike Idris came into this Region, he began to repaire Gualili, and to replant it so with Inhabitants, that within short time it grew very populous: howbeit after his decease it was neglected by his sonne, being wholy addicted (as is before said) vnto the building of Fez. And yet Idris lieth buried in this Towne, whose Sepulchre is visited with great reuerence almost by all the people of Barbary, for he is as highly esteemed as if he had been some Patriarke, because he was of the linage of Mahumet.

Pietra Rossa, is a small Towne built by the Romanes vpon the side of the foresaid Mountaine, * 1.418 beeing so neere the Forrest, that the Lyons will come daily into the Towne and gather vp bones in the streets, yea, they are so tame and familiar, that neither women nor children are a∣fraid [ 50] of them.

Shame is an ancient Castle built at the foot of the said Mountaine neere vnto the high way from Fez to Mecnase: and it was called by this name, because the Inhabitants are most shame∣fully addicted to couetise, like vnto all the people thereabouts. In old time it is reported that a certaine King passed by, whom the Inhabitants of the Castle inuited to dinner, requesting him to change the ignominious name of the place: which when the King had condescended vnto, they caused, according to their custome, a company of Rams to be slaine, and certaine bladders and vessels to be filled with milke, to serue for the Kings breakfast the morrow after. But be∣cause the said vessels were very large, they consulted together to put in halfe milke and halfe wa∣ter, hoping that the King should neuer perceiue it. The day following, albeit the King was not very hasty of his breakfast, yet, his seruants vrging him thereunto, he perceiued the milke to be [ 60] * 1.419 halfe water; whereat smiling, he said: Friends, that which nature hath giuen, no man can take away.

About Agla keepe great store of Lyons, but they are by nature so fearefull, that they will flee at the voyce of a child: hence commeth the Prouerbe so rife in Fez, A Lyon of Agla, which * 1.420

they apply vnto such a one as maketh great bragges, and is but a meere Dastard.

The great Citie of Arzilla called by the Africans Azella, was built by the Romanes vpon * 1.421 the Ocean Sea shoare, about seuentie miles from the Streights of Gibraltar, and an hundred and fortie miles from Fez. It was in times past subiect vnto the Prince of Septa or Ceuta, who was tributary to the Romanes, and was afterward taken by the Gothes, who established the said Prince in his former Gouernment: but the Mahumetans wanne it in the yeere of the Hegeira 94. and held the same for two hundred and twenty yeeres, till such time as the English at the perswasion of the Gothes besieged it with an huge Armie; and albeit the Gothes were Enemies to the English, because themselues were Christians, and the English worshippers of Idols, yet the Gothes perswaded them to this attempt, hoping by that meanes to draw the Mahumetans [ 10] out of Europe. The English hauing good successe tooke the Citie, and so wasted it with fire and * 1.422 sword, that scarce one Citizen escaped, so that it remayned almost thirtie yeeres void of Inha∣bitants.

But afterward when the Mahumetan Patriarkes of Cordoua were Lords of Mauritania, it was againe re-edified, and by all meanes augmented, enriched and fortified. The Inhabitants were rich, learned, and valiant. The fields adiacent yeeld Graine and Pulse of all sorts in great abundance, but because the Towne standeth almost ten miles from the Mountaynes, it sustay∣neth great want of wood; howbeit, they haue coles brought them from Harais, as is aforesaid. In the yeere of the Hegeira 882. this Citie was suddenly surprized and taken by the Portugals, and all the Inhabitants carried prisoners into Portugall, amongst whom was Mahumet the King [ 20] of Fez that now is, who together with his Sister being both children of seuen yeeres old, were taken and led captiue. For the Father of this Mahumet seeing the Prouince of Habat reuolt from him, went and dwelt at Arzilla, the very same time, when Esserif a great Citizen of Fez, hauing slaine Habdulac the last King of the Marin Family, was by the fauour of the people ad∣uanced vnto the Fezzan Kingdom. Afterward, one Saic Abra being pricked forward with ambi∣tion, went about to conquer the Citie of Fez, and to make himselfe King; howbeit, Esserif by the aduise of a certaine Counsellor of his, being Cousin vnto Saic, vanquished and put to flight the said Saic to his great disgrace.

Moreouer, while Esserif had sent his said Counsellor to Temesna, to pacifie the people of that Prouince being about to rebell, Saic returned, and hauing for one whole yeere besieged new Fez [ 30] with eight thousand men, at length by Treason of the Townesmen hee easily wanne it, and compelled Esserif with all his Family, to flye vnto the Kingdome of Tunis. The same time therefore that Saic besieged Fez, the King of Portugall (as is aforesaid) sending a Fleet into A∣frica, took Arzilla, and then was the King of Fez that now is with his yong Sister, carryed cap∣tiue into Portugall, where he remayned seuen yeeres, in which space hee learned the Portugall Language most exactly. At length, with a great summe of money his Father ransomed him out of Portugall, who afterward being aduanced to the Kingdome, was by reason of his long con∣tinuance in Portugall, called King Mahumet the Portugall. This King afterward attempted very often to be auenged of the Portugals, and to recouer Arzilla. Wherefore suddenly encountring the said Citie, he beate downe a great part of the wall, and entring the breach, set all the cap∣tiue [ 40] Moores at libertie. The Christians retyred into the Castle, promising within two dayes to * 1.423 yeeld vnto the King. But Pedro de Nauarro comming in the mean season with a great Fleet, they compelled the King wth continuall discharging of their Ordnance, not onely to relinquish the Citie, but also to depart quite away with his whole Armie: afterward it was so fortified on all sides by the Portugals, that the said King attempting often the recouerie thereof, had alwayes the repulse. I my selfe seruing the King in the foresaid expedition, could find but fiue hundred * 1.424 of our company slaine. But the warre against Arzilla continued from the yeere of the Hegeira 914. to the yeere 921.

The great and ancient Citie of Tangia, called by the Portugals, Tangiara, according to the fond opinion of some Historiographers, was founded by one Sedded the sonne of Had, who (as they * 1.425 [ 50] say) was Emperour ouer the whole World. This man (say they) determined to build a Citie, which for beautie might match the Earthly Paradise. Wherefore, hee compassed the same with wals of Brasse, and the Roofe of the Houses hee couered with Gold and Siluer, for the bulding whereof he exacted great Tributes of all the Cities in the World. But the Classical and approued Authours affirme, that it was built by the Romanes vpon the Ocean Sea shoare, at the same time when they subdued the Kingdome of * 1.426 Granada.

Septa, called by the Latines, Ciuitas, and by the Portugals, Seupta, was (according to our most approoued Authors) built by the Romanes vpon the Streights of Gibraltar, beeing in olde time the head Citie of all Mauritania; wherefore the Romanes made great account thereof, insomuch that it became very ciuill, and was throughly inhabited. Afterward it was wonne by the [ 60] Gothes, who appointed a Gouernour there, and it continued in their possession, till the Mahu∣metans inuading Mauritania surprized it also. The occasion whereof was one Iulian Earle of Septa; who being greatly in••uried by Roderigo King of the Gothes and of Spaine, ioyned with * 1.427 the Infidels, conducted them into Granada, and caused Roderigo to lose both his life and his King∣dome.

The Mahumetans therefore hauing taken Septa, kept possession thereof on the behalfe of one Elgualid, Sonne of Habdulmalic their Patriarke, who then was resident at Damasco, in the yeere of the Hegeira 92. From thence-forth till within these few yeeres, this Citie grew so ciuill and so well stored with Inhabitants, that it proued the most worthy and famous Citie of all Mauritania. It contayned many Temples & Colledges of Students, with great numbers of Arti∣zans, and men of Learning and of high spirit. Their Artizens excelled especially in Workes of Brasse, as namely, in making of Candlestickes, Basons, Standishes, and such like Commodities, which were as pleasant to the eye, as if they had beene made of Siluer or Gold. The Italians haue great cunning in making of the like, but their Workemanship is nothing comparable to theirs of * 1.428 Septa.

Without the Citie are diuers faire Villages and Granges, especially in that place which for [ 10] the abundance of Vines is called, The Vineyards: howbeit, the fields are very barren and fruitles, for which cause their Corne is exceeding deere. Both without and within the Citie there is a pleasant and beautifull prospect to the shoare of Granada vpon the Streights of Gibraltar, from * 1.429 whence you may discerne liuing creatures, the distance being but twelue miles. Howbeit, this famous Citie not many yeeres since was greatly afflicted by Habdulmumen the King and Patri∣arke: who hauing surprized it, razed the buildings, and banished the principall Inhabitants thereof. And not long after it sustayned as great damage by the King of Granada, who (be∣sides the foresaid harmes) carryed the Nobles & chiefe Citizens Captiues into Granada. And last∣ly, in the yeere of Mahumet his Hegeira 818. being taken by a Portugall Armada, all the Citizens [ 20] did abandon it. Abu Sahid being then King of Fez, and a man of no valour, neglected the re∣couerie * 1.430 thereof: but in the midst of his dancing and disport being aduertised that it was lost, he would not so much as interrupt his vaine pastime: wherefore by Gods iust iudgement, both himselfe and his sixe Sonne were all slaine in one night by his Secretarie, in whom hee reposed singular trust, because he would haue defloured the said Secretaries Wife. These things came to passe in the yeere of the Hegeira 824.

Afterward, the Kingdome of Fez being eight yeeres destitute of a King, a Sonne of the mur∣thered King whom he begot of a Christian woman, and who the same night that his Father was slaine fled vnto Tunis, succeeded in the Gouernment: this was Habdulac, the last King of the Marin Family, who likewise (as is aforesaid) was slaine by the people.

Vpon the Mountaine Quadres, was borne one called by them Hellul: this Hellul atchieued [ 30] * 1.431 many worthy exploits against the Spaniards; the History whereof is set dow••e partly in verse and partly in prose, and is as rife in Africa and Granada, as is the Storie of Orlando in Italie. But at length in the Spanish warre (wherein Ioseph Enesir King and Patriarke of Maroco was van∣quished) this Hellul was slaine in a Castle of Catalonia, called by the Moores, The Castle of the * 1.432 Eagle. In the same battell were slaine threescore thousand Moores, so that none of them esca∣ped saue the King and a few of his Nobles. This was done in the yeere of the Hegeira 609. which was in the yeere of our Lord 1160. From thenceforth the Spaniards had alwayes good successe in their warres, so that they recouered all those Cities which the Moores had before ta∣ken from them.

This ancient Towne built vpon the Mediterran Sea shoare, and called by the Spaniards, Velles [ 40] de Gumera, contayneth about sixe hundred Families. Heere is also a very stately Temple to bee * 1.433 seene. Water for drinke is exceeding scarce among them, for they are all constrayned to resort vnto one Pit or Well, being in the Suburbes, neere vnto the Sepulchre of a certayne man, that was in times past very famous among them. Howbeit in the night it is dangerous to fetch wa∣ter from thence, because it is so full of Bloud-suckers or Horse-leeches. They haue such abun∣dance of fish, that one man alone is not able to draw vp a Net; wherefore whosoeuer will assist the Fishermen in that businesse, are rewarded with good store of fishes for their labour: yea, sometimes they will freely bestow fishes vpon such as passe by. They salt the foresaid Sardell••, and send them to the Mountaines to be sold. In this Towne there is a long street inhabited with Iewes, wherein dwell sundry Vintners that sell excellent Wines. So that in calme eue∣nings [ 50] the Citizens vse to carry Wine aboord their Barkes in the Sea, and to spend their time in drinking and singing.

Ferdinando King of Spaine taking a certaine Iland within a mile of the Towne, built a Fort thereon, and so planted it with Ordnance and Souldiers, that neyther their Temples nor them∣selues walking in the streets were free there from, but were daily slaine. Wherefore the Gouer∣nour of the Towne was constrayned to craue aide from the King of Fez, who sent out a great Armie against the Christians; but they were partly taken, and partly slaine, so that very few escaped backe vnto Fez. The Christians kept this Ile almost two yeeres and then it was be∣trayed by a false trecherous Spaniard (who slue the Gouernour of the Ile, because hee had taken [ 60] his Wife from him) into the Moores possession, and all the Christians were slaine: not a man of them escaped, saue onely the Spanish Traytor, who in regard of his Treason was greatly rewar∣ded, both by the Gouernour of Bedis, and also by the King of Fez. Being at Naples I heard the whole relation of this matter from a certaine man that was present at all the former

Exploits, who said, that they were done about the yeere of our Lord 1520.

In Mount Beniguazeual, there is a certaine Towne indifferently well peopled, and furnished with all kind of Artificers; whereunto the fields belonging maruellously abound with Grapes, * 1.434 Quinces, and Pome-citrons, all which are sold at Fez: heere are likewise great store of Linnen Weauers, and many Iudges and Lawyers. They haue also a good Market, whereunto the Inha∣bitants of the Neighbour Mountaynes resort. Vpon the top of this Mountayne there is a cer∣taine Caue or hole that perpetually casteth vp fire. Some wondring greatly at the matter, haue cast in wood, which was suddenly consumed to ashes: I my selfe neuer saw the like Miracle in any other place, so that a great many thinke it to be hel-mouth.

In Mount Beni Mesgalda are many Doctors of the Mahumetan Law, and diuers inferiour [ 10] Students: who put the Inhabitants to great damage. Themselues forsooth, will drinke wine, and yet they perswade the people that it is vnlawfull for them to drinke it, albeit some doe giue them little credit. The Inhabitants of this Mountayne pay in respect of others no great Tri∣bute, and that perhaps, because they maintayne the foresaid Doctors and Students.

In my time the King of Spaine sent a great Armie against Melela in Garet: before the arriuall whereof, the Townesmen sent vnto the King of Fez for ayde, who making warre as then a∣gainst the people of Temesna, could send but small forces to succour them. Which the Townes∣men being aduertised of, and fearing least their small forces would proue too weake for the Spa∣niards great Armada, they tooke all the bagge and baggage that they could carrie, and fled vnto the Mountaynes of Buthoia. Howbeit, the Captaine of the Fessan Souldiers, both to bee reuen∣ged vpon the Townesmens cowardize, and also to leaue nothing for the Spaniards to enioy, [ 20] burnt downe all the Houses, Temples, and Buildings. This was done in the yeere of the He∣geira 896. which was in the yeere of our Lord 1487. But the Spaniards, for all they found the Citie so wasted, would not depart thereupon, but first built a strong Castle, and afterward by * 1.435 little and little repayred the Towne wals, and by that meanes haue kept possession thereof euen till this day. They tooke also Chasasa.

The Prouince of Garet is diuided into three parts: the first whereof contayneth the Cities and Townes, the second the foresaid Mountaynes, (the Inhabitants whereof are called Bottoia) and the third comprehendeth the Desarts, which beginning Northward at the Mediterran Sea, and extending South to the Desart of Chauz, are bounded Westward with the foresaid Moun∣taynes, and Eastward with the Riuer of Muluia. The length of these Desarts is sixtie miles, and the breadth thirtie. They are vnpleasant and dry, hauing no water but that of the Riuer [ 30] Muluia. There are many kinds of beasts in this Desart, such as are in the Lybian Desart next vnto Numidia. In Summer time many Arabians take vp their abode neere vnto the Riuer Mul∣uia; and so doe another kind of fierce people called Batalisa, who possesse great abundance of Horses, Camels, and other Cattell, and maintayne continuall warre against the Arabians that border vpon them.

The Towne of Dubdu was in possession of one Mahumet who beautified it exceedingly with store of faire houses and buildings: likewise, he greatly al••ered and reformed the gouernment of this Towne; and shewed such extraordinary courtesie vnto all Strangers, that hee grew very famous.

Moreouer, the said Mahumet consulted how to get Tezza from the King of Fez, and offered * 1.436 [ 40] great matters to the performance of his intent: and that he might the easilier attayne his pur∣pose, he determined to goe to the Market of Tezza in a simple habite, and so to make an assault vpon the Captaine of the Towne: for he hoped that a great part of the Townesmen, whom hee knew to bee his friends, would assist him in that enterprize. Howbeit this practice was at length discouered vnto the King of Fez (which King was called Saich, and was the first of the Family of Quattas, and Father vnto the King that * 1.437 now reigneth) who presently assembled an huge Armie, and marched of purpose against Dubdu, vtterly to destroy it: and so comming vnto the foot of the Mountayne hee there encamped. The people of the Mountayne hauing gathered an Armie of sixe thousand men, hid themselues craftily behind the Rockes, suffering their Enemies to ascend by certayne difficult and strait passages, from whence they were sure [ 50] they could hardly escape, and so at length they brake forth on the sodaine and encountred their said Enemies being weary of ascending; and because the way was very troublesome and narrow, the King of Fez his Souldiers could not endure their assaults, but beeing constrayned to giue backe, were moe then a thousand of them throwne downe head-long and slaine. In this skir∣mish were slaine in all to the number of three thousand Fessan Souldiers: and yet the King not being dismayed with so great an ouer ••hrow, prepared forth-with a band of fiue hundred Crosse∣bowes, and three hundred Harquebuziers, and determined to make a new assault vpon the Towne. But Mahumet seeing that he could no longer withstand the King, resolued to go himselfe vnto him, that he might, if it were possible, obtaine peace, & to release his Country from the fury [ 60] of the Enemy. Wherefore putting on the habit of an Ambassador, he went & deliuered a Letter with h••s own hand vnto the King. Which the King hauing perused, asked him what he thought concerning the Gouernor of Dubdu? Mary I think (quoth Mahumet) he is not well in his wits, in

that he goeth about to resist your Maiestie. Then said the King, if I had conquered him, (as I hope to do within these few daies) I would cause him to be dismembred and torne in peeces. But what if he should come hither (saith Mahumet) to submit himselfe, and to acknowledge his offence; might it then please the King to admit him into fauour? Then the King answered: I sweare vnto thee by this my head, that if he will come and acknowledge his fault in manner as thou hast said, I will not onely receiue him into fauour, but will espouse my daughters vnto his sonnes, and will bestow most ample and Princely dowries vpon them. But I am sure, being di∣stracted of his wits (as thou hast said) that he will by no meanes come and submit himselfe. Then said Mahumet: he would soone come (I assure you) if it pleased the King to protest this for a certaintie vnto the Nobles. I thinke (said the King) it hath beene sufficiently protested [ 10] and affirmed, sithence I haue bound it with a solemne oath in the presence of these foure; for here stand my chiefe Secretary, the Generall of my Forces, my Father in-law, and the chiefe Iudge and Patriarke of Fez; the testimony of which foure may well satisfie you. Whereupon Ma∣humet humbly falling at the Kings feete: loe, heere the man (quoth he) that submissely ac∣knowledgeth his fault, and craueth the King gracious pardon. With that the King himselfe lif∣ted him from the ground, embraced him, and saluted him with friendly speeches. Then caused he both his daughters to be called, which he bestowed vpon Mahumets sonnes: all which being done, he remooued his armie from that Mountaine, and returned conquerour vnto Fez. This was done in the yeere of the Hegeira 904. which was in the yeere of our Lord 1495. And in the yeere of the Hegeira 921. I my selfe was at the City of Dubdu, where I was most curteously [ 20] entertained by the foresaid Mahumet.

Tezza was built by the Africans, fiue miles from Mount Atlas, being distant from Fez fiftie, * 1.438 from the Ocean an hundred and thirty, and from the Mediterran Sea seuen miles, and standing in the way from Garet to Chasasan. It contained in times past about fiue thousand families: the buildings of this Towne are not very stately, except Noblemens Palaces, Colledges, and Tem∣ples, which are somewhat beautifull. Out of Atlas springeth a little Riuer which runneth through the chiefe Temple of this Citie: and sometimes it falleth out, that certaine people bordering vpon the Citie: vpon some quarrel with the Citizens will cut off this Riuer from the Citie, and turne the course thereof some other way, which breedeth great inconueniences vnto the Citizens: for then they can neither build houses, nor get any water to drinke, but onely [ 30] corrupt water which they take out of certaine Cisternes, for which cause they are often con∣strained to make a league with those borderers. This Citie both for wealth, ciuilitie, and abun∣dance of people, is the third Citie of all the Kingdome, and hath a greater Temple then that of * 1.439 Fez: heere are likewise three Colledges, with diuers Bath-stoues, and a great number of Hos∣pitals. Each trade and occupation hath a seuerall place in this Citie, like as they haue in Fez: the Inhabitants are of a more valiant and liberall disposition, then they of Fez: here are also great store of learned and rich men: and the fields adiacent are exceeding fruitfull. Without the Ci∣tie walls are very large Plaines, and many pleasant streames, that serue to water their Gardens which are replenished with all kind of fruits: here are abundance of Vines also yeelding very sweet Grapes, whereof the Iewes (being fiue hundreth Families) make excellent wine, such as [ 40] I thinke all Africa scarce affoordeth better. I my selfe was acquainted in this Citie with a cer∣taine aged sire, whom the Townesmen adored as if he had beene a god: he was merueilousrich * 1.440 both in Fruits, Grounds, and other Commodities, which the people bestowed vpon him in great abundance. The Citizens of Fez vsed to come fiftie miles (for so farre is Fez distant) onely to visite the said old man. My selfe conceiued some great opinion of this aged sire: but after I had seene him, I could find no such superexcellency in him, saue onely that he deluded the fond people with strange deuises.

The Mountaine of Beni Iessenten is subiect vnto the Gouernour of Dubdu, being inhabited * 1.441 with most base and beggerly people. Their houses are made of Sea-rushes, and so likewise are their shooes made of such rushes when they trauell any Iourney, where by a man may conie∣cture [ 50] the miserable estate of this people. The Mountaine yeedeth nought but panicke, where∣of they make bread and other victuals: but at the foot thereof are certaine Gardens replenished with Grapes, Dates, and Peaches. Their Peaches they cut into foure quarters, and casting away the Nuts or Stones, they dry them in the Sunne, and keepe them an whole yeere, which they esteeme for great dainties. Vpon this Mountaine are Iron-mines: and they frame their Iron * 1.442 in manner of horse-shooes, which serueth them sometimes in stead of money, whereof they haue great want in this Mountaine; vnlesse the Smithes by their Arte keepe this money in store: who, besides horse-shooes, make certaine daggers with blunt points. Their women weare Iron-rings vpon their fingers and eares for a great brauery, but they are more basely apparelled then the men, and remaine continually in the woods, both to keepe Goats, and to gather fewell. They haue neither ciuilitie nor learning, but liue after a brutish manner without all discretion [ 60] and humanitie.

This woodie Mountaine is full of Pine-trees and Fountaines. Their houses are not made of stone, but of Sea-rushes, so that they may easily be remooued from place to place, which is very * 1.443

commodious to the Inhabitants, for euery spring they leaue the Mountaine and descend into the Vallies, from whence about the end of May they are expelled by the Arabians, which in∣habite the Desarts: who by reason of their abundance of Goats and other Cattell, forsaking the said Desarts, seeke vnto the Fountaines and moist places: but in winter, because their Camels are so impatient of cold, they resort vnto the woods, and warme Regions. In this Mountaine are great store of Lyons, Leopards, and Apes. And from the said Mountaine runneth a certaine * 1.444 streame of water with such violence, that I haue seene a stone of an hundred pound weight car∣ried with the force thereof: and here Subu taketh his beginning, which is the greatest Riuer of all Mauritania.

The Inhabitants of Mount Beni Iasga are rich, and ciuill people: it standeth so neere the [ 10] Mountaine Selelgo, that they are onely separated with the foresaid Riuer: and to the end they * 1.445 may easilier passe from one Mountaine to another, they haue made a certaine strange bridge in the midst, and that in manner following: on either side stand certaine Posts, through the which runneth a rope vpon a truckle or pulley, vnto which rope is fastened a great basket, that will containe ten persons, and that in such sort, that so often as they will passe ouer to the op∣posite Mountaine, they enter into the basket, and drawing the rope whereon it hangeth, they are easily carried aloft in the aire ouer the Riuer by the helpe of the foresaid pulleyes, but some∣times with great hazard of their liues, especially if the basket or the rope be worne in any place: yea, and the distance of place is often an occasion of great terrour. In this Mountaine there is great store of cattell, but little wood. It aboundeth likewise with most excellent fine wooll, [ 20] whereof their women make cloth comparable vnto silke, which is sold at Fez for a great price. Here also is great plenty of oyle.

There is no memorable thing in all Sofroi Towne, saue onely a certaine Temple, through the midst whereof runneth a large Riuer; and at the doores standeth a Fountaine of most pure water.

In the Forrests about this Towne, as also about Mezdaga, are marueilous store of Lyons, being * 1.446 not very hurtfull, for any man may driue them away with a little sticke.

At the same time while the Africans were as yet Idolaters, they had a Temple standing * 1.447 neere vnto Ham Lisnan, whither at certaine times of the yeere, resorted in the night great mul∣titudes of people both men and women: where hauing ended their sacrifices, they vsed to put [ 30] out their lights, and euery man to commit adultery with that woman which he first touched. * 1.448 But the women which were present at this abominable sport, were forbidden to lie with any man for a yeere after: and the children begotten in the said adultery, were kept and brought vp by the Priest of the Temple, as being dedicated to sacred vses.

Vpon Mount Centopozzi are great store of most ancient buildings, neere vnto the which there * 1.449 is a hole or drie pit of so great a depth, that the bottome thereof can in no wise be seene. Into this pit some mad fellowes will haue themselues let downe by ropes, carrying a Candle or Torch in their hands: and beneath, they say, it is diuided into many roomes, and as it were, chambers; and last of all, they come to a most large place hewen out of the Rocke with Instruments, and compassed about as it were with a wall, in which wall are foure doores, which lead to other more [ 40] narrow places, where, they say, that Fountaines of Springing water are. And sometimes it falleth out that some miserably end their liues here: for if their lights chance to be blowen out with any sudden blast of wind, they can by no meanes find the place where the rope hangeth, but are there constrained to die for extreame famine. It was told me by a certaine Nobleman of Fez, that there were ten persons, who being desirous to see the wonders of this pit, and being pre∣pared for the same purpose, went first three of them downe, who when they were come to the foresaid foure doors, two of them went one way, & the third went alone another way. And be∣ing thus diuided, after they had proceeded almost a quarter of a mile, there came great swarmes, of Bats flying about their lights, insomuch that one light was put out; at length being come to the springing fountaines, they found there certaine white bones of men, and fiue or sixe Can∣dles, whereof some were new, and others were old and worne with long lying there: but ha∣uing [ 50] found nothing but water in the said Fountaines, they returned backe againe the same way that they came: and they had scarce gone halfe way, but their owne light also was blowen out with a sudden blast. Afterward seeking earnestly vp and downe, and being weary of many falles that they caught among the Rockes, they found that there was no hope of returne: wherefore in this desperate case committing themselues with teares into the hands of God, they vowed, if they once escaped this danger, neuer to aduenture any more. They that stood at the Caues mouth being ignorant of their companions mishap, expected their returne, and ha∣uing staid ouer long, at length they let downe themselues by the rope, and began with lights to seeke their fellowes, making a great noise, and at length found them heauy and sad. But the third, who was wandring vp and downe those darke places, they could by no meanes finde, [ 60] wherefore leauing him, they returned foorth of the Caue. And he that was left behind heard at length a noyse like the barking of little dogges, and shaping his course toward them, he found immediatly foure strange, and (as it should seeme) new-borne beasts, after which followed the

* 1.450 Damme, being not much vnlike to a shee-wolfe, sauing that she was bigger: wherefore hee be∣gan exceedingly to feare; howbeit, there was no danger, for being about to flee, the beast came towards him, fawning gently vpon him with her taile. And so at length, after long seeking, he found the holes mouth with great ioy, and escaped the danger: for within a while he said, that he began to see some glimmering of light, as they doe which haue long been in the darke. But after a certaine time this Caue was filled with water vp to the top.

Cunaigel Gherben, standeth very neere the former, and is full of Woods and Lions. Here is no * 1.451 Citie, nor any other place of habitation, perhaps by reason of the extreme coldnesse of the place. From this Mountaine runneth a certaine little Riuer: and here is a Rocke of an exceeding height, whereupon keepe infinite swarmes of Crowes and Rauens, which some thinke to haue [ 10] been the occasion of the name of this Mountaine. Sometime the terrible Northerly winds bring such abundance of Snow vpon this Mountaine, that such as trauell from Numidia towards Fez loose their liues thereby, as hath been signified in the first Booke. Euery Summer, the Arabians next inhabiting, being called Beni Essen, vsually resort vnto this Mountaine, in regard of the coole water and pleasant shadowes, notwithstanding they know it to bee haunted with great store of Lions and Leopards.

There lyeth a way neere the towne of Vmen Giunaibe, which a man may not passe without dancing and leaping, vnlesse he will fall into an Ague: the certainty whereof I haue heard many auouch. * 1.452

The Inhabitants are a most Iewde and villanous generation, being wholly addicted to theft * 1.453 and robberie. They are at continuall dissension with the Arabians, and practise daily mischiefes [ 20] and inconueniences against them, and to the end they may prouoke them to greater furie, they will sometimes throw their Camels downe headlong from the top of some high Mountaine. In * 1.454 these Mountaines there happeneth a certain strange and incredible matter, for there are Serpents so familiar with men, that at dinner-time they wil come like Dogs and Cats, and gather vp the crums vnder the Table, neither will they hurt any body, vnlesse they bee offered some iniurie.

§. IIII.

The most remarkable things of IOHN LEO, in his fourth Booke of [ 30] the Historie of Africa.

THis Kingdome beginneth Westward from the Riuers of Zha and Muluia: East∣ward * 1.455 it bordereth vpon the great Riuer, Southward vpon the Desart of Numidia, and Northward vpon the Mediterran Sea. This Region was called by the Romans, Caesaria, and was by them inhabited: howbeit, after the Romans were expel∣led, it was fully possessed by the ancient Gouernours thereof, called Bien Habdulguad, and being a generation of the Family of M••graua. And it remained vnto them and their suc∣cessors three hundred yeeres, vntill such time as a certaine mighty man, called Ghamra∣zen, the sonne of Zeijen, tooke possession thereof. His posteritie changing at length their ancient [ 40] name, were called Beni Zeijen, that is, the Sons of Zeijen: and they enioyed this Kingdome for the space almost of three hundred and eighty yeares. At length the Kings of Fez of the Marin Family greatly molested them, so that those ten Kings which succeeded Zeijen were some of them vnfortunate in battell, some slaine, some taken Captiue, and others expelled their King∣dome, and chased to the next Mountaines. Neither were they free from vexation of the Kings of Tunis: howbeit, the Kingdome of Telensin remained still to this Familie, and they continued in peace for almost an hundred and twenty yeares, being endamaged by no forren power; sa∣uing that one Abu Feris King of Tunis, and his sonne Hutmen, made them to pay tribute for cer∣taine yeares vnto Tunis, till the decease of the said Hutmen. This Kingdome stretcheth in length from East to West three hundred and eighty miles; but in breadth from North to South, that is, [ 50] from the Mediterran sea, to the Desarts of Numidia not aboue fiue and twenty miles: which is the occasion that it is so often oppressed by the Arabians inhabiting the Numidian Desarts. The Kings of Telensin haue alwaies endeuoured by great gifts to gaine the good will and friendship of the Numidians, but they could neuer satisfie their insatiable couetice. A man shall seldome * 1.456 trauell safely through this Kingdome: howbeit, here are great store of Merchants, perhaps either because it adioyneth to Numidia, or else for that the way to the land of Negros lieth through it. It hath two most famous and frequented Hauen-townes, the one called * 1.457 Horam, and the other * 1.458 Marsa Elcabir, whither vse to resort great store of Genoueses, and Venetians. But afterward both these Townes were taken by Don Ferdinando the Catholike King, to the great inconuenience of [ 60] all this Kingdome: for which cause the King then reigning, called Abuchemmeu, was expelled his Kingdome, and put to flight by his owne subiects: afterward Abuzeijen was restored to the Kingdome, who had for certaine yeares been imprisoned by his Nephew Abuchemmeu: how∣beit, he enioyed the Kingdome but a very short space: for he was at length miserably slaine by

Barbarossa the Turke, who conquered the Kingdome of Tremizen by force of warre. Whereof Abuchemmeu, that was expelled by his owne subiects, hauing intelligence, sent to craue aide of * 1.459 the Emperour Charles the fifth, whereby he hoped to recouer his Kingdome. Which request be∣ing granted, he leuied a puissant Armie, and made warre against Barbarossa, and hauing driuen him out, he recouered his Kingdome, and seuerely punished them that had conspired his banishment. And then he gaue the Spanish souldiers their pay, sent the Captaines home with great rewards, and allowed Charles the Emperour a large yearely reuenue so long as he liued. After his decease succeeded his brother Habdulla, who neglecting the league made before betweene the Emperor and his brother, and relying vpon Solyman the great Turke, refused to pay any more tribute vnto the Emperour Charles, and hath kept possession of the Kingdome, till * 1.460 this present. The greater [ 10] part of this Region is vntilled, drie, and barren, especially towards the South. Howbeit, the sea coast is somewhat more fertill. The territorie adiacent to the Citie of Telensin is full of woods, sauing that the Westerne part towards the Sea is mountainous. Likewise, the Regions of Tenez and Alger containe Mountaines abounding with all kind of commodities. In this part are but few Cities and Castles; howbeit, it is a most fruitfull and blessed place, as we will hereafter de∣clare in particular.

This barren, dry, and vntilled Desart, being vtterly destitute of Water and Wood, is situate * 1.461 vpon the Westerne frontier of the Kingdome of Telensin, and extendeth in length fourescore, and in breadth almost fiftie miles. Here are great store of Roes, Deere, and Ostriches.

This ancient Towne built by the Romans, while they were Lords of Africa, standeth vpon a large Plaine, almost two miles from a certaine Mountaine, and about twelue miles from the Me∣diterran [ 20] Sea, and neere vnto it runneth a little Riuer. The Historiographers of those times re∣port, that this Towne was in all respects built after the fashion of Rome, whereupon they say, it borrowed the name: for Ned in the Arabian tongue signifieth, like. The Wall of this Towne is as yet to be seene: but all the ancient buildings of the Romans are so destroyed, that now there scarcely remaine any ruines thereof. It began in some places to be repaired and reedified anew, but nothing comparable to the former buildings. The fields adiacent are exceeding fruitfull, and containe many Gardens replenished with such trees as beare Carobs (being a fruite like vn∣to Cassia Fistula) which in the Suburbs they vse for food. This Towne is indifferently well inha∣bited, especially with Weauers, who make great store of Cotton-cloth, and are free from all tri∣bute.

Tlensin, is a great Citie, and the Royall seate of the King; and then it was an honou∣rable [ 30] * 1.462 and well-gouerned Citie: howbeit, Ioseph King of Fez continually molested it, and with an huge Armie besieged it for seuen yeares together. This Ioseph hauing built a Fort vpon the East side of the Towne, put the besieged Citizens to such distresse, that they could no longer endure the extreme famine: wherefore with one accord they all went vnto their King, beseech∣ing him to haue compassion vpon their want. The King, to make them acquainted with his daintie fare, which he had to supper, shewed them a dish of sodden Horse-flesh and Barly. And then they well perceiued, how little the Kings estate was better then the estate of the meanest Citizen of them all. Soone after the King hauing procured an assembly, perswaded his people that it was much more honourable to die in battell for the defence of their Countrie, then to liue so miserable a life. Which words of the King so inflamed all their minds to the battell, that the day following they resolued to encounter the enemie, and valiantly to fight it out. But it [ 40] fell out farre better for them then they expected; for the same night King Ioseph was slaine by one of his owne people: which newes being brought vnto the Citizens, with greater courage they marched all out of the Towne, easily vanquishing and killing the confused multitude of their enemies; after which vnexpected victorie, they found victuals sufficient in the enemies Campe to relieue their long and tedious famine. About fortie yeares after, the fourth King of Fez of the Marin Familie, called Abulhesen, built a Towne within two miles Westward of the Citie of Telensin. Then hee besieged Telensin for thirty moneths together, making daily and fierce assaults against it, and euery night erecting some new Fort, so that at length the Fezzan forces next vnto Telensin easily entred the Citie, and hauing conquered it, carried home the King [ 50] thereof Captiue vnto Fez, where he was by the King of Fez beheaded, and his carkase was cast * 1.463 forth among the filth of the Citie: and this was the second and the greater damage that Te∣lensin sustained. After the decay of the Marin Familie Telensin began in many places to bee re∣paired, and replenished with new inhahitants, insomuch that it increased to twelue thousand Families. Here each Trade and Occupation hath a peculiar place, after the manner of Fez, sa∣uing that the buildings of Fez are somewhat more stately. Here are also many, and beautifull Temples, hauing their Mahumetan Priests and Preachers. Likewise here are fiue Colledges most * 1.464 sumptuously built, some by the King of Telensin, and some by the King of Fez. Here also are store of goodly Bathes and Hot-houses, albeit they haue not such plentie of water as is at Fez. [ 60] Also here are very many Innes built after the manner of Africa: vnto two of which Innes the Merchants of Genoa and Venice doe vsually resort.

A great part of this Citie is inhabited with Iewes, who were in times past all of them excee∣ding

rich: vpon their heads they weare a * 1.465 Dulipan, to distinguish them from other Citizens: but in the yeare of the Hegeira 923. vpon the death of King Abuhabdilla, they were all so robbed and spoyled, that they are now brought almost vnto beggerie. Moreouer, in this Citie there are many Conduits, the Fountaines whereof are not farre from the Citie walles, so that they may easily be stopped by any forren Enemie. The Citie wall is very high and impregnable, hauing fiue great Gates vpon it, at euerie one of which there is placed a guard of Souldiers, and certaine Receiuers of the Kings Custome. On the South-side of the Citie standeth the Kings Palace, enuironed with most high Walls, and containing many other Palaces within it, which are none of them destitute of their Fountaines and pleasant Gardens: This Royall Palace hath two Gates, one leading into the Fields, and the other into the Citie, and at this Gate standeth the Captaine of the Guard. The Territorie of Telensin containeth most pleasant habitations, [ 10] whither the Citizens in Summer-time vse to retire themselues: for besides the beautifull Pa∣stures and cleare Fountaines, there is such abundance of all kind of fruits to delight both the * 1.466 eyes and taste, that to my remembrance I neuer saw a more pleasant place: their Figges they vse to drie in the Sunne, and to keepe vntill Winter: and as for Almonds, Peaches, Melons, and Pome-citrons, they grow here in great plentie. Three miles Eastward of this Citie are di∣uers Mills vpon the Riuer of Sefsif; and some other there are also not far from the Citie vpon the Mountaine of Elcalha. The South part of the Citie is inhabited by Iewes, Lawyers, and No∣taries: here are also very many Students, and Professors of diuers Arts, which haue maintenance allowed them out of the fiue forenamed Colledges. The Citizens are of foure sorts, to wit, some Artificers, some Merchants, other Schollers and Doctors, and all the residue Souldiers. The [ 20] Merchants are men most iust, trustie, liberall, and most zealous of the common good, who for the most part exercise traffique with the Negros. The Artificers liue a secure, quiet, and mer∣rie life. The Kings Souldiers being all of a comely personage, and of great valour, receiue ve∣rie large and liberall pay, for they are monthly allowed three pieces of the Gold-coyne of Te∣lensin, which are worth three Italian Duckats, and one second part. All Students before they attaine to the degree of a Doctor, liue a bare and miserable life: but hauing attained thereunto, * 1.467 they are made either Professors, or Notaries, or Priests. The Citizens and Merchants of this Citie are so neate & curious in their apparel, that somtimes they excel the Citizens of Fez in brauerie.

A Wonder it is to see how stately and magnificently the King of Telensin behaueth himselfe: * 1.468 for no man may see him, nor be admitted to parle with him, but onely the principall Nobles of [ 30] his Court, each one of whom are assigned to beare Offices according to their place and dignitie. In this Court are sundry Offices and dignities, and the Kings Lieutenant being principall Officer, allotteth vnto each one such places of dignitie, as may bee correspondent to their honour: and this Lieutenant leuieth the Kings Armies, and sometime conducteth them against the Enemie. The second, Officer is the Kings chiefe Secretarie, who writeth and recordeth all things pertai∣ning to the King. The third, is the High Treasurer, who is bound by his Office to receiue Tri∣butes and Customes, The fourth, is the Kings Dispensator or Almoner, who bestoweth such li∣beralitie as the King vouchsafeth. The fifth, is the Captaine of the Kings Guard, who so often as any Nobles are admitted to the Kings presence, conducteth the guarde vnto the Palace Gate. Then are there other meaner Officers, as namely, the Master of the Kings Stable, the Ouer-seer of [ 40] his Saddles and Stirrops, and his Chiefe Chamberlaine, who giueth attendance onely at such times as any Courtiers are admitted vnto the Kings audience. For at other times the Kings Wiues, with certaine Christian Captiues, and Eunuches doe performe that dutie. The King sometimes in sumptuous and costly apparell rideth vpon a stately Steed richly trapped and furnished. In riding hee obserueth not much pompe nor many ceremonies; neither indeed doth hee carrie so great a traine; for you shall scarcely see a thousand Horsemen in his company, except perhaps in time of Warre, when as the Arabians and other people giue attendance. His dominions are but slenderly inhabited: howbeit, because the way from Europe to Aethiopia lieth through his Kingdome, he reapeth much benefit by the wares that passe by, especially since the time that * 1.469 Oran was surprised by the Christians. [ 50]

Hubbed containeth store of Inhabitants, who are for the most part Dyers of Cloath. In this Towne was buried one Sidi Bu Median, being reputed a man of singular holinesse, whom they adore like a God ascending vp to his Monument by certaine steps. Here is likewise a stately Colledge, and a faire Hospitall to entertaine strangers in; both which were built by a King of Fez of the Marin Family, as I find recorded vpon a certaine Marble stone.

The Plaine of Batha was vtterly destitute of Inhabitants, till a certaine Hermite with his * 1.470 followers, whom they reuerenced as a man of singular holinesse, repaired thither. This Hermite in short time grew so rich in Oxen, Horses, and other Cattell, that no man almost throughout the whole Region was comparable vnto him. Neither he nor his followers pay any tribute at all, [ 60] when as notwithstanding (as I heard of his Disciples) he reapeth yearely eight thousand bushels of Corne, and at this time possesseth fiue hundred Horses, tenne thousand small Cattell, and two thousand Oxen; and besides all the former hath yearely sent vnto him from diuers parts of the world foure or fiue thousand Duckats: so greatly hath the fame of his false holines

spread ouer all Africa and Asia. Diiciples he hath to the number of fiue hundred, whom hee maintaineth at his owne cost: neither imployeth he them to ought else, but daily to read a few prayers: for which cause many resort vnto him, desiring to be of the number of his Disciples, whom after he hath instructed in certaine Ceremonies, he sendeth them thither from whence they first came. He hath about an hundreth Tents pitched, whereof some are for strangers, others for Shepheards, and the residue for his owne Family. This holy Heremite hath foure wiues, and a great many women-slaues, wearing most sumptuous apparell. His sonnes likewise haue their wiues ••nd Families: insomuch that the whole Familie of this Heremite and of his sonnes containeth fiue hundred persons. He is greatly honoured by all the Arabians, and by the King of Telensin himselfe. My selfe was once desirous to trie what manner of man this Heremite [ 10] was: and for three dayes I was entertained by him in the most secret places of his habitation, where amongst other things, he shewed me certaine Bookes intreating of Art-Magique, and of Alchymie: and hee endeuoured by all meanes to perswade me, that Magique was a most true and vndoubted Arte, whereby I perceiued that himselfe was a Magician, albeit he neuer vsed nor regarded the Arte, except it were in inuocating of God by certaine names.

Oran containing about sixe thousand Families, and built many yeeres agoe by the Africans * 1.471 vpon the Mediterran Sea shoare, is distant from Telensin an hundreth and fortie miles. Heere may you see great store of stately buildings, as namely of Temples, Colledges, Hospitals, Bath-stoues, and Innes. The Towne is compassed with most high and impregnable walles, hauing on the one side a faire plaine, and on the other side diuers Mountaines. The greatest part [ 20] of the Inhabitants were Weauers, and the residue liued of their yeerely Reuenues. The Terri∣torie of this Towne yeeldeth but small store of Corne, so that the Townesmen make all their bread of Barley: howbeit, they are most courteous and friendly to all strangers. This Towne was greatly frequented with Merchants of Catalonia, and of Genoa: and one street thereof is at this present called, the streete of the Genoueses. They were at perpetuall enmitie with the King of Telensin, neither would they euer accept of any Gouernour, but one which receiued the Kings Tribute. But the Townsmen chose one of their chiefe Burgo-masters to iudge of Cases Ciuil and Criminall. The Merchants of the Towne, maintained at their owne costs, certaine Foists and Brigandines of warre, which committed many Piracies vpon the coast of Catalonia, Geuisa, Maiorica, and Minorica, insomuch, that Oran was full of Christian Captiues. Afterward, Don [ 30] Ferdinando King of Spaine encountring Oran with a great Armada, determined to release the said Christians out of Captiuitie: but he had very hard successe. Howbeit, within a few mo∣neths after being ayded by the Biscaines and the Cardinall of Spaine, he tooke Oran. For the * 1.472 Moores issuing foorth with great furie vpon the Christians armie, left the Towne vtterly de∣stitute of Souldiers, which the Spaniards perceiuing, began to assayle the Towne on the other side; where being resisted by none but by women, they had easie entrance. Whereupon the Moores seeing the Christians Banners aduanced vpon their wals, they returned backe into the Towne, and were there put to so great a slaughter, that few of them escaped. Thus was Oran taken by the Spaniards in the yeere of Mahumet his Hegeira 916.

Mersalcabir in the Moores language signifieth, a great or large Hauen; for I thinke there is not * 1.473 [ 40] the like Hauen to be found in the whole world besides: so that here infinite numbers of Ships and Gallies may finde most safe harbour in any tempestuous weather. Hither the Venetians ships * 1.474 made often resort, when they perceiued any tempest to approach: and from hence they would cause all their wares to be transported to Oran in other vessels. This Towne also was at length taken by the Spaniards as well as Oran.

Bresch standeth many miles distant from Mustuganin. It containeth great store of Inhabi∣tants, which are many of them Weauers. The people of this Towne vse to paint a blacke crosse * 1.475 vpon their cheeke, and two other blacke crosses vpon the Palmes of their hands: and the like * 1.476 custome is obserued by all the Inhabitants of the Mountaines of Alger, and Bugia: the occa∣sion whereof is thought to be this, namely, that the Gothes when they first began to inuade these Regions, released all those from paying of Tribute (as our African Historiographers affirme) [ 50] that would imbrace the Christian Religion. But so often as any Tribute was demaunded, euery man to eschew the payment thereof, would not sticke to professe himselfe a Christian: where∣fore it was then determined, that such as were Christians indeed, should be distinguished from o∣thers by the foresaid crosses. At length the Gothes being expelled, they all reuolted vnto the Mahumetan Religion; howbeit, this custome of painting crosses remained still among them neither doe they know the reason thereof. Likewise the meaner sort of people in Mauritania vse to make such crosses vpon their faces, as we see vsed by some people of Europe.

Sersell, built by the Romanes vpon the Mediterran Sea, was afterward taken by the Gothes; * 1.477 and lastly by the Mahumetans. The wall of this Towne is exceeding high, strong, and stately [ 60] built, and containeth about eight miles in circuit. In that part of the Towne next vnto the Mediterran Sea, standeth a most beautifull and magnificent Temple built by the Romanes, the * 1.478 inward part whereof consisteth of Marble. * 1.479

Gezeir, in the Moores language signifieth an Iland, which name is thought to haue beene gi∣uen

vnto this Citie, because it lyeth neere vnto the Iles of Maiorica, Minorica, and Ieuiza: howbeit, the Spaniards call it Alger. It was founded by the Africans of the Family of Mesgana, wherefore in old time it was called by the name of Mesgana. It is a large Towne, containing Families to the number of foure thousand, and is enuironed with most stately and impregnable walles. The buildings thereof are very Artificiall and sumptuous: and euery trade and occupation hath heere a seuerall place. Innes, Bath-stoues, and Temples heere are very beautifull; but the stateliest Temple of all standeth vpon the Sea-shoare. Next vnto the Sea there is a most pleasant walke vpon that part of the Towne wall, which the waues of the Sea beat vpon. In the Suburbs are many Gardens replenished with all kind of Fruits. On the East side of the Towne runneth a certaine Riuer hauing many mills thereupon: and out of this Riuer [ 10] they draw water fit for drinke, and for the seruices of the Kitchin. It hath most beautifull Plaines adioyning vpon it, and especially one called Metteggia, which extendeth forty fiue miles in length, and almost thirty miles in breadth, and aboundeth mightily with all kinds of Graine. This Towne for many yeeres was subiect vnto the Kingdome of Telensin: but hearing that Bu∣gia was also gouerned by a King, and being neerer thereunto, they submitted themselues vnto the King of Bugia. For they saw that the King of Telensin could not sufficiently defend them against their enemies, and also that the King of Bugia might doe them great damage, wherefore they offered vnto him a yeerly Tribute of their own accord, and yet remained almost free from all exaction. But certaine yeeres after, the inhabitants of this Citie building for themselues Gallies, began to play the Pirats, and greatly to molest the foresaid Ilands. Whereupon King * 1.480 Ferdinando prouided a mighty Armada, hoping thereby to become Lord of the Citie. Likewise [ 20] vpon a certaine high Rocke standing opposite against the Towne, he caused a strong Fort to be built, and that within Gun-shot of the Citie, albeit the Citie walles could not bee endamaged thereby. Wherefore the Citizens immediately sent Ambassadours into Spaine, to craue a league for ten yeeres, vpon condition that they should pay certaine yeerely Tribute; which request was granted by King Ferdinando. And so they remained for certaine Moneths free from the danger of warre: but at length Barbarossa hastning to the siege of Bugia, and hauing wonne one Fort built by the Spaniards, determined to encounter another, hoping if he could obtaine that also, that he should soone conquer the whole Kingdome of Bugia. Howbeit, all matters fell not out according to his expectation: for a great part of his Souldiers being husbandmen, [ 30] when they perceiued the time of sowing corne to approach, without any leaue or licence they forsooke their Generall, and returned home to the Plough-taile. And many Turkes also did the like, so that Barbarossa failing of his purpose, was constrained to breake vp the siege. Howbeit, before his departure, he set on fire with his owne hands twelue Gallies, which lay in a Riuer but three miles from Bugia. And then with forty of his Souldiers, he retired himselfe to the Castle of Gegel, being from Bugia aboue sixtie miles distant, where hee remained for certaine dayes. In the meane while, King Ferdinando deceasing, the people of Alger released themselues from paying any more Tribute: for seeing Barbarossa to be a most valiant warriour, and a deadly enemy vnto Christians, they sent for him, and chose him Captaine ouer all their Forces; who presently encountred the Fort, but to little effect. Afterward, this Barbarossa secretly murthe∣red the Gouernour of the Citie in a certaine Bath. The said Gouernour was Prince of the A∣rabians [ 40] dwelling on the Plaines of Mettegia, his name was Selim Etteumi, descended of the Familie of Telaliba, and created Gouernour of Alger, at the same time when Bugia was taken by the Spaniards: this man was slaine by Barbarossa, after he had gouerned many yeeres. And then Barbarossa vsurped the whole gouernment of the Citie vnto himselfe, and coined money, and this was the first entrance into his great and princely estate. At all the foresaid accidents I my selfe was present, as I trauelled from Fez to Tunis, and was entertained by one that was sent * 1.481 Ambassadour from the people of Alger into Spaine, from whence he brought three thousand bookes written in the Arabian tongue. Then I passed on to Bugia, where I found Barbarossa besieging the foresaid Fort: afterward I proceeded to Constantina, and next to Tunis. In the meane while I heard that Barbarossa was slaine at Tremizen, and that his brother called Cairadin [ 50] succeeded in the gouernment of Alger. Then we heard also that the Emperour Charles the fift * 1.482 had sent two armies to surprize Alger; the first whereof was destroyed vpon the plaine of Al∣ger, and the second hauing assailed the Towne three dayes together, was partly slaine, and part∣ly taken by Barbarossa, in somuch, that very few escaped backe into Spaine. This was done in the yeere of the Hegeira 922.

The Inhabitants of Medua being themselues vnlearned, so often as any learned man comes a∣mongst them, they entertaine him with great honour, and cause him to decide all their contro∣uersies. For the space of two moneths, while I remained with them, I gained aboue two hundred Ducats, and was so allured with the pleasantnesse of the place, that had not my dutie enforced me [ 60] to depart, I had remained there all the residue of my life. * 1.483

Vnto Temendfust belongeth a faire Hauen, where the Ships of Alger are safely harboured, for they haue no other Hauen so commodious. This Towne was at length destroyed by the Goths, and the greatest part of the wall of Alger was built with the stones which came from the wall of this Towne.

§. V.

The most remarkable things in IOHN LEO his fifth Booke of the Historie of Africa, and a description of the Kingdomes of Bugia and Tunis.

BVgia was subiect to the King of Tunis, and albeit, for certaine yeares the King of Telensin was Lord thereof, yet was it at length recouered againe by the King of Tunis, who committed the Gouernment of the Citie vn∣to [ 10] one of his Sonnes, both for the tranquillitie of Bugia, and also that no discord might happen among his Sonnes after his decease. Hee left behind him three Sonnes, the eldest whereof was called Habdulhaziz, and vnto him he bequeathed the Kingdome of Bugia, as is aforesaid: vnto the second, whose name was Hutmen, hee left the Kingdome of Tunis: and the third, called Hammare, he made Gouernour of the Region of Dates. This Ham∣mare began forth-with to wage warre against his Brother Hutmen, by whom beeing at length taken in the Towne of Asfacos, and depriued of both his eyes, hee was carryed Captiue vnto Tunis, where he liued many yeares blind: but his Brother Hutmen gouerned the Kingdome of Tunis full forty yeares. The Prince of Bugia beeing most louing and dutifull to his Brother, raigned for many yeares with great tranquillitie, till at length hee was by King Ferdinand of [ 20] Spaine, and by the meanes of one Pedro de Nauarra, cast out of his Kingdome.

This ancient Citie of Bugia was built (as some think) by the Romans, vpon the side of an high * 1.484 Mountayne, neere vnto the Mediterran Sea, is enuironed with wals of great height, and most stately in regard of their Antiquitie. The part thereof now peopled contayneth aboue eight thousand Families: but if it were all replenished with buildings, it were capeable of more then foure and twentie thousand Housholds, for it is of a great length. The Houses, Temples, and Colledges of this Citie are most sumptuously built. Professors of liberall Sciences heere are great store, whereof some teach matters pertayning to the Law, and others professe naturall * 1.485 Philosophie. Neyther Monasteries, Innes, nor Hospitals erected after their manner are heere wan∣ting: and their Market place is very large and fayre: their streetes either descend or ascend, [ 30] which is very troublesome to them that haue any businesse in the Towne. In that part of the Citie next vnto the top of the Mountayne standeth a strong Castle, most sumptuously and beau∣tifully walled: and there are such notable Letters and Pictures most artificially carued vpon the Playster-worke and Timber, that they are thought to haue cost much more then the building of the wall it selfe.

The Citizens were exceeding rich, and vsed with their Warlike Gallies continually to mo∣lest the Coasts of Spaine; which was the occasion of the vtter ouerthrow of their Citie. For Pedro de Nauarra was sent against them with a Fleet of fourteene Sayles onely. The Citizens being addicted wholy to pleasure and ease, and being terrified with the rumour of Warre, be∣cause they were neuer exercised therein, were no sooner aduertised of Pedro de Nauarra his ap∣proch, [ 40] * 1.486 but all of them together with their King betooke themselues to flight, and left their Ci∣tie abounding with all kind of riches and wealth, to be spoyled by the Spaniards, so that it was easily taken, in the yeere of Mahumet his Hegeira 917. Soone after Pedro de Nauarra hauing sacked the Citie, built a strong Fort vpon the Sea shoare, and repayred another which had lien a long time waste, furnishing them both with Souldiers and Munition.

The Inhabitants of Gegel, haue in despight of the Kings of Bugia and Tunis continued al∣wayes * 1.487 free from Tribute: for that impregnable Mountayne can be surprized by no siege nor en∣counter of the Enemy. At length they yeelded themselues vnto Barbarossa, who demanded none other Tribute of them, but onely the tenths of certaine Fruits and Corne.

The Inhabitants of Necaus are very rich, liberall, and curious in their apparell. Heere is an Hospitall maintayned at the common charges of the Towne, to entertayne Strangers that passe [ 50] by. Here is a Colledge also, the Students whereof are allowed their Dyet and apparell. Nei∣ther is this Towne destitute of a most stately and wel-furnished Temple. Their women are white, hauing blacke haires and a most delicate skinne, because they frequent the Bath-stoues so often. Most of their houses are but of one story high, yet are they very decent, and haue each one a Garden thereto belonging, replenished with Damaske Roses, Myrtles, Cammomill, and other herbs and flowers, and beeing watred with most pleasant Fountaines. In these Gardens likewise there are most stately Arbours and Bowres, the coole shaddow whereof in Summer time is most acceptable.

No man can deny the Romanes to haue beene Founders of this Citie, that shall consider the [ 60] great strength, height and antiquitie of the wals, and how curiously they are beset and adorned * 1.488 with blacke stones. This Citie standeth vpon the South side of an exceeding high Mountayne, and is enuironed with steepe Rockes, vnder which Rockes and within the compasse whereof runneth the Riuer called Sufegmare, so that the said deepe Riuer with the Rockes on either side,

serueth in stead of a Towne-ditch to Constantina. The North part is compassed with a wall of great thicknesse: and there are two extreme narrow passages onely to enter into the Citie, one on the East part, and another on the West. The Citie gates are very large and stately. The Citie it selfe contayneth aboue eight thousand Families. Buildings it hath very sumptuous, as namely, the Chiefe Temple, two Colledges, three or foure Monasteries, and other such like. Here e∣uery Trade and Occupation hath a seuerall place assigned: and the Inhabitants are right honest and valiant people. Here is likewise a great Company of Merchants, whereof some sell Cloth and Wooll, others send Oyle and Silke into Numidia, and the residue exchange Linnen-cloth and other Wares for Slaues and Dates. Neyther are Dates so cheape in any Region of all Bar∣barie besides. The Kings of Tunis vsually commit the Gouernment of Constantina vnto their [ 10] eldest Sonnes.

Also without the Citie stand many fayre and ancient buildings. About a mile and a halfe from the Citie standeth a ceraine triumphall Arch, like vnto the triumphall Arches at Rome, which the grosse common people thinke to haue beene a Castle, where innumerable Deuils re∣mayned, * 1.489 which (they say) were expelled by the Mahumetans, when they came first to inhabit Constantina. From the Citie to the Riuer they descend by certaine staires hewen out of the Rocke: and neere vnto the Riuer standeth a little house so artificially cut out of the mayne Rock, that the Roofe, Pillars and Wals are all of one continued substance, and here the women of Con∣stantina wash their Linnen. Neere vnto the Citie likewise there is a certaine Bath of hot wa∣ter * 1.490 dispersing it selfe among the Rockes: in this Bath are great store of Snailes, which the fond [ 20] women of the Citie call Deuils: and when any one falleth into a Feuer or any other Disease, they suppose the Snailes to be the Authours thereof. And the onely remedie that they can ap∣ply * 1.491 vpon such an occasion, is this: first, they kill a white Hen, putting her into a Platter with her feathers on, and then very solemnely with Wax-candles they carry her to the Bath, and there leaue her: and many good fellowes there are, which so soone as the silly women haue set downe their Hens at the Bath, will come secretly thither, and conuay away the Hens to their owne Kitchins. Somewhat farther from the Citie Eastward, there is a Fountayne of extreme cold water, and neere vnto it standeth a certaine building of Marble adorned with sundry Hie∣roglyphicall Pictures or Emblemes, such as I haue seene at Rome, and at many other places of Europe. But the common people imagine that it was in times past a Grammar Schoole, and be∣cause [ 30] both the Masters and Schollers thereof were most vicious, they were transformed (say they) into Marble.

Bona, was in ancient times called Hippo, where the Reuerend Father Saint Augustine was once * 1.492 Bishop. It was in processe of time subdued by the Gothes, and was afterward surprized and burnt to ashes by Hutmen the third Patriarke after Mahumet. And many yeeres after they built a new Towne within two miles, of the stones that were brought from the ruines of Bona: which new Towne they called Beld Elhuneb, that is, the Citie of the fruit called Ziziphus or Iuiuba, by reason of the great abundance of that fruit: the which they vse to dry in the Sunne, and to keepe till Winter. It contayneth almost three hundred Families, and all the houses and buildings thereof are very base, saue one onely Temple which standeth next the Sea. The In∣habitants [ 40] are all of an ingenuous disposition, some of them being Merchants, and the residue Artizans. Here is great store of Linnen-cloth wouen, the greatest part whereof is carryed to Numidia.

Euery Friday they haue neere vnto the Towne wals a Market, which is well frequented euen * 1.493 till night. Not farre from hence there is a certaine place in the Sea, abounding with great store of Corall: and because the Townesmen know not how 〈◊〉〈◊〉 fish for the same, the King of Tnnis li∣censed certaine Merchants of Genoa to fish for it: who in regard of the continuall assaults of Pirates, because they could not speed of their purpose, they obtayned leaue also of the King to build a Castle neere vnto the place: but that the Townesmen would in no case permit, saying, that the Genoueses in times past tooke their Towne by such a wile, and that it was afterward re∣couered [ 50] againe by the King of Tunis.

Tebessa, compassed with an high wall made of such stones, as are to be seene vpon the Colosso * 1.494 at Rome: neither saw I, to my remembrance, any such wals in all Africa or Europe; and yet the houses and other buildings are very base. Through part of this Citie runneth a great Riuer: and in the Market, and diuers other places stand certaine Marble Pillars, hauing Epigrams and Sentences with Latine Letters engrauen vpon them: there are also other square Pillars of Mar∣ble couered with Roofes. The Plaines adiacent, albeit, very dry, yet are they most fruitfull for Corne. Fiue miles from hence, grow such abundance of Wall-nut-trees, as you would take them to be some thicke Forrest. Neere vnto this Towne standeth a certaine hill full of mighty Caues, wherein the common people say, that Giants inhabited of old: but it is most euident, that those Caues were digged by the Romanes at the same time, when they built the Citie: for [ 60] certaine it is that the stones whereof the Citie wals consist, were taken out of those Rockes. The Inhabitants are people of a couetous, inhumane, and beastly disposition; neither will they vouchsafe to looke vpon a stranger: insomuch, that Eldabag a famous Poet of the Citie of Malaga * 1.495

in Granada, hauing in his trauell this way receiued some discourtesie, wrote in disgrace of Tebessa certaine Satyricall Verses, which my selfe likewise haue thought good here to set downe in the dispraise thereof.

Within this place here's nought of any worth, Saue worthlesse Nuts, which Tebessa affoords. Soft, I mistake, the Marble walles are worth Your earnest view, so are the Christall Foords: But hence are banisht vertues all diuine, The place is Hell, the People worse then Swine.

This Eldabag was a most learned and elegant Poet in the Arabian Tongue, and out of measure [ 10] Satyricall, and bitter in his inuectiues. But to returne to our former purpose, these Tebessians haue alwaies rebelled against the King of Tunis, and haue slaine all the Gouernours that he hath sent. Wherefore the King that now is, trauelling vpon a time towards Numidia, sent certaine Am∣bassadours into the Citie, to know how the Citizens stood affected towards him: vnto whom they (in stead of God saue the King) made answere; God saue our Citie walles. Whereat the King waxing wroth, sacked the Citie forthwith, beheaded and hanged diuers of the inhabitants, and made such hauock, that euer since it hath remained desolate. This was done in the yeare of the Hegeira 915.

In the Towne of Vrbs, are to be seene sundry Monuments of the Romans, as namely, Images of * 1.496 Marble, and euery where vpon the Walles are sentences in Latin letters engrauen: the Towne [ 20] Walles are most artificially and sumptuously built. This Towne the Gothes, being assisted by the Moores, surprised, when as it contained the chiefe treasure and wealth that the Romans enioyed in all Africa. Afterward, it remained for certaine yeares desolate, being at length notwithstan∣ding inhabited anew; yet so, that it deserueth rather the name of a Village, then of a Towne.

We haue here giuen the Reader, with a small generall Map of Barbary and Egypt, a description of the Ruines of Carthage, with the Goletta and Bay of Tunis.

[illustration] map of Barbary

HONDIVS his Map of Barbarie and Egypt.

BARBARIA

[illustration] map of the Carthaginian coastline

CARTAGINENSIS SINUS

[illustration] map of Egypt

AEGYP∣TUS

The famous and ancient City Carthage was built at the first by a certaine people that came * 1.497 out of Syria. But others say that it was founded by a * 1.498 Queene. The African Chronicler Ibnu Rachich is of opinion, that it was built by a certaine people that came from Barca. Tripolis of Barbaria and Capis being taken by the Mahumetans, the Inhabitants of them hoth went vnto Carthage, whither the principall Romans and Gothes had retired themselues, who endeauored by all meanes to withstand the Mahumetans: and after many skirmishes the Romans fled to Bona, and the Goths left Carthage for a pray vnto the Mahumetans; so that it remained deselate many yeares after, till a certaine Mahumetan Patriarke, called Elmahdi brought in new Colonies: how∣beit * 1.499 he could scarce furnish the twentith part with Inhabitants. There are to be seene at this day certaine ruines of the Citie walls, till you come to a deepe and large Cisterne. And there re∣maineth as yet also a certaine Conduit, which conueyeth water to the Citie from a Mountaine [ 10] thirtie miles distant, being like vnto the Conduit of the great Palace at Rome. Neere vnto Car∣thage likewise are certaine great and ancient buildings, the description whereof is out of my re∣membrance. On the West and South part of this Citie, are diuers Gardens replenished with all kind of fruits, which are carried from thence to Tunis in great abundance. The plaines adioyning to this Citie are exceeding fruitfull, though not very large: for vpon the North part thereof lieth a Mountaine, the Sea, and the Gulfe of Tunis: on the East and South parts it ioyneth to the Plaines of Bensart. But * 1.500 now this Citie is fallen into extreme decay and misery: Merchants Shops there are not aboue twenty or fiue and twenty at the most: and all the houses of the Towne being scarce fiue hundred, are most base and beggerly. In my time here was a stately Temple, and a faire Colledge also, but no Students were therein. The Townesman, though ve∣rie [ 20] miserable, yet are they exceeding proud withall, and seeme to pretend a great shew of Religi∣on. And the greater part of them are either Gardiners or Husbandmen, and are grieuously op∣pressed with the Kings daily exactions.

This Citie is called by the Latines, Tunetum, and by the Arabians Tunus, which name they thinke to be corrupt, because it signifieth nought in their language: but in old time it was cal∣led * 1.501 Tarsis, after the name of a Citie in Asia. At the first it was a small Towne built by the Afri∣cans vpon a certaine Lake, about twelue miles distant from the Mediterran Sea. And vpon the decay of Carthage, Tunis began to increase both in buildings and inhabitants: for the inhabitants of Carthage were loth to remaine any longer in their owne Towne, fearing least some Armie would haue been sent out of Europe: wherefore they repaired vnto Tunis, and greatly enlarged [ 30] the buildings thereof. Afterward came thither one Hucba Vimen, the fourth Mahumetan Pa∣triarke, * 1.502 who perswaded the Citizens, that no Armie or Garrison ought to remaine in any Sea Townes; wherefore he built another Citie, called Cairaoan, being distant from the Mediterran Sea thirtie, and from Tunis almost an hundred miles: vnto which Citie the Armie marched from Tunis, and in the roome thereof other people were sent to inhabite. About an hundred and fiftie yeares after, Cairaoan being sacked by the Arabians, the Prince thereof was expelled, and became Gouernour of the Kingdome of Bugia: howbeit, he left certaine Kinsmen of his at Tunis, who gouerned that Citie. And ten yeares after, Bugia was taken by Ioseph, the sonne of Tesfin, who seeing the humanitie of the foresaid Prince, would not expell him out of his Kingdome: but so long as it remained to the said Prince and his posteritie, Ioseph caused it to be free from all mole∣station. [ 40] Afterward, Abdul Mumen, King of Maroco, hauing recouered Mahdia from the Chri∣stians, marched toward Tunis, and got possession thereof also. And so Tunis remained peaceably * 1.503 vnder the Dominion of the Kings of Maroco, so long as the Kingdome was gouerned by the said Abdul, and his sonne Ioseph, and their successors Iacob and Mansor. But after the decease of Mansor, his sonne Mahumet Ennasir made warre against the King of Spaine, by whom being van∣qui••hed, he fled to Maroco, and there within few yeares ended his life. After him succeeded his brother Ioseph, who was slaine by certaine souldiers of the King of Telensin. An so vpon the death of Mahumet, and of his brother Ioseph, the Arabians began to inhabite the Territorie of Tunis, and to make often siedges and assaults against the Citie it selfe: whereupon the Gouernour of Tunis aduertised the King of Maroco, that vnlesse present aide were sent, he must be constrained [ 50] to yeeld Tunis vnto the Arabians. The King therefore sent a certaine valiant Captaine, called Habduluahidi, and borne in Siuill, a Citie of Granada, with a Fleete of twentie Sayles vnto Tunis, * 1.504 which he found halfe destroyed by the Arabians: but so great was his eloquence and wis∣dome, that he restored all things to their former estate, and receiued the yearely tribute. After Habduluahidi succeeded his sonne Abu Zachheria, who in learning and dexteritie of wit, excel∣led his father. This Abu built a Castle vpon a certaine high place of the West part of Tunis, which he adorned with faire buildings, and with a most beautifull Temple. Afterward, taking his iourney vnto the Kingdome of Tripolis, and returning home by the Southerne regions, he ga∣thered tribute in all those places: so that after his decease, he left great treasure vnto his sonne. [ 60] And after Abu succeeded his sonne, who grew so insolent, that hee would not be subiect to the King of Maroco, because hee perceiued his Kingdome to decay: at the same time also had the Marin Family gotten possession of the Kingdome of Fez, and so was the Familie of Beni Zeijen possessed of the Kingdomes of Telensin and Granada. And so while all those Regions were

at mutuall dissention, the Dominions of Tunis began mightily to encrease; insomuch, that the King of Tunis marched vnto Telensin, and demanded tribute of the inhabitants. Wherefore the King of Fez, who as then laid siege against Maroco, craued by his Ambassadors the King of Tunis his friendship, and with great gifts obtained the same. Then the King of Tunis returning home Conquerour from Telensin, was receiued with great triumph, and was saluted King of all Africa, because indeed there was no Prince of Africa at the same time comparable vnto him. Where∣fore he began to ordaine a Royall Court, and to choose Secretaries, Counsellors, Captaines, and other Officers appertaining to a King; after the very same manner that was vsed in the Court of Maroco. And from the time of this King euen till our times, the Kingdome of Tunis hath so prospered, that now it is accounted the richest Kingdome in all Africa. The said Kings so ••ne * 1.505 [ 10] reigning after his fathers death, enlarged the Suburbs of Tunis with most stately buildings. Without the Gate called Bed Suvaica he built a streete, containing to the number of three hua∣dred Families: and he built another street at the Gate, called Bed el Manera, consisting of more then a thousand Families. In both of these streetes dwell great store of Artificers, and in the street last mentioned, all the Christians of Tunis, which are of the Kings Guard, haue their abode. Likewise, there is a third streete built at the Gate next vnto the Sea, called Beb el Ba∣har, and being but halfe a mile distant from the Gulfe of Tunis. Hither doe the Genoueses, Venetians, and all other Christian Merchants resort, and here they repose themselues out of the tumult and concourse of the Moores: and this street is of so great bignesse, that it contai∣neth three hundred Families of Christians and Moores; but the houses are very low, and of small receit. The Families of the Citie, together with them of the Suburbs, amount almost to the number of ten thousand. This stately and populous Citie hath a peculiar place assigned for [ 20] each Trade and Occupation. Here dwell great store of Linnen-weauers, and the Linnen that they weaue is exceeding fine, and sold at a great price ouer all Africa. The women of this Towne vse a strange kind of spinning: for standing vpon an high place, or on the vpper part of the house, they let downe their Spindles at a window, or through a hole of the plancher into a lower * 1.506 roome, so that the weight of the Spindle makes the thread very equall and euen. The apparell of their Merchants, Priests, and Doctors is very decent. Vpon their heads they were a Dulipan, which is couered with a great Linnen-cloath: the Courtiers likewise and the Souldiers weare all of them Dulipans, but not couered with Linnen. Rich men here are but few, by reason of the exceeding scarcitie of all kind of graine: for a man cannot till a piece of ground, be it neuer so neere the Citie, in regard of the manifold inuasions of the Arabians. Corne is brought vnto them [ 30] from other Regions and Cities, as namely, from Vrbs, from Beggi, and from Bona. Some of the Citizens of Tunis haue certaine Fields in the Suburbs walled round about, where they sow some quantitie of Barley, and of other Corne: howbeit, the soyle is marueilous dry, and standeth in need of much watring: for which purpose euery man hath a pit, whereout with a certaine wheele turned about by a Mule or a Camell, and through certaine conueyances and passages made for the nonce, they water all the vpper part of their ground. Now consider (I pray you) what great crop of Corne can be reaped out of so little a Field, walled round about, and watred by such cunning and industrie. Bread they make very excellent, albeit they leaue the Bran still among the Flower, and they bake their Loaues in certaine Mortars, such as the Egyptians vse to beate Flaxe in. In this Citie they haue no Fountaines, Riuers, nor Wells of fresh water: but they all vse raine water taken out of Cisterns, sauing that there is a Fountaine in the Suburbs, [ 40] from whence certaine Porters bring salt water into the Citie to sell, which they thinke to bee more whole some and fit for drinke then raine water. Other Wells there are that affoord most excellent water, which is reserued only for the King and his Courtiers. In this Citie there is one most stately Temple, furnished with sufficient number of Priests, and with rich reuenues. Other Temples there be also, but not endowed with so ample reuenues: here are Colledges likewise and Monasteries built after their manner, all which are maintained vpon the common beneuo∣lence of the Citie. There are certaine people in this Citie, whom a man would take to bee di∣stracted, * 1.507 which goe bare-headed and bare-footed, carrying stones about with them, and these are reuerenced by the common people for men of singular holinesse. Moreouer, on the behalfe of [ 50] one of these mad fellowes, called Sidi el Dahi; and for the residue of his fond Societie, the King of Tunis built one of the foresaid Monasteries, and endowed the same with most ample reuenues. All the houses of this Citie are indifferently beautifull, being built of excellent stones, and ador∣ned with much painting and caruing. They haue very artificiall pargettings or plaister-works, which they beautifie with Orient colours; for Wood to carue vpon is very scarce at Tunis. The floores of their Chambers are paued with certaine shining and faire stones: and most of their houses are but of one storie high: and almost euery house hath two Gates or entrances; one to∣wards the street, and another towards the Kitchin and other back-roomes, betweene which Gates they haue a faire Court, where they may walke and conferre with their friends. Po∣uertie [ 60] constraineth some of their women to leade a•• vnchast life: they are decently apparelled, and going foorth of the house, they weare vailes or maskes before their faces, like vnto the wo∣men of Fez: for with one Linnen-cloth they couer their fore-heads, and ioyne thereto another

which they call Setfari: but about their heads they lap such fardels of Linnen, as they seeme comparable to the heads of Giants. Most part of their substance and labour they bestow vpon Perfumes and other such vanities. They haue here a Compound, called Lhasis, whereof whosoe∣uer eateth but one Ounce, falleth a laughing, disporting, and dallying, as if he were halfe drunken, and is by the said Confection maruellously prouoked vnto lust.

So soone as the King of Tunis hath by inheritance attained to his Kingdome, all his Nobles, * 1.508 Doctors, Priests, and Iudges, bind themselues by solemne Oath vnto him. Immediatly after any Kings death, his sonne and heire apparent succeedeth in the Kingdome: then the chiefe Officer of the Court (called the Munafid, because he is the Kings Vice-Roy or High Deputie) presenteth himselfe forthwith vnto the new King, and giueth vp an account of all things which hee did [ 10] while the old King liued: and then at the Kings appointment, euerie of the Nobles receiue Of∣fices from the Munafid according to their feuerall places of dignitie. Another principall Officer there is, called the Mesuare, that is, the Great Commander and Gouernour of the warlike forces: who hath authority to increase or diminish the number of Souldiers, to giue them their pay, to leuie Armies, and to conduct the same whither he thinketh good. The third Officer in dignitie, is the Castellan, who with his Souldiers taketh charge of the Castle, and looketh to the safeguard of the Kings owne person: and he allotteth punishments vnto such prisoners, as are brought into the said Castle, as if he were the King himselfe. The fourth Officer, is the Gouernour of the Citie, whose dutie is to administer Iustice in the Common-wealth, and to punish Malefactors. The fifth Officer, is the Kings Secretarie, who hath authoritie to write, and to giue answere in the Kings [ 20] name: he may open also, and reade any Letters whatsoeuer, except such as are sent vnto the Ca∣stellan and Gouernour of the Citie. The sixth, is the Kings Chiefe Chamberlaine, who is to fur∣nish the Walles with Hangings, to appoint vnto euery man his place, and by a Messenger to as∣semble the Kings Counsellors; and this man hath great familiaritie with the King, and hath ac∣cesse to speake with him, as often as he pleaseth. The seuenth in dignitie, is the Kings Treasurer, who receiueth all Customes, Tributes, and yearely reuenues, and payeth them, with the Kings consent, vnto the Munafid. These are the chiefe Officers vnder the King; of the residue (lest I should seeme tedious to the Reader) I haue of purpose omitted to intreate of. I could here make a large discourse of the Kings vices that now reigneth (at whose hands I confesse my selfe to haue receiued great benefits) but that is not my purpose at this present: this one thing I can af∣firme, [ 30] that he is maruellous cunning to procure money out of his subiects purses. But he himselfe liueth sometimes in his Palace, and sometimes in Gardens, in the company of his Concu∣bines, Musicians, Stage-plaiers, and such like. When he calleth for any Musician, he is brought * 1.509 in blindfold or hoodwinked in manner of a Hawke.

El Mahdia, founded in our time by Mahdi the first Patriarke of Cairaoan vpon the Mediter∣ran * 1.510 sea, and fortified with strong Walls, Towers, and Gates, hath a most noble Hauen belonging thereto. Mahdi when he first entred into this Region, fained himselfe in an vnknowne habite to be descended of the linage of Mahumet, whereby growing into great fauour of the people, hee was by their assistance made Prince of Cairaon, and was called El Mahdi Califa: afterward tra∣uelling fortie dayes iourney Westward into Numidia to receiue tribute due vnto him, he was ta∣was [ 40] by the Prince of Segelmesse, and put in prison; howbeit, the said Prince of Segelmesse be∣ing presently moued with compassion toward him, restored him to his former libertie, and was for his good will not long after slaine by him: afterward tyrannizing ouer the people, and per∣ceiuing some to conspire against him, he erected this Towne of Mahdia, to the end hee might there find safe refuge when need required. At length one Beiezid, a Mahumetan Prelate (whom they called the Caualleir, or Knight of the Asse, because that riding continually vpon an Asse, hee conducted an Armie of fortie thousand men) came vnto Cairaoan: but Mahdi fled vnto his new Towne, where with thirtie Sayle of ships, sent him by a Mahumetan Prince of Cordoua, he so valiantly encountred the Enemie, that Beiezid and his sonne were both slaine in that battell afterward returning to Carraoan, hee grew in league and amitie with the Citizens, and so the [ 50] gouernment remained vnto his posteritie for many yeares.

The famous Citie of Cairaoan, otherwise called Caroen, was founded by Hucba, who was sent * 1.511 generall of an Armie cut of Arabia Desarta by Hutmen, the third Muhumetan Califa. From the Mediterran Sea, this Citie is distant sixe and thirtie, and from Tunis almost an hundred miles: neither was it built (they say) for any other purpose, but onely that the Arabian Armie might securely rest therein with all such spoiles, as they wonne from the Barbarians, and the Numidi∣ans. He enuironed it with most impregnable Walls, and built therein a sumptuous Temple, supported with stately Pillars. The said Hucba after the death of Hutmen was ordained Prince of Muchauia, and gouerned the same till the time of Qualid Califa, the sonne of Habdul Malic, who as then reigned in Damasco. This Qualid sent a certaine Captaine, called Muse, the sonne of Nosair, with an huge Armie vnto Cairaoan; who hauing staied a few dayes with his Ar∣mie [ 60] not farre from Cairaoan, marched Westward, sacking and spoyling Townes and Cities, till hee came to the Ocean Sea shore, and then hee returned towards Cairaoan againe. From whence hee sent as his Deputie a certaine Captaine into Mauritania, who there also conquered

many Regions and Cities: insomuch that Muse being mooued with a iealous emulation, com∣manded him to stay till himselfe came. His said Deputie therefore, called Tarich, encamped himselfe not farre from Andaluzia, whither Muse within foure moneths came vnto him with an huge Armie; from whence both of them with their Armies crossing the Seas, arriued in Granada, and so marched by land against the Gothes. Against whom Theodoricus, the King of Goths, opposing himselfe in battaile, was miserably vanquished. Then the foresaid two Captaines with all good successe proceeded euen to Castilia, and sacked the Citie of Toledo, where amongst much other treasure, they found many Reliques of the Saints, and the very same Table whereat Christ sate with his blessed Apostles; which being couered with pure Gold, and * 1.512 adorned with great store of precious stones, was esteemed to bee worth halfe a million of Ducats, [ 10] and this Table, Muse carrying with him, as if it had been all the Treasure in Spaine, returned with his Armie ouer the Sea, and bent his course toward Cairaoan. And being in the meane space sent for by the Letters of Qualid Califa, hee sayled into Egypt: but arriuing at Alexan∣dria, it was told him by one Hescian, brother vnto the said Califa, that the Califa his brother was fallen into a most dangerous disease: wherefore hee wished him not to goe presently vn∣to Damasco, for feare least if the Califa died in the meane season, those rich and sumptuous Spoyles should be wasted and dispersed to no end. But Muse little regarding this counsell, pro∣ceeded on to Damasco, and presented all his Spoyles to the Califa, who within fiue dayes af∣ter deceased. After whom his brother succeeding Califa, depriued Muse of his dignitie, and substituted one Iezul into his roome, whose sonne, brother, and nephewes succeeding, gouerned [ 20] the Citie of Cairaoan, till such time as the Familie of Qualid was depriued of that dignitie, and one Elagleb was appointed Lieutenant, who gouerned not the Towne as a Califa: from that time the Mahumetan Califas leauing Damasco, remoued vnto Bagad••d, as wee find recorded in a certaine Chronicle. After the decease of Elagleb, succeeded his sonne, and the gouern∣ment remained vnto his posteritie for an hundred threescore and tenne yeares, till such time as they were depriued thereof by one Mahdi Califa. But at the same time when Elagleb was Go∣uernour, the Citie of Cairaoan was so increased, both with inhabitants and buildings, that a Towne, called Recheda, was built next vnto it, where the Prince with his Nobles vsed to re∣maine. In his time also the Ile of Sicilia was wonne: for Elagleb sent thither a certaine Cap∣taine, * 1.513 called Halcama, who built vpon the said Iland a Towne in stead of a Fort, calling it ac∣cording [ 30] to his owne name, Halcama; which name is vsed by the Sicilians euen till this pre∣sent. Afterward this new Towne was besieged by certaine people that came to aide the Sici∣lians. Whereupon one Ased was sent with an Armie, and so the Moores Forces being augmented, they conquered the residue of Sicilia, by which meanes the Dominions of Cairaoan began wonderfully to increase. The Citie of Cairaoan standeth vpon a Sandie and Desart Plaine, which beareth no Trees, nor yet any Corne at all. In this Citie for certaine yeares the studie of the Mahumetan Law mightily flourished, so that here were the most famous Law∣yers in all Africa. It was at length destroyed, and replanted againe with new inhabitants, but it could neuer attaine vnto the former estate. At this present it is inhabited by none but Leather∣dressers, who send their Leather vnto the Cities of Numidia, and exchange it also for Cloath [ 40] of Europe.

A mile and a half to the South of El Hamma beginneth a certain Riuer of hot water to Spring, * 1.514 which being brought through the midst of the Citie by certaine Chanels, is so deepe that it will reach vp to a mans nauell: howbeit, by reason of the extreme heate of the water, there are but few that wil enter thereinto. And yet the inhabitants vse it for drinke, hauing set it a cooling al∣most an whole day. At length this Riuer not far from the Towne maketh a certain Lake, which * 1.515 is called the Lake of Leapers: for it is of wonderfull force to heale the disease of leprosie, and to cure leprous sores: wherefore neere vnto it are diuers Cottages of Leapers, some of whom are restored to their health. The said water tasteth in a manner like Brimstone, so that it will no∣thing at all quench a mans thirst, whereof I my selfe haue had often triall. [ 50]

Gerbi being neere vnto the firme land of Africa, and consisting of a Plaine and Sandy ground, * 1.516 aboundeth exceedingly with Dates, Vines, Oliues, and other fruits, and containeth about eigh∣teene miles in compasse.

Old Tripolis built also by the Romans, was after wonne by the Goths, and lastly by the Ma∣humetans, in the time of Califa Homar the second. Which Mahumetans hauing besieged the Go∣uernour of Tripoli sixe moneths together, compelled him at length to flee vnto Carthage. The Citizens were partly slaine, and partly carried captiue into Egypt and Arabia, as the most famous African Historiographer, Ibnu Rachich reporteth.

After the destruction of old Tripolis, there was built another Citie of that name: which Ci∣tie being inuironed with most high and beautifull walls, but not very strong, is situate vpon a Sandy Plaine, which yeeldeth great store of Dates. The houses of this City are most stately, in [ 60] respect of the Houses of Tunis; and here also euery trade and occupation hath a seuerall place. Weauers here are many. They haue no Wells nor Fountaines; but all their water is taken out of Cisterns. Corne in this Citie is at an exceeding rate; for all the Fields of Tripoli are

as sandy and barren as the fields of Numidia. In this Citie were many faire Temples and Col∣ledges built, and an Hospitall also for the maintenance of their owne poore people, and for the entertainment of strangers. Their fare is very base and homely, being onely Be••••s or Dump∣lings made of Barley meale: for that Region affoordeth so small quantitie euen of Barley, that he is accounted a wealthy man that hath a bushell or two of corne in store. The Citizens are most of them Merchants; for Tripolis standeth neere vnto Numidia and Tunis, neither is there any Citie or Towne of account betweene it and Alexandria: neither is it farre distant from the Iles of Sicilia and Malta: and vnto the Port of Tripolis Venetian Ships yeerely resort, and bring thither great store of Merchandize. This Citie hath alwayes beene subiect vnto the King of Tunis: but when Abulhasen the King of Fez besieged Tunis, the King of Tunis was constrained [ 10] with his Arabians to flee into the Desarts. Howbeit, when Abulhasen was conquered, the King of Tunis returned to his Kingdome: but his subiects began to oppose themselues against him: and so that Common-wealth was afterward grieuously turmoyled with ciuill dissensions and warres. Whereof the King of Fez hauing intelligence, marched the fifth yeere of the said ciuill warre with an armie against the Citie of Tunis, and hauing vanquished the King thereof, and constrained him to flee vnto Constantina, he so straitly besieged him, that the Citizens of Constantina seeing themselues not able to withstand the King of Fez, opened their Citie gates to him and to all his armie. Whereupon the King of Tunis was carried captiue vnto Fez, and was afterward kept a while prisoner in the Castle of Septa. In the meane season Tripolis was * 1.517 by a Genouese Fleete of twenty sailes surprised and sacked, and the Inhabitants carried a∣way [ 20] captiue. Whereof the King of Fez being aduertised, gaue the Genoueses fiftie thousand Ducats, vpon condition, that he might enioy the Towne in peace. But the Genoueses hauing surrendred the Towne, perceiued after their departure, that most part of their Ducats were counterfeit. Afterward, the King of Tunis beeing restored vnto his former libertie by A∣buselim King of Fez, returned home vnto his Kingdome, and so the gouernement thereof re∣mained vnto him and his posteritie, till Abubar the sonne of Hutmen together with his young sonne was slaine in the Castle of Tripolis by a nephew of his, who afterward vsurped the King∣dome: but he was slaine in a battell which he fought against Habdul Mumen, who presently thereupon became Lord of Tripolis. After him succeeded his sonne Zacharias, who within a few moneths dyed of the pestilence. After Zacharias, Mucamen the sonne of Hesen, and cou∣sin [ 30] to Zacharias was chosen King; who beginning to tyrannize ouer the Citizens was by them expelled out of his Kingdome: and afterward a certaine Citizen was aduanced vnto the Royall Throne, who gouerned very modestly. But the King which was before expelled, sent an army of Souldiers against Tripolis, who loosing the field, were all of them put to flight. Afterward, the King that began to Raigne so modestly, prooued a very tyrant, and being murthered by his kinsmen, the people made choise of a certaine Nobleman, leading as then a Heremits life, and in a manner against his will appointed him their Gouernour: and so the gouernment of the Citie of Tripolis remained vnto him and his posteritie, till such time as King Ferdinando sent Don Pedro de Nauarra against it: who on the sudden encountring this City, carried away ma∣ny * 1.518 captiues with him. The Gouernour of Tripolis and his sonne in-law were sent prisoners vn∣to M••ssina. Where, after certaine yeeres imprisonment, they were restored by the Emperour [ 40] Charles the fift, vnto their former liberty, and returned vnto Tripolis, which Towne was after∣ward destroyed by the Christians. The Castle of Tripolis being enuironed with most strong * 1.519 walles, begin (as I vnderstand) to be replanted with new Inhabitants.

§. VI.

Collections taken out of IOHN LEO his sixt Booke of the Historie of Africa. [ 50]

IN Barca they haue not any Corne growing at all. But Corne and other necessaries are brought vnto them by Sea from Sicilia, which that euery of them may purchase, they are constrained to lay their sonnes to gage, and then goe rob and rifle trauellers to redeeme them againe. Neuer did you heare of more cruell and bloody theeues: * 1.520 for after they haue robbed Merchants of all their goods and apparell, they powre warme milke downe their throats, hanging them vp by the heeles vpon some tree, and forcing them to cast their gorge, wherein the lewd varlets search diligently for gold, suspecting that the Mer∣chants swallowed vp their Crownes before they entred that dangerous Desart.

Being about to describe all the Cities and Townes of Numidia, I will first begin with Tesset: which ancient Towne built by the Numidians, neere vnto the Libyan Desarts, and enuironed [ 60] * 1.521 with walles of Sun-dried Bricke, deserueth scarcely the name of a Towne; and yet containeth foure hundred Families. It is compassed round about with sandy Plaines, sauing that neere vn∣to the Towne grow some store of Dates, of Mill-seed, and of Barlev, which the miserable

Townesmen vse for food. They are constrained also to pay large Tribute vnto the Arabians Inhabiting the next Desarts. They exercise traffique in the land of Negroes and in Guzula, in∣somuch, that they spend most of their time in forren Regions. They are of a blacke colour, and destitute of all learning. The women indeed teach their young children the first rudiments of learning, but before they can attaine to any perfection, they are put to labour, and to the Plough∣tayle. The said women are somewhat whiter then other women: some of them get their li∣uing by spinning and carding of wooll, and the residue spend their time in idlenesse. Such as are accounted richest in this Region, possesse but very few Cattell. They Till their ground with * 1.522 an Horse and a Camell, which kind of Plowing is obserued throughout all Numidia.

Guaden situate vpon the Numidian Desart, neere vnto Libia, is Inhabited by most miserable [ 10] and grosse people. Heere groweth nothing but Dates: and the Inhabitants ar at such enmitie with their neighbours, that it is dangerous for them to goe abroad. Howbeit, they giue them∣selues * 1.523 to hunting, and take certaine wilde Beasts called Elamth, and Ostriches, neither doe they eate any other flesh. All their Goats they reserue for milke. And these people also are blacke of colour.

The Prouince of Dara beginneth at Mount Atlas, extendeth itselfe Southward by the De∣sarts * 1.524 of Libia, almost two hundred and fiftie miles, and the breadth thereof is very narrow. All the Inhabitants dwell vpon a certaine Riuer which is called by the name of the Prouince. This Riuer sometime so ouerfloweth, that a man would thinke it to be a Sea, but in Summer it * 1.525 so diminishe••h, that any one may passe ouer it on foot. If so be it ouerfloweth about the begin∣ning * 1.526 of Aprill, it bringeth great plenty vnto the whole Region: if not, there followeth great scarcitie of Corne. Vpon the banke of this Riuer there are sundry Villages and Hamlets, and [ 20] diuers Castles also, which are enuironed with walles made of Sunne-dried Bricke and Mortar. All their Beames and Planchers consist of Date-trees, being notwithstanding vnfit for the pur∣pose; for the wood of Date-trees is not solid, but flexible and spungie. On either side of the said Riuer for the space of fiue or sixe miles, the fields abound exceedingly with Dates, which with good keeping will last many yeeres: and as heere are diuers kinds of Dates, so they are sold at sundry prices: for a bushell of some is woorth a Ducat, but others wherewith they feede their Horses and Camels, are scarce of a quarter so much value. Of Date-trees some are male and fe∣male: * 1.527 the male bring foorth flowers onely, and the female fruit: but the flowers of the female will not open, vnlesse the boughes and flowers of the male be ioyned vnto them: And if they bee not ioyned, the Dates will prooue starke naught, and containe great stones. The Inhabi∣tants [ 30] of Dara liue vpon Barley and other grosse meate: neither may they eate no bread but one∣ly * 1.528 vpon Festiuall dayes. Their Castles are Inhabited by Gold-smithes and other Artificers, and so are all the Regions lying in the way from Tombuto to Fez: in this Prouince also there are three or foure proper Townes, frequented Merchants and strangers, and containing many Shops and Temples. But the principall Towne called beni Sabih, and Inhabited with most va∣liant and liberall people, is diuided into two parts, either part hauing a seuerall Captaine or Gouernour: which Gouernours are oftentimes at great dissension, and especially when they moisten their arable Grounds, by reason that they are so skanted of water. A Merchant they will most courteously entertaine a whole yeere together, and then friendly dimissing him, they require nought at his hands, but will accept such liberality as he thinkes good to bestow vpon them. The said Gouernours so often as they fall a skirmishing, hire the next Arabians to aide [ 40] them, allowing them daily halfe a Ducat for their pay, and sometimes more, and giuing them their allowance euery day. In time of peace they trim their Harquebuzes, Hand-guns, and o∣ther weapons: neither saw I euer (to my remembrance) more cunning Harquebuziers then at this place. In this Prouince groweth great store of Indico, being an herbe like vnto the wilde * 1.529 woad, and this herbe they exchange with the Merchants of Fez and Tremisen for other wares. Corne is very scarce among them, and is brought thither from Fez and other Regions, neither haue they any great store of Goats or Horses, vnto whom in stead of Prouender they giue Dates, and a kind of herbe also which groweth in the Kingdome of Naples, and is called by the Neapolitans Farfa. They feed their Goats with the Nuts or Stones of their Dates beaten to * 1.530 powder, whereby they grow exceeding fat, and yeeld great quantity of milke. Their owne [ 50] food is the flesh of Camels and Goats, being vnsauory and displeasant in taste. Likewise they kill and eate Ostriches, the flesh whereof tasteth not much vnlike to the flesh of a dunghill∣cocke, sauing that it is more tough and made of a stronger smell, especially the Ostriches legge: which consisteth of slime flesh. Their women are faire, fat, and courteous: and they keepe diuers slaues which are brought out of the land of Negroes.

This Territory extending it selfe along the Riuer of Ziz from North to South almost twentie miles, contayneth about three hundred and fiftie Castles, besides Villages and Hamlets: three of which Castles are more principall then the rest. The first called Tenegent, and consisting of a [ 60] thousand and moe Families, standeth neere vnto the Citie of Segelmesse, and is inhabited with great store of Artificers. The second called Tebuhasan, standeth about eight miles to the South of Tenegent, being furnished also with great numbers of Inhabitants, and so fr••quented with

Merchants, that there is not in that respect the like place to bee found in all the whole Region besides. The third called Mamun, is resorted vnto by sundry Merchants, both Iewes and Moores.

These three Castles haue three seuerall Gouernours, who are at great dissention among them∣selues. They will oftentimes destroy one anothers Chanels, whereby their fields are watered, which cannot without great cost be repayred againe. They will stow the Palme-trees also to the very stockes: and vnto them a company of lewd Arabians associate themselues. They Coyne both Siluer and Gold money: but their Gold is not very speciall. Their Siluer Coyne weigheth foure graines a piece, eightie of which pieces are esteemed to bee worth one piece of their Gold Coyne. The Iewes and Arabians pay excessiue Tribute here. Some of their princi∣pall men are exceeding rich, and vse great Traffique vnto the Land of Negros: whither they [ 10] transport Wares of Barbarie, exchanging the same for Gold and Slaues. The Territory of Se∣gelmesse * 1.531 liue vpon Dates, except it be in certaine places where some Corne grew. Here are infinite numbers of Scorpions, but no Flyes at all. In Summer time this Region is extremely hot, and then are the Riuers so destitute of water, that the people are constrayned to draw salt water out of certaine Pits. The said Territory contayneth in circuit about eighty miles, all which, after the destruction of Segelmesse, the Inhabitants with small cost walled round about, to the end they might not be molested by continuall inrodes of Horsemen. While they liued all at vnitie and concord, they retayned their libertie: but since they fell to mutuall debate, their wall was ra∣zed, and each faction inuited the Arabians to helpe them, vnder whom by little and little they were brought in subiection. [ 20]

The common people together with one of our African Cosmographers, called Bicri, suppose * 1.532 that the Towne of Segelmesse was built by Alexander the Great, for the reliefe of his sicke and wounded Souldiers. Which opinion seemeth not probable to me: for I could neuer reade that Alexander the Great came into any part of these Regions. This Towne was situate vpon a Plaine neere vnto the Riuer of Ziz, and was enuironed with most stately and high wals, euen as in many places it is to be seene at this present. When the Mahumetans came first into Africa, the Inhabitants of this Towne were subiect vnto the Family of Zeneta; which Family was at length dispossessed of that authority by King Ioseph the Sonne of Tesfin, of the Family of Lun∣tuna. The Towne it selfe was very gallantly built, and the Inhabitants were rich, and had great Traffique vnto the Land of Negros. Here stood stately Temples and Colledges also, and great store of Conduits, the water whereof was drawne out of the Riuer by Wheeles. The Ayre in [ 30] this place is most temperate and holesome, sauing that in Winter it aboundeth with ouermuch moysture.

Vmmelhefen is a forlorne and base Castle, founded by the Arabians also, fiue and twentie miles * 1.533 from Segelmesse vpon a Desart, directly in the way from Segelmesse to Dara. It is enuironed with blacke wals, and continually garded by the Arabians. All Merchants that passe by, pay one fourth part of a Duckat for euery Camels lode. My selfe trauelling this way vpon a time in the company of fourteene Iewes, and being demanded how many there were of vs, wee said thir∣teene, but after I began particularly to reckon, I found the fourteenth and the fifteenth man a∣mongst vs, whom the Arabians would haue kept Prisoners, had wee not affirmed them to bee Mahumetans: howbeit not crediting our words, they examined them in the Law of Mahu∣met, [ 40] which when they perceiued them indeed to vnderstand, they permitted them to de∣part.

The three Castles of Fighig stand vpon a certaine Desart, maruellously abounding with Dates. The women of this place weaue a kind of cloth in forme of a Carpet, which is so fine, that a * 1.534 man would take it to be Silke, and this Cloth they sell at an excessiue rate at Fez, Telensin, and other places of Barbarie. The Inhabitants being men of an excellent wit, doe part of them vse Traffique to the Land of Negros, and the residue become Students at Fez: and so soone as they haue attayned to the degree of a Doctor, they returne to Numidia, where they are made either Priests or Senators, and proue most of them men of great wealth and reputation. From Segel∣messe, the said Castles are distant almost an hundred and fiftie miles Eastward. [ 50]

This great and large Region of Tegorarin in the Numidian Desart, standing about an hundred * 1.535 and twentie miles Eastward of Tesebit, contayneth fiftie Castles, and aboue an hundred Villa∣ges, and yeeldeth great plentie of Dates. The Inhabitants are rich, and haue ordinarie Traffique to the Land of Negros. Their fields are very apt for Corne, and yet by reason of their extreme drought, they stand in need of continuall watering and dunging. They allow vnto strangers houses to dwell in, requiring no money for rent but onely their dung, which they ke••pe most charily: yea, they take it in ill part if any stranger easeth himselfe without the doores. Flesh is very scarce among them: for their soyle is so dry, that it will scarce nourish any Cattell at all: they keepe a few Goats indeed for their Milkes sake: but the flesh that they ••ate is of Ca∣mels, [ 60] which the Arabians bring vnto their Markets to sell: they mingle their meate with salt Tallow, which is brought into this Region from Fez and Tremizen. There were in times past * 1.536 many rich Iewes in this Region, who by the meanes of a certaine Mahumetan P••••a••her, were at length expelled, and a great part of them slaine by the seditious people; and that in the very same yeare when the Iewes were expelled out of Spaine and Sicily.

The ancient Towne of Techort was built by the Numidians vpon a certaine Hill, by the foot whereof runneth a Riuer, vpon which Riuer standeth a draw-bridge. The wall of this Towne * 1.537 was made of free stone and lime, but that part which is next vnto the Mountayne hath instead of a wall an impregnable Rocke opposite against it: this Towne is distant fiue hundred miles Southward from the Mediterran Sea, and about three hundred miles from Tegorarim. Families it contayneth to the number of fiue and twenty hundred: all the houses are built of Sunne dryed * 1.538 Brickes, except their Temple which is somewhat more stately. Heere dwell great store both of Gentlemen and Artificers: and because they haue great abundance of Dates, and are destitute of Corne, the Merchants of Constantina exchange Corne with them for their Dates. All stran∣gers they fauour exceedingly, and friendly dismisse them without paying of ought. They had [ 10] rather match their Daughters vnto strangers, then to their owne Citizens: and for a Dowry they giue some certaine portion of Land, as it is accustomed in some places of Europe. So great and surpassing is their liberalitie, that they will heape many gifts vpon strangers, albeit they are sure neuer to see them againe.

The Gouernour at this present called Habdulla, is a valiant and liberall yong Prince, and most courteous vnto strangers, whereof I my selfe conuersing with him for certayne dayes, had good experience.

This Region is extremely hot, sandie and destitute both of Water and Corne: which wants are partly supplyed by their abundance of Dates. It contayneth to the number of fiue Townes and many Villages, all which we purpose in order to describe.

Their soyle in Pescara, yeeldeth nought but Dates. They haue beene gouerned by diuers * 1.539 [ 20] Princes; for they were a while subiect vnto the Kings of Tuuis, and that to the death of King Hutmen, after whom succeeded a Mahumetan Priest: neyther could the Kings of Tunis euer since that time recouer the Dominion of Pescara. Here are great abundance of Scorpions, and * 1.540 it is present death to bee stung by them: wherefore all the Townesmen in a manner depart into the Countrey in Summer time, where they remayne till the moneth of Nouember.

Not farre from Deusen are diuers Monuments of Antiquitie like vnto Sepulchres, wherein * 1.541 are found sundry pieces of Siluer Coyne, adorned with certayne Letters and Hieroglyphicall Figures, the interpretation whereof I could neuer find out.

The ancient Towne of Caphsa built also by the Romanes, had for certayne yeeres a Gouernour * 1.542 of their owne: but afterward being sacked by one Hucba a Captaine of Hutmen Califa, the [ 30] wals thereof were razed to the ground; but the Castle as yet remayneth, and is of great force; for the wall thereof being fiue and twentie Cubits high, and fiue Cubits thicke, is made of ex∣cellent stones, like vnto the stones of Vespasians Amphitheatre at Rome. Afterward the Towne wals were re-edified, and were destroyed againe by Mansor, who hauing slaine the Gouernour of the Towne and all the Inhabitants, appointed a new Gouernour ouer the same place. Now this Towne is very populous, all the houses thereof, except the Temple and a few other buil∣dings, being very deformed and base, and the streets are paued with blacke stones, like vnto the streets of Naples and Florence. The poore Inhabitants are continually oppressed with the ex∣actions of the King of Tunis. In the middest of the Towne are certaine square, large, and deepe Fountaines walled round about, the water whereof is hot and vnfit to be drunke, vnlesse [ 40] it be set an houre or two a cooling. The Ayre of this place is very vnholesome, insomuch that the greatest part of the Inhabitants are continually sicke of Feuers. People they are of a rude and illiberall disposition, and vnkind vnto strangers: wherefore they are had in great contempt by all other Africans. Not farre from this Towne are fields abounding with Dates, Oliues, and Pome-citrons: and the Dates and Oliues there are the best in all the whole Prouince: heere is likewise most excellent Oyle. The Inhabitants make themselues Shooes of Buckes Lea∣ther.

Hauing hitherto described all the Regions of Numidia, let vs now proceed vnto the descrip∣tion of Libya; which is diuided into fiue parts, as we signified in the beginning of this our Dis∣course. We will therefore beginne at the dry and forlorne Desart of Zanhaga, which borde∣reth [ 50] Westward vpon the Ocean Sea, and extendeth Eastward to the Salt-pits of Tegaza, Northward it abutteth vpon Sus, Haccha, and Dara, Regions of Numidia; and Southward it stretcheth to the Land of Negros, adioyning it selfe vnto the Kingdomes of Gualata and Tom∣buto. Water is here to be found scarce in an hundred miles trauell, beeing salt and vnsauourie, * 1.543 and drawne out of deepe Wels, especially in the way from Segelmesse to Tombuto. Heere are great store of wilde beasts and creeping things, whereof wee will make mention in place con∣uenient. In this Region there is a barren Desart called Azaoad, wherein neyther water nor any Habitations are to be found in the space of an hundred miles; beginning from the Well of Azaoad, to the Well of Araoan, which is distant from Tombuto about one hundred and fiftie [ 60] miles. Here both for lacke of water and extremitie of heate, great numbers of men and beast daily perish. * 1.544

Not farre from Agadez, there is found great store of Manna, which the Inhabitants gather in certaine little Vessels, carrying it while it is new vnto the Market of Agadez: and this

Manna beeing mingled with water they esteeme very daintie and precious Drinke. They put it also into their Pottage, and beeing so taken, it hath a maruellous force of refrigerating or cooling, which is the cause that here are so few Diseases; albeit, the Ayre of Tombuto and Aga∣dez be most vnholsome and corrupt. This Desart stretcheth from North to South almost three hundred miles.

The residue of the Libyan Desart, that is to say, from Augela to the Riuer of Nilus is inhabi∣ted * 1.545 by certayne Arabians and Africans, commonly called Leuata: and this is the extreme Ea∣sterly part of the Desarts of Libya.

This Region bordering vpon the Ocean Sea, contayneth many Villages and Hamlets, and is * 1.546 inhabited with most beggerly people. It standeth betweene Numidia and Libya, but somewhat [ 10] neerer vnto Libya. Here groweth neyther Barley nor any other Corne. Some Dates heere are, but very vnsauourie. The Inhabitants are continually molested by the Arabians inuasions: and some of them traffique in the Kingdome of Gualata.

In the Region of Tegaza, is great store of Salt digged, being whither then any Marble. This * 1.547 Salt is taken out of certaine Caues or Pits, at the entrance whereof stand their Cortages that worke in the Salt Mines. And these Workmen are all strangers, who sell the Salt which they digge vnto certaine Merchants, that carrie the same vpon Camels to the Kingdome of Tombu∣to, where there would otherwise be extreme scarcitie of Salt. Neyther haue the said Diggers of Salt any victuals but such as the Merchants bring vnto them: for they are distant from all in∣habited places, almost twentie dayes Iourney, insomuch, that oftentimes they perish for lacke of food, when as the Merchants come not in due time vnto them: Moreouer, the South-east wind [ 20] doth so often blind them, that they cannot liue here without great perill. I my selfe continued three dayes amongst them, all which time I was constrayned to drinke Salt water drawne out of certaine Wels not farre from the Salt Pits.

Berdoea, a Region situate in the midst of the Libyan Desart, and standing almost fiue hundred miles from Nilus, contayneth three Castles and fiue or sixe Villages, abounding with most ex∣cellent * 1.548 Dates. And the said three Castles were discouered eighteene yeeres agoe, by one Ha∣mar, in manner following: the Carauan of Merchants wandring out of the direct way, had a certaine blind man in their company which was acquainted with all those Regions: this blind Guide riding foremost vpon his Camell, commanded some Sand to be giuen him at euery miles [ 30] end, by the smell whereof hee declared the situation of the place: but when they were come within fortie miles of this Region, the blind man smelling of the Sand, affirmed, that they were not farre from some places inhabited, which some beleeued not, for they knew that they were distant from Egypt foure hundred and eightie miles, so that they tooke themselues to bee nee∣rer vnto Augela. Howbeit, within three dayes they found the said three Castles, the Inhabitants whereof wondering at the approach of strangers, and being greatly astonied, presently shut all their Gates, and would giue the Merchants no water to quench their extreme thirst. But the Merchants by mayne force entred, and hauing gotten water sufficient, betooke themselues againe to their Iourney.

Alguechet also being a Region of the Lybian Desart, is from Egypt an hundred and twentie * 1.549 miles distant. Here are three Castles and many Villages abounding with Dates. The Inhabi∣tants [ 40] are blacke, vile, and couetous people, and yet exceeding rich: for they dwell in the mid∣way betweene Egypt and Gaoga. They haue a Gouernour of their owne, notwithstanding they pay Tribute vnto the next Arabians.

§. VII.

Extracts taken out of IOHN LEO his seuenth Booke of the Historie of Africa, wherein he intreateth of the Land of Negros, and of [ 50] the Confines of Egypt.

OVr ancient Chroniclers of Africa, to wit, Bichri and Meshudi, knew nothing in the * 1.550 Land of Negros, but onely the Regions of Guechet and Cano: for in their time all o∣ther places of the Land of Negros were vndiscouered. But in the yeere of the Hegeira three hundred and eightie, by the meanes of a certaine Mahumetan which came into Barbarie, the residue of the said Land was found out, beeing as then inhabited by great numbers of people, which liued a brutish and sauage life, without any King, Gouernour, Common-wealth, or knowledge of Husbandry. Clad they were in skinnes of beasts, neither [ 60] had they any peculiar wiues: in the day time they kept their Cattell; and when night came * 1.551 they resorted ten or twelue, both men and women into one Cottage together, vsing hayrie skinnes in stead of beds, and each man choosing his Leman which hee had most fancie vnto. Warre they wage against no other Nation, nor yet are desirous to trauell out of their owne

Countrey. Some of them performe great adoration vnto the Sunne-rising: others, namely the people of Gualata, worship the fire: and some others, to wit, the Inhabitants of Gaoga, ap∣proach (after the Egyptians manner) neerer vnto the Christian Faith. These Negros were * 1.552 first subiect vnto King Ioseph the Founder of Maroco, and afterward vnto the fiue Nations of Libya; of whom they learned the Mahumetan Law, and diuers needfull handi-crafts: a while after when the Merchants of Barbarie began to resort vnto them with Merchandize, they lear∣ned the Barbarian language also. But the foresaid fiue People or Nations of Libya diuided this land so among themselues, that euery third part of each Nation possessed one Region. Howbe∣it, the King of Tombuto that now raigneth, called Abuacre Izchia, is a Negro by birth: this * 1.553 Abuacre after the decease of the former King, who was a Lybyan borne, slue all his sonnes, and so [ 10] vsurped the Kingdome. And hauing by warres for the space of fifteene yeere conquered ma∣ny large Dominions, hee then concluded a league with all Nations, and went on Pilgrimage to Mecca, in which Iourney hee so consumed his Treasure, that he was constrained to borrow * 1.554 great summes of money of other Princes. Moreouer, the fifteene Kingdomes of the land of Negros knowen to vs, are all situate vpon the Riuer of Niger, and vpon other Riuers which fall therinto. And all the land of Negros standeth betweene two vast Desarts, for on the one side ly∣eth * 1.555 the maine Desart betweene Numidia and it, which extendeth it selfe vnto this very land: and the South side thereof adioyneth vpon another Desart, which stretcheth from thence to the maine Ocean: in which Desart are infinite Nations vnknowen to vs, both by reason of the huge distance of place, and also in regard of the diuersitie of Languages and Religions. They haue no [ 20] traff que at all with our people, but we haue heard oftentimes of their traff••que with the Inha∣bitants of the Ocean Sea shoare.

The Region of Gualata in regard of others is very small: for it containeth onely three great * 1.556 Villages, with certaine Granges and fields of Dates. From Nun it is distant Southward about three hundred, from Tombuto Northward fiue hundred, and from the Ocean Sea about two hun∣dred miles. In this Region the people of Libya, while they were Lords of the land of Negros, ordained their chiefe Princely seate: and then great store of Barbarie Merchants frequented Gualata: but afterward in the Raigne of the Mightie and rich Prince Heli, the said Merchants leauing Gualata, began to resort vnto Tombuto and Gago, which was the occasion that the Re∣gion of Gualata grew extreme beggerly. The language of this Region is called Sungai, and the [ 30] Inhabitants are blacke people, and most friendly vnto strangers. In my time this Region was conquered by the King of Tombuto, and the Prince thereof fled into the Desarts, whereof the King of Tombuto hauing intelligence, and fearing least the Prince would returne with all the people of the Desarts, graunted him peace, conditionally that he should pay a great yeerely Tri∣bute vnto him, and so the said Prince hath remained Tributarie to the King of Tombuto vntill this present. The people agree in manners and fashions with the Inhabitants of the next De∣sart. Heere groweth some quantity of Mil-seed, and great store of a round and white kinde of pulse, the like whereof I neuer saw in Europe; but flesh is extreme scarce among them. Both the * 1.557 men and the women doe so couer their heads, that all their countenance is almost hidden. Heere is no forme of a Common-wealth, nor yet any Gouernours or Iudges, but the people lead a most [ 40] miserable life.

The Kingdome called by the Merchants of our Nation Gheneoa, by the naturall Inhabitants thereof Genni, and by the Portugals and other people of Europe Ghinea, standeth in the midst betweene Gualata on the North, Tombuto on the East, and the Kingdome of Melli on the South. In length it containeth almost fiue hundred miles, and extended two hundred and fifty miles along the Riuer of Niger, and bordereth vpon the Ocean Sea in the same place, where Ni∣ger falleth into the said Sea. This place exceedingly aboundeth with Barley, Rice, Cattell, Fi∣shes, and Cotten: and their Cotten they sell vnto the Merchants of Barbarie, for cloth of Eu∣rope, for Brazen vessels, for Armour, and other such commodities. Their Coine is of Gold without any stampe or inscription at all: they haue certaine Iron-money also, which they vse about matters of small value, some peeces whereof weigh a pound, some halfe a pound, and [ 50] some one quarter of a pound. In all this Kingdome there is no fruit to be found but only Dates, which are brought hither either out of Gualata or Numidia. Heere is neither Towne nor Ca∣stle, but a certaine great Village onely, wherein the Prince of Ghinea, together with his Priests, Doctors, Merchants, and all the principall men of the Region inhabite. The walles of their houses are built of Chalke, and the roofes are couered with Strawe: the Inhabitants are clad in blacke or blew Cotten, wherewith they couer their heads also: but the Priests and Do∣ctors * 1.558 of their Law goe apparelled in white Cotten. This Region during the three moneths of Iuly, August, and September, is yeerely enuironed with the ouerflowings of Niger in manner of an Iland; all which time the Merchants of Tombuto conueigh their Merchandize hither in certaine Canoas or narrow Boats made of one tree, which they rowe all the day long, but at [ 60] night they binde them to the shoare, and lodge themselues vpon the land. This Kingdome was * 1.559 subiect in times past vnto a certaine people of Libya, and became afterward Tributarie vnto King Soni Heli, after whom succeeded Soni Heli Izchia, who kept the Prince of this Region pri∣soner

at Gago, where together with a certaine Nobleman, he miserably died.

The Region of Melli extending it selfe almost three hundred miles along the side of a Riuer * 1.560 which falleth into Niger, bordereth Northward vpon the Region last described, Southward vp∣on certaine Desarts and drie Mountaines, Westward, vpon huge Woods and Forrests, stretching to the Ocean Sea shoare, And Eastward vpon the Territorie of Gago. In this Kingdome there is a large and ample Village containing to the number of sixe thousand or moe Families, and called Melli, whereof the whole Kingdome is so named. And heere the King hath his place of Residence. The Region it selfe yeeldeth great abundance of Corne, Flesh, and Cotton. Heere are many Artificers and Merchants in all places: and yet the King honorably entertai∣neth all strangers. The Inhabitants are rich, and haue plenty of wares. Heere are great store of [ 10] Temples, Priests, and Professors, which Professors read their Lectures onely in the Temples, * 1.561 because they haue no Colledges at all. The people of this Region excell all other Negros in wit, ciuility, and industry; and were the first that embraced the Law of Mahumet, at the same time when the Vncle of Ioseph the King of Maroco was their Prince, and the Gouernment re∣mained for a while vnto his posteritie: at length Izchia subdued the Prince of this Region, and made him his Tributarie, and so oppressed him with grieuous exactions, that he was scarce able * 1.562 to maintaine his Family.

Tombuto is so called of a certaine Towne so called, which (they say) King Mense Suleiman founded in the yeere of the Hegeira 610. and it is situate within twelue miles of a certaine branch of Niger, all the houses whereof are now changed into Cottages built of Chalke, and [ 20] couered with Thatch. Howbeit, there is a most stately Temple to be seene, the walles where∣of are made of stone and lime; and a Princely, Palace also built by a most excellent workeman of Granada. Heere are many shops of Artificers, and Merchants, and especially of such as weaue Linnen or Cotten cloth. And hither doe the Barbarie Merchants bring cloth of Europe. All the women of this Region except Maid-seruants goe with their faces couered, and sell all ne∣cessary victuals. The Inhabitants, and especially strangers there residing, are exceeding rich, in∣som••ch, that the King that * 1.563 now is, married both his daughters vnto two rich Merchants. Heere are many welles, containing most sweet water; and so often as the Riuer Niger ouer∣floweth, they conueigh the water thereof by certaine sluces into the Towne. Corne, Cattell, Milke, and Butter, this Region yeeldeth in great abundance: but salt is very scarce heere; for it [ 30] is brought hither by land from Tegaza, which is fiue hundred miles distant. When I my selfe was heere, I saw one Camels load of Salt sold for eightie Duckats. The rich King of Tombuto hath many Plates and Scepters of Gold, some whereof weigh one thousand and three hundred pounds: and he keepes a magnificent and well furnished Court. When he trauelleth any whi∣ther he rideth vpon a Camell, which is lead by some of his Noblemen; and so he doth likewise when hee goeth to warfare, and all his Souldiers ride vpon Horses. Whosoeuer will speake vnto this King must first fall downe before his feet, and then taking vp earth, must sprinkle it vpon his owne head and shoulders: which custome is ordinarily obserued by them that neuer saluted the King before, or come as Ambassadours from other Princes. He hath alwayes three thousand Horsemen, and a great number of footmen that shoot poysoned arrowes, attending [ 40] vpon him. He so ••ea••ly hateth all Iewes, that he will not admit any into his Citie: and what∣soeuer Barbarie Merchants he vnderstandeth to haue any dealings with the Iewes, he presently causeth their goods to be confiscate. Heere are great store of Doctors, Iudges, Priests, and other learned men, that are bountifully maintained at the Kings cost and charges. And hither are brought diuers Manuscripts or written Bookes out of Barbarie, which are sold for more money then any oth••r Merchandize. The Coine of Tombuto is of Gold without any stampe or super∣scription: but in matters of small value they vse certaine shels brought hither out of the King∣dome of Persia, foure hundred of which shels are woorth a Duckat: and sixe peeces of their Golden Coine with two third parts weigh an ounce. The Inhabitants are people of a gentle and cheerefull disposition, and spend a great part of the night in singing and dancing through [ 50] all the streets of the Citie: they keepe great store of men and women-slaues, and their Towne is much in danger of fire: at my second being there halfe the Towne almost was burnt in fiue houres space. Without the Suburbs there are no Gardens nor Orchards at all.

Cabra a large Towne built without walles in manner of a Village, standeth about twelue * 1.564 miles from Tombuto vpon the Riuer Niger: and heere such Merchants as trauell vnto the King∣domes of Ghinea and Melli embarke themselues. Neither are the people or buildings of this Towne any whit inferiour to the people and buildings of Tombuto: and hither the Negros re∣sort in great numbers by water. In this Towne the King of Tombuto appointeth a Iudge to de∣cide all controuersies: for it was tedious to goe thither so oft as need should require. I my selfe am acq••ainted with Abu Bacr, sirnamed Pargama, the Kings Brother, who is blacke in colour, but most beautifull in mind and conditions. Heere breed many diseases which exceedingly di∣minish [ 60] the people; that by reason of the fond and loathsome mixture of their meates; for they mingle Fish, Milke, Butter, and Flesh altogether. And this is the ordinary food also in Tom∣buto.

The great Towne of Gago being vnwalled also, is distant Southward of Tombuto almost foure * 1.565 hundred miles, and enclineth somewhat to the South-East. The houses thereof are but meane, except those wherein the King and his Courtiers remaine. Here are exceeding rich Merchants: and hither continually resort great store of Negros, which buy Cloath here brought out of Bar∣barie and Europe. This Towne aboundeth with Corne and Flesh, but is much destitute of Wine, Trees, and Fruites. Howbeit, here is plenty of Melons, Citrons, and Rice: here are many Wells also containing most sweet and wholsome water. Here is likewise a certaine place where slaues are to be sold, especially vpon such dayes as the Merchants vse to assemble; and a young slaue of fifteene yeares age is sold for sixe Duckats, and so are children sold also. The King of this Regi∣on hath a certaine priuate Palace, wherein hee maintaineth a great number of Coucubines and Slaues, which are kept by Eunuches: and for the guard of his owne person, he keepeth a suffici∣ent [ 10] troope of Horsemen and Footmen. Betweene the first Gate of the Palace and the inner part thereof, there is a place walled round about, wherein the King himselfe decideth all his subiects controuersies: and albeit, the King be in this function most diligent, and performeth all things thereto appertaining, yet hath he about him his Counsellors, and other Officers; as namely, his Secretaries, Treasurers, Factors, and Auditors. It is a wonder to see what plenty of Merchan∣dize is daily brought hither, and how costly and sumptuous all things be. Horses bought in Eu∣rope for ten Duckats, are here sold againe for forty, and sometimes for fifty Duckats a piece. There is not any Cloath of Europe so course, which will not here be sold for foure Ducats an ell; * 1.566 and if it be any thing fine, they will giue fifteene Duckats for an ell: and an ell of the Scarlet of Venice, or of Turkie Cloath is here worth thirty Duckats. A Sword is here valued at three or * 1.567 [ 20] foure Crownes, and so likewise are Spurs, Bridles, with other like commodities; and Spices al∣so are sold at an high rate: but of all other commodities, Salt is most extremely deare. The residue * 1.568 of this Kingdome containeth nought but Villages and Hamlets inhabited by Husbandmen and Shepheards, who in Winter couer their bodies with beasts skins; but in Summer they goe all naked saue their priuie members: and sometimes they weare vpon their feete certaine shooes made of Camels Leather. They are ignorant and rude people, and you shall scarce find one lear∣ned man in the space of an hundred miles. They are continually burthened with grieuous ex∣actions, so that they haue scarce any thing remaining to liue vpon.

Guber standeth Eastward of the Kingdom of Gago almost three hundred miles; between which * 1.569 two Kingdomes lieth a vast Desart, being much destitute of water, for it is about forty miles [ 30] distant from Niger. The Kingdome of Guber is enuironed with high Mountaines, and contai∣neth many Villages inhabited by Shepheards, and other Heardsmen. Abundance of Cattell here are both great and small: but of a lower stature then the Cattell in other places. At the inunda∣tion of Niger all the fields of this Region are ouerflowed, and then the inhabitants cast their seed * 1.570 into the water onely. In this Region there is a certaine great Village containing almost sixe thousand Families, being inhabited with all kind of Merchants; and here was in times past the Court of a certaine King, who in my time was slaine by Izchia the King of Tombuto, and his sonnes were g••lt, and accounted among the number of the Kings Eunuchs.

He which pleaseth the inhabitants of the Desart best, is sure to be King of Agadez. The re∣sidue of this Kingdome lying Southward is inhabited by Shepheards and Heardsmen, who dwel [ 40] in certaine Cottages made of boughes, which cottages they carrie about vpon Oxen from place to place. They erect their Cottages alwaies in the same field where they determine to feede their cattell; like as the Arabians also doe.

The great Prouince of Cano standeth Eastward of the Riuer Niger almost fiue hundred miles. * 1.571 The greatest part of the inhabitants dwelling in Villages are some of them Heardsmen, and others Husbandmen. Here groweth abundance of Corne, of Rice, and of Cotton. Also here are many Desarts and wild woodie Mountaines containing many Springs of water. In these Woods grow plenty of wild Citrons and Lemons, which differ not much in taste from the best of all. In the midst of this Prouince standeth a Towne called by the same name, the walles and houses whereof are built for the most part of a kind of Chalke, The inhabitants are rich Merchants, and [ 50] most ciuill people. Their King was in times past of great puissance, and had mighty troopes of Horsemen at his command; but he hath since been constrained to pay tribute vnto the Kings of Zegzeg and Casena. Afterward, Ischia the King of Tombuto faining friendship vnto the two * 1.572 foresaid Kings treacherously slew them both. And then hee waged warre against the King of Cano, whom after a long siedge he took, and compelled him to marrie one of his daughters, resto∣ring him againe to his Kingdome, conditionally that he should pay vnto him the third part of all his tribute: and the said King of Tombuto hath some of his Courtiers perpetually residing at Cano for the receit thereof.

Casena bordering Eastward vpon the Kingdome last described, is full of Mountaines, and drie fields, which yeeld notwithstanding great store of Barlie and Mill-seed. The inhabitants are all [ 60] extremely blacke, hauing great noses and blabber lips. They dwell in most forlorne and base Cottages: neither shall you find any of their Villages containing aboue three hundred Families. And besides, their base estate they are mightily oppressed with famine: a King they had in

times past whom the foresaid Ischia slew, since whose death they haue all beene tributarie vn∣to * 1.573 Ischia.

The South-east part of Zegzeg bordereth vpon Cano, and it is distant from Casena almost an * 1.574 hundred and fiftie miles. The inhabitants are rich, and haue great traffique vnto other Nations. Some part of this Kingdome is plaine, and the residue Mountainous, but the Mountaines are ex∣tremely colde, and the Plaines intollerably hot. And because they can hardly indure the sharpe∣nesse of Winter, they kindle great fires in the midst of their houses, laying the coles thereof vnder their high bedsteads, and so betaking themselues to sleepe. Their fields abounding with water, are exceeding fruitfull, and their houses are built like the houses of the Kingdome of Ca∣sena. They had a King of their owne in times past, who being slaine by Ischia (as is aforesaid) [ 10] they haue euer since beene subiect vnto the said Ischia. * 1.575

The Region of Zanfara bordering Eastward vpon Zegzeg, is inhabited by most base and Ru∣sticall people. Their fields abound with Rice, Mill, and Cotton. The Inhabitants are tall in sta∣ture * 1.576 and extremely blacke, their visages are broade, and their dispositions most saluage and bru∣tish. Their King also was slaine by Ischia, and themselues made tributarie.

These Kingdomes of Guangara adioyneth South-easterly vpon Zanfara. Southward there∣of lyeth a Region greatly abounding with gold. But now they can haue no traffique with for∣ren Nations, for they are molested on both sides with most cruell enemies. For Westward they are opposed by Ischia, and Eastward, by the King of Borno. When I my selfe was in Borno, King Abraham hauing leuied an huge Armie, determined to expell the Prince of Guangara out [ 20] of his Kingdome, had hee not been hindred by Homar the Prince of Gaoga, which beganne to assaile the Kingdome of Borno. Wherefore the King of Borno being drawne home into his owne Countrey, was enforced to giue ouer the conquest of Guangara. So often as the Mer∣chants of Guangara traue••l into the foresaid Region abounding with gold, because the wayes are so rough and difficult that their Camels cannot goe vpon them, they carry their wares vpon slaues backes; who being laden with great burthens, doe vsually trauell ten or twelue ••iles a day. Yea, some I saw that made two of those iournies in one day: a wonder it is to see what heauy burthens these poore slaues are charged withall; for besides the Merchandize, they carry victuals also for their Masters, and for the Souldiers that goe to guard them.

The large Prouince of Borno, bordering Westward vpon the Prouince of Guangara, and from * 1.577 thence extending Eastward fiue hundred miles, is distant from the Fountaine of Niger almost [ 30] an hundred and fiftie miles, the South part whereof adioyning vnto the Desart of Set, and the North part vnto that Desart which lyeth towards Barca. The Inhabitants, in Summer goe all naked saue their priuie members which they couer with a peece of leather: but all Winter they are clad in skinnes, and haue beds of skinnes also. They embrace no Religion at all, being nei∣ther Christians, Mahumetans, nor Iewes, nor of any other Profession, but liuing after a brutish manner, and hauing wiues and children in common: and (as I vnderstood of a certaine Merchant that abode a long time among them) they haue no proper names at all, but euery one is nick∣named according to his length, his fatnesse, or some other qualitie. They haue a most puissant Prince, being lineally descended from the Libyan people called Bardoa. He is at perpetuall en∣mitie with a certaine people inhabiting beyond the Desart of Seu; who in times past, mar∣ching [ 40] with an huge army of footemen ouer the said Desart, wasted a great part of the King∣dome of Borno. Whereupon the King of Borno sent for the Merchants of Barbarie, and willed them to bring him great store of Horses: for in this Countrey they vse to exchange Horses for slaues, and to giue fifteene, and sometimes twen••y slaues for one horse. And by this meanes there were abundance of horses brought: howbeit, the Merchants were constrained to stay for their slaues till the King returned home conquerour with a great number of Captiues, and satisfied his creditors for their Horses. The King seemeth to be maruellous rich; for his Spurres, his bridles, platters, dishes, pots, and other vessels wherein his meate and drinke are brought to the table, are all of pure gold: yea, and the chaines of his Dogs and Houndes are of gold also. Howbeit, this King is extremely couetous, for he had much rather pay his debts in slaues then [ 50] in gold.

Gaoga bordering Westward vpon the Kingdome of Borno, and extending Eastward to the Confines of Nubia, adioyneth Southward vnto a certaine Desart, situate vpon a crooked and winding part of Nilus, and is enclosed Northward with the frontiers of Aegypt. It stretcheth from East to West, in length fiue hundred miles, and as much in breadth. They haue neither humanitie nor learning among them, but are most rusticall and sauage people, and especially those that inhabite the Mountaines, who goe all naked sauing their priuities: Their houses are made of boughes and rafts, and are much subiect to burning, and they haue great abundance of Cat∣tell, whereunto they giue diligent attendance. This Prince greatly honoreth all learned men, [ 60] and especially such as are of the linage of Mahumet. I my selfe being in his Court, a certaine Noble-man of Damiata brought him very rich and royall gifts; as namely, a gallant Horse, a Turkish Sword, and a Kingly robe, with certaine other particulars, that cost about an hundred and fiftie Duckats at Cairo: in recompence whereof, the King gaue him fiue slaues, fiue Camels,

fiue hundred Ducats of that Region, and an hundred Elephants teeth of wonderfull bignesse. Nubia bordering Westward vpon the Kingdome last described, and stretching from thence vn∣to * 1.578 Nilus, is enclosed on the South-side with the Desart of Goran, and on the North-side with the Confines of Egypt. Howbeit they cannot passe by water from this Kingdome into Egypt▪ for the Riuer of Nilus is in some places no deeper then a man may wade ouer on foot. The principall Towne of this Kingdome called Dangala, is exceeding populous, and contayneth to the number of ten thousand Families. The Kingdome of Nubia is most rich in Corne and Su∣gar, which notwithstanding they know not how to vse. Also in the Citie of Dangala there is great plentie of Ciuet and Sandal-wood. This Region aboundeth with Iuory likewise, because heere are so many Elephants taken. Heere is also a most strong and deadly poyson, one graine [ 10] whereof being diuided amongst ten persons, will kill them all within lesse then a quarter of an houre: but if one man taketh a grain, he dyeth thereof out of hand. An ounce of this Poyson is sold for an hundred Duckats; neyther may it be sold to any but to forraine Merchants, and whosoeuer buyeth it is bound by an Oath not to vse it in the Kingdome of Nubia. All such as buy of this Poyson are constrayned to pay as much vnto the King, as to the Merchant: bu•• if any man selleth Poyson without the Princes knowledge, he is presently put to death. The peo∣ple themselues are called Bugiha, and are most base and miserable, and liue onely vpon Milke, * 1.579 Camels flesh, and the flesh of such beasts as are taken in those Desarts. Some times they receiue Tribute of the Gouernour of Suachen, and sometimes of the Gouernours of Dangala. They had once a rich Towne situate vpon the Red Sea called Zibid, whereunto belonged a commodious Hauen, being opposite vnto the Hauen of Zidem, which is fortie miles distant from Mecca. But an hundred yeares since it was destroyed by the Soldan, because the Inhabitants receiued certaine [ 20] Wares which should haue beene carried to Mecca, and at the sametime the famous Port of Zibid was destroyed, from whence notwithstanding was gathered a great yeerely Tribute.

§. VIII.

Notes of principall things in IOHN LEO his eight Booke of the Historie of Africa.

[illustration] map of Egypt

HONDIVS his Map of Egypt.

THe most noble and famous Prouince of Egypt bordering Westward vpon the Desarts of Barca, Numidia, and Libya; Eastward vpon the Desarts lying betweene Egypt it selfe and the Red Sea; and Northward vpon the Mediterran Sea; is inclosed South∣ward with the Land of the foresaid people called Bugiha, and with the Riuer of Ni∣lus. It stretcheth in length from the Mediterran Sea to the Land of the people called Bugiha, a∣bout * 1.580 foure hundred and fiftie miles: but in breadth it is very narrow; so that it contayneth nought but a small distance betweene both the bankes of Nilus, and the barren Mountaynes bor∣dering vpon the foresaid Desarts, being inhabited onely in that place where Nilus is separate from the said Mountaynes: albeit, towards the Mediterran Sea it extendeth it selfe somewhat broader. For Nilus about fourescore miles from the great Citie of Cairo is diuided into two [ 10] branches, one whereof running in his Chanell Westward, returneth at length into the mayne streame from whence hee tooke his originall, and hauing passed about threescore miles beyond Cairo, it diuideth it selfe into two other branches, whereof the one runneth to Damiata, and the other to Rosetto. And out of that which trendeth to Damiata issueth another branch, which discharging it selfe into a Lake, passeth through a certaine gullet or strait into the Mediterran Sea, vpon the banke whereof standeth the most ancient Citie of Tenesse: and this diuision of Nilus into so many streames and branches causeth Egypt (as I haue beforesaid) to bee so narrow. All this Prouince is plaine, and is most fruitfull for all kind of Graine and Pulse. There are most pleasant and greene Medowes, and great store of Geese and other Fowles. The Countrey peo∣ple are of a swart and browne colour: but the Citizens are white. Garments they weare which [ 20] are strait downe to their wastes, and broad beneath, and the sleeues likewise are strait. They co∣uer their heads with a round and high habit, called by the Italians a Dulipan. Their shooes are * 1.581 made according to the ancient fashion. In Summer they weare Garments of parti-coloured Cot∣ton: but in Winter they vse a certayne Garment lined with Cotton, which they call Chebre: but the chiefe Citizens and Merchants are apparelled in cloth of Europe. The Inhabitants are of and honest, cheerefull, and liberall disposition. For their victuals they vse a kind of new and extreme salt Cheeses, and sowre Milke also artificially congealed: which fare albeit they ac∣count very daintie, yet cannot strangers digest it, and into euery Dish almost they put sowre Milke.

Since the Mahumetans were Lords of Egypt, it hath beene diuided into three parts. For the [ 30] * 1.582 Region from Cairo to Rosetto is called the shoare of Errif: and from Cairo to the Land of Bugi∣ha, it is called Sahid, that is to say, The firme Land: but the Region adioyning vpon that branch of Nilus, which runneth towards Damiata and Tenesse, they call by the name of Bechria or Maremma. All Egypt is exceeding fertile: but the Prouince of Sahid excelleth the two other parts for abundance of Corne, Cattle, Fowles and Flaxe: and Maremma aboundeth with Cot∣ton and Sugar. Howbeit, the Inhabitants of Maremma, and Errif are farre more ciuill then the people of Sahid: because those two Prouinces lye neerer vnto the Sea, and are more fre∣quented by European, Barbarian, and Assyrian Merchants: but the people of Sahid haue no con∣uersation with strangers, except it be with a few Aethiopians.

The Egyptians (as Moses writeth) fetch their originall from * 1.583 Mesraim the Sonne of Chus, [ 40] * 1.584 the Sonne of Cham, the Sonne of Noe; and the Hebrewes call both the Countrey and the Inha∣bitants of Egypt by the name of Mesraim. The Arabians call Egypt it selfe Mesre, but the In∣habitants Chibith. And Chibith (they say) was the man, that first tooke vpon him the Gouern∣ment of this Region, and beganne first to build houses thereon. Also the Inhabitants call them∣selues by the same name: neither are there left any true Egyptians, besides a few Christians, which are at this present remayning. The residue embracing the Mahumetan Religion, haue mingled themselues amongst the Arabians and the Moores. This Kingdome was gouerned ma∣ny yeares by the Egyptians themselues, as namely, by the Kings that were called Pharao, (who by their Monuments and admirable Buildings, seeme to haue beene mightie Princes) and also by the Kings called Ptolomai. Afterward, being subdued vnto the Romane Empire, this Kingdome [ 50] since the comming of Christ was conuerted vnto the Christian Religion, vnder the said Romane Gouernment: since the decay of which Empire, it fell into the possession of the Emperours of Constantinople; who being very carefull to maintayne this Kingdome, were at length depriued thereof by the Mahumetans, vnder the conduct of Hamrus the Sonne of Hasi being appointed Captaine Generall ouer the Arabian Armie of Homar, the second Califa or Mahumetan Patri∣arke of that name: who permitting all men to haue their owne Religion, required nought but Tribute at their hands. The said Captaine built vpon the banke of Nilus, a certaine Towne * 1.585 called by the Arabians Fustato, which word signifieth in their Language a Tabernacle: for when he first vndertooke this Expedition, he marched through wild and desart places void of Inha∣bitants, so that his Armie was constrayned to lye in Tents. The common people call this Towne Mesre Hatichi, that is to say, the ancient Citie; in comparison of which Cairo may not vn∣fitly [ 60] be called the New Citie.

Neither Cairo nor any place neere vnto it, can by any likelihood challenge that they were at any time inhabited by the ancient Pharaos. But heere it is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be noted, that the Nobilitie of the

ancient Egytians dwelt in times past in the Region of Sahid beyond Cairo, in the Cities of Fium, of Manfichmin, and in other such famous Cities. Howbeit, after Egypt was conquered by the Ro∣manes, the Egyptian Nobilitie planted themselues in the Region of Errif, vpon the Sea shoare thereof, namely, about the Cities of Alexandria, Rosetto, and other famous Townes retayning as yet the Latine names. Also when the Romane Empire was translated into Greece, the said Nobilitie still inhabited vpon the Sea shoare, the Emperours Lieutenant residing at Alexandria: but after the Mahumetans got the Dominion of Egypt, the foresaid Nobiltie retyred themselues into the in-land, hoping thereby to reape a double commoditie: namely, first, in that they might bee a meanes to pacifie the Kingdome on both sides of them; and secondly, that they might bee free from the inuasions of the Christians, whereof they should haue beene in danger, had they [ 10] remayned any longer vpon the Sea Coast.

The Ayre of this Countrey is hot and vnwholesome: and it rayneth heere very seldome or neuer. And Raine is the cause of many Diseases in Egypt: for in raynie weather some of the E∣gyptians * 1.586 are subiect vnto dangerous Rheumes, and Feuers; and others vnto a strange kinde of swelling in ther priuy Members: which swelling the Physicians impute vnto Salt Cheese and Beefe, which are the common Dyet of the Egyptians. In Sommer time this Countrey is most extremely hot, for a remedie of which heat they build in euery Towne certaine high Towres, hauing one doore aloft, another beneath, right ouer against the houses, through the tops where∣of the wind passing down-ward, doth somewhat coole and refresh the Ayre: otherwise in re∣gard of the intolerable heat of the Sunne it were impossible for any man to liue there. Some∣time the Pestilence is so hot among them, especially at Cairo, that sometimes there dye twelue * 1.587 [ 20] thousand persons thereof on a day. But with the French Poxe, I thinke, that no other Coun∣trey vnder Heauen is so molested, nor that contayneth so many people infected therewith. A∣bout the beginning of Aprill, they reape their Corne, and hauing reaped it, they presently thrash the same; neyther shall you see one eate of their Corne standing till the twentieth of May.

The inundation or ouerflow of Nilus beginneth about the middest of Iune, increasing after∣ward * 1.588 for the space of fortie dayes, and for the space of other fortie dayes also decreasing: du∣ring which time all the Cities and Townes of Egypt are like vnto Ilands, which none can come vnto but by Boats and Barges. At this time also Nilus is very fit to be sailed vpon with vessels [ 30] of burthen; some whereof are so bigge that they will contayne sixe or seuen thousand bushels * 1.589 of Corne: and some hundreds of Cattell together: and in these Vessels they sayle onely downe the streame: for against the streame or without the ouer-flowing time they would scars∣ly passe emptie. The Egyptians according to the increase of Nilus, doe foresee the plentie or dearth of the yeere following: as wee will more at large declare, when wee come to speake of the Iland of Nilus ouer against the olde Citie, where the inundation of Nilus is measured. Nei∣ther is it our purpose in this place particularly to describe all the Cities of Egypt, because our African Writers are of diuers opinions thereabout; for some would haue Egypt to bee a part of Africa, but others are of a contray minde. Diuers there are that affirme, that part of Egypt ad∣ioyning vpon the Desarts of Barbarie, Numidia and Libya, to belong vnto Africa. Some others [ 40] ascribe vnto Africa all those places that border vpon the principall and mayne Channell of Ni∣lus: but as for other places, as namely, Manf, Fium, Semenud, Damanhore, Berelles, Tenesse, and Damiata, they thinke them not to be situate in Africa: which opinion, I my selfe, also vpon many and great reasons take to be true. Wherefore my purpose is to describe none other Cities but such as stand neere the mayne and principall Channell of Nilus.

The ancient Citie of Bosiri built by the Egyptians vpon the Mediterran Sea, and standing * 1.590 twentie miles Westward from Alexandria, was in times past enuironed with most strong wals, and adorned with most beautifull and s••ately Buildings. At this present, it is compassed with many possessions or grounds bearing Dates, whereof no man taketh charge nor reapeth any commoditie: for when Alexandria was wonne by the Christians, the Inhabitants abandoned this Citie, and fled towards the Lake called Buchaira. [ 50]

The great Citie of Alexandria in Egypt, founded by Alexander the Great, not without the * 1.591 aduise of most famous and skilfull Architects, vpon a beautifull point of Land stretching into the Mediterran Sea, and being distant fortie miles Westward of Nilus, was in times past, till it grew subiect vnto the Mahumetans, most sumptuously and strongly built, as diuers and sundry Au∣thors beare record. Afterward this Citie decaying, many yeares together, was depriued of the ancient renowne and honour, and remayned in manner desolate, because no Merchants of Greece nor of any other part of Europe exercised any longer Traffique therein. Howbeit, a certaine craf∣tie Mahumetan Patriarke made the rude people beleeue, that by the Prophesie of Mahumet, most * 1.592 ample Indulgences were granted vnto all such as would inhabit the Citie or guard it for certaine dayes, and would bestow some Almes for a publike benefit: by which wily stratageme the Ci∣tie [ 60] was in short time filled with forraine people, which from all places resorted thereunto: by whom were built many houses nee•• vnto the Citie wals, and many Colledges of Students, and diuers Monasteries for the reliefe of Pilgrims.

The Citie it selfe is foure square, and hath foure Gates to enter in at: one standing on the East side towards Nilus, another on the South side towards the Lake of Buchaira, the third Westward towards the Desart of Barca, and the fourth towards the Mediterran Sea and the Hauen; whereat stand the Searchers and Customers, which ransacke strangers euen to their very shirts: * 1.593 for they demand custome, not onely for wares and Merchandize, but also some allowance in the hundred for all kinde of money. Neere vnto this Citie-walles there are two other Gates also, being diuided asunder by a faire walke, and a most impregnable Castle, which standeth vpon the S〈…〉〈…〉rand or Wharfe of the Port, commonly called Marsa el Bargi, that is to say, the Port of the Castle: in which Port ride the principall and best ships, namely, such as come from Uenice, Genoa, Ragusa, with other Ships of Europe. For hither resort the English, the Low Dutch, [ 10] * 1.594 the Biscaines, the Portugals, and men of all other Nations in Europe for traffique sake. How∣beit, this Port is most vsually frequented by the Ships of Appulia, Sicilia, and of Greece, which are Turkish Ships; all which resort into this Harbour to saue themselues from Pyrats, and from tempestuous weather. Another Port there is also, called Marsa Essil Sela, that is to say, the Port of the Chaine, wherein the Ships of Barbary, namely, those of Tunis and of the Ile of Ger∣bi harbour themselues. The Christians are constrained to pay about the tenth part of all wares that they bring in and carry out, but the Mahumetans pay but the twentieth part: and whatso∣euer * 1.595 wares are carried by land to Cairo pay no custom at all. And at this present that part of the Citie which is next vnto Cairo, is the most famous and best furnished with Merchandize brought by Merchants from all places of the world. The other parts of this Citie are destitute both of Ciuility and Inhabitants: for except one long street, and that part of the Citie next the [ 20] Hauen which is full of Merchants shops, and inhabited by Christians, the residue is void and de∣solate. Which desolation happened at that time, when Lewis the fourth, King of France, being * 1.596 restored to liberty by the Soldan, the King of Cyprus with a fleet, partly of Venetians, and partly of French-men suddenly assailed Alexandria, and with great slaughter surprized and sacked the same. But the Soldan comming with an huge armie to rescue Alexandria, so discouraged the Cy∣prians, that they burnt downe the houses thereof, and betooke themselues to flight. Whereupon the Soldan repairing the walles, and building a Castle neere vnto the Hauen, the Citie grew by little and little into that estate, wherein it standeth at this present.

In the Citie of Alexandria there is a certaine high Mount, fashioned like vnto the place cal∣led Testaccio at Rome, whereon, although it hath no naturall situation, are found diuers ear∣then [ 30] Vessels of great antiquity. Vpon the top of the said Mount standeth a Turret, where a cer∣taine * 1.597 officer is appointed to watch for such Ships as direct their course towards the Citie, who for euery ship that he giueth notice of vnto the Customers, receiueth a certain fee: but if he chan∣ceth * 1.598 to fall asleepe, or to be out of the way at the arriuall of any Ship, whereof he certifieth not the Customers, he paieth double for his negligence into the Soldans Exchequer. Vnder each house * 1.599 of this Citie there is a great vaulted Cisterne built vpon mighty Pillars and Arches: whereinto the water of Nilus at euery inundation is conueied vnder the walles of the Citie, by a cer∣taine wonderfull and most artificiall sluce standing without the Citie, it selfe. But these Ci∣sternes growing sometime corrupt and foule, are often in Summer the occasion of many diseases and infirmities. This Citie standeth in the midst of a sandy Desart, and is destitute of Gardens [ 40] and Vines, neither is the soile round about it apt to beare Corne; so that their Corne is brought them from places forty miles distant. Howbeit, neere the foresaid sluce, whereby the water of Nilus is conueied into the Citie, are certaine little Gardens, the fruits whereof being growen to ripenesse, are so vnwholesome, that they breed Feuers and other noysome diseases among the Ci∣tizens. * 1.600 Sixe miles Westward of Alexandria, among certaine ancient buildings, standeth a pillar of a wonderfull height and thicknesse, which the Arabians call Hemadussaoar, that is to say, the pillar of trees. Of this pillar there is a Fable reported, that Ptolemey one of the Kings of Alexan∣dria built it vpon an extreme point of land stretching from the Hauen, whereby to the end he * 1.601 might defend the Citie from the inuasion of forraine enemies, and make it inuincible, he placed a certaine Steele-glasse vpon the top thereof, by the hidden vertue of which glasse, as many [ 50] Ships as passed by while the glasse was vncouered should immediately be set on fire: but the said glasse being broken by the Mahumetans, the secret vertue thereof vanished, and the great pillar whereon it stood was remooued out of the place. But this is a most ridiculous narration, and fit for babes to giue credite vnto. t this present there are amongst the ancient Inhabitants of A∣lexandria many Christians called Iacobites, being all of them Artizans and Merchants: these Ia∣cobites * 1.602 haue a Church of their owne to resort vnto, wherein the body of S. Marke the Euange∣list lay in times past interred, which hath since beene priuily stolne by the Venetians, and carried vnto Uenice. And the said Iacobites pay Tribute vnto the Gouernour of Cairo. Neither is it to be passed ouer in 〈…〉〈…〉lence, that in the midst of the ruinous Monuments of Alexandria, there remai∣neth [ 60] as yet a certaine little house built in forme of a Chappell, and containing a Sepulc••re much * 1.603 honoured by the Mahumetans, wherein they affirme, out of the authoritie of their Alcoron, that the body of the High Prohpet and King (as they terme him) Alexander the great lieth buri∣ed. And thither resort yeerely great multitudes of Pilgrimes from forraine Nations, to adore and reuerence the said Sepulchre, and oftentimes do bestow large Almes thereupon.

The Citie of Rosetto was built by a slaue of a certaine Mahumetan Patriarke and Gouernour * 1.604 of Egypt, vpon the Easterne banke of Nilus three miles from the Mediterran Sea, not far from the place where Nilus dischargeth his streames into the said Sea. Heere is a stately Bath-stoue also, hauing fountaines both of cold and hot water belonging thereunto, the like whereof for stately and commodious building is not to be found in all Egypt besides. I my selfe was in this Citie when Selim the great Turke returned this way from Alexandria, who with his priuate and familiar friends beholding the said Bath-stoue, seemed to take great delight and content∣ment therein.

Thebe, at this present, containeth but three hundred Families in all, being most of them very stately and sumptuously built. It aboundeth with Corne, Rice, and Sugar, and with certaine [ 10] fruits of a most excellent taste, called Muse. It is also furnished with great store of Merchants * 1.605 and Artificers: but the most part of the Inhabitants are husbandmen: and if a man walke the streets in the day-time, he shall see none but trim and beautifull women. The Territorie adia∣cent aboundeth with Date-trees, which grow so thicke, that a man cannot see the Citie, till he approacheth nigh vnto the walles. Here grow likewise store of Grapes, Figs, and Peaches, which are carried in great plentie vnto Cairo. Without the Citie there are many ancient Mo∣numents, as namely, pillars, inscriptions in Latine, Greeke, and Egyptian Characters, and wals of a great thicknesse, built of excellent stone, and such a number of ruinous places, that this Citie se••meth, in times past, to haue beene very large.

The women of Fuoa, fortie miles South from Rosecco, liue in so great libertie, that they may * 1.606 goe whither they will at the day-time, returning home at night, without any controlement of [ 20] their husbands. The fields adiacent abound greatly with Dates, and neere vnto them there is a certaine Plaine which is very apt for Sugar and Corne: howbeit, the Sugar Canes there * 1.607 bring not foorth perfect Sugar, but in stead thereof a certaine kinde of Honie like sope, which they vse throughout all Egypt, because there is but little other Honie in the whole Countrey.

Ouer against the foresaid Citie the Riuer of Nilus maketh an Ile, which being situate on an * 1.608 high place, bringeth foorth all kinde of fruitfull trees except Oliues.

They haue a most beautifull Temple at Deretto, and the Citizens are exceeding rich: for their ground yeeldeth such abundance of Sugar, that they pay yeerely vnto the Soldan * 1.609 an hundred thousand peeces of Gold, called in their language Saraffi, for their libertie of making and refi∣ning thereof. In this Citie standeth a certaine great house like vnto a Castle, wherein are their [ 30] Presses and Caldrons, for the boyling and preparing of their Sugar. Neither did I euer in all my life see so many workemen emploied about that businesse, whose daily wages (as I vnderstood by a certaine publike officer) amounted to two hundred Saraffi.

Cairo is commonly reputed to be one of the greatest and most famous cities in all the whole world. But leauing the common reports and opinions thereof, I will exactly describe the forme and estate wherin it * 1.610 now standeth. And that I may begin with the Etymologie or deriuation of the name, Cairo is an Arabian word, corruptly pronounced by the people of Europe: for the true Arabian word is El Chahira, which signifieth an inforcing or imperious Mistresse. This City built in ancient times by one Gehoar Chetib a Dalmatian slaue (as I haue before signified in the beginning of my Discourse) containeth within the walles not aboue eight thousand Families, being Inhabited by Noblemen, Gentlemen, and Merchants that sell wares brought from all [ 40] other places. The famous Temple of Cairo, commonly called, Gemih Hashare, that is to say, the * 1.611 glorious Temple, was built also by the foresaid slaue, whom we affirmed to be the Founder of the City, and whose surname was Hashare, that is to say, Famous, being giuen him by the Mahumetan Patriarke that was his Prince. This Citie standeth vpon a most beautifull Plaine, neere vnto a certaine Mountaine called Mucatun, about two miles distant from Nilus, and is enuironed with stately walles, and fortified with Iron-gates: the principall of which gates is called Babe Nansre, that is, the gate of Victory, which standeth Eastward towards the Desart of the Red Sea; and the gate called Beb Zuaila, being next vnto the old Citie and to Nilus; and also Bebel Futuh, that is to say, the gate of Triumph, standing towards the lake and the fields. [ 50] And albeit, Cairo aboundeth euery where with all kind of Merchants and Artificers, yet that is the principall street of the whole Citie which stretcheth from the gate of Nansre, to the gate of Zuaila, for in it are built most stately and admirable Palaces and Colledges, and most sumptu∣ous Temples, among which is the Temple of Gimith Elhechim, the third Schismaticall Califa of Cairo. Other Temples there are of a maruellous bignes, which to describe in particular. I thinke it superfluous. Heere are many Bath-stoues also very artificially built. Next of all is the street called Beinel Casrain, containing to the number of threescore Cookes or Victuallers shops, fur∣nished with vessels of Tinne: there are certaine other shops also, wherein are to be sold delicate waters or drinkes made of all kinds of fruits, being for Noblemen to drinke of, and these waters * 1.612 [ 60] they keepe most charily in fine vessels, partly of glasse, and partly of Tinne: next vnto these are shops where diuers confections of Hony and Sugar, vnlike vnto the confections of Europe, are to be sold: then follow the Fruiterers shops, who bring out-landish fruits out of Syria, to wit,

Quinces, Pomegranates, and other fruits which grow not in Egypt: next vnto them are the shops of such as sell Egges, Cheese, and Pancakes fried with Oyle. And next of all there is a streete of the principall Artificers Shops. Beyond which streete standeth a Colledge built by the Soldan, called Ghauri, who was slaine in a battaile against Selim the great Turke. And next vnto the Colledge are diuers rankes of Drapers Shops. In the first ranke there is most excellent out-lan∣dish * 1.613 Linnen Cloth to be sold, as namely, fine Cloth of Cotten brought from Balabach, and Cloth called Mosall, that is, of Ninou, of a maruellous breadth and finenesse, whereof Noblemen and others of account, haue Shirts made them, and Scarffes to weare vpon their Dulipans. Besides these, there are certaine Mercers Shops where the rich Stuffes of Italy, namely, Silke, Damaske, Veluet, Cloth of Gold, and such like are to be bought, vnto which Stuffes I neuer saw any com∣parable (to my remembrance) in Italy, where they vse to be made. Next vnto the Mercers are [ 10] the Woollen Drapers, which bring Cloth out of Europe, as namely, from Florence, Uenice, Flan∣ders, and other places. Next of all there are Chamblets to be sold: and from thence the way li∣eth to the Gate of Zuaila, at which Gate dwell great store of Artificers. Neere vnto the said way standeth the famous Burse, called Canen Halili, wherein the Persian Merchants dwell. It is built very stately in manner of a Kings Palace, and is of three stories high beneath it are certaine conuenient roomes, whither Merchants for the exchange of rich and costly Wares doe resort: for here doe the principal and most wealthie Merchants abide whose Wares are Spices, precious Stones, Cloth of India, & such like. Next vnto the Burse standeth a street of Shops, where al kind of Perfumes, namely, Ciuet, Muske, Amber, and such like are to be sold: which commodities are here in so great plenty, that if you ask for twenty pounds of Musk, they w••l presently shew you [ 20] an hundred. Next followeth the street of the Paper-Merchants▪ where you may buy most excel∣lent and smooth Paper: here also are to be sold lewels and precious Stones of great value, which the Brokers carrie from one Shop to another. Then come you to the Gold-Smiths streete, being inhabited for the most part by Iewes, who deale for riches of great importance. And next vnto the Gold-Smithes are certaine streetes of Vpholsters or Brokers, who sell the apparell and rich furniture of Noblemen and other Citizens at the second hand, which are dot Cloakes, Coates, Napery, or such like, but things of exceeding price and value: amongst which I my sel••e once saw a beautifull Pauilion embroydered with Needle-worke, and beset with Pearles that weigh∣ed fortie pounds, which Pearles being taken out of it, were sold for ten thousand Saraffi. In this Citie also there is a most stately Hospitall built by Piperis the first Soldan of the Mamalucks race: [ 30] the yearely reuenues whereof amount vnto two hundred thousand Saraffi. Hither may any im∣potent * 1.614 or diseased persons resort, and bee well prouided of Physicians, and of all things ne∣cessarie for those that are sicke, who if they chance to die here, all their goods are due vnto the Hospitall.

The Suburbe, called Bed Zuaila, belonging vnto Cairo, and containing about twelue thousand * 1.615 Families, beginneth at the Gate of Zuaila, and extendeth Westward almost a mile and a halfe; Southward it bordereth vpon the Palace of the Soldan, and stretcheth Northward for the space of a mile vnto the Suburbe, called Beb Elloch. Here dwell as many Noblemen and Gentlemen al∣most, as within the Citie it selfe: and the Citizens haue Shops both here and in the Citie, as likewise many Inhabitants of this Suburbe maintaine Families in the Citie also. Amongst all [ 40] the buildings of this Suburbe, the principall is that stately Colledge bu••lt by Soldan Hesen, being * 1.616 of such a wonderfull height and great strength, that oftentimes the Colledges haue presumed to rebell against the Soldan, and therein to fortifie themselues against the whole Citie, and to dis∣charge Ordnance against the Soldans Castle, which is but halfe a Crosse-bow shot distant.

The Suburbe called Gemeh Tailon, confining Eastward vpon the foresaid Suburbe of Beb Zuaila, exendeth Westward to certaine ruinous places neere vnto the old Citie. Before the foundation of Cairo this Suburbe was erected by one Tailon, who was subiect vnto the Califa of Bagdet, and Gouernour of Egypt, and was a most famous and prudent man. This Tailon leauing the old Citie, inhabited this Suburbe, and adorned the same with a most admirable Palace, and * 1.617 sumptuous Temple. Here dwell also great store of Merchants and Artificers, especially such as [ 50] are Moores of Barbary.

The Suburbe, called Beb Elloch, being distant from the Walles of Cairo about the space of a mile, and containing almost three thousand Families, is inhabited by Merchants and Artizans of diuers sorts, as well as the former. Vpon a certaine large place of this Suburbe standeth a great Palace, and a stately Colledge, built by a certaine Mammaluck, called Iazbach, being Counsellor * 1.618 vnto the Soldan of those times; and the place it selfe is called after his name, Iazbachia. Hither, after Mahumetan Sermons & deuotions, the common people of Cairo, together with the Bawds and Harlots, doe vsually resort; and many Stage-Players also, and such as teach Camels, Asses, and Dogs, to dance; which dancing is a thing very delightfull to behold, and especially that of the [ 60] Asse: who hauing frisked and danced a while, his Master comes vnto him, and tells him with a loud voyce, That the Soldan being about to build some great Palace, must vse all the Asses of Cairo to carry Morter, Stones, and other necessary prouision. Then the Asse falling presently to the ground, and lying with his heeles vpward, maketh his belly to swell, and closeth his eyes as

if he were starke dead. In the meane while his Master lamenting the misfortune of the Asse vnto * 1.619 the standers by, earnestly craueth their friendly assistance and liberalitie to buy him a new Asse. And hauing gathered of each one as much money as hee can get; You are much deceiued my Masters (quoth he) that thinke mine Asse to be dead: for the hungry Iade knowing his Masters necessity, hath wrought this sleight, to the end hee might get some money to buy him Prouen∣der. Then turning about to the Asse, hee commandeth him with all speed to arise: but the Asse lyeth starke still, though hee command and beate him neuer so much: whereupon, turning againe to the people; Bee it knowne (quoth hee) vnto you all, that the Soldan hath published an Edict or Proclamation, that to morrow next all the people shall goe forth of the Citie to behold a Triumph, and that all the honourable and beautifull Ladies and Gentlewomen shall ride vpon the most comely Asses, and shall giue them Oates to eate, and [ 10] Christall water of Nilus to drinke. Which words being scarce ended, the Asse suddenly starteth from the ground, prancing and leaping for ioy: then his Master prosecuting still his narration; But (saith he) the Warden of our streete hath borrowed this goodly Asse of mine for his defor∣med and old Wife to ride vpon. At these words the Asse, as though he were indued with hu∣maine reason, coucheth his eares, and limpeth with one of his legges, as if it were quite out of ioynt. Then saith his Master; What, sir Iade, are you so in loue with faire women? The Asse nodding his head seemeth to say, yea. Come on therefore Sirra (quoth his Master) and let vs see among all these pretty Damosels, which pleaseth your fancie best. Whereupon the Asse going about the company, and espying some woman more comely and beautifull then the rest, walketh directly vnto her and toucheth her with his head: and then the beholders laugh and crie out [ 20] amaine: Loe, the Asses Paramour, the Paramour of the Asse. Whereupon, the fellow that shew∣ed * 1.620 all this sport leaping vpon the backe of his Asse rideth to some other place. There is also ano∣ther kind of Charmers or Iuglers, which keep certaine little Birds in Cages made after the fashi∣on of Cupboords, which birds will reach vnto any man with their Beaks certaine skroules, con∣taining either his good or euill successe in time to come. And whosoeuer desireth to know his fortune, must giue the Bird an half-penny; which shee taking in her bill, carrieth into a little Boxe, and then comming forth againe, bringeth the said skroule in her beake. I my selfe had once a skroule of ill fortune giuen me, which although I little regarded, yet had I more vnfortu∣nate successe then was contained therein. Also, there are Masters of defence playing at all kind of weapons, and other that sing Songs of the Battels fought betweene the Arabians and Egypti∣ans, [ 30] when as the Arabians conquered Egypt, with diuers others that sing such Toyes and Ballads vnto the people.

The Suburbe called Bulach, standing two miles distant from the Walles of the Citie vpon the banke of Nilus, containeth foure thousand Families. Vpon the way lying betweene the Suburbe and this Citie, stand diuers Houses, and Mills turned about by the strength of beasts. In this Suburbe dwell many Artificers and Merchants, especially such as sell Corne, Oyle and Sugar. Moreouer, it is full of stately Temples, Palaces, and Colledges: but the fairest buildings thereof stand along the Riuer of Nilus, for from thence there is a most beautifull prospect vpon the Ri∣uer, and thither doe the Vessels and Barkes of Nilus resort vnto the common stathe of Cairo, be∣ing situate in this Suburbe: at which place you shall see at some times, and especially in the time [ 40] of Haruest, aboue one thousand Barkes. And here the Officers appointed to receiue Custome for Wares, brought from Alexandria and Damiata haue their aboad: albeit, but little tribute be de∣manded for the said Wares, because it was paid before at the Port of their arriuall: but those Wares that come out of the firme land of Egypt allow entire custome.

The Suburbe of Carafa built in manner of a Towne, and standing from Mount Muccatim a * 1.621 stones cast, and from the Walles of the Citie about two miles, containeth almost two thousand Housholds. But at this day the greatest part thereof lyeth waste and destroyed. Here are many Sepulchers built with high and stately Vaults and Arches, and adorned on the inner side with diuers Emblems and colours, which the fond people adore as the sacred Shrines and Monuments of Saints, spreading the pauement with sumptuous and rich Carpets. Hither euery Friday mor∣ning [ 50] resort out of the Citie it selfe, and the Suburbs, great multitudes of people for deuotions sake, who bestow liberall and large almes.

The Citie Mifrulhetich was the first that was built in Egypt in the time of the Mahumetans, * 1.622 founded by Hamre, Captaine Generall ouer the Forces of Homar, the second Mahumetan Patri∣arke vpon the banke of Nilus, resembling a Suburbe because it is vnwalled, and containing to the number of fiue thousand Families. It is adorned, especially by the Riuer Nilus, with diuers Palaces and Houses of Noblemen, and also with the famous Temple of Hamre, being of an huge * 1.623 bignesse, and most stately built. It is also indifferently well prouided of Trades-men and Artifi∣cers. And here standeth the famous Sepulchre of a Woman, reputed most holy by the Mahu∣metans, and called by them Saint Nafissa, which was the daughter of one called Zenulhebidin, be∣ing [ 60] * 1.624 the sonne of Husein, the sonne of Heli, who was Cousen-german vnto Mahumet. The said Nifissa seeing all of her Family to be depriued of the Mahumetan Patriarkship, left Cufa, a Citie of Arabia Foelix, and came and dwelt in this Citie; vnto whom, partly because shee was of the

Linage of Mahumet, and partly for that she liued an innocent and blamelesse life, the people after her death ascribed diuine honours, canonizing her for a Saint. Wherefore the Schismaticall Pa∣triarcks of her Kindred hauing got the vpper hand in Egypt, began to build for Nafissa a most beautifull Shrine or Sepulchre, which they adorned also with Siluer Lamps, with Carpets of Silke, and such like precious ornaments. So great is the renowne of this Nafissa, that there * 1.625 commeth no Mahumetan either by Sea or Land vnto Cairo, but he adoreth this Sepulchre, and bringeth his Offering thereunto, as likewise doe all the Mahumetans inhabiting thereabout: in∣somuch that the yearely ••blations and Almes offered at this Sepulchre, partly for the reliefe of the poore Kinsfolks of Mahumet, and partly for the maintenance of the Priests which keepe the said Sepulchre, amount vnto one hundred thousand Saraffi; which Priests by fained and coun∣terfeit [ 10] Miracles doe daily delude the minds of the simple, to the end they may the more enflame * 1.626 their blind deuotion, and may stirre them to greater liberalitie. When Selim the Great Turke wonne the Citie of Cairo, his Ianizaries rifling this Sepulchre, found there the summe of fiue hundred thousand Saraffi in ready money, besides the Siluer Lampes, the Chaines and Carpets: but Selim tooke away a great part of that treasure from them. Such as write the Liues of the Mahumetan Saints, making very honourable mention of this Nafissa, say, that she was descended of the noble Familie of Heli, and that she was most famous for her vertuous and chaste life: but the fond people and the Priest of that execrable Sepulchre, haue deuised many fained and super∣stitious Miracles. In this Suburbe also, neere vnto the Riuer of Nilus, is the Customers Office, for such wares as are brought out of the Prouince of Sahid. Without the walled Citie stand the * 1.627 Magnificent and stately Sepulchres of the Soldans, built with admirable and huge Arches. But in [ 20] my time a certaine Soldan caused a Walke to be built betweene two high Walls, from the Gate of the Citie to the place of the aforesaid Sepulchres, and at the ends of both Walls caused two Turrets of an exceeding height to be erected, for Markes and Directions vnto such Merchants as came thither from the Port of Mount Sinai.

About a mile and an halfe from the said Sepulchres, in a certaine place called Am••lthria, there * 1.628 is a Garden containing the onely Balme-tree, (for in the whole world besides there is not any other tree that beareth true Balme) which Balme-tree growing in the midst of a large Fountaine, and hauing a short Stocke or Body, beareth leaues like vnto Vine-leaues, but that they are not so long: and this Tree (they say) would vtterly wither and decay, if the water of the Fountaine should chance to be deminished. The Garden is enuironed with a strong Wall, whereinto no [ 30] man may enter, without the speciall fauour and licence of the Gouernour.

In the midst of Nilus, ouer against the old Citie, standeth the Ile called Michias, that is to say, The Ile of Measure; in which Ile (according to the Inundation of Nilus) they haue a kind of deuice, inuented by the ancient Egyptians, whereby they most certainely foresee the plentie or scarcitie of the yeare following throughout all the Land of Egypt. This Iland is well inhabited, and containeth about fifteene hundred Families; vpon the extreme point or ende whereof stan∣deth a most beautiful Palace, built in my remembrance by a Soldan, & a large Temple also, which is very pleasant, in regard of the coole Streames of Nilus. Vpon another side of the Iland stan∣deth * 1.629 an house alone by it selfe, in the midst whereof there is a fouresquare Cisterne or Chanell of eighteene cubits deepe, whereinto the water of Nilus is conueyed by a certaine Sluce vnder the [ 40] ground. And in the midst of the Cisterne there is erected a certaine Pillar, which is marked and diuided into so many cubits, as the Cisterne it selfe containeth in depth. And vpon the seauen∣teenth of Iune when Nilus beginneth to ouerflow, the water thereof conueyed by the said Sluce into the Chanell, increaseth daily, sometimes two, and sometimes three fingers, and sometimes halfe a cubit in height. Vnto this place there daily resort certaine Officers appointed by the Senate, who viewing and obseruing the increase of Nilus, declare vnto certaine Children how much it hath increased; which children wearing yellow Skarffes vpon their Heads, doe publish the said increase of Nilus in euery streete of the Citie and the Suburbs, and receiue gifts euery day of the Merchants, Artificers, and Women, so long as Nilus increaseth. The foresaid deuice or experi∣ment of the increase of Nilus, is this that followeth: If the water reacheth onely to the [ 50] fifteenth cubit of the foresaid Pillar, they hope for a fruitfull yeare following: but if it stayeth betweene the twelfth cubit and the fifteenth, then the increase of the yeare will prooue but meane: if it resteth betweene the tenth and twelfth cubits, then is it a signe that Corne will be sold ten Duckats the bushell: But if it ariseth to the eighteenth cubite, there is like to follow great scarcitie, in regard of too much moysture: and if the eighteenth cubite be surmounted, all Egypt is in danger to be swallowed vp by the inundation of Nilus. The Officers therefore de∣clare vnto the Children the height of the Riuer, and the Children publish the same in all streets of the Citie, charging the people to feare God, and telling them how high Nilus is increased. And the people being astonied at the wonderfull increase of Nilus, wholly exercise themselues in Prayers, and gi∣uing [ 60] of Almes. And thus Nilus continueth fortie dayes increasing, and fortie dayes decreasing; all which time Corne is sold very deare, because while the Inundation lasteth, euery man may sell at his owne pleasure: but when the eightieth day is once past, the Clerke of the Market appoin∣teth the price of all Victuals, and especially of Corne, according as hee knoweth by the foresaid

experiment, that the high and low grounds of Egypt haue receiued either too little, or too much or conuenient moysture: all which Customes and Ceremonies being duly performed, there fol∣loweth so great a Solemnitie, and such a thundering noyse of Drummes and Trumpets through∣out all Cairo, that a man would suppose the whole Citie to be turned vpside downe. And then euery Family hath a Barge adorned with rich Couerings and Carpets, and with Torch-light, and furnished with most daintie meates and confections, wherewith they solace themselus. The * 1.630 SOLDAN also with all his Nobles and Courtiers resorteth vnto that Sluce or Conduit, which is called the great Conduit, and is compassed round about with a wall, who taking an Axe in his hand breaketh the said wall, and so doe his Nobles and Courtiers likewise: insomuch, that the same part of the wall being cast downe, which stopped the passage of the water, the Riuer of [ 10] Nilus is so swiftly and forcibly cariyed through that Conduit, and through all other Conduits and Sluces in the Citie and the Suburbes, that Cairo at that time seemeth to be another Venice; and then may you row ouer all places of the Land of Egypt. Seuen dayes and seuen nights to∣gether the foresaid Festiuall Solemnitie continueth in Cairo; during which space the Merchants and Artificers of the Citie may (according to the custome of the ancient Egyptians) consume and spend in Torches, Perfumes, Confections, Musicke, and such like iollities, all their gaines that they haue gotten the whole yeere past. Without the Citie of Cairo, neere vnto the Suburbe of BebZuaila, standeth the Castle of the Soldan vpon the side of the Mountain called Mochattan. This Castle is enuironed with high and impregnable wals, and contayneth such stately and beautifull Palaces, that they can hardly be described. Paued they are with excellent Marble, [ 20] on the Roofes they are gilt and curiously painted, their windowes are adorned with diuers co∣lours, like to the windowes in some places of Europe; and their gates be artificially carued and beautified with Gold and Azure. Some of these Palaces are for the Soldan and his Family; others for the Family of his Wife, and the residue for his Concubines, his Eunuches, and his Guard. Likewise the Soldan had one palace to keepe publike Feasts in; and another wherein to giue au∣dience vnto forraine Ambassadours, and to exalt himselfe with great pompe and Ceremonies: and another also for the Gouernours and Officials of his Court. But all these are at this present abolished by Selim the great Turke.

The Inhabitants of Cairo are people of a merry, iocund, and cheerefull disposition, such as * 1.631 will promise much, but performe little. They exercise Merchandize and Mechanicall Arts, and [ 30] yet trauell they not out of their owne natiue soyle. Many Students there are of the Lawes, but very few of other liberall Arts and Sciences. And their Colledges are continually full of Students, yet few of them attayne vnto perfection. The Citizens in Winter are clad in gar∣ments of cloth lined with Cotton: in Summer they weare fine shirts; ouer which shirts some put on linnen garments curiously wrought with silke, and others weare garments of Chamblet, and vpon their heads they carry great Turbants couered with cloth of India. The women goe costly attired, adorning their foreheads and neckes with frontlet and chaines of Pearle, and on their heads they weare a sharpe and slender bonet of a span high, being very precious and rich. * 1.632 Gownes they weare of woollen cloth with strait sleeues, being curiously imbroydered with needle-worke, ouer which they cast certaine veyles of most excellent fine cloth of India. They [ 40] couer their heads and faces with a kind of blacke Skarfe, through which beholding others, they cannot bee seene themselues. Vpon their feet they weare fine shooes and pantofles, somewhat after the Turkish fashion. These women are so ambitious and proud, that all of them disdaine eyther to spinne o•• to play the Cookes: wherefore their Husbands are constrayned to buy vi∣ctuals ready drest at the Cookes shops: for very few, except such as haue a great Family, vse to prepare and dresse their victuals in their owne houses. Also they vouchsafe great libertie vnto their Wiues: for the good man being gone to the Tauerne or Victualling house, his Wife trick∣ing * 1.633 vp her selfe in coldy apparell, and being perfumed with sweet and precious Odours, wal∣keth about the Citie to solace her selfe, and parley with her kinsfolkes and friends.

They vse to ride vpon Asses more then horses, which are broken to such a gentle pace, that they go easier then any ambling horse. These Asses they couer with most costly Furniture and let them [ 50] out vnto women to ride vpon, together with a Boy to lead the Asse, and certain Footmen to run by. In this City, like as in diuers others, great store of people carny about sundry kinds of victuals to be sold. Many there are also that sell water, which they carry vp and downe in certayne Leather bags vpon the backes of Camels: for the Citie (as I said before) is two miles di••••ant from Nilus. Others carrie about a more fine and handsome Vessell with a Cocke or Spout of Brasse vpon it, hauing a Cup of Myrrhe or Christall in their hands, and these sell water for men to drinke, and for euery draught they take a farthing. Others sell young Chickens and o∣ther * 1.634 Fowles by measure, which they hatch after a wonderfull and strange manner. They put, great numbers of Egges into certayne Ouens built vpon sundry lofts, which Ouens being mo∣derately heat, will within seuen dayes conuert all the said Egges into Chickens. Their mea∣sures [ 60] are bottomlesse, which being put into the basket of the buyer, and filled full of Chickens they lift it vp, and so let the Chickens fall into the basket. Likewise, such as buy those Chic∣kens hauing kept them a few dayes, carry them about to sell againe. The Cookes sh••ps stand

open very late: but the shops of other Artificers are shut vp before ten of the clocke, who then walke abroad for their solace and recreation from one Suburbe to another. The Citizens in their common talke vse ribald and filthy speeches: and (that I may passe ouer the rest in si∣lence) it falleth out oftentimes that the Wife will complaine of her Husband vnto the Iudge, that he doth not his dutie nor contenteth her sufficicntly in the night season, wherupon (as it is permitted by the Mahumetan Law) the women are diuorced and maryed vnto other Husbands.

Among the Artizans whosoeuer is the first Inuentor of any new and ingenuous Deuice, is clad in a Garment of cloth of Gold, and carryed with a noyse of Musicians after him, as it were in * 1.635 triumph from shop to shop, hauing some money giuen him at euery place. I my selfe once saw one carryed about with solemne Musicke and with great pompe and triumph, because hee had [ 10] bound a Flea in a Chaine, which lay before him on a piece of Paper for all men to behold.

Amongst the sundry Sects of Religion in this Citie, there is one Sect of the Moores called Chenefia: and this Sect liueth vpon Horse-flesh, so that their Butchers when they can heare of any halting or lame Iade, buy him forth-with, and set him vp a fatting, and hauing killed him, the said Sect of Chenefia come and buy vp his flesh hand-smooth. This Sect is rife also among the Turkes, the Mamalukes, and the people of Asia; and albeit, the Turkes might freely vse the food before-mentioned, yet doe they not inure themselues thereunto.

In Egypt and in the Citie of Cairo there are permitted foure seuerall Sects, differing each from other both in Canon and Ciuill Lawes: all which Sects haue their originall from the Religion of Mahumet. For there were in times past foure men of singular Learning, who by subtiltie [ 20] and sharpnesse of wit, found out a way to make particular deductions out of Mahumets generall Precepts. So that each of them would interpret the opinions of Mahumet according to their owne fancie, and would euery man apply them to his owne proper sense; and therefore they must needs disagree much betweene themselues: howbeit, growing famous among the com∣mon people in regard of their diuers Canons and Precepts, they were the first Authours and Founders of the said foure Sects: any one of which whatsoeuer Mahumetan professeth, cannot renounce the same at his pleasure and embrace another Sect, vnlesse hee be a man of deepe Lear∣ning, and knoweth the Reasons and Allegations of both parts. Also there are in the Citie of Cairo foure principall Iudges, who giue sentence onely vpon matters of great importance: vn∣der which foure are substituted other inferiour Iudges, in euery street of the Citie, which de∣cide [ 30] pettie contentions and brabbles. And if the parties which are at controuersie chance to bee of diuers Sects, the Plaintiffe may summon and conuent the Defendant before the Iudge of his street: howbeit, the Defendant may, if he will, appeale from him vnto the highest Iudge of all, being placed ouer the foure principall Iudges aforesaid, and being gouernour of the Sect, called Essafichia; and this high Iudge hath authoritie to dispense withall, or to disanull the De∣crees of the foure principall, and of all the other inferiour Iudges, according as hee shall see cause. Whosoeuer attempteth ought against the Canons and Precepts of his owne Religion, is seuerely punished by the Iudge of the same Religion. Moreouer, albeit the Priests of the foresaid Sects differ very much, both in their formes of Lyturgie or Prayer, and also in many o∣ther respects, yet doe they not for that diuersitie of Ceremonies hate one another, neyther yet [ 40] doe the common people of sundry Sects fall to mutinie and debate: but men indeed of singular Learning and much reading conferre oftentimes together, and as in priuate each man affirmeth his owne Sect to be the best, so likewise doe they confirme their opinions by subtile Arguments, neither may any man vnder paine of grieuous punishment reproch any of the said foure ancient Doctors. And in very deed they all of them follow one & the same Religion, to wit, that which is prescribed in the Canons of Hashari, the principall Doctor of the Mahumetans, which Canons goe for currant ouer all Africa, and most part of Asia, except in the Dominions of the Great Sophi of Persia; who because he reiecteth the said Canons, is accounted by other Mahumetans an Heretike, and a Schismaticke. But how such varietie of opinions proceeded from the foure Doctors aforesaid, it were tedious and troublesome to rehearse: he that is desirous to know more [ 50] of this matter, let him read my Commentaries which I haue written concerning the Law and Religion of Mahumet, according to the Doctrine of Malich, who was a man of profound Lear∣ning, and was borne at Medina Talnabi, where the bodie of Mahumet lyeth buryed: which Doctrine of Malich is embraced throughout all Syria, Egypt, and Arabia: wherewith if any be delighted, let him peruse my foresaid Commentaries, and they will satisfie him to the full.

Vpon Malefactors they inflict most grieuous and horrible punishment, especially vpon such as haue committed any heynous crime in the Court. Theeues they condemne to the Halter. A murther committed trecherously they punish in manner following: the Executioners assistants take the Malefactor one by the head, and another by the feet, and then comes the chiefe Exe∣cutioner with a Two-hand-sword, and cutteth his bodie in twaine, the one part whereof ad∣ioyning * 1.636 to the head is put into a fire full of vn-slaked Lime: and it is a most strange and dread∣full [ 60] thing to consider, how the same dismembred and halfe bodie will remayne a liue in the fire for the space of a quarter of an houre, speaking and making answere vnto the standers by. But rebels or seditious persons they flea aliue, stuffing their skins with bran till they resemble mans shape, which being done, they carry the said stuffed skins vpon Camels backes through euery

streete of the Citie, and there publish the crime of the partie executed: then which punishment I neuer sawe a more dreadfull, by reason that the condemned party liueth so long in torment: but if the tormenter once toucheth his nauell with the knife, he presently yeeldeth vp the Ghost: which he may not doe vntill he be commanded by the Magistrate standing by. If any * 1.637 be imprisoned for debt, not hauing where withall to satisfie the same, the Gouernor of the prison payeth their creditors, and sendeth them, poore wretches, bound in chaines, and accompanied with certaine keepers, daily to begge almes from street to street, all which almes redoundeth to the Gouernour, and hee alloweth the said prisoners very bare maintenance to liue vpon.

Moreouer, there goe crying vp and downe this Citie certaine aged women, who (though * 1.638 that which they say in the streets cannot be vnderstood) are notwithstanding inioyned by their [ 10] office to circumcise women according to the prescript of Mahumet: which Ceremonie is not ob∣serued but in Egypt and Syria.

The dignity and power of the Soldan was in times past exceeding great; but Selim the great * 1.639 Turke in the yeere of Christ (if I be not deceiued) 1517. vtterly abolished the saide dignity, and changed all the Customes and Lawes of the Soldan. And because it hath beene my hap thrise to trauell into Egypt since the said wonderfull alteration befell, I suppose, it will not bee much beside my purpose, if I set downe in this place such particulars as I know to be most cer∣taine true concerning the Court of the Soldan. Vnto this high dignitie was wont to bee cho∣sen some one of the most noble Mamaluks. These Mamaluks being all Christians at the first, [ 20] and stolne in their child-hood by the Tartars out of the Prouince of Circassia, which borde∣reth vpon the Euxin Sea, and being sold at Caffa, a Towne of Taurica Chersonesus, were brought from thence by certaine Merchants vnto the Citie of Cairo, and were there bought by the Soldan; who constraining them foorthwith to abiure and renounce their baptisme, cau∣sed them to bee instructed in the Arabian and Turkish Languages, and to bee trained vp in Militarie Discipline, to the end they might ascend from one degree of Honour to another, till at last they were aduanced vnto the high dignity of the Soldan. But this Custome whereby it was enacted: that the Soldan should be chosen out of the number of such as were Mamaluks and slaues by their condition, began about two hundred and fifty yeers sithence, when as the Family of the valiant Saladin (whose name was so terrible vnto Christians) being supported but by a [ 30] few of the kindred, fell to vtter decay and ruine.

At the same time when the last King of Ierusalem was determined to sacke the Citie of Cairo, which also in regard of the sloth and cowardize of the Mahumetan Califa then raigning ouer it, intended to make it selfe tributarie vnto the same King, the Iudges and Lawyers of the Citie with the consent of the Califa, sent for a certaine Prince of Asia, called Azedudin, of the Nation of Curdu (the people whereof liue in tents like the Arabians) which Azedudin together with his sonne Saladin, came with an armie of fiftie thousand horsemen. And albeit, Saladin was inferiour in age vnto his Father, yet in regard of his redoubted valour, and singular knowledge in Military affaires, they created him Generall of the field, and gaue him free liberty to bestow all the Tributes and Reuenues of Egypt, as himselfe should thinke expedient. And so marching at length against the Christians, he got the Victory of them without any bloodshed, and draue [ 40] them out of Ierusalem and out of all Syria. Then Saladin returning backe with triumph vnto Cairo, had an intent to vsurpe the Gouernment thereof: whereupon hauing slaine the Califa his guard (who bare principall sway ouer the Egyptians) hee procured the death also of the Califa himselfe, being thus bereft of his guard, with a poysoned cup, and then foorthwith submitted himselfe vnto the patronage of the Califa of Bagdet, who was the true and lawfull Mahumetan Prelate of Cairo. Thus the iurisdiction of the Califas of Cairo (who had continued Lords of that Citie by perpetuall succession for the space of two hundred and thirty yeeres) surceased, and returned againe vnto the Califa of Bagdet, who was the true and lawfull Gouernour there∣of. And so the Schismaticall Califas and Patriarkes being suppressed, there grew a contention betweene Saladin and the Soldan of Bagdet, and Saladin made himselfe a soueraigne of Cairo, be∣cause [ 50] the said Soldan of Bagdet being in times past Prince of the Prouinces of Mazandran and Euarizin situate vpon the Riuer of Ganges, and being borne in a certaine Countrey of Asia, laid claime notwithstanding vnto the Dominion of Cairo, and intending to wage warre against Sa∣ladin, hee was restrained by the Tartars of Corasan, who made inuasions and inrodes vpon him. Saladin on the other side fearing least the Christians in reuenge of the foresaid iniury would make an expedition into Syria, and considering that his forces were partly slaine in the former warres, and partly consumed by pestilence, except a few which remained for the de∣fence and sauegard of his Kingdome, began to imploy himselfe about buying of slaues that came from Circassia, whom the King of Armenia by those dayes tooke and sent vnto Cairo to bee * 1.640 sold: which slaues he caused to abiure the Christian faith, and to be trained vp in feats of warre [ 60] and in the Turkish Language, and being the proper Language of Saladin himselfe: and so the said slaues within a while increased so exceedingly both in valour and number, that they be∣came not onely valiant Souldiers, and skilfull Commanders, but also Gouernours of the whole

Kingdome. After the decease of Salidin, the Dominion remained vnto his Family one hundred and fifty yeeres, and all his successors obserued the Custome of buying 〈…〉〈…〉es of Circassia: but the Family of Saladin growing at length to decay, the slaues by a generall consent elected one Piperis a valiant Mamaluk of their owne companie to be their Soueraigne Lord and Soldan: which Custome they afterward so inuiolably kept, that not the Soldans owne sonne nor any o∣ther Mamaluk could attaine vnto that high dignity, vnlesse first he had beene a Christian, and had abiured his faith, and had learned also exactly to speak the Circassian and Turkish Languages. Insomuch, that many Soldans sent their sonnes in their childhood into Circassie, that by learning the Language and fashions of the Countrey, they might proue in processe of time fit to beare So∣ueraigne authority; but by the dissension of Mahaluks, they were alwayes defeated of their pur∣pose. [ 10]

The Eddaguadare being in dignitie second vnto the Soldan, and being as it were, his Vice-roy or Lieutenant, had authoritie to place or displace any Magi••••rates or Officers; and maintained a * 1.641 Family almost as great as the Family of the Soldan himselfe.

The Amir Cabir hauing the third place of honour, was Lord Generall ouer the Soldans Mili∣tarie Forces; who was by o〈…〉〈…〉e bound to leauy armies against the forraine enemie, especially a∣gainst the next Arabians, and to furnish the Castles and Cities with conuenient Garisons: and also had authoritie to dispend the Soldaus Treasure, vpon such necessary affaires as hee thought good.

The fourth in dignity after the Soldan called Nai Bessan, beeing the Soldan his Lieute∣nant [ 20] in Syria, and gathering vp all the Tributes of Assiria, bestowed them at his owne dis∣cretion, * 1.642 and yet the Soldan himselfe was to place Garrisons in the Castles and Forts of those Prouinces. This Nai Bessan was bound yeerely to pay certaine thousands of Saraffi vnto the Sol∣dan.

The fift Magistrate called the Ostadar, was the great Master or Steward of the Palace; whose duetie was to prouide apparell for the Soldan, with Victuals and other necessaries for * 1.643 his whole family. And vnto this dignity the Soldan vsed to aduance some one of his most anci∣ent, Honourable, and Vertuous Nobles, vndes whose tuition himselfe had in times past beene trained vp.

The sixt called the Amiri Achor, was Master of the Horse and Camels; and distributed them [ 30] * 1.644 vnto each man in Court, according to his degree.

The seuenth Office was performed by certaine principall Mamalukes, being like vnto the Colonels of Europe: euery of whom was Captaine of a thousand inferious Mamaluks; and their * 1.645 Office was to conduct the Soldans Forces against the enemie, and to take charge of his ar∣mour.

The eight degree of Honour was allotted vnto certaine Centurions ouer the Mamaluks; who were continually to attend vpon the Soldan, either when he road any whither, or when he ex∣ercised * 1.646 himselfe in armes.

The ninth person was the Treasurer, who made an account vnto the Soldan of all the Tri∣butes and Customes of his Kingdome, disbursing money for the daily and necessary expenses of [ 40] * 1.647 the Soldans Household, and laying vp the rest in the Soldans Castle.

The tenth called the Amirsileh, had the armour of the Soldan committed to his charge, which * 1.648 being contained in a great Armory was to be scoured, furbushed, and renued at his direction, for which purpose he had sundry Mamaluks placed vnder him.

The eleuenth called the Testecana was Master of the Soldans Wardrobe, and tooke charge of all such Robes and Apparell as were deliuered vnto him by the Ostadar or high Steward of the * 1.649 Houshold; which Robes he distributed according to the appointment of the Soldan; for whom∣soeuer the Soldan promoted vnto any dignity, him he apparelled also. All the said garments were of cloth of Gold, of Veluet, or of silke.

The great Citie of Chanca situate about sixe miles from Cairo, at the very entrance of the De∣sart lying in the way to Mount Sinai, is replenished with most stately Houses, Temples, and [ 50] * 1.650 Colledges. All the fields betweene Cairo and this Citie abound with great plenty of Dates: but from Chanca to Mount Sinai, which is an hundred and fortie miles, there are no pl••ces of habitation at all. Through this Citie lie two maine road-wayes, the one leading to Syria, and the other to Arabia. This Citie hath no other water but such as remaine in certaine Chanels after the inundation of Nilus; which chanels being broken, the water runneth forth into the plaines, and there maketh a number of small lakes, from whence it is conueighed backe by certaine sluces into the Cisternes of the Citie.

Vpon the same side of Nilus, standeth the faire Citie of Munia, which was built in the time * 1.651 of the Mahumetans by one Chasib, a Lieutenant and Courtier of the Califa of Bagdet, vpon an [ 60] high place. Heere are most excellent Grapes, and abundance of all kind of fruit, which albeit they are carried to Cairo, yet can they not come thither fresh and new, by reason that this City is distant from Cairo one hundreth and fourescore miles. It is adorned with most stately Temples and other buildings: and here are to be seene at this present, sundry ruines of the ancient Egyp∣tian

buildings. The Inhabitants are rich, for they trauell for their gaine as farre as Gaoga, a King∣dome of the Land of Negros.

At this present there are found at Manf-Loth, certaine huge and high Pillars and Porches, whereon are Verses engrauen in the Egyptian Tongue. Neere vnto Nilus stand the ruines of a stately building, which seemeth to haue been a Temple in times past; among which ruines the Citizens find sometimes Coyne of Siluer, sometimes of Gold, and sometimes of Lead; hauing on the one side Hielygraphick notes, and on the otherside the pictures of ancient Kings. The fields adiacent being very fruitfull, are extremely scorched by the heate of the Sunne, and much haun∣ted with Crocodiles, which was the occasion (as some thinke) why the Romans abandoned this Citie. The Inhabitants are men of indifferent wealth, for they exercise Traffick in the Land of Negros. [ 10]

Azioth founded by the Egyptians vpon the banke of Nilus, two hundred and fifty miles from * 1.652 Cairo, is most admirable in regard of the hugenesse, and of the varietie of old buildings, and of Epitaphes engrauen in Egyptian Letters; although at this present the greatest part thereof lieth desolate. When the Mahumetans were first Lords of this Citie, it was inhabited by honourable personages, and continueth as yet famous, in regard of the Nobility and great wealth of the Ci∣tizens. * 1.653 There are in this Citie almost an hundred Families of Christians, and three or foure Churches still remaining: and without the Citie standeth a Monasterie, containing moe then an hundred Monks, who eate neither Flesh nor Fish, but onely Hearbs, Bread and Oliues. And yet haue they dainty Cates without any fat among them. This Monasterie is very rich, and giueth three dayes entertainement to all strangers that resort thither, for the welcomming of whom they [ 20] bring vp great store of Doues, of Chickens, and of such like commodities.

Ichmin being the most ancient Citie in all Egypt, was built by Ichmin, the sonne of * 1.654 Misraim, * 1.655 the sonne of Chus, which was the sonne of * 1.656 Hen, vpon the Banke of Nilus, next vnto Asia, and three hundred miles Eastward from Cairo. This Citie the Mahumetans, when they first began to vsurpe ouer Egypt, so wasted and destroyed, for certaine causes mentioned in Histories, that besides the foundations and rubbish, they left nought remaining: for, transporting the Pillars and principall Stones vnto the other side of Nilus, they built thereof the Citie called Munsia, euen as we will now declare.

Georgia was in times past a famous Monasterie of Christians, called after the name of * 1.657 Saint George, and being sixe miles distant from Munsia. It was inhabited by more then two [ 30] hundred Monkes, who enioying large Territories, Possessions and Reuenues, shewed themselues curteous and beneficiall vnto strangers; and the ouerplus of their yearely reuenues was sent vnto the Patriarke of Cairo, who caused the same to be distributed amongst the poore Christians: but about an hundred yeares agoe, all the Monkes of this Monasterie died of a Pestilence, which * 1.658 spred it selfe ouer all the Land of Egypt. Whereupon the Prince of Munsia compassed the said Monasterie with a Wall, and erected diuers houses for Artificers and Merchants to dwell in. And being allured by the pleasant Gardens situate amidst the beautifull Hills, hee himselfe went thither to inhabite: but the Patriarke of the Iacobites making his mone vnto the Soldan, the Soldan caused another Monasterie to bee built in the same place, where in times past the old Citie stood; and assigned so much allowance thereunto, as might maintaine thirtie [ 40] Monkes.

This little Citie of Chian was built in times past neere vnto Nilus by the Mahumetans, * 1.659 which notwithstanding is not now inhabited by them, but by the Christians called Iacobites, who employ themselues either in Husbandrie, or in bringing vp of Chickens, Geese, and Doues. There remaine as yet certaine Monasteries of Christians, that giue entertainement to Strangers. But Mahumetans (besides the Gouernour and his Family) there are none at all.

Barbanda founded by the Egyptians vpon Nilus, about foure hundred miles from Cairo, was * 1.660 laid so waste by the Romans, that nothing but the ruines thereof remained, most of which ruines were carried vnto Asna, whereof wee will forthwith intreate. Amongst the said ruines are to be found many pieces of Gold and Siluer Coyne, and sundry fragments of Smaragds or Em∣ralds. [ 50] * 1.661

The ancient Citie of Cana, built by the Egyptians vpon the banke of Nilus ouer against Bar∣banda, * 1.662 and enuironed with Walls of Sunne-dried Bricke, is inhabited with people of base condi∣tion, applying themselues vnto Husbandrie, by which meanes the Citie aboundeth with corne. Hither are the Merchandise brought against the streame of Nilus, which are sent from Cairo to Mecca: for the distance from hence ouer the wildernesse vnto the Red Sea, is at least 120 miles, all which way there is no water at all to bee found. And at the Hauen of Chossir vpon the shoare of the Red Sea, are diuers Cottages, whereinto the said Merchandises are vnladen. And ouer against Chossir on the side of Asia lieth Iambuh, another Hauen of the Red Sea, where∣at Trauellers going on Pilgrimage to see the Tombe of Mahumet at Medina, must make their [ 60] rendeuous or generall meeting. Moreouer, Chana furnisheth Medina and Mecca with Corne, in which places they suffer great and continuall scarcitie.

Asna in times past was called Siene. Round about this Citie there are to bee seene diuers * 1.663

huge buildings, and admirable Sepulchres, together with sundry Epitaphes engrauen both in Egyptian and Latine Letters.

The great, ancient, and populous Citie of Assuan was built by the Egyptians vpon the Riuer of * 1.664 Nilus, about fourescore miles Eastward from Asna. The soyle adiacent is most apt and fruitfull for Corne. And the Citizens are exceedingly addicted vnto the Trade of Merchandise, because they dwell so neere vnto the Kingdome of Nubia, vpon the confines whereof standeth their Citie: beyond which Citie, Nilus dispersing himselfe ouer the Plaines through many small Lakes, be∣commeth innauigable. Also, the said Citie standeth neere vnto that Desart, ouer which they trauell vnto the Port of Suachen vpon the Red Sea, and it adioyneth likewise vpon the frontiers * 1.665 of Ethiopia. And here in Summer time the Inhabitants are extremely scorched with the heate [ 10] of the Sunne, being of a swart or browne colour, and being mingled with the people of Nubia and Ethiopia. Here are to be seene also many buildings of the ancient Egyptians, and most high Towers, which they call in the language of that Countrey Barba. Beyond this place there is neither Citie nor habitation of any account, besides a few Villages of black people, whose speech is compounded of the Arabian, Egyptian, and Ethiopian languages. These being subiect vnto the people, called * 1.666 Bugiha, liue in the Fields after the Arabian manner, being free from the Soldans iurisdiction, for there his Dominions are limited.

And thus much concerning the principall Cities standing along the maine Chanell of Nilus: Some whereof I saw, others I entred into, and passed by the residue: but I had most certaine in∣telligence of them all, either by the Inhabitants themselues, or by the Mariners which carried [ 20] me by water from Cairo to Assuan, with whom returning backe vnto Chana, I trauelled thence ouer the Desart vnto the Red Sea, ouer which Sea I crossed vnto Iambuth, and Ziddem, two Ha∣uen Townes of Arabia Desarta; of which two Townes, because they belong vnto Asia, I will not here discourse, lest I should seeme to transgresse the limits of Africa. But if it shall please * 1.667 God to vouchsafe me longer life, I purpose to describe all the Regions of Asia which I haue tra∣uelled; to wit, Arabia Desarta, Arabia Foelix, Arabia Petraea, the Asian part of Egypt, Arme∣nia, and some part of Tartaria; all which Countries I saw and passed through in the time of my youth. Likewise, I will set downe my last Voyages from Fez to Constantinople, from Constanti∣nople to Egypt, and from thence into Italie, in which Iourney I saw diuers and sundry Ilands. All which my Trauels I meane (by Gods assistance) being returned forth of Europe into mine owne [ 30] Country, particularly to describe; deciphring first the Religion of Europe and Asia which I haue seene, and thereunto annexing this my Discourse of Africa, to the end that I may promote the endeauours of such as are desirous to know the state of forraine Countries.

§. IX.

Principall occurrents in IOHN LEO his ninth Booke of the Historie of Africa.

THe Elephant keepeth in the Woods, and is found in great numbers in the forrests of the [ 40] Land of Negros. They vse to go many in one company, & if they chance to meet with * 1.668 any man, they either shun him, or giue place vnto him. But if the Elephant intendeth to hurt anyman, he casteth him on the ground with his long snout or trunke, and ne∣uer ceaseth trampling vpon him till he be dead. And although it be a mighty and fierce beast, yet are there great store of them caught by the Ethiopian Hunters, in manner following. These Hun∣ters being acquainted with the Woods and Thickets where they keepe, vse to make among the trees a round hedge of strong boughes and rafts, leauing a space open on the one side thereof, and likewise a doore standing vpon the plaine ground which may be lift vp with ropes, where∣with they can easily stoppe the said open place or passage. The Elephant therefore com∣ming to take his rest vnder the shady boughes, entreth the hedge or inclosure, where the [ 50] Hunters by drawing the said rope, and fastening the doore, hauing imprisoned him, de∣scend downe from the trees, and kill him with their Arrowes, to the end they may get his Teeth, and make sale of them. But if the Elephant chanceth to breake through the hedge, he murthereth as many men as he can find. In Ethiopia the higher, and India, they haue other deuices * 1.669 to take the Elephant, which, least I should seeme ouer-tedious, I passe ouer in silence.

The Giraffa so sauage and wild, that it is a very rare matter to see any of them: for they hide themselues among the Desarts and Woods, where no other beasts vse to come; and so soone as one of them espieth a man, it flieth forthwith, though not very swftly. It is headed like a Camell, eared like an Oxe, and footed like a * 1.670: neither are any taken by Hunters, but while they are very young. [ 60]

Camels are gentle and domesticall beasts, and are found in Africa in great numbers, especially in the Desarts of Libya, Numidia, and Barbaria. And these the Arabians esteeme to bee their principall possessions and riches: so that speaking of the wealth of any of their Princes, or Gouernours, he hath (say they) so many thousands Camels, and not so many thousand Duckets.

Moreouer, the Arabians that possesse Camels liue like Lords and Potentates in great liberty, because they can remaine with their Camels in barren Desarts, whither no Kings nor Princes can bring armies to subdue them.

African Camels farre excell them of Asia; for trauelling fortie or fifty dayes together, with∣out * 1.671 any prouender at all, they are vnladen in the euening, and turned loose into the next fields, where they feed vpon Gr••sse, Brambles, and the boughes of trees; which hardnesse the Camels of Asia cannot endure, but when they set foorth any iourney, they must be well pampered and full of flesh. Experience hath taught, that our Camels hauing trauelled laden fifty dayes together without any prouender; haue so wasted; first, the flesh of their bunches; secondly, of their bellies, and lastly, of their hips, that they haue scarce beene able to carry the weight of one [ 10] hundreth pounds. But the Merchants of Asia giue their Camels prouender, halfe of them being laden with wares, and the other halfe with prouender, and so their whole Carouan of Camels goeth foorth and returneth home laden: by which meanes they keepe them in good plight. Of * 1.672 Camels there are three kinds; whereof the first being called Hugiun, are grosse, and of a tall sta∣ture, and most fit to carrie burthens, but ere foure yeeres end they grow vnprofitable: after which time euery Camell but of meane stature will carry a thousand pounds of Italian weight. When any of the said Camels is to bee laden, being beaten vpon his knees and necke with a wand, he kneeleth downe, and when he feeleth his load sufficient, he riseth vp againe. And the Africans vse to geld their Camels which they keepe for the burthen, putting but one male Camell among ten femals. The second kinde of Camels called Becheti, and hauing a double bunch, are fit both to carrie burthens, and to ride vpon: and these are bred onely in Asia. [ 20] The third kind called Raguahill, are Camels of a slender and low stature, which albeit they are * 1.673 vnfit to carry burthens, yet doe they not excell the two other kinds in swiftnesse, that in the space of one day they will trauell one hundred miles, and will so continue ouer the Desarts for eight or ten dayes together with very little prouender: and these doe the principall Arabians of Numidia, and the Moores of Libya vsually ride vpon. When the King of Tombuto is des••rous to send any message of importance vnto the Numidian Merchants with great celeritie, his post or messenger riding vpon one of these Camels, will runne from Tombuto to Darha or Segelmesse, beeing nine hundred miles distant, in the space of eight dayes at the farthest: but such as trauell must be expert in the way through the Desarts, neither will they demand lesse [ 30] then fiue hundred Duckats for euery iourney. The said Camels about the beginning of the spring inclining to their lust and venerie, doe not onely hurt one another, but also will dead∣ly wound such persons as haue done them any iniury in times past, not forgetting light and easie stripes: and whomsoeuer they lay hold on with their teeth, they lift vp on high, and cast him downe againe, trampling vpon him with their feete, and in this madde moode they con∣tinue fortie dayes together. Neither are they so patient of hunger as of thirst; for they will abstaine from drinke, without any inconuenience, for fifteene dayes together: and if their * 1.674 guides water them once in three dayes, they doe them great hurt, for they are not vsually wate∣red but once in fiue or nine dayes, or at an vrgent necessity once in fifteene dayes. Moreouer, the said Camels are of a gentle disposition, and are induced as it were with a kinde of humaine [ 40] reason: for when as betweene Ethiopia and Barbarie they haue a dayes iourney to trauell more then their woont, their masters cannot driue them on, being so tired, with whips, but are faine to sing certaine songs vnto them; wherewith being exceedingly delighted, they performe their iourney with such swiftnesse, that their said masters are scarce able to follow them. At my beeing in Cairo I saw a Camell dance; which arte of dancing how he learned of his master I will heere in few words report. They take a young Camell, and put him for halfe an houre * 1.675 together in a place like a Bath-stoue prepared for the same purpose, the floore whereof is het with fire: then play they without vpon a drumme, whereat the Camell not so much in re∣gard of the noyse, as of the hot pauement which offendeth his feet, and l••fteth vp one legge af∣ter another in manner of a dance, and hauing beene accustomed vnto this exercise for the space of a yeere or ten moneths, th〈…〉〈…〉 then present him vnto the publike view of the people, when [ 50] as hearing the noyse of a drum, and remembring the time when he trode vpon the hot floore, he presently falleth a dancing and leaping: and so, vse being turned into a kind of nature, he per∣petually obserueth the same custome.

The Horses of Barbary differ not in any respect from other Horses: but Horses of the same * 1.676 swiftnesse and agilitie are in the Arabian tongue called throughout all Egypt, Syria, Asia, Ara∣bia Foelix, and Deserta, by the name of Arabian Horses: and the Historiographers affirme, that this kind of wilde Horses ranging vp and downe the Arabian Desarts, and being broken and managed by the Arabians euer since the time of Ismael, haue so exceedingly multiplied and in∣creased, that they haue replenished the most part of Africa: which opinion sauoureth of truth, for euen at this present there are great store of wild Horses found both in the African and Arabian [ 60] Desarts. And I my selfe sawe in the Numidian Desart a wild Colt of a white colour, and ha∣uing a curled maine. The most certaine triali of these Horses is when they can ouertake the beast called Lant, or the Ostrich in a race: which two, if they be able to performe, they are

esteemed worth a thousand Duckats or an hundred Camels. Howbeit, very few of these Horses are brought vp in Barbarie, but the Arabians that inhabite the Desarts, and the people of Lybia bring vp great numbers of them, vsing them not for trauell or warfare, but onely for hunting, neither doe they giue them any other meate but the milke of Camels, and that twise e∣uery day and night, to the end they may keepe them nimble, liuely, and of spare flesh; * 1.677 and in the time of Grasse they suffer them to feede in Pastures, but then they ride not vpon them.

The wilde Horse is one of those beasts that come seldome in sight. The Arabians of the * 1.678 Desarts take the wild Horse and eate him, saying, that the younger the Horse be, the sweeter is his flesh: but he will hardly be taken either with Horses or Dogs. In the waters where this [ 10] beast keepeth, they lay certaine snares, couering them ouer with sand, wherein his foot being caught, he is intangled and slaine.

The beast called Lant or Dant in shape resembleth an Oxe, sauing that he hath smaller legs, and comlier hornes. His haire is white, and his hoofs are as blacke as Iet, and he is so exceeding swift, that no beast can ouertake him, but onely the Barberie Horse, as is beforesaid. He is easlier caught in Summer then in Winter, because that in regard of the extreme fretting heat of the sand his hoofs are then strained and set awry, by which meanes his swiftnesse is abated, like as the swiftnesse of Stagges and Roe-Deere Of the hide of this beast are made Shields and Targets * 1.679 of great defence, which will not be pierced, but onely with the forcible shot of a bullet, but they are sold at an extreme price. [ 20]

The wild Oxe resembleth the tame Oxe, saue that it is lesse in stature, being of a gray or ash∣colour, and of great swiftnesse. It haunteth either the Desarts, or the confines of the Desarts. * 1.680 And the flesh thereof (they say) is very sauoury.

The wilde Asse being found either in the Desarts, or vpon the borders thereof, is of an ash∣colour. In swiftnesse they are surpassed onely by the Barbary Horses, and when they see a man, * 1.681 they bray out aloud, kicking and wincing with their heeles, and standing stone-still, till one approacheth so neare them, that he may touch them with his hand, and then they betake themselues to flight. By the Arabians of the Desarts they are caught with Snares, and other Engins. They goe in companies either when they feede or water themselues. Their flesh is hot and vnsauory, and hath a wilde taste: but being set a cooling two dayes after it is sodden, it be∣commeth [ 30] very sauory and pleasant.

All the Oxen vpon the Mountaines of Africa being tame cattell, are of so meane a stature, that in comparison of other Oxen they seeme to be but Heifers of two yeeres old: but the * 1.682 Mountainers vsing them to the plough, say, that they are strong, and will indure much la∣bour.

Adimmain, is a tame beast, beeing shaped like a Ramme, and of the stature of an Asse, and hauing long and dangle eares. The L••byans vse these beasts in stead of Kine, and make of their * 1.683 milke great store of Cheese and Butter. They haue some Wooll, though it bee but short. I my selfe vpon a time beeing merrily disposed, roade a quarter of a mile vpon the backe of one of these beastes. Very many of them there are in the Desarts of Libya, and [ 40] but fewe in other places: and it is a rare matter to see one of them in the Numidian fields.

There is no difference betweene these Rammes of Africa and others, saue onely in their tayles, which are of a great thicknesse, being by so much the grosser, by how much they are more * 1.684 fat, so that some of their tayles weigh ten, and other twenty pounds a peece, and they be∣come fat of their owne naturall inclination: but in Egypt there are diuers that fed them fat with Bran and Barley, vntill their tayles growe so bigge that they cannot remooue themselues from place to place: insomuch that those which take charge of them are faine to bind little carts vnder their tayles, to the end they may haue strength to walke. I my selfe saw at a City in Egypt called Asiot, and standing vpon Nilus, about an hundred and fifty miles [ 50] from Cairo, one of the said Rams tayles that weighed foure-s〈…〉〈…〉e pounds, and others affrmed, that they had seene one of those tayles of an hundred and fifty pounds weight. All the fat there∣fore * 1.685 of this beast consisteth in his tayle; neither is there any of them to be found but onely in Tu∣nis and in Egypt.

The Lion is a most fierce and cruell beast, being hurtfull vnto all other beasts, and excelling them both in strength, courage, and crueltie, neither is he onely a deuourer of beasts, but of men * 1.686 also. In some places one Lyon will boldly encounter two hundred Horsemen. They range with∣out all feare among the flockes and droues of Cattell, and whatsoeuer beast they can lay hold on, they carry it into the next Wood vnto their Whelpes: yea, some Lyons there are (as I haue be∣fore said) that will vanquish and kill fiue or sixe Horsemen in one Company. Howbeit, such [ 60] Lyons as liue vpon the cold mountaynes are not so outragious and cruell: but the hotter the pla∣ces be where they keepe, the more rauenous and bold are they, as namely, vpon the Front••ers of Temesna, and of the Kingdome of Fez, in the Desart of Angad neere Telensin, and betweene the Citie of Bona and Tunis, all which are accounted the most famous and fierce Lyons in all A∣frica.

In the Spring, while they are giuen to Lust and Venery, they haue most fierce and bloudie conflicts one with an other, eight or twelue Lyons following after one Lyonesse. I haue heard many both men and women report, that if a woman chanceth to meet with a Lyon, and shew∣eth him her priuie parts, hee will with crying and roaring, cast his eyes vpon the ground and so depart. Beleeue it they that list. But this I am well assured of, that whatsoeuer a Lyon getteth in his pawes, though it be a Camell, he will carry it away. * 1.687

The Leopard liuing in the Woods of Barbarie, will not for all their great strength and cruel∣tie hurt any man, vnlesse it be very seldome, when as they meete with a man in a narrow pas∣sage, and cannot shunne him, or when they are checked and prouoked vnto fury: for then they will flye vpon a man, laying hold vpon his visage with their talents, and plucking off so much [ 10] flesh as they can catch, insomuch that sometimes they will crush his braines in pieces. They in∣uade not any flockes or droues of tame Cattell, but are at deadly feude with Dogges, whom they will kill and deuoure.

The Mountayners of the Region of Constantina hunt them on Horse-backe, stopping all pas∣sages, where they might escape. The Leopard ranging vp an downe, and finding euery place so beset with Horsemen that he cannot get away, windeth and turneth himselfe on all sides, and so becommeth a fit marke for the Hunters to discharge their Darts and Arrowes vpon. But if the Leopard chanceth to escape, that man that lets him passe, is bound by an vsuall custome to in∣uite the residue of the Hunters vnto a Banquet.

The beast called by the Arabians, Dabuh, and by the Africans, Iesef, in bignesse and shape * 1.688 resembleth a Woolfe, sauing that his legges and feet are like to the legges and feet of a man. It [ 20] is not hurtfull vnto any other beast, but will rake the carkasses of men out of their graues, and will deuoure them, being otherwise an abiect and silly creature. The Hunters being acquainted with his Den, come before it singing and playing vpon a Drum, by which Melodie beeing allured forth, his legs are intrapped in a strong Rope, and so he is drawne out and slaine.

The Ciuet Cats are naturally wilde, and are found in the Woods of Aethiopia. The Mer∣chants * 1.689 taking their young Whelpes or Kittes, feed them with Milke, Branne, and Flesh, and keepe them in Cages or Grates. But their odoriferous Excrement (which is nought else but * 1.690 their sweat) they gather twice or thrice euery day in manner following: first, they driue them vp and downe the Grate with a Wand, till they sweat, and then they take the said sweat from vnder their flankes, their shoulders, their neckes, and their tayles: which Excrement of sweat is commonly called Ciuet. [ 30]

Of Apes there are diuers and sundry kinds, those which haue tayles, being called in the A∣frican * 1.691 Tongue, Monne, and those which haue none, Babuini. They are found in the Woods of Mauritania, and vpon the Mountaynes of Bugia and Constantina. They liue vpon Grasse and Corne, and goe in great companies to feed in the Corne field, and one of their company which standeth Centinell, or keepeth watch and ward vpon the borders, when hee espyeth the Hus∣bandman comming, he cryeth out and giueth as it were an alarme to his fellowes, who euery one of them flee immediately into the next Woods, and betake themselues to the trees. The shee Apes carrie their Whelpes vpon their shoulders, and will leape with them in that sort from one tree to another. [ 40]

The Sea Horse is commonly found in the Riuers of Niger and Nilus. In shape it resembleth * 1.692 an Horse, and in stature an Asse, but it is altogether destitute of haire. It liueth both in the wa∣ter and vpon the Land, and swimmeth to the shoare in the night season. Barkes and Boates la∣den with Wares and sayling downe the Riuer of Niger, are greatly endangered by this Sea Horse, for often times he ouer-whelmeth and sinketh them.

The Sea Oxe being couered with an exceeding hard skinne is shaped in all respects like vnto * 1.693 the Land Oxe; saue that in bignesse it exceedeth not a Calfe of sixe monethes old. It is found in both the Riuers of Niger and Nilus, and being taken by Fishers, is kept a long time a liue out of the water. I my selfe saw one at Cairo lead vp and downe by the necke in a Chaine, which [ 50] (they say) was taken at the Citie of Asna, standing vpon the banke of Nilus, about foure hun∣dred miles from Cairo.

In the Libyan Desarts are found very many Tortoyses as bigge as a Tunne. And Bicri the * 1.694 Cosmographer in his Booke of the Regions and Iournies of Africa reporteth, that a certaine man being weary of trauelling, ascended to his thinking, vpon an high stone lying in the Desart, to the end he might free himselfe from the danger of Serpents and venemous beasts; who hauing slept soundly thereupon all night, found himselfe in the morning remooued three miles from the place where he first lay downe, and thereby vnderstood that it was not a stone but a Tortoyse whereon he reposed himselfe, which lying still all the day long creepeth for food in the night∣season, but so slowly, that her pace can hardly be perceiued. [ 60]

The Crocodile commonly frequenteth the Riuers of Niger and Nilus, and contayneth in * 1.695 length twelue Cubits and aboue, the tayle thereof being as long as the whole bodie besides, al∣beit, there are but few of so huge a bignesse. It goeth vpon foure feet like a Lizard, neither is it aboue a Cubit and an halfe high. The tayle of this beast is full of knots, and the skinne there∣of

is so exceeding hard, that no Crosse-bow will enter it. Some prey vpon fishes onely, but o∣thers vpon beasts and men. Which lurking about the bankes of the Riuer, doe craftily lay wait for men and beasts that come the same way, about whom suddenly winding their tayles, they draw them into the water, and there deuoure them. Howbeit, some of them are not so cruell by nature: for if they were, no Inhabitants could liue neere vnto the Riuers of Nilus and Ni∣ger. In eating they mooue the vpper Iaw onely, their neather Iaw being ioyned vnto their brest∣bone. Not many yeeres sithence, passing vp the Riuer of Nilus towards the Citie of Cana, standing in the vpper part of Egypt, foure hundred miles from Cairo, on a certaine night whilest we were in the midst of our Iourney, the Moone being ouer-shadowed with Clouds, the Mari∣ners and Passengers all fast a sleepe, and the Barke vnder sayles, I my selfe studying by Candle∣light [ 10] in my Cabben, was called vpon by a deuout old man in the Barke, who bestowed the same night in watching and prayer, and said vnto me, call (I pray you) some of your company, who may helpe me to draw vp this piece of wood floting vpon the water, which will serue to mor∣row for the dressing of our Dinner. My selfe, Sir (quoth I) will come and helpe you, rather then wake any of our company in the dead of the night. Nay (quoth the old man) I will try whe∣ther I bee able to draw it vp alone or no. And so when the Barke was neere vnto the Wood, as he supposed, holding a Rope in his hand to cast into the water, hee was soddainly intangled with a Crocodiles long tayle, and was in a moment drawne vnder the water. Whereupon, I ma∣king a shoute, all the people in the Barke arose, and str••king sayles we stayed for the space of an houre, diuers in the meane time leaping into the water to seeke the man, but altogether in vaine: [ 20] and therefore all of them affirmed, that he was caught by a Crocodile. As we sayled further, we saw great numbers of Crocodiles vpon the bankes of the Ilands in the midst of Nilus lye beaking them in the Sunne with their Iawes wide open, whereinto certaine little Birds about the big∣nesse of a Thr••••h entring, came flying forth againe presently after. The occasion whereof was told me to be this: The Crocodiles by reason of their continuall deuouring of beasts and fishes, * 1.696 haue certaine pieces of flesh sticking fast betweene their forked teeth, which flesh being putri∣fied, breedeth a kind of Worme wherewith they are cruelly tormented. Wherefore the said Birds flying about, and seeing the Wormes, enter into the Crocodiles Iawes, to satisfie their hunger therewith. But the Crocodile perceiuing himselfe freed from the Wormes of his teeth, offereth to shut his mouth, and to deuoure the little Bird that did him so good a turne, but being [ 30] hindred from his vngratefull attempt by a pricke which groweth vpon the Birds head, hee is constrayned to open his Iawes and to let her depart. The shee Crocodile laying Egges vpon the shoare couereth them with sa••d; and so soone as the young Crocodiles are hatched, they crawle into the Riuer. Those Crocodiles that forsake the Riuer and haunt the Desarts become vene∣mous; but such as continue in Nilus, are destitute of Poyson. Of these beasts I saw aboue three hundred heads placed vpon the wals of Cana, with their Iawes wide open, being of so mon∣strous and incred••ble a bignesse, that they were suff••cient to haue swallowed vp a whole Cow at once, and their teeth were great and sharpe.

In the Caues of Atlas are found many huge and monstrous Dragons, which are heauie, of a * 1.697 slow motion, because the midst of their body is grosse, but their neckes and tayles are slender. [ 40] They are most venemous creatures, insomuch, that whosoeuer is bitten or touched by them, his flesh presently waxeth soft and weake, neither can he by any meanes escape death.

The Hydra being short in proportion of body, and hauing a slender tayle and necke, liueth in * 1.698 the Libyan Desarts. The poyson thereof is most deadly, so that if a man be bitten by this beast, he hath none other remedy, but to cut off the wounded part, before the Poyson disperseth it selfe into the other members.

The Dub liuing also in the Desarts, resembleth in shape a Lizzard, sauing that it is some∣what bigger, and containeth in length a Cubite, and in breadth foure fingers. It drinketh no * 1.699 water at all, and if a man poure any water into the mouth thereof, it presently dieth. It lay∣eth egges in manner of a Tortoyse, and is destitute of poyson. The Arabians take it in the De∣sarts: and I my selfe cut the throat of one which I tooke, but it bled a very little. Being flayed [ 50] and roasted, it tasteth somewhat like a frogge. In swiftnesse it is comparable to a Lizzard, and being hunted, if it chanceth to thrust the head into a hole, it can by no force be drawen out, ex∣cept the hole be digged wider by the hunters. Hauing beene slaine three dayes together, and then being put to the fire, it stirreth it selfe as if it were newly dead.

The Guaral is like vnto the former, sauing that it is somewhat bigger, and hath poyson both * 1.700 in the head and tayle, which two parts being cut off, the Arabians will eate it, notwithstan∣ding it be of a deformed shape and vgly colour, in which respects I loathed alwayes to eate the flesh thereof.

The Camelion being of the shape and bignesse of a Lizzard, is a deformed, crooked and leane [ 60] * 1.701 creature, hauing a long and slender tayle like a Mouse, and being of a slow pace. It is nourished by the Element of Ayre, and the Sun-beames, at the rising whereof it gapeth, and turneth it selfe vp and downe. It changeth the colour according to the varietie of places where it com∣meth, being sometimes blacke and sometimes greene, as I my selfe haue seene it. It is at great * 1.702

enmitie with venemous Serpents, for when it seeth any lie sleeping vnder a tree, it presently * 1.703 climeth vp the same tree, and looking downe vpon the Serpents head, it voydeth out of the mouth, as it were, a long thread of spittle, with a round drop like a Pearle hanging at the end, which drop falling wrong, the Camelion changeth his place, till it may light directly vpon the Serpents head, by the vertue whereof he presently dieth.

The Ostrich in shape resembleth a Goose, but that the neck and legges are somewhat longer, * 1.704 so that some of them exceede the length of two cubites. The body of this Bird is large, and the wings thereof are full of great feathers both white and blacke, which wings and feathers being vnfit to flie withall, doe helpe the Ostrich, with the motion of her traine, to runne a swift pace. This Fowle liueth in drie Desarts, and layeth to the number of ten or twelue Egges in the [ 10] Sands, which being about the bignesse of great Bullets, weigh fifteene pounds a piece; but the Ostrich is of so weak of memorie, that she presently forgetteth the place where her Egges were laid. And afterward the same, or some other Ostrich-hen finding the said egs by chance, hatcheth and fostereth them as if they were certainely her owne: the Chickens are no sooner crept out of the shell, but they prowle vp and downe the Desarts for their food: and before their feathers be growne, they are so swift, that a man shall hardly ouertake them. The Ostrich is a silly and deafe creature, feeding vpon any thing which it findeth, be it as hard and vndigestable as yron. The flesh, especially of their legs, is of a slymie and strong taste: and yet the Numidians vse it for food, for they take young Ostriches, and set them vp a fatting. The Ostriches wander vp and downe the Desarts in orderly troopes, so that a farre off a man would take them to be so many Horsemen, which illusion hath often dismaied whole Carouans. [ 20]

Of Eagles there are diuers kinds, according to their naturall properties, the proportion of * 1.705 their bodies, or the diuersitie of their colours: and the greatest kind of Eagles are called in the Arabian Tongue, Nesir. The Africans teach their Eagles to prey vpon Foxes and Wolues; which in their encounter ceaze vpon the heads of the said Beasts with their bills, and vpon the backs with their talents, to auoid the danger of biting. But if the Beast turne his belly vpward, * 1.706 the Eagle will not forsake him, till she hath either peckt out his eyes, or slaine him. Many of our African Writers affirme, that the male Eagle oftentimes ingendring with a shee-Wolfe, beget∣teth a Dragon, hauing the beake and wings of a Bird, a Serpents taile, the feete of a Wolfe, and a skin speckled and partie coloured like the skin of a Serpent; neither can it open the eye-lids, and it liueth in Caues. This Monster, albeit my selfe haue not seene, yet the common report ouer all Africa affirmeth, that there is such an one. [ 30]

The Nesir is the greatest Fowle in all Africa, and exceedeth a Crane in bignesse, though the bil, * 1.707 necke, and legs are somewhat shorter. In flying, this Bird mounteth vp so high into the Aire, that it cannot be discerned: but at the sight of a dead carkasse it will immediately descend. This Bird liueth a long time, and I my selfe haue seene many of them vnfeathered by reason of ex∣treme old age: wherefore hauing cast all their feathers, they returne vnto their nest, as if they were newly hatched, and are there nourished by the younger Birds of the same kind. The Italians call it by the name of a Vulture: but I thinke it to be of another kind. They nestle vpon high Rocks, and vpon the tops of wilde and desart Mountaines, especially vpon mount Atlas: and they are taken by such as are acquainted with those places. [ 40]

The best African Hawkes are white, being taken vpon certaine Mountaines of the Numidian * 1.708 Desarts, and with these Hawkes they pursue the Crane. Of these Hawkes there are diuers kinds, some being vsed to flie at Patridges and Quailes, and others at the Hare.

Parrats there are as big as a Doue of diuers colors, some red, some black, and some ash-coloured, * 1.709 which albeit they cannot so fitly expresse mans speech, yet haue they most sweet & shril voices.

Of Locustes there are sometimes seene such monstrous swarmes in Africa, that in flying * 1.710 they intercept the Sunne-beames like a thicke Cloud. They deuoure trees, leaues, fruites, and all greene things growing out of the earth. At their departure they leaue egges behind them, whereof other young Locusts breede, which in the places where they are left, will eate and con∣sume [ 50] all things euen to the very barke of trees, procuring thereby extreme dearth of Corne, es∣pecially in Mauritania. Howbeit, the Inhabitants of Arabia Desarta, and of Libya, esteeme the comming of these Locusts as a fortunate boading: for, seething or drying them in the Sunne, they bruse them to powder, and so eate them.

The greater part of Africa hath none other Salt but such as is digged out of Quarries and * 1.711 Mines, after the manner of Marble or Free-stone, being of a white, red, and gray colour. Barbarie aboundeth with Salt, and Numidia is indifferently furnished therewith: but the Land of Ne∣gros, and especially the inner part of Ethiopia, is so destitute thereof, that a pound of Salt is there sold for halfe a Duckat. And the people of the said Regions vse not to set Salt vpon their tables; but holding a crum of Salt in their hands, they lick the same at euery morsell of meate which [ 60] they put in their mouthes. In certaine Lakes of Barbarie all the Summer time, there is faire and white salt congealed or kerned, as namely, in diuers places neere vnto the Citie of Fez.

Antimonie growing in many places of Africa in the Lead-mines, is separated from the Lead * 1.712 by the helpe of Brimstone. Great plenty of this Minerall is digged out of the bottome of Mount

Atlas, especially where Numidia bordereth vpon the Kingdome of Fez. Brimstone likewise is digged in great abundance out of other places of Africa.

Euphorbium is the Iuyce or Gumme of a certaine Hearbe, growing like the head of a wilde Thistle, betweene the branches whereof grow certaine fruites as big in compasse as a greene cu∣cumber; after which shape or likenesse, it beareth certaine little graines or seedes; and some of * 1.713 the said fruits are an elle long, and some are longer. They grow not out of the branches of the Herbe, but spring out of the firme ground, and out of one flag you shall see sometimes twentie, and sometimes thirtie of them issue forth. The people of the same Region, when the said fruites are once ripe, doe pricke them with their kniues, and out of the holes proceedeth a Liquor, or Iuyce much like vnto milke, which by little and little groweth thick and slimy. And so being [ 10] growne thick, they take it off with their kniues, putting it in Bladders, and drying it. And the Plant or Hearbe it selfe is full of sharpe prickles.

Of Pitch there are two kinds, the one being naturall, and taken out of certaine Stones, which are in Fountaines; the water whereof retained the vnsauorie smell and taste of the same; and * 1.714 the other being artificiall, and proceeding out of the Iuniper or Pine-tree: and this artificiall Pitch I saw made vpon Mount Atlas, in manner following. They make a deepe and round fur∣nace * 1.715 with an hole in the bottome, through which hole the Pitch may fall downe into an hollow place within the ground, being made in forme of a little vessell: and putting into the said fur∣nace the boughes of the foresaid trees broken into small pieces, they close vp the mouth of the [ 20] furnace, and make a fire vnder it, by the heate whereof the Pitch distilleth forth of the wood, through the bottome of the furnace into the foresaid hollow place; and so it is taken vp and put in bladders or bags.

Musa is a fruit growing vpon a small tree, which beareth large and broad leaues of a cubit * 1.716 long, hath a most excellent and delicate taste, and springeth forth about the bignesse of a small Cucumber. The Mahumetan Doctors affirme, that this was the fruit which God forbad our first Parents to eate in Paradise, which when they had eaten they couered their nakednesse with leaues of the same fruit, as being of all other leaues most meete for that purpose. They grow in great abundance at Sela, a Towne of the Kingdome of Fez; but in farre greater plenty in the land of Egypt, and especially at Damiata.

The trees bearing Cassia are of great thicknesse, hauing leaues like vnto the Mulberie tree. [ 30] * 1.717 They beare a broad and white Blossome, and are so laden with fruits, that they are constrained to gather great store before they be ripe, least the tree should breake with ouermuch weight. And this kind of tree groweth onely in Egypt.

The Roote Tauzarghente growing in the Westerne part of Africa vpon the Ocean Sea shore, * 1.718 yeeldeth a fragrant and odoriferous smell. And the Merchants of Mauritania carry the same in∣to the Land of Negros, where the people vse it for a most excellent Perfume, and yet they nei∣ther burne it, nor put any fire at all thereto: for being kept onely in an house, it yeeldeth a na∣turall sent of it selfe. In Mauritania they sell a bunch of these Rootes for halfe a Duckat, which being carried to the Land of Negros, is sold againe for eighty, or one hundred Duckats, and some∣times for more. [ 40]

The Hearbe Addad is bitter, and the Roote it selfe is so venemous, that one drop of the water distilled thereout, will kill a man within the space of an houre, which is commonly knowne * 1.719 euen to the Women of Africa.

The Roote Surnag growing also vpon the Westerne part of Mount Atlas, is said to be very comfortable and preseruatiue vnto the priuie parts of man, and being drunke in an Electuary, to * 1.720 stirre vp venereall lust, &c. Neither must I here omit that, which the Inhabitants of Mount Atlas doe commonly report, that many of those Damosels which keepe Cattell vpon the said Mountaines, haue lost their Virginitie by none other occasion, but by making water vpon the said Roote: vnto whom I would in merriment answere, that I beleeued all which experience had taught, concerning the secret vertue of the same Roote, yea, they affirmed moreouer, that [ 50] some of their Maidens were so infected with this roote, that they were not onely defloured of their Virginitie, but had also their whole bodies puffed vp and swolne.

These are the things memorable and worthy of knowledge, seene and obserued by me Iohn Leo, throughout all Africa, which Country I haue in * 1.721 all places trauelled quite ouer: wherein whatsoeuer I saw worthy the obseruation, I presently committed to writing; and those things which I saw not, I procured to bee at large declared vnto mee by most credible and substantiall persons, which were themselues eye-witnesses of the same: and so hauing gotten a fit oportu∣nitie, I thought good to reduce these my Trauels and Studies into this one Volume.

Forasmuch, as men desire to reade later occurrents, and these my Labours are intended not to the profit and pleasure alone; but to the honour also of the English Name and Nation, I haue added this following Discourse of the late Warres in Barbarie: not yet pursuing them to these Times, but contenting my selfe [ 60] with the beginnings, and some yeares proceedings thereof, the English hauing (as you shall see) yea, being no small part therein; Quae regio in terris nostri non plena laboris; The voluntarie English aduentures in the Ciuill vnciuill broiles of Ice-frozen Muscouia, of Sunne-scorched Barbarie, of Turkish and

Persian fights by Sea, the Mogols by Land, the Sweden, Polish, Germane, Bohemian, Belgian, and many-headed-Italian Broyles neerer home; the Easterne and Westerne Indies, the Artike Nor∣therne Circle, and Southermost Africa remote, haue really exceeded the fabulous Deuices of deuising F••blers, in Knight-Aduentures, the Issues and Occupations of idle braines. As for the mann••r of the Seriffian Family, attayning at first to the Barbarian Scepter, and the monstrous Saint-ship and porten∣tuous power of Side Hamet, getting the Kingdome from the Brethren, and of Side Hia which dispos∣sessed him of it and his life, you haue more full Relations in my Pilgrimage, with other Occurrents. Here it is more fit to let you heare others speake then my selfe.

CHAP. II. [ 10]

Collections of things most remarkeable in the History of Bar∣barbarie, written by Ro. C.

§. I.

How the Kingdome of Barbarie came to MVLEY HAMET XARIF, [ 20] the late deceased King, and the course of his gouernment; of his Sonnes and their behauiour: SHECKS misgouernment and imprisonment: HAMETS death.

THe Family of the Mareines, being Larbies, were long times Kings of Barbarie: vntill a plaine Hali some hundred yeeres ago, calling himselfe Muley Hamet Xa∣rif, * 1.722 came out of the Countrey of Dara, (lying beyond the Mountaynes of At∣las) with a great number of Mountayners, called in their owne Language Bre∣bers: these with their strength got Moruecos from the Mareins. And going for∣ward following the fertilnesse of the soyle, draue the Mareins out of Fez: get∣ting [ 30] into his power all the flat Countryes comprized vnder the Titles of Sus, Moruecos and Fez, from the hils of Atlas to the Streights of Gibraltar. Being thus growne great, hee would proue himselfe a Xarif, that is, one of the Kindred of the Prophet Mahomet, desiring his birth might be held answerable to his new acquired fortunes: But within a little time after this his sodaine inuasion, Sus rebelling, refused his Gouernment, wherefore hee sent to the bordering Turkes for ayde, who fulfilled therin his request. Ayded with these Turkish auxiliary forces, he set forward, and at his entrance into that Kingdome, the Turkish Souldiers through Treason killed him, and cut off his head; sacked Taradant, and running ouer the whole Countrey, spoyled it by the space of two monethes, which done, they would gladly haue returned to Trimasine: yet [ 40] fearing their owne strength to returne the same way Hamet had brought them; it was held their better course and shorter Iourney, to passe ouer the Mountaynes: but the Montayners knowing this their new done bloudie fact, and seeing them haue good store of pillage, set vpon them, so that few or none escaped their hands, but were all slaine. After this Hamet Xarifs death, who raigned some eight yeeres, succeeded his Brother Muley Abdela, hauing all his life time great warre with the Mareins, to keepe that his Brother had conquered: he hauing raigned some fif∣teene yeeres dyed, leauing behind him thirteene Sonnes, the eldest Muley Abdela (who at his entrance to the Kingdome, commanded all his Brethren to be killed:) but the second Brother Abdelmelech fearing hard measure, fled presently vpon the death of his Father into Turkie, and so saued his life. The third Brother Muley Hamet of whom wee are hereafter to entreate, being held a great Church-man, simple and humble spirited, not any way addicted vnto armes, [ 50] was spared aliue as lesse feared. The other ten were all put to death in one day at Taradant in Sus, where they were kept in their Fathers life time. This Abdela raigned fortie yeeres, and dying, left behind him three Sonnes, Muley Mehamet, Muley Sheck, Muley Nassar, Muley Mehamet being King, his two young Brethren ranne away into Spaine, the elder whereof named Muley Sheck is yet liuing, and there turned Christian. The younger Brother called Muley Nassar re∣turned into Barbarie, in the fourteenth yeere of Muley Hamets Raigne, who dyed at last. At this Muley Nassars landing in the Countrey of Fez, much people fauoured him and his Title, and two thousand of Muley Shecks Souldiers (who now liueth, and then gouerned Fez, for his Fa∣ther reuolted from him to Nassar; insomuch, as Muley Sheck was in minde to haue fled vnto his Father. But that Alkeyd Hamet Benlau, being a very wise Captaine and there placed to helpe [ 60] Muley Sheck by his counsell, who was very young,) kept him from running away: and Mu∣ley Nassar with a 〈…〉〈…〉latorie warre, with whom if the Souldiers had stayed, hee might peraduen∣ture haue gotten the Countrey. But their Lent approaching, the Souldiers told Nassar, they

would goe keepe their Easter at their owne houses. Whereupon Nassar, thinking if they were once gone, they would neuer returne to him againe, would giue present battaile, and so was this Nassar slaine. Abdelmelech being second Brother to Abdela, got such fauour in Turkie where he liued, as entering Barbarie with foure thousand Turkish Souldiers, he got the Kingdome from his Nephew Mehamet the eldest Sonne of Abdela, and there raigned two yeeres. Muley Mehamet thus depriued of his Kingdome, fled for succour to Sebastian then King of Portugall, who came in person into Barbarie, to helpe him with thirtie thousand men; giuing battaile, the Moores fled, and the Christians retyred, hoping the Moores would returne, that so the Christians might make the greater slaughter of them. According to this expectation Abdelmelech with his Armie returned, and the Christians charged the foremost of their Horse-men very hotly, [ 10] who would haue fled. But such was the abundance of Abdelmelechs Horse-men, following the foreward which were discomfited, as they could not haue field-roome to flye, but were forced to fight it out. This was a bloudie battaile wherein three Kings lost their liues, Don Sebastian King of Portugall: Muley Mehamet vnto whose ayde Sebastian came ouer: And Abdelmelech who came out of Turkie being second Brother to Abdela; This Abdelmelech left behind him a Sonne yet liuing at this day in Turkie, whose name is Muley Smime. After the death of these two. Abdelas third Brother, Muley Hamet Xarif, was made King, raigned about seuen and twentie yeeres in great peace and felicitie, vntill he went to take his Sonne Muley Sheck at Fez, where the Father dyed, whose death hath caused all these Warres, as yee may reade hereafter.

Touching this Muley Hamet, I thought good, to insert this Letter of Master Bernhere, the Sonne [ 20] of that worthy Augustine Bernhere (as I haue heard) which is so commended by Master Foxe for his zeale in Queene Maries dayes, in the Historie of Bradford, Carelesse, Glouer, &c.

To his louing Brother Master Edward Wright.

THis King Muley Hamet is much delighted in the studie of Astronomie and Astrologie, and va∣lueth Instruments seruing for the course of the Sunne and Moone, that are of rare deuice, ex∣ceedingly. [ 30] Wherefore your Spheare, your Watch, your Mundane Diall, and your Sextans, your new Magneticall Instrument for Declination, or any Astrolable that hath somewhat extraordinarie in it will be accepted: and you might sell the same at good prices. Now with the Eagle there goe from hence certaine Ambassadors, and one of them is the Kings Secretarie, named Abdala Wahed Anoone, who hath some insight in such matters. This Bearer my friend Master Pate, and Robert Kitchen the Master of the Ship, I thinke, will bring him vnto you, vnto whom I would haue you shew all the varietie of Instruments that you haue either in your owne hands, or haue sold and lent to others; that hee may choose some for the Kings vse and his owne. You may shew them also the Draughts and Lineaments of whatsouer you haue in Paper, all which I know, will make them admire and be desirous to haue some that they can vnderstand how to vse. You may cause to be framed some Instruments in Brasse or Sil∣uer, [ 40] leauing the spaces for Arabique words and figures, yet drawing the Pictures of them in Paper ex∣actly, and setting downe the Latine figures, and the words in Latine, or Spanish, which is farre better: there will be found here that can graue the same in Arabique vpon the Instruments hauing some directi∣on from you about the matter. Or Abdala Wahed being a perfect Pen-man, can set the Arabique Let∣ters, figures, and words downe very faire; and so any of your Grauers can worke the same in Metall, ha∣uing his Writing before them. Master Cyprian would be a good Interpreter betweene you and them, or some that vnderstandeth and speaketh both Latine and Spanish, and knoweth what the words of Arte meane.

The experiments Mathematicall of the Load-stone, will content the Ambassadour much. Make no scruple to shew them what you can; for it may redound to your good. I desire to heare more of Mag∣neticall [ 50] workes, and the discouery of the North passage. Write to me thereof, and send any Maps or draughts of instruments, or what you thinke fit about Dyalling, or the course of time, and the motion of the Heauens, which you thinke I can vnderstand: but direct the same either to me, or to one Master Iohn Wakeman, seruant to Master Alderman Hamden; who, though he haue small skill in such things, yet is desirous to see and learne, and can preferre such matters to the view of the King, and his sonnes, who all are exceeding strictious of matters tending this way: so that if I had skill my selfe, or but some of yo••r Instruments, whereof I could make demonstration for their vse, I could giue great content, and be a meanes to pleasure you much. But conferre with Master Pate, and Master Kitchen, who will direct you in this businesse, and from whom you may receiue money before hand, for making any instru∣ments that the Ambassadours would haue for themselues or the King.

Your Magneticall Instrument of Declination, would be commodions for a yeerely Uoyage, which [ 60] some make for the King ouer a Sandy Sea (wherein they must vse Needle and Compasse) to Gago. * 2.1 If you question about the matter, and shew them some instrument seruing for this purpose, it will giue great content. Other directions I might adde vnto you; but from the parties aboue named, you may re∣ceiue

the same fully. And thus with my good will, hoping and wishing to see you shortly, I take my leaue,

This 24. of Iune, 1600. From the Citie of Maroco.From Maroco in Barbary.

Your louing Brother in-law, Thomas Bernhere.

Obtaining the Scepter, hee first prouided himselfe of the grauest men hee could find in his Kingdomes, to be Counsellors of estate; then of the most experienced, and valiant Souldiers, for Commanders ouer his Campe, and Garrison Townes. And whereas he was Monarch ouer two Nations, the Larbies, and Brebers, he found it requisite to vse a two-fold gouernment. The [ 10] Larbies dwelling in the most plaine Champion Countrey of his three Kingdomes, Moruecos, * 2.2 Sus, and Fez, were easily gouerned, being of mild and peaceable nature, giuen to thrift and til∣lage of the ground, sought no alterations, but receiuing from him a due forme of iustice, executed by his Ministers: protecting them from the Montaneirs which are robbers, willingly obeyed his Regall authoritie, and yeerely payed their tenths toward their Kings maintenance. As for the Brebers, or Montaneirs, being of an vntamed and fierce disposition, speaking the Tamiset tongue, which is as much different from the Larbee, as Welch is from our English, dwelling in places by nature defencible, and almost inaccessible: He could not so well gouerne, neither had euer such absolute power ouer them, nor receiued the fift pennie of profite from them, as he did from the Alarbies. Therefore he sought by all meanes to diminish their strength of people, drawing * 2.3 [ 20] them alwayes into forraigne expeditions, especially into that warre, against the Negros, which continued a long time, t••ereby extending his Empire so farre that way, as by Camell it was sixe moneths iourney from Moruecos, to the farthest parts of his Dominion. Likewise, he vsed * 2.4 this people to goe with the Carauans to Gago, to fetch home his yeerely Tribute and Custome, whereby many were consumed in trauelling ouer the Saharas: for any offence or robbery com∣mitted by them, his sword should punish seuerely, that the rest might feare: diuiding their Countrey into seuerall diuisions or Cantons, in euery of which he placed an Alkeid, with Soul∣diers to suppresse any sudden vproares, much like our Lieutenant set ouer our seuerall Coun∣ties, but that the Alkeid is continually resident, and hath greater power in executing Marshall law. And lastly, as pledges of their loyalties, he would get their chiefest mens sonnes into his [ 30] hands, bringing them vp in his Court to a more ciuill and delicate kind of life. He was alwaies of mind to keepe peace with Christendome; with Spaine, who was his next Potent neighbour; but aboue all loued the English Nation, and admired the late Queenes happie Gouernment, wil∣ling to entertaine trading with vs, witnesse his many Letters written to that worthy Lady of happie Memorie, and his Embassage sent vnto her, Anno 1601. Performed by Abdala Wahad Anowne, and Hamet Alhadg, their great trauailer to Mecha; and other places.

Toward his subiects he was not too tyrannicall, but sweetned his absolute power and will, with much clemencie. By diuers wayes he got excessiue store of gold. First, by seeing his tenths truly payd from the Larbees: Secondly, by trading with the Negro, taking vp the salt at Tegazza, and selling it at Gago, hauing from thence returne in good gold. Thirdly, by hus∣banding [ 40] his Maseraws, or Ingenewes, where his Sugar Canes did grow, (though now all spoy∣led * 2.5 with these warres) for it is sufficiently knowen, all of them about Moruecos, Taradant, and Magador, were yeerely worth vnto him, sixe hundred thousand ounces at the least. I omit his loue he tooke in entertaining forraigne Artizans, the reedifying of his house in Moruecos, getting Italian Marbles, the richest that could bee bought for money, and workemen hired from thence at great wages. His sumptuous prouisions for the Sarraile, and maintenance of his * 2.6 women, not so much delighting in the sinne, as his predecessors had done before, as to shew his glory, because the fashion of the Countrey is such, to shew their riches and greatnesse vpon that fraile sexe, and their attendances. For his chiefest pleasures were to see the Gallantrie of his kingdome, managing their good Barbarian Steeds, and the Falchons vpon their wing, ma∣king [ 50] faire flights after the Heron: for these sports he was prouided, no man better, from which he was recalled by certaine discontents, which as clouds fore-runned his owne Sun-set.

At the time of his death, he left fiue sonnes aliue. The eldest Muley Mahemet, commonly * 2.7 called Muley Sheck, a Title giuen alwayes to the eldest of the Kings sonnes: The second, Mu∣ley Boferes, which two sonnes were both by one woman, a Negra, one of his Concubines: The third son Muley Sidan, whom he had by one of his wiues: The fourth sonne Muley Nassar, who was about the age of nineteene yeers: And the fift, Muley Abdela, about fourteene yeers old at the time of the old Kings death, and these two last were the sons of two seuerall Concubines. This deceased King in his life time, had placed his three elder sonnes in seuerall parts of his Kingdome, to gouerne for him in them, to Muley Sheck his eldest he had giuen the Kingdome [ 60] of Fez, which Kingdome hath in former times continually beene allotted by the late Kings of Barbary to their eldest sonnes: Muley Boferes he placed in his Kingdome of Sus, to Muley Sidan he gaue the Prouine of Tedula, which lyeth in the mid-way betweene Moruecos and Fez: his

two younger sonnes Muley Nassar, and Abdela remained with him in his house, whom by reason of their young yeeres, he had not as yet placed in any part of his Kingdomes. The eldest sonne Muley Sheck in his younger yeeres gouerned Fez, and those parts of Barbarie, with great approbation of his Father, through the Counsell of Basha Mustepha a Spanish Renegado: which * 2.8 Basha in continuance of time, grew into such fauour with him, that the whole Gouernment of the Kingdome of Fez was wholly by Muley Sheck put in his hands: Whereupon, the Alkieds of the Countrey that were naturall borne Moores, and continuall attendants vpon the old King, enuying the greatnesse of the said Basha, raised diuers accusations against him: Complaining to the King that he learned Muley Sheck to drinke wine (a thing vnlawfull to the Moores, being forbidden them by their Prophet Mahomet) and that now hauing the whole Gouernment of the [ 10] Kingdome of Fez in his hands, vnder the Kings son, he purposed after he had possessed himself of Muley Shecks Treasure, to flie, and carrie it with him to some parts of Christendome. Which accusations, the old King vpon some probabilities and likelihoods, conceiuing to be true, these Al∣keids procured at last with him, that he should send to his sonne Muley Sheck, commanding him to send the head of the said Basha, which command; how soeuer, Muley Sheck (who greatly lo∣ued, and fauoured the said Basha) at the first delayed to performe, yet after diuers messages, the old King sending at the last a principall seruant of his, to see the execution done, he was forced * 2.9 much against his will, to see fulfilled.

In these younger yeeres of Muley Sheck, whilest this Basha was aliue, none of the Kings sonnes was more dutifull to their father then he, neither any of their actions so contented the [ 20] * 2.10 old King as his; insomuch, as the whole Kingdomes hope for a successor after the old Kings de∣cease, was onely in Muley Sheck, Whereupon, and by the Kings voluntary motion, all the principall Alkeids, and men of Command that were in the Kingdomes, by solemne oath vowed allegeance to Muley Sheck, after the old Kings decease. And at that time Boferes the se∣cond sonne, by reason of the great plague in Sus, and other discontents, he receiued from that re∣bellious * 2.11 people, stayed not long there, but returned againe to his Father in Moruecos, where he stayed with him vntill his Fathers departure to Fez in September, 1602. Muley Sidan the third sonne, continued in Tedula, (a Prouince fruitfull and scituate in the flat of Barbarie, the mid-way * 2.12 betweene Fez and Moruecos, as I haue told you) who gouerned those parts in great peace and quietnesse, euen in the chiefe times of the tumults that were in the bordering Dominions of his [ 30] eldest Brother Sheck, (whereof you shall read hereafter) insomuch, that hee was generally com∣mended and liked both of his Father and of all the Kingdome for his gouernment, being strict in seeing the execution of Iustice to be done in those parts that hee gouerned, not sparing his Kindred or neerest Followers in those cases: From his infancy hee naturally hated all maner of Theeues whatsoeuer, especially those his robbed by the high-wayes, and without any fa∣uour or mercy seuerely punished them. Howsoeuer, he carryed himselfe very dutifull to his Fa∣ther, whilest hee was liuing, yet from his child-hood he was alwayes of an aspiring and ambiti∣ous nature, which could neuer be brought to subiect it selfe to giue any awfull respect to his el∣der Brethren, but to hazard his whole estate in obtayning the Kingdome, accounting himselfe his Fathers lawfull heire, in that he was his Fathers eldest Sonne, which he had by any of his marryed Wiues: In this point, not regarding the custome & Law of the Moores, who in title of [ 40] Inheritance or succession, respect not the mother, whether she be marryed Wife or Concubine bought with money, so that her Sonne be the eldest in birth.

But to returne againe to Muley Sheck the Kings eldest Sonne, who after the death of his Basha Mustepha, (beheaded by his Fathers command) soone shewed vnto all men the want of gouern∣went that was in him; for in his latter times, giuing himselfe ouer to drunkennesse, and other detestable vices, which amongst the Moores commonly accompanieth that sinne, regarded not at all the gouernment of his Kingdome, but suffered his seruants, followers, and Souldiers to doe * 2.13 what they would in robbing and spoyling the goods of his honest minded Subiects, without controlment: And through want of Iustice duely executed, his whole Countrey in a short time [ 50] swarmed so with theeues and robbers by the high wayes, that there was no trauelling through his Dominions, but in Caffilas or companies of three hundred & foure hundred persons at a time, and they hardly somtimes escaped the hands of theeues. The Alarbies, who continue to this day, in Tribes and kindreds, beeing the husbandmen of the Countrey, liuing in the fields in Tents, by Tilling of the Ground, and breeding vp of Cattell, when as they could not quietly gather in, and peaceably enioy the Corne and Fruits of the Ground, denied to pay the King their accustomed duetie: and in the fields followed the courses of Muley Shecks seruants in the Citie, in robbing of all passengers that came within their power. And such was the lauishing manner of spending and consuming of his Treasure, that in his humours, hee neither regarded what he gaue, nor to whom: in so much, that a Iew who was a Musician, and vsed to play before him in his drunken [ 60] * 2.14 fits, (what with the gifts giuen him by the Prince, and what else he got out of his house) had gotten together in money and Iewels, (in the space of foure or fiue yeeres) to the value of foure hundred thousand Duckats, which is about fortie thousand pound sterling.

This dissolute life and carelesse gouernment of Muley Sheck, grieued the old King not a little,

especially to see such a change or alteration in him, whose forwardnesse in former times had been the stay of his age, and had mooued him to cause the Alkeids of the Kingdome, by oath to con∣firme their alleageance after his owne death. Many wayes he sought to amend what was amisse in those parts, and to draw his sonne to a more strict course of life, and more carefull kind of go∣uernment, as well by his Letters, as by sending diuers principall Alkeids to be C••••nsellors vnto him. Yet such was the small account he made either of the one or the other, that the old King in the end seeing no amendment, but the estate of that Kingdome to grow daily worse and worse, determined to goe to Fez in his owne person with an Armie, aswell to displace his son, who had denied to come vnto him, vpon his sending for: as also to put in order all matters in those parts, which through the ill gouernment of his sonne, were all out of frame. And so about * 2.15 [ 10] the beginning of October, 1602. hee set forwards from Moruecos with an Army of eight thou∣sand Shot, and some fiue thousand Horse towards Fez, leauing his second sonne Muley Boferes to gouerne Moruecos and Sus in his absence, vntill his returne; making such speedy iourneys, that he was with his Forces within one dayes iourney of Fez, before his sonne Muley Sheek was certainely aduised of his setting forth from Moruecos. Who, when he vnderstood of his Fa∣thers being so neere, and himselfe euery way vnprouided to resist him, would haue fled towards Tasilet; but being followed by Basha Mustepha, he was constrained to take Sanctuarie, with fiue * 2.16 hundred of his best souldiers, being very good Shot and well prouided. The old King the Fa∣ther, seeing his sonne take the Priuiledge of the place (which is much respected in that Country) willed him to come forth, and submit himselfe to his mercy: But Muley Sheck refused, either obstinate in not obeyiug, or fearefull he could not render a good account of his fiue and twentie [ 30] yeares gouernment in Fez. Wherefore Muley Hamet commanded Mustepha, a Basha of Sidans, though then in the old Muleys seruice, to take three thousand men, and perforce to enter the place; which he performed, bringing Sheck prisoner, and the rest of his company which were * 2.17 left aliue after the conflict. The old man would in no wise admit him into his presence, but committed him to the charge and custodie of Basha Iudar, one of greatest place about the King, who carried Sheck to Mickanes, a strong Garrison Towne, and there remained vntill the time of his Fathers death, which was some fiue moneths after.

The old King in his iourney to Fez, against his eldest sonne, passed by the Prouince of Tedula, * 2.18 and from thence tooke alongst with him his third sonne, Muley Sidan, whom he commanded to [ 30] remoue his houshold to Fez, from Sidania (a Citie which he had begun to build in Tedula, and called it after his owne name) intending to leaue him Vice-roy of those parts, in the roome of his eldest sonne, whom he purposed to carry with him from Mickanes, where he was prisoner to Moruecos; which he had also performed, if hee had not been preuented by sudden death. For in August, 1603. he hauing set all matters in order in those parts of Fez, prouiding for his returne to Moruecos, put out his Tents without Fez Gates; but being abroad, he suddenly fell * 2.19 sicke, and his sicknesse so sore increased, that on Thursday falling sicke, on Sunday morning being the fourteenth of August, 1603. he died.

§. II. [ 40]

MVLEY SIDAN proclaimeth himselfe King in FEZ. MVLEY BOFERES in Mor∣uecos. MVLEY NASSAR would haue done the like in Taradant, but is hin∣dred. The death of NASSAR. Warre betweene SIDAN and BO∣FERES. SHECK set free. FOKERS employed. The Battell. SIDANS flight. Fewds and robberies.

MVley Sidan, by reason his Mother Lilla Isha gouerned the old Kings House, vnderstood of his Fathers death, before it was noysed abroad; whereupon hee presently went [ 50] forth into his Fathers Camp and Tents, from whence he carried away al such Iewels and treasure as he found there. And after his Fathers death, hee caused himselfe in Fez to be proclaimed King of Barbarie, as lawfull Heyre of his deceased Father. Lilla Iohora, * 2.20 Mother to Muley Sheck, and Muley Boferes, seeing her eldest Sonne in prison, and void of all meanes to helpe himselfe at that instant, was not vnmindfull of her second Sonne Boferes, whom the old King had left to gouerne Moruecos during his absence. To whom shee dispeeded pre∣sently Letters by one of the Kings Eunuchs; who made such haste, that in foure dayes hee came from Fez to his Tents, which were some two leagues from Moruecos, where hee had lien all the Summer before (to auoide the infection of the Plague, which had been that Summer in M••rue∣cos) and with him was his younger Brother Muley Nassar, and his eldest Brothers Sonne Mu∣ley [ 60] * 2.21 Abdela. Muley Boferes vnderstanding of his Fathers death, presently entred Moruecos, and gat possession of the Alcasaua, his Fathers House, before the newes of his Fathers death was

noysed abroad, and generally knowne, fearing how the Alkeyds, and people of Morruecos might stand affected vnto him, and knowing that if he had once possession of the Alcasana, and of his Fathers treasure, he had the best part of the Kingdome. And the next day after his entrance, he caused to be published generally thorow the whole Citie, the newes of his Fathers death and * 2.22 withall, hims〈…〉〈…〉e to be proclaimed King: writing Letters to the Vice-roy of Sus to doe the like in Taradant, the chiefe Citie of that Kingdome; the which he accordingly performed.

Muley Nassar, the fourth sonne of the deceased King, hauing been all the Summer abroad with his brother Boferes, when now he vnderstood of his Fathers death, followed his brother a * 2.23 farre off, as though he meant to haue entred Morruecos with him: but comming to the Gates of the Citie, in company with Muley Abdela his Nephew, being sonne to Muley Sheck, with [ 10] whom he was familiar, conferred with him about their flying into the Mountaines, perswading Muley Abdela, that he might no waies put any trust in Boferes, since his father and hee were the chiefest impediments, that hindred Boferes from claiming the Kingdom by course of iustice; his Father, Muley Sheck being the old Kings eldest sonne, and he the eldest Sonne of his Father. Besides, his Father being in prison so neare Fez, where Muley Sidan was, it was to bee doubted, that Muley Sidan had already gotten him into his power, and it might be, had made some agree∣ment with him already, to ioyne both against Muley Boferes: which if it should so fall ••ut, would cause Boferes to deale more cruelly with him. But these perswasions moued not Abdela, who rather chose to enter the Citie, and follow his Vncle, on whose curtesie he would ••elie. Though Nassar fearing how Boferes would deale with him, with all speed fled into the Moun∣taines [ 20] to the Kindred of his Mother, from whence after a few dayes with some eight hundred, or a thousand of those people whom he ioined together, he passed into the Plaines of Sus, sending to the Alkeid in Taradant to proclaime him King, or else to suffer him quietly to depart. But the Alkeid hauing already proclaimed Muley Boferes, withstood him, and hee hauing no meanes wherewith to pay his souldiers and people that he had gathered together, was soone left of all, and so returned againe to his Mothers Kindred, and liued priuately there about seuen moneths, and then died of the plague, or as some reported, secretly poysoned, was brought to Morruecos, and there buried. * 2.24

But to returne to Fez and those parts: after the death of the old King (Sidan being now proclaimed King in Fez; Boferes in Morruecos and Sus; and Muley Sheck prisoner in Mickanes, [ 30] in the keeping of Basha Iudar) the Souldiers being abroad in their Tents, without Fez Gates, began to be in a muteny, as well for sixteene moneths pay, which the old King owed them, as also about their returne to Morruecos, where the most part of them had left their wiues and children. To appease this mutenie, Muley Sidan sent out of Fez vnto them Alkeid Hamet Mon∣sore, their chiefe Commander in the old Kings time, to promise them as well content in pay∣ment, * 2.25 as also a speedy returne to Morruecos with Muley Sidan himselfe. But Monsore in stead of pacifying, laboured to increase their mutenous humours, and at last agreed with them sudden∣ly in the night to take vp their tents, and to march with him to Morruecos, all eaging vnto them both the vncertaintie of Muley Sidans pay, and the small likelihood of any speedy iourney hee meant to take to Morruecos. And being to passe within a little of Mickanes, where the ••asha kept Muley She••k prisoner, he wrote vnto the said Basha to know his inten••, wh••th••r he would [ 40] goe to Morruecos or no with him. To whom the Basha came, and brought Muley Sheck with him, whom they brought along as prisoner to Morruecos, and deliuered him vp to his brother * 2.26 Boferes, who kept him close prisoner in his House, some foure or fiue moneths, vntill the com∣ming of Muley Sidan against him in battell, by this meanes thinking to haue established the whole Kingdome to Muley Boferes; who now, besides the posse••sion of the Citie of Morruecos, and his Fathers treasure, had brought vnto him the greatest part of his Fathers forces, and his elder brother put prisoner into his hands. Muley Sidan being thus deceiued by Monsore, and likewise by diuers other principall Alkeids (who had secretly departed from Fez, and left him) * 2.27 forth with dispeeded one Mustefa, a Renegado of his owne, whom he had made a Basha, with [ 50] two thousand Shot, and some Companies of Horse to Tedula, aswel to receiue from the Alarbies, those duties which they alwaies pay vnto their King, as also to stop, and returne to Fez, whom∣soeuer he should find flying from thence to Morruecos, keeping possession of that Prou••nce for his vse. He made likewise great preparations both of Horse and Foot in Fez, to be alwaies readie to accompany himselfe in person if need should so require, hauing with him in Fez of principall Alkeids, Azus, chiefe Counsellor to the late deceased King, and Lord ouer his Bitlemel: Bocrasia, Absadiks, and diuers others. * 2.28

Muley Boferes likewise in Morruecos, fore-slacked no time in making preparation to send for••h against him, sending first Alcaide Gowie wi••h some sixe hundred men to make prouision of Corne, and other victuals amongst the Alarbies; and after he had certaine news of Muley Sidans [ 60] forces to be in Tedula, he sent out his Basha Iudar with fiue thousand Shot, choyce men; 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Pieces of Artilerie, and certaine Companies of Horse to enter Tedula, and to giue battell to Mu∣stefa * 2.29 the Generall of Sidans forces, or perforce to driue him out of that Country. At whose com∣ming

thither, Mustefa seeing himselfe no waies strong enough to encounter with Iudar, retyred * 2.30 backe againe with his Armie out of Tedula: and Iudar destroyed the foundat on of Sidania, (which Muley Sidan at his being in Tedula had begun to build vpon the Riuer of Morbaie, and called it Sidania, after his owne name) likewise wasted and destroyed the Country thereabout, at least so many of the Kindreds of the Alarbies as he knew to be friends to Muley Sidan, or those that would not acknowledge Boferes for King. Sidan vnderstanding what Iudar had done in Te∣dula, and likewise of the great preparations that his brother in Moruecos daily made to send out against him, forthwith put forth his Tents, and ioyned together his whole forces, which were some eight or nine thousand Shot, and some twelue thousand Horse, with two and twentie Pie∣ces of Artillerie, himselfe in person going along with them. And because hee was altogether * 2.31 [ 10] vnprouided of skilfull Gunners for his Ordnances, he procured from Salie out of certaine Eng∣lish men of warre, who at that instant were there, two English Gunners, to whom he committed the charge of his Artillerie: but by reason of much raine that had fallen, it being in the moneth of Ianuarie, 1604. the ground in many places was so soft, that they could not march with their Artillerie so fast as need required; so that his Artillerie neuer came at the battell, which was thought to be a chiefe cause of his ouerthrow.

Whilest these preparations were in hand on either side, Muley Boferes sent certaine Fokers, * 2.32 held of great estimation amongst the Moores, to his brother Muley Sidan, to treate conditi∣ons of peace: howbeit, after their dispeeding from Moruecos, hee omitted no time and dili∣gence in sending forth new Armies and fresh supplies, both of souldiers and prouision, to Iudar [ 20] Basha that was in Tedula, and vnderstanding for certaine that his brother Sidan was in the field in person (because he himselfe had neuer been inured to trauell, and knowing it would bee no small discouragement to his side, and encouragement to the other, that Sidan should be in per∣son in the field, and no other his equall in Bloud in his Armie to withstand him) hee concluded a colourable Peace betweene himselfe and his eldest brother Muley Sheck, whom vntill that time hee kept close prisoner in his house, agreeing with him that hee should goe forth into his Armie, and ioyne with Iudar to fight against Muley Sidan, whom if hee ouerthrew in battell, hee should enioy the Kingdome of Fez, and so much of those Easterne parts of Barbarie, as hee inioyed in their Fathers time: on condition, that at his entrance into Fez, he should proclaime Muley Boferes King, and himselfe onely Vice-roy, and so still acknowledge his gouernment there, as deriued from Boferes. And to the intent Muley Sheck should the better obserue these [ 30] conditions according to their agreement, hee was to leaue his eldest sonne in pawne with Mu∣ley Boferes in Moruecos. On these plausible conditions, Muley Sheck was set at libertie, a hap∣pie turne for himselfe as hee thought, who neuer looked for any better but perpetuall impri∣sonment, with much miserie. But the truth is, Basha Iudar had secret aduertisement from * 2.33 his Master Boferes (yet not so secret, but it was knowne to Muley Sheck, and closely carried of him by interception of Letters betwixt Moruecos and the Campe in Tedula), that hee should abridge Muley Sheck of any command in the Campe, or matter of counsell in ordering of the Fight; onely shew him to the Souldiers vnder his Canopie, that the Fezes who were the strength of Sidans Armie, might know Sheck was in the Campe of Boferes, whom they loued in regard partly of his long abode amongst them, but especially of his great liberalitie, or ra∣ther [ 40] prodigalitie, formerly shewed vnto them, which wrought much in their minds at the en∣suing battell: and withall the Basha had a speciall charge sent, and his Guard so to watch him, that (if hee got the battell) hee should bring Muley Sheck in Yrons as safe a prisoner from the Campe to Moruecos, as once hee had done from Mickanes. But this being discouered. Muley Sheck so shufled his Game, that though Iudar won the Field, Muley Sheck escaped vn∣to Fez, and was louingly entertained of the Citizens, proclaiming himselfe King of Bar∣barie.

But returne we to the Fokers, treating about conditions of Peace in Fez with Muley Sidan, * 2.34 who by intelligence vnderstood from Moruecos of the fresh supplies of Souldiers, daily sent out by his brother to the Basha, whereby hee greatly suspected those offers of Peace, to bee but a de∣uice [ 50] to prolong the time, whilest his whole forces were in a readinesse, and then suddenly to haue come vpon him vnawares, before he should be prouided for him. And therefore hee retur∣ned the Fokers with denials of the offered conditions of Peace, and himselfe thinking to take the oportunitie and aduantage of the time, before either his brothers new forces should come to the Basha, or Muley Sheck his eldest brother be set at libertie. He caused with all diligence to bee * 2.35 gotten together some two thousand Mules and Horses, and vpon euerie Mule to bee set two Souldiers with their furniture, and so (without any stay for the rehalling of Tents, or carrying along of his Artillerie with him) to bee with all haste possible, sent and ioyned to the Almohalla of Alkeid Mustefa which lay hard by the Riuer of Morbaie, in the sight of the Almohalla of Basha Iudar, the Riuer onely betweene them: hee himselfe likewise in [ 60] person went along with some seuen or eight thousand of his Horsemen, thinking by this meanes to come with the chiefest and best of his forces vpon Basha Iudar, before the Basha should expect him, or before the comming of Muley Sheck, who for his liberalitie

and bounty in former times, was greatly beloued of all the Souldiers both of Fez, and also of Moruecos. But this policie of his herein tooke no place, for Muley Sheck after hee was set at li∣bertie, made such speedie Iournies that he came to the Almohalla of the Basha, before the Mu∣ley Sidan had certaine intelligence of his libertie, and yet hee entred the Almohalla but on the Tuesday, the battel being fought vpon the Friday following. Muley Sidan vnderstanding for cer∣tayne that his eldest Brother was come into the Basha his Almohalla, thought it no time for him to deferre giuing of Battayle, least it should be knowne amongst his Souldiers, (many of whom in former times had serued the said Muley Sheck.) And therefore on Friday the sixt of Ianuary 1604. the Forces of each side met and ioyned together, betweene whom there was no long * 2.36 fight, for vpon the discharging of foure Peeces of Artillery, (which Iudar Basha had with him) [ 10] some three or foure times, a great part of the Souldiers of Muley Sidan beganne to flye: except some choice men which were in that part of the Battayle where the Muley himselfe was: by reason of the resolution of their Commander, continued somewhat longer, but in the end fled when as the Canopie ouer Muley Sidans head was shot downe with a Piece of Ordnance. At which mischance, and not before, the Muley himselfe began to leaue the field; who in the ma∣naging of this battayle was some thing to be blamed; for being come to his Campe an houre be∣fore day, he should not haue delayed two houres and more the present on-set, gazing in his Ene∣mies face, and giuing them time to ready themselues to fight, whom otherwise hee might haue taken at the disper-view, and his Fezzes whom he halfe mistrusted, no premeditation to reuolt or runne away. On Muley Shecks side few were slaine, and of Muley Sidans side the greatest [ 20] number was some sixe hundred men.

The three Brethren thus striuing for the Golden Ball of Soueraigntie, Iustice was trodden downe. The Larbees robbed one another, the strongest carrying away all. Quarrels betwixt Families and Tribes, which durst not be talked of in old Muley Hamets time, came to be deci∣ded with the Sword. After this battaile all wayes were stopped with Robbers, no trading from the Port Townes to Moruecos, without great strength of men. Muley Boferes (who had the Im∣periall seat) was neither so fit for action, or to doe Iustice, as Muley Sidan who had lost the day. And that the Kindred, called Weled Entid, well knew, which presuming vpon the soft nature of Boferes and their owne strength, which consisted of fifteene thousand horse, foraged vp to Mor∣uecos gates, fore-closed all passages for Trauellers, making Merchants goods their prizes: Wher∣as [ 30] an exemplary punishment executed vpon them for their robbing in Fez by Muley Sidan, whilest he raigned there, made them thinke the Countrey too hot: For Sidan commanded Al∣keid * 2.37 German with two thousand Souldiers in hostile manner, to fall vpon the next Dwar of Tents belonging to that Tribe, to burne Man, Woman, Childe, Kine, Sheepe, and whatsoeuer belonged to them, not to spare it vpon his owne life from Fire and Sword, which fully execu∣ted and so bloudily, that Muley Sidan sighed hearing the true report, yet it made Fez the peace∣ablest part in Barbarie. But returne we to Sidans fortunes after he lost the field, hauing the o∣uerthrow, retyred backe to Fez, and forthwith was Alkeid Azus (the onely man in the latter dayes of the old King, fauored by the whole Countrey) dispeeded towards Moruecos, to treate * 2.38 of a peace, and himselfe beganne to make head againe to resist such forces as should follow him; but before he could bring his forces together againe, newes was brought vnto him that his Bro∣ther [ 40] Muley Sheck, was neere at hand with certain companies of Horse-men, and that the whole Almohalla of the Basha was not farre behind. So that then hee was rather to consider of, and to prouide for his escaping by flight, then any wayes to resist: and hauing before put some nine hundred thousand Duckats in Allarocha, for the which money he had sent one of his Alkeids af∣ter his returne from the battayle; hee thought it his best course to passe that way, and to take that money along with him, but he was followed so hardly by Alkeid Abdela Wahad, and Al∣keid * 2.39 Vmsoud Vmbily, Boferes Seruants, that he was forced to flye directly towards Trimisine, and to leaue that Treasure behind him which was taken by his Brother Mley Sheck.

In these his frowning fortunes, the most of his Alkeids left him, and amongst others Mumine Bocrasia flying to Moruecos, in whom he put no small trust: and more then the Seruants of his [ 50] house, he had no man of account but forsooke him, onely Alkeid Absadicke, Hado Tabid, and Mustepha; the two latter of them being his houshold Seruants, and belonging to him in his Fa∣thers time, left him not in his aduersitie: So that any Alkeid of the Cassas or Castes in Barbarie, he had no more then Absadicke, who rather then he would leaue him (although allured by the perswasions of his Brother Alkeid Abdela Wahad, and entreated by the teares of his Sonne to * 2.40 returne, both of them then being in the pursuit of Muley Sidan, and in a Playne ouertooke the said Ahsadocke, yet he left his house and children at the mercie of Muley Boferes his Master and Enemie. The Alkeids who followed in pursuite of Muley Sidan, followed him so hard, that besides the treasure of Allarocha, they likewise tooke much of the Muleys Treasure that hee [ 60] carryed along with him, although with that small company of Horses, which were no more then twentie Horse-men or thereabout, hee returned many times, and fought with those who pursued him, in person, being still one of the foremost in these Skirmishes, vntill Alkeid Vmbilie * 2.41 who pursued him, admiring his resolution, and pittying his miserable estate, requested his Ma∣iestie

to keepe on his way, and saue himselfe by flight, he not purposing to pursue him any fur∣ther. And so the Muley in this miserable estate (forsaken almost of all) kept on his way to Tri∣masine a Towne bordering vpon the Turkes, in the Frontiers of the Kingdome of Argiers: and the Alkeids who pursued him, returned againe to Fez.

§. III.

MVLEY SHECK proclaymeth himselfe King in Fez. SIDAN goeth to Tafiler, from thence into Sus. Peace concluded betweene MVLEY BOFERES, [ 10] and MVLEY SIDAN. ABDELA SHECKS Sonne escapeth Sir ANTHONY SHERLEYS Embassage, Bountie and State.

AFter Muley Sidans flight in this manner, Muley Sheck entred Fez, where hee was ioy∣fully receiued of them, proclaymed himselfe King, and not Gouernour vnder his Bro∣ther Boferes. And it being in the time of Rummadan, all the Almohallas of Morue∣cos * 2.42 returned home against the Pascha: from whence after the celebration of the Feast, they were sent forth to all parts of the Country against the Larbies: among whom were * 2.43 as great Ciuill Warres, as among the Brethren, for in this time of so many Kings, they would [ 20] acknowledge none, or pay duty to any of the three Brethren. Whereupon Hamet Monsore with three thousand Souldiers, was sent into Sus in the moneth of Aprill, 1604. but his men dying of the Plague (which was very hot at that time) and thereby the Larbies little regarding his power, would bring him no victuals, so that with the remaynder of his men, he was constray∣ned to returne towards Moruecos. Diuers other Almohallas were sent abroad into seuerall parts of the Countrey, but in the beginning of Iune, newes comming of Muley Sidans returne from Trimasine to Tafilet, they were all sent for by Boferes to returne to Moruecos, and be ioyned to∣gether the second time against Muley Sidan: who hauing some few monethes liued about Tri∣masine with some fiftie Souldiers, went towards Tafilet, about which part liued the Cassa or [ 30] Caste of Alkeid Absadock (who was Master of the Hawkes to Muley Hamet) and brought to Sidan, of his Caste some twelue hundred Horses, with which force he entered Tafilet: The Al∣keid of Muley Boferes flying to Dara or Draw with his Souldiers. In Tafilet, Muley Sidan stayed some forty dayes, where he vnderstood perfectly of the estate of Sus, and had Letters from diuers of his Wel-willers there: vnderstanding of Alkeid Hamet Monsores departure from thence: And that the Shebanites which is the greatest Cast in all Barbarie, and the Casse or Cast of the Muleys Mother, would not acknowledge Boferes for King, and likewise, how most of all the Casts in Sus desired his comming thither: Whereupon hee prepared what Forces he could there get, to goe into Sus. Muley Boferes vpon the first newes of his Brothers com∣ming to Tafilet, called in all his Almohallas, and ioyning some foure thousand shot of them be∣sides [ 40] Horse, sent them from Moruecos to Dara, vnder the command of his Son Muley Abdelme∣lech, with whom went diuers principall Alkeids, as Alkeid Gowie, Umbilie, and Mumine Bo∣crasia, who in the first battayle of Muley Sidan was a principall man of command on his side, and after his ouerthrow fled from him to Moruecos, with diuers others. The chiefe intent of these Forces was to stop the passages from thence to Sus, which Muley Sidan perceiuing before the comming of their whole Forces, he passed by Alcatouy, where the Horse-men on each side skirmished, the Footmen not being able to come vp, and some slaine of either side, but no man of account, saue onely Alkeid Mumine Bocrasia, who as some reported dyed with thirst, beeing * 2.44 ouer-heated (the battayle beeing fought in the middest of Iuly) or as others reported, beeing wounded, and returning to his Tent, calling for water, after hee had drunke it presently dyed; whose death was little lamented or pittyed of the Moores, they saying, hee was iustly re∣warded [ 50] for being a Traytour to Muley Sidan his Master, who was not onely contented to leaue him in his misfortunes, and to flye to his Brother, but also to goe forth into the field against him.

Muley Sidans Forces were so small, that he was not able to match in strength the Forces of his Enemies, & therefore was constrayned to passe into Sus by the way of the Sahara, and durst not passe by Draw: In which Sands for want of water, both he and his whole company had al∣most * 2.45 perished, and after much misery indured in that Iourney, hee arriued at Aca, where Sidie Abdela Imbark the great Foker dwelleth, the friendship of whom obtayned, hee knew that all his Brothers Forces could not dispossesse him of the Kingdome of Sus, in such great reuerence is that Church-man held in those parts, that the people will obey none, but whom he comman∣deth [ 60] them.

He being come hither, the Foker by letters to Muley Boferes, then at Moruecos, procured that there might be a Treaty of peace betweene the two brethren: Wherupon, in August following,

Anno 1604. Alkeyd Azus was sent to Muley Sidan to Aca, where by the endeuours of the said Alkeyd and the Foker, a peace was concluded, betweene Muley Boferes and his brother Muley * 2.46 Sidan, this to inioy the Kingdome of Sus, and the other the residue of the Empire, whereupon Sidan peaceably entered Taradant the chiefe City in that Kingdome: vpon whose entrance thi∣ther, Sus which in all former times had beene the most vnquiet and rebellious part of all Barbary, through his execution of Iustice, became the onely peaceable and well gouerned Countrey of that Kingdome, all other parts of Barbarie, that were vnder the gouernment, and belonging to the other two brethren, as then remaining very vnquiet, and full of all tumults: Neither was his gouernment any way to be misliked, but that scarce setled, he charged the Countrey with greater impositions then his Father euer demanded, insomuch as Sedie Abdela Imbark, who was [ 10] the onely man that first brought him thither, reprooued his courses: and the Mountainers of At∣las, being good Souldiers, excellent shot, and their dwelling by nature defencible, finding his yoke too heauy, the lesse regarded him or his power; which humour of theirs was nourished by secret practises of Boferes, loth that Sidan should either grow great in friends, or treasure. But the Inhabitants of the Plaine and lower Regions felt the smart of his rod, knowing their throats lay at his mercy, when as the Mountainers defended themselues with open armes, and often∣times gaue the new king his hands full.

The peace concluded betwixt Boferes and Sidan, by the meanes of Abdela Imbark, and Azus, the wisest Counsellor that Barbary hath: we will leaue Sidan at Sus, seeking his owne end once more to become Master of Moruecos, and returne to Boferes, who was troubled which way to [ 20] contriue the regaining of Muley Sheck: who like a Bird had broken cage, and was flowen to Fez, making a faire pretence to gouerne but as Vice-roy, yet secretly practised with forraine States, either to make them his friends, whereunto he might flie, if Muley Boferes by force should driue him out of Fez, or rather then he would lose footing in Afrike, determined to bring in forraine power, for his aid. Wherefore Boferes fearing a Christian storme which might haile bullets, was carefull to keepe Abdela, Muley Sheck his eldest son, the safer to keepe the father surer from do∣ing mischiefe. But it happened the plague was sharpe in Moruecos, therefore Boferes sent his son * 2.47 Muley Abdelmelch some fiue miles foorth of Moruecos with his Tents, and Muley Shecks sonne with him, but either his keepers were negligent and corrupted, or else young Abdela too wilie, for one night he made escape out of the Campe, and hauing horses ready layd, posted to his Fa∣ther [ 30] at Fez. This gallant being at liberty, sought all meanes to defend his Title, being the eldest brothers sonne: his stirring spirit and youthfull hope drew all the minds of the Fezzes vnto him: insomuch as Muley Boferes sore afflicted with his escape, but more with the newes of his pre∣parations, dispeeded Azus vnto Muley Sidan then in Sus, with request he would goe personal∣ly to battaile against Sheck and Abdela his sonne: Muley Sidan well entertained this message, and with all conuenient speed drawing his owne forces together, came within halfe a dayes iourney of Moruecos, there pitching his Tents, but not determining to hazard his fortune, or trust the price of his owne head vnder his brothers hands, yet daily he sent letters by his seruants of great credite, wherein he was willing to vndertake the charge of warre against Abdela, so that he might make choice of Captaines and Commanders, and such proportion of Souldiers as [ 40] he thought fit, to vndergoe an action of such import. This proposition was neither liked of Bo∣feres or his Counsell, yet making faire weather to Muley Sidan, letters passed from him daily of great loue farced with many complements, much misliking his brothers mistrust, not daring to ieopard his person within Moruecos.

Muley Sidan meaning to proue what correspondency his brother Boferes heart carried with his hand, framed a l••tter which was sent as from the chiefest man in those Mountaine Countreys of * 2.48 Atlas, to Muley Boferes, full of duety and seruices, offering withall to send him Sidans head, who was encamped within his Countrey, at the foot of the hilles. Answere to this letter was re∣turned with great thankes, and a large reward of gold promised, if a businesse of that high and important seruice would be performed. When Sidan by this had construed his brothers meaning, [ 50] he raysed Campe, went to Tafilet, and remained in the Countrey of Dara, gathering in of mo∣ney and men, after two moneths spent with his brother to no effect at all. Boferes seeing Sidan departed, and destitute of his helpe for Fez, committed his Campe to Abdelmelech his owne son, who was to be aduised by the Counsels of Basha Iudar, Alkeyd Hamet Monsore, Sedy Gowie, * 2.49 and Alkeyd Bokerse (thorow whose hands passed all businesse of Christian Merchants, so well dispatched, and so good regard thereof taken, that he was well liked of euery man for his good dealing.) This Campe being come within a dayes iourney of Fez, which is twenty dayes march from Moruecos, there the Souldiers fell to a mutenie, and three thousand of them reuol∣ted vnto Sheck, crying openly, Long liue Muley Sheck. Hereupon Abdelmelech called a Counsell of warre, wherein it was concluded, though their number were twice as many, to returne with∣out * 2.50 blow giuen backe to Moruecos, perceiuing indeed their Souldiers hearts quite alienated [ 60] from them. * 2.51

About this time being the beginning of October, arriued at Saphia Sir Anthony Sherley, as Ambassadour from the Emperour of Germanie, to the King of Moruecos: his attendance was

better then a priuate man, though somewhat wanting of the person from whom he was sent, few of note were in his company, being in all about thirteene persons, of euery Christian lan∣guage one, because he would be fitted for interpretation of tongues. Amongst these was Sir Edwin Rich, whose behauiour was good and well spoken of in euery place where he came, not * 2.52 strayning his credite to borrow money, but well prouided to serue his owne turne, answering to his birth, state, and disbursements for the time. Sir Anthonie then taking the Title of Ambas∣sadour, during foure Moneths aboad in Saphia, kept open house, inuited all Christian Merchants daily, both to dinner and supper: to supplie his owne turne for money, he got credite of Iewes * 2.53 to take vp money, and pay them in Morruecos, but at excessiue rate, almost fifty for a hundred. He bought likewise of an English Merchants Factor, being at dinner with him, at two or three [ 10] words, a ship of a hundred & sixty Tunne, with all her lading being Wheat, paying him in hand two thousand ounces, and if he were not paid the rest of his money within ten dayes after his arriuall in Morruecos, then the buyer to lose his earnest. But before he went vp, Abdelmelech returning from Fez, by reason of his Souldiers Treason, the King of Fez marched towards Mor∣ruecos, some foure dayes iourney, and there gaue siege vnto a Port Towne called Sally, and tooke it, but the Castle he could not win. So the Alkeyd of the Castle wrote to Muley Boferes, that though the Towne were lost, the Castle he would keepe for him, if he sent three hundred quar∣ters of Corne to victuall his men, and a fresh supply for f••fty Souldiers. Boferes loath to lose the the place, and hearing Sir Anthonie had bought a ship of Corne, writ to Saphie, and willed him to send his ship to Sallie, and there to vnlade her Corne for the reliefe of the Castellan, and his Sould••ers. Sir Anthonie, willing to doe the King a fauour, sent for the Captaine and Merchant of [ 20] the ship, willed them to goe for Sallie, and p••ying them for three hundred quarters, dealt so that thither they went, but the Castell being yeelded before they came, the Captaine and Merchant landed neither men, nor corne, but returned to Saphie.

By this time were sent for the Conduct of the Embassador fiue hundred men, vnder the com∣mand of two Alkeyds: vnto euery Souldier Sir Anthonie gaue a Turbith as a Liuery of his loue, which made them respect and honour him exceed••ngly, insomuch as one of the two Alkeyds, not hastning to conduct the Embassador vp to Morruecos, but to prouide himself of Corne, it be∣ing exceeding deare at Morruecos, Sir Anthonie desirous to set forward, and the Souldiers wil∣ling to pleasure him, fell to mutenie, in regard of the Alkeyds slacknesse, killing two of his men to hast••n their master forward. After his foure moneths abode in Saphie, wher••in his bountie was extraordinary, not to his Countri-men onely, but to Flemish, French, and Spanish, admired [ 30] of his Souldiers, he was receiued into Morruecos with great state, hauing by the way, as also du∣ring his abode in Saphie, diuers letters from the King, extolling his honourable endeuours, and approoued valiantnesse in his farre aduentures both by sea and land, not omitting any Courtship * 2.54 to win his loue, or make him doubt his welcome.

After two dayes stay in the Citie, the King made preparation for his entertainment at Court, whether he went, suting his followers as well as the shortnesse of time could suffer, and his cre∣dite with the Christian Merchants could affoord, which was good, for two Spaniards were so * 2.55 rapt with admiration of his worth, and by his speeches allured with so strange hope, that they fell in emulation, whether should doe him more seruices, or helpe him to more money: reaso∣nably [ 40] attended, he rode to Court, not lighting from his horse, where the Kings sonnes vsually doe, but rode thorow the Mushward, (which is the Kings great Hall, wherin most of his Lo〈…〉〈…〉 * 2.56 Gentlemen, and chiefe sort of people doe attend, when they come to Court) which none but the King himselfe doth. Being come into the Kings presence, his Letters of credite were re∣ceiued, with great shew of kindnesse, and himselfe entertained with all gracious respect, not onely at the Kings hands, but of the principallest men in office or fauour a••out the Court, and ••o for that time was dism••ssed, the chiefest men attending him backe to the place where hee tooke horse. Some fiue dayes after, Sir Anthonie Sherley comming to audience, and thinking to haue ridden in as he did before, a chaine was hung crosse the entrance of the Mushward, which ••he [ 50] perceiuing onely done to hinder his passage, would not alight from his Horse, but ret••rned backe very discontented. This being certified to Boferes, presently three of his chiefest Alkeyds were * 2.57 sent to qualifie the matter. But Sir Anthonie tooke the disgrace not as his owne, but his whose person he represented, telling the Alkeyds, his master the Emperour, was able and would requite the iniury, neither did he feare, though now within the power of Boferes, knowing the great∣nesse of him in whose seruice he was imployed, so farre surpassing the King of Morruecos, as maugre the proudest, he would be fetched from thence, and be fully reuenged of the least iniury done vnto him. The three Alkeyds layd the blame vpon the Kings Porter, offering Sir Antho∣nie the Porters head, if he would haue it, so spending an houre to pacifie his choller, and bring him backe, the Porter before his face was sore beaten and imprisoned, neither euer after was hee [ 60] hindered of riding thorow the Mushward.

During his abode in Morruecos, which was fiue moneths, Boferes and he had diuers priuate conferences, as it was generally thought, which way to keepe him in the Kingdome against his two brethren Sheck and Sidan; as also to giue the great Turke a blow to driue him out of Ar∣giers

and Tunes. From Moruecos Sir Anthonie departed with great content to himselfe, and good liking of Boferes, of whom he bought two Portugall Gentlemen, for a hundred and fifty thou∣sand ounces, which amounteth to some ten thousand pound sterling. These two had beene * 2.58 Captiues in Moruecos almost sixteene yeeres, the one, sonne to the Vice-roy of the East Indies, the other of a Noble house in Portugall. The first had his resgat thrise sent for to ransome him out of the East Indies, but twise it was taken by the English, once by Flemmings during our late warres with them: the other, his brethren driue him off for his resgat, either to saue so much money, or not able to pay so great a fine. To accompany him from the Court to Saphie, was sent one of the Kings Gentlemen Vshers, to whom at his parting, he threw him his Hat which he wore from his head, with a Iewell of great value, rewarding largely all the Vshers follow∣ers. [ 10] For his Guard (the wayes being then very dangerous) was sent downe with him, foure hundred shot, vnder the Command of Alkeyd Abdela Sinko, a Portugall Renegago, (which is a Christian turned Moore.) This man, whether by perswasion, or voluntarily, desiring to see his * 2.59 natiue Countrey, in the night gat aboard of the ship Sir Edwin Rich was in, not Sir Anthonies, the ship presently weighing Anchor, made saile for Spaine, but the other remaining with S. An∣thony in the Harbour.

This dealing was taken in ill part, insomuch that fiue of his men being sent to shoare for cer∣taine prouision which they lacked, were clapped vp in prison, and sent in chaines to Moruecos, but afterward released. Sir Anthonie writing to the King, both to cleare himselfe of the fact, and desiring remedie for these his new sustained grieuances, set a good shew vpon the matter, staid [ 20] foure dayes after the other ship which had carried away the Alkeyd, and would haue tarried vn∣till he had his fiue men againe, but that he was written vnto to be gone from an especiall friend a shoare, aduising him he did not wel to ride so long in the Port, diuers Flemmish-men of war be∣ing abroad, and if any should chance to come in there, as seldome it is without, they finding these two Gentlemen as prize would sease vpon them, and then was there lost thirty fiue thou∣sand ounces, which a Merchants Factor had lent Sir Anthonie Sherley to cleare him out of the Countrey, for which the Factor had the two Portugals bound to pay this debt at their arrinall in Lisbon. Vpon this aduertisement he departed, and the next day Boferes sent him a letter, to cleare his men. And so I returne to the file of my continued History.

§. IIII. [ 30]

MVLEY AEDELA goeth in person against MVLEY BOFERES; driueth him out of Moruecos; Putteth to death BASHA SIDAR, and other No∣blemen; SIDAN expelleth him, and killeth three thousand Fezans perfideously, requited by ABDELA. SHRACIES trechery vniustly punished. SIDANS flight. Many English∣men imployed in these warres, and slaine. [ 40]

MVley Sheck, putting his sonne Abdela forward to the whole Command of the armie, himselfe meaning to saue one, kept in Allaroca three Italian ships, purposing if mat∣ters prospered not well, with Treasure sufficient to goe to Florence: but the battell not fought, his determination altered, for he presently seized all strangers ships which came either to Laratch, Salie, or other parts, as also some Merchants ships of Fez, robbing them of their goods, making their Mariners land their Peeces, and all the men either to serue him, or else to haue the Iron giuen them. Heereby he fitted himselfe of Captaines and Souldi∣ers being English, French, and Dutch, with seuen and twentie Peeces of Ordnance and shot threunto sufficient. And so fired the mind of his sonne Abdela, with hope of winning Morue∣cos [ 50] (being of himselfe drunken with the ambitious desire of a Kingdome) that Abdela about the latter end of Nouember 1606. marched to Moruecos with his troupes being some ten thousand horse and foot, besides his Christian Mariners, whose helpe won him the field, fought some sixe miles Southeast from Moruecos, on the eight of December, 1606. Sheck bore his sonne company no farther then Salie, from whence three houres riding, is a Riuer called Mamora, into which Bay the Italian ships put in: Sheck went thither, and hard by the ships vpon the shoare pit∣ched his Tent wherein he lay, part of his Treasure being shipped, himselfe determined there to stay, and expect the euent of his sonne, if it passed well with him, then Africke should hold him, otherwise to visite the great Duke of Thuscane, on whose curtesie he much rested. But the [ 60] * 2.60 Christian Gunners so well obserued their times of shooting and placing their Ordnance, as they got Abdela the field, hoping thereby to haue obtained both liberty, and pillage, of which most of them poore men failed, as afterward you shall read.

When Sheck heard Abdela had got Moruecos, hee grew carelesse to send prouision or supplie

the wants of his three Italian ships, wherefore, they set sayle from Mamora homewards, ta∣king such Treasure for their pay as were in their custodies. Boferes lost in this battayle about * 2.61 sixe hundred men, fled into the Citie to saue his Treasure and his women, but for feare of being surprized, durst not tarry to take his Treasure away with him, but in all haste posted toward the Mountaynes, willing the Alkeids and chiefest men of his Court to bring it after him, with the rich Sword, the like whereof is not in the World: committing also to their conduct his Daugh∣ter, * 2.62 and the choysest of his women, amongst whom was the Wife of Be•• Wash the Kings Mer∣chant. At the entry of the hils, a Kindred of the Larbies being fiue hundred Horse-men, seized vpon these people, pillaged their Carriages, rifled and dishonoured the women, not sparing Bo∣feres Daughter, (whom Abdela determined to haue marryed, but hearing diuers Moores to haue [ 10] lyen with her, and also that she was suspected to haue liued in Incest with her Father; after his entrance into Moruecos, he neuer enquired farther after her. The Alkeids beeing well mounted * 2.63 by the swiftnesse of their Horses, returned backe to Moruecos, and there tooke Sanctuary. Ab∣dela vpon their submission promised them pardon, on whose Princely word they relying, came * 2.64 forth, the Foker of the place presenting them: But Muley Abdela, whether incited by enuious counsell, or on his owne bloudy minde, putteth them so secretly to death, that sending all their heads in one Sacke to Fez, for a Present to his Father, Their deaths was not fully knowne in the Citie of Moruecos, before their heads were set vpon Fez gates. Here was the end of Basha Iudar a great Souldier in old Hamets time, a faithfull Commander during his life to Boferes, ac∣companyed with Sedie Gowie, Alkeid Azus his Sonne, Alkeid Moden the Cassemie, and some foure great men more. [ 20]

This tyranny of Abdela shewed vpon these valiant and worthy men; and the spoyle which the Fezees had made aswell in robbing the Alkeids houses, as in rifling the Citizens goods, and committing all out-rages which follow Warre, caused many to flye to Muley Sidan, and the rest * 2.65 which remayned in Moruecos grew discontented, so that the Sunne-shine of Abdelas happi∣nesse scarce lasted two monethes: for Sidan resting in the halfe way betweene Moruecos and Fez, taking oportunitie of this vproare of the Townesmen, marched toward Moruecos on the North-side of the Towne, determining to giue present battayle, hearing by the Scowts, that Muley Abdela his Campe was lodged in the great Garden or Orchard called the Almowetio, being some two English miles about. The first night of Sidans approach, the Prisoners were re∣leased, and Prisons▪ 〈…〉〈…〉ken open, so that these men getting libertie, ranne halfe madde vp and downe the Citie, crying, Long liue Sidan, which troubled the Citizens not a little: And in this [ 30] vproare, Sidans Faction let into the Citie (at a secret gate) many of his Souldiers, which made a Sally vpon the Regiment of Zalee, meaning to haue surprized Abdelas Campe, but himselfe comming to the rescue with two thousand men, continued a hot Skirmish against the Sidanians, in which the Christians fought valiantly to recouer their Peeces of Artillery which were lost, vntill the Sidanians were forced to retyre. The next day beeing the fiue and twentieth of A∣prill, Stilo nouo, Abdela remooued towards Muley Sidan, who was encamped on the North-side of the Citie, not daring to come on the South-side, for feare of the shot which galled his men from the Battlements of the Kings House. Therefore he hearing of Abdelas remoue, and inten∣ding to venture his fortune vpon a present battayle, set forward to meet him with a Regiment [ 40] of his best Horse: Abdela perceiuing this, caused his Canoniers to march formost, which could but place fiue Peeces of their Artillery in a brest, because the Orchards and Gardens made the * 2.66 passages very narrow and strait; where as the Armies should meete, Sidans Horse-men gaue a very gallant charge, but the Canoniers made them retyre: Which Abdelas Horse-men percei∣uing, being encouraged, and too eager of the Chase, some thousand Horse galloped before their owne Ordnance, and followed their Enemie close to Sidans Campe, their Peeces of Artillery being drawne after them. Muley Sidan well knowing the aduantage of the place, seeing his E∣nemies depriued of the benefit of their great Ordnance, which he most feared, encouraged his men to keepe their ground, and bringing with his owne person fresh supplyes to second them, [ 50] gaue his Aduersaries the Abdelians so hot a charge, that they were fayne to retyre in great dis∣order, vpon the mouthes of their owne Artillery. This dis-array perceiued by the Christian Gunners, it put them in minde to discharge vpon their owne men the Abdelians, holding it bet∣ter to kill fiue or sixe hundred of their owne side, then to lose the battayle. But the Moore, who was Captayne ouer the Canoniers and other Commanders, would not suffer it: Wherefore * 2.67 the Sidanians following in good order, and very close, fell to the execution with their Swords, * 2.68 surprized the Artillery, and slue the men. The slaughter continued some foure houres, betwixt seuen or eight thousand killed, and few to speake on left aliue, for what the Souldiers spared, the Citizens in reuenge of their Disorders, Pillages, and Villanies done to their women, berea∣ued them of their liues, who beeing dead were not suffered to bee buryed, but lay aboue the [ 60] ground as a prey to the Dogges and Fowles of the Ayre. Heauie likewise was the Conquerours hand vpon the Christians which tooke Abdelas part, most of them for their fiue monethes ser∣uice to Abdela, were either slayne in the fury of battayle, or after had his throat cut. And this

was the end of them, who had liued in the Streights of Gibraltar, and the Mediterranean Sea, not as Merchants by honest Trading, but hauing committed spoyle vpon diuers Sea-faring men, * 2.69 felt the bloudie hand of a barbarous Nation, (as a deserued punishment sent from God) to execute Iustice for their manifold committed wrongs and out-rages.

This battayle being lost with the greatest bloud-shed that any hath beene since these Warres beganne, Muley Abdela fled to Fez, a hundred persons of his whole Army not left aliue to beare * 2.70 him company: And Sidan Master of the field, entred the Citie of Moruecos, hauing another taske to take in hand ere he could settle himselfe quietly in his owne Nest. For the Kings House being Castle-wise builded, and seuered from the Citie with a defencible and a strong wall, lack∣ing no kind of Munition for the defence thereof, had within it, besides Souldiers of Morue∣cos, [ 10] three thousand Fezees who were not at the last battayle, but left there to guard the place for Abdela.

These presuming on their owne valour and strength of the place, denyed to render it vpon a∣ny termes to Sidan, though they were sollicited, during the space of two dayes, by all faire meanes thereunto: Sidan bringing his Artillery to the wals, yet delayed, as loth to deface a building so strong, costly, and beautifull; So that in the meane time a Captaine whose house ioy∣ned to the wall by stealth with fiue hundred men, scaled and wonne the top of the wall, cry∣ing, Victory for Muley Sidan, which so amazed the Souldiers within, thinking the Forces which * 2.71 were entered farre greater then they were, without more adoe or offering to resist, they tooke Sanctuary in the great Church belonging to the Kings House, euery man with his Peece and [ 20] Furniture about him.

Muley Sidan vpon this, sent Basha Seleman, willing them to deliuer vp their Armes, with promise they should bee pardoned, which presently they did, yeelding and deliuering both Swords and Peeces. Thus disarmed, they, silly soules came forth, when presently after, message came from the King to butcher and cut the throats of them all, which was executed. * 2.72 A pittifull matter in my iudgement, so many men yeelding vpon good composition, after fury of battayle, vpon cold bloud to bee made so pittifull a spectacle: it was bootlesse for them to al∣leage eyther Law or reason in defence of their liues; such is the misery and slauery of that peo∣ple, whose goods and liues lyeth alwayes in the will of the King, eyther to saue, or destroy at his pleasure. [ 30]

Now is Sidan setled in Moruecos but scarce secure, for the chiefest men in the Citie wished an alteration, because their King to get their money and wealth to maintayne his owne estate, be∣ganne to picke quarrels with them, making some who began to speake and repine at his doings, lose their heads, Quoniam Canis mortuus non latrat: The common people whose naturall conditi∣on is alwayes to desire Nouelties, wished for a new King, feeling his oppression, and the Famine whereof many dyed, grew carelesse of peace, thinking euery change would bring a remedie, * 2.73 when indeed it was l••ke the Incision of an vnskilfull Surgeon, not curing the Malady, but ma∣king the wound wider, Gangrened, and incurable. Sidan purposing to purge this male-conten∣ted humour of the Commonalty, raysed an Army of twelue thousand Foot, and sixe thousand Horse, determining to take Fez. The chiefe men of command ouer this Army, were these, [ 40] Basha Mustepha, Alkeid Hamet Benbreham, Alkeid Ally Tahila, Alkeid Gago, and Alkeid Hadoe Tobib, with diuers others: Muley Sidan not going in person with this Army, least in his absence Moruecos the Seat of the Empire should reuolt. Muley Sheck hearing these newes, went to Allarocha, there tooke a great Flemmish ship from the Merchants, with all the goods in her, therein shipping his Treasure, determining to runne away, if his Sonne Abdela should lose Fez. Abdela omitted no time to gather new Forces, so that in small time he thought him∣selfe sufficient to meete the Sidanians in open field, and so he did neere to Mickanes, where the people on Sidans part, missing their King in the field, or any one of the Bloud Royall refused to fight, and in stead of striking, fell to parley; That if Abdela would pardon them, they would yeeld, and so they did, yet most of them ranne away, except three thousand Morruekyns, who [ 50] presuming vpon Abdelas gentle nature, stayd with him, hoping kind entertaynment into his pay, in stead whereof, Muley Abdela commanded all their throats to be cut, granting them one∣ly * 2.74 this fauour: first, to be stripped for fowling their clothes.

Thus we may see, mercilesse Sidan butcher poore soules at Moruecos, pittilesse Abdela murder these vnfortunate slaues at Mickanes, both verifying the old Prouerbe, Quicquid delirant Reges, plectuntur Achiui. In this battayle were taken betwixt thirtie and fortie Englishmen, who serued Muley Sidan as Canoniers, yet not any of that company which serued Abdela at Moruecos, when he lost the Citie and field, but other Voluntaries, part of these fled with the bodie of the * 2.75 Army backe to Moruecos, part were taken, whom Abdela spared, as well in regard of former seruices the Nation had done him, as also for the present vse he was to employ them in. This Expedition of Sidans comming to so vnlooked a disaster, made him send forth his Comman∣ders [ 60] with diuers companyes, to the Alarbies, for fresh supply of Men and Treasure: amongst which as Chiefe was dispeeded Basha Seleman, Master of the old Kings Horse for Tafilet, there to

gouerne the Countrey, carrying with him some fifteene hundred Shot, of which sixe hundred were Shraceis, people of the King of Chaus, or Concoes Countrie, who hath alwaies warres with * 2.76 Algers or Argiers. These Shraceis were borne in the Mountainesat Atlas, being of a fierce and bloody nature, not respecting the Turkes might or gouernment, no more then the Mountainers of Moruecos, will acknowledge the Soueraigntie of the Barbarian. Some twelue hundred of these had Sidan in his pay, halfe part whereof he kept at Moruecos, the other was sent with So∣lyman. These amongst themselues fell into a muteny, neither for want of pay, or ill vsage, but in * 2.77 desire to doe a mischiefe, by force cut off the Bashaes head, carrying it with them as a Trophy of their victorie, and a fit present to win Abdelas fauour, who was then at Fez, whither they went for intertainement, Sidan herewith moued, made Proclamation, that for three moneths what Shracee soeuer, Souldier, or any other, were to be found in Moruecos, or elswhere in his Domini∣ons, [ 10] should be put to the Sword, and to haue it better & more fully executed; it was proclaimed, * 2.78 that the Man-killer should haue the goods of the Shracee so killed. Many rich men of this Nation or Kindred resiant in Moruecos, felt the furie of the Sword, for the folly and foule fault of their Tribe: such as could get packing, ran away: others of the better sort, their friends hid them in their houses, vntill Sidan scared with newes of Abdelas comming towards him, proclaimed generall pardon for the remainder left aliue, and free passage of trading or cōmerce for any Shracee, which would venture to Moruecos. Yet few durst come vpon these goodly termes, or those who lay hid in Moruecos, if they were worth any thing, shew themselues in publike, for feare this were a pretence to bring the residue vnto the halter. Those Shracees who were sole causers of this massacre, being with Abdela at Fez, daily moued him to goe towards Moruecos, vowing euerie [ 20] man to die in his cause, and for reuenge of their Wiues, Children, and Friends, who had smarted for their sakes. Abdela something animated with their offers, yet delayed, knowing his Forces farre inferior vnto Sidans, vntill still vrged by the Shracee, which had brought from the Moun∣taines some store of their Kindred, very able and resolute men to his aide, he set forwards about the latter end of August, towards Moruecos, determining to giue battell once more to Muley Si∣dan. Of what strength Abdelas Armie consisted, the certaintie is not knowne, but gessed to bee very neere fifteene thousand Horse and Foote.

Muley Sidan was very strong, for beside his owne Souldiers, the Moruecans aided him with eight thousand men, and diuers tribes sent supplies to augment his forces. He had two hundred * 2.79 English, the most of them voluntaries, sixtie field Pieces, with sufficient Shot and Powder. Ouer [ 30] the English and all the Christians, was Generall Captaine Iohn Giffard, a Gentleman of a worthy spirit, and discended from the ancient and honourable stem of the Giffards in Buckingham-shire. Vpon his first entertainement and welcome into the Country, Sidan bestowed vpon him a rich Sword, valued at a thousand Marks, and a Scarlet Cloake, richly imbroidered with Pearle, sent as a present to Muley Hamet, the Kings Eather, from our late Soueraigne of famous memorie * 2.80 Queene Elizabeth, besides many other extraordinarie fauours of good value; and often conuer∣sing familiarly; yea, sometimes visiting Captaine Giffard at his owne Tent. His entertaine∣ment was twentie fiue shillings per diem, besides many supplies proceeding from the Kings bountie. With him as secondary men in charge, was one Master Philip Giffard, his neere and very deare Kinsman; Captaine Iaques, a very valiant Souldier; Captaine Smith, one of the most [ 40] exquisite Enginers in Europe; Captaine Baker, an ancient Britaine Souldier; Captaine Tailer, Captaine Faukes, Captaine Chambers, Captaine Isack, men euery way able to vndergoe their se∣uerall commands. These were daily stipendaries, at twelue shillings a man, except the two Sea Captaines, Isack, and Chambers, who had foure shillings a day, and euerie common Souldier twelue pence truly payd them. These preparations considered, Muley Sidan had small reason to leaue the field, or feare Abdelas forces being nothing in respect of his. But certaine it is, the Muley sending for his Wizzards, Soothsayers, willing them to for tell, that he might foreknow the successe of his embattailed Armie. Their answere was; He should loose the battell, bee dri∣uen into Sus, within fiue moneths should regaine Moruecos, and there during life enioy the Kingdome. Vpon this answere, the Muley giuing great credit thereunto as the nature of a Bar∣barian [ 50] is very suspicious, commanded Basha Mustepha; with three thousand Souldiers to conuey away his Mother, Wiues and Children. To Alkeid Hamet Benbreham and Hado Tabib, hee com∣mended the charge of his Treasure, who laded sixtie Mules with Gold, garding them and the Muleters, with two thousand of his choysest Shot.

These dispeeded, it may appeare Sidan but houered, and would follow; yet the battels met the 26 of Nouember, 1607. some sixteene miles from the Citie of Moruecos, the Canoniers of Muley Sidan, part hauing in the forefront discharged, their Enemies being somewhat farte off 〈◊〉〈◊〉 but before they could charge againe, the Enemie was with them. The Shracies did not once dis∣charge a Piece, great nor small, but ioyning themselues close to the Abdelians, charged the Sida∣nians very fiercely with their Sables, in reuenge of Sidans tyrannie showed vpon their Kindred, [ 60] enraging their minds and courages, or their faithfull promise (which they sought to make good) to Abdela, made them put the Sidanians to flight: or else it was Sidans feare, that hee should not make good his Soothsayers Prophecie, which made his men to runne away: For at the first

encounter, his Moores fell into a dis-array, and presently into a dishonorable flight: whereupon Muley Sidan fled, sent to the English Captaines to be gone, and to Captaine Giffard a good Horse * 2.81 to saue himselfe. The English returned word, that they came not thither to run, but rather die an honourable death. Captaine Giffard encouraged his men, telling them, there was no hope of victorie, but to prepare and die like men, like English men: and then asking for his Iaques, whom he loued dearely, and taking a Pike in his hand, thought to haue rode vnto him, being told hee was not sixescore from him, and to haue died together; but in the way, Captaine Giffard be∣ing charged by eight Abdelians, one behind him shot him thorow, and so was he there slaine. * 2.82 Few of all the English Nation were left aliue, the number not exceeding thirtie, and none of the Commanders escaped, except Captaine Isack, and Captaine Faukes; of the Moores were not slaine in all fortie persons. [ 10]

Sidan being gone, as loath to tarry, spend bloud, and win a Field, Abdela got the ground, his Enemies marched vpon, but no great victory, entred Moruecos without applause, or reioyce of the Citizens, some yet feeling his late done iniuries, sorie for the losse of Sidan, who had proued a Tyrant, nor welcomming Abdela vpon hope of amendment, but with policie and patience fit∣ted themselues to the miserie of the time. Abdela once againe Master of Moruecos, got the * 2.83 Kings House, but found no treasure to relieue his wants. Great were his promises to reward the Shracies with bountie, and enrich his followers, when the Citie was recouered: now hee hauing it, there failed of his expectation, and his Souldiers lacking both meate and money: yet to keepe them still in hope, and so in gouernment, it was bruited, the young King had found a Well full of treasure within the House, which Muley Hamet Xarif had layed vp for a deare yeare: but this [ 20] good newes quickly vanished, the Well not yeelding water to refresh their fain••ing stomacks Therfore the Shrac••es hauing released their Kindred, recouered their Wiues and Children, which had escaped the fury and bloudie Decree of Sidan the last King, they tooke good words and kind vsages of Abdela, in lieu of payment, seeing Moruecos neither affoorded them meate, nor Abdelas * 2.84 fortune further maintenance, and so three thousand of them departed at one time. Muley Ab∣dela with the residue of his forces kept Moruecos, laboring by all possible meanes to giue his soul∣diers content, and keepe them together; so with much adoe hee liued in Moruecos some two moneths, during which time, Muley Sidan was gathering a fresh Army in Sus.

§. V. [ 30]

MVLEY HAMET BOSONNE commeth against ABDELA, and causeth him flie, to his Father. BOFERES like to be taken, flieth to Salie. MVLEY SIDAN com∣meth against MVLEY HVMET BOSONNE; who flyeth, and is poysoned by old AZVS. MVLEY SHECK sendeth into Spaine. Some obseruations of their Policie, and Trade to Gago.

BVt whilest Abdela and Sidan were contriuing their owne ends, there arose a storme [ 40] in the Mountaines which fell in the Plaines of Moruecos. The tempest driuer was one Muley Hamet Bosonne, Cousin to the three Brethren which haue striuen for the * 2.85 Kingdome. This man gathering treasure, and temporising with them all three, so played their Game, that finding their weakenesse which these quarrels had brought them vnto, vpon a sudden seeing his time, went into the Mountaines to his Mothers Kindred, mustered ve∣rie neere twenty thousand able men. The Muley being well prouided of treasure, gaue them due pay and large, winning them to his respect and seruice, so that in lesse then two moneths space, he got all things in readinesse, descended from the Tesseuon Mountaines towards Moruecos.

This newes brought to Abdela was very vnwelcome, yet (calling his wits and Counsell toge∣ther) it was concluded, considering the Shracees were gone, his remnant of Souldiers feeble and [ 50] out of heart, and the Moruecans daily fled to Hamet Bosonne, whose vprising like a blazing Star drew their eyes vpon him, that Abdela should trauell to Fez, which hee might well doe without a guide, hauing heretofore vpon like necessities, often measured the miles: and though hee was determined so to do, yet a smal occasion hastned his iourney, for some mile from Abdelas Campe, * 2.86 vpon a Hill on the back-side of Moruecos, a man being seene with a Speare in his hand, and a white linnen vpon it as a Flagge. Abdela thought Hamet Bosonne to be with his whole Forces behind the Hill, when he was a full dayes march from Moruecos. Therfore in all haste he tooke vp some of his Tents, but the greater part left standing in a manner, being feared, ran away. And * 2.87 afterward when this matter was discouered, which Abdela held a token of his surprise, it was [ 60] nothing els but a poore Moore washing his Napery, and for the speedier drying vsed this meanes, which terrified Abdela from the seate of his Empire, to Fez, the safest place for his abode.

Lylla Isha, Sidans Mother, hearing of Hamet Bosonnes approch, was perswaded, his mouements were onely to defend her Sonnes right, knowing Bosonne of late fauoured Sidans title, comming

into his pay, and in person seruing the Muley at the last battaile when Sidan fled into Sus. Heereupon she sent diuers Captaines, part of her owne Guard, others of her friends and kindred to his ayd, thinking he would haue taken Moruecos for Sidan. But Bosonne hauing entred the * 2.88 Citie peaceably, proclaimed himselfe King, dismissed all Sidans fauourers, which were not wil∣to be his seruants, who returned to their Lady Mistresse, certifying her error and their successe: his Treasure he imparted largely to his followers, by strong hand desired no mans seruice, but those who were willing. Some thirty English-men remayning, weary of their sustained mesery, and the state of the Countrey, he gaue them licence to imbarke, and writ to the Gouernour of Saphia to giue them their passe, notice whereof being giuen to the Factor Marine for the English, he disparted them into diuers ships with all conueniency, though to his cost and charges; chari∣ty [ 10] to helpe the distressed soules, and loue to his natiue Countrey, moouing him thereunto. This Muley Hamet Bosonne, during the time of his gouernment was a very good and iust man, offe∣red no discourtesie, or tooke away any mans goods, but paid the Merchants truely for the same, who liked well his current and true dealing.

Bosonnes mother hearing her sonne was setled in Moruecos, brought what strength she could from the Mountaines, and in her way knowing Boferes lodged in a fortresse, whereunto hee was fled, not to bee well guarded, she beset the house, meaning to take the Muley priso∣ner, who being void of meanes to resist in the night, made a hole through the wall and so es∣caped priuately to Salie, a Port Towne within the iurisdiction of his brother Sheck, where at this day he remaineth.

On the morrow betimes, Bosonnes mother with her men entered the Fort, missing Boferes, * 2.89 [ 20] cut off the head of Umsed Benbela, one of his chiefest seruants and Commanders: then went she forward to congratulate her sonnes comming to the Kingdome, being then in Moruecos. But an Empire ill got, is seldome seene of long continuance, for within lesse then two moneths, Muley Sidan came out of Sus with a great armie, for whose ayd Lylla Isha sold her Iewels, and Plate, to furnish her son with Swords, Pikes, Horsemen, Staues, and other Warl-like Munition.

On the other side Hamet Bosonne prepared to welcome his cousin the Muley Sidan; so about the beginning of Aprill, 1608. both their Forces met hard by Moruecos where a chiefe of a kin∣red one Grufe, which came out of Sus, a great wine drinker, alwayes a fauourer of Muley Sidan * 2.90 (though little valuing any of the three Kings) presuming vpon his owne strength and valour, desired the honour, that hee might giue charge vpon the enemy with fiue hundred Horse, which was his owne Regiment, and of his owne kindred: Sidan refused to grant him his [ 30] request, therefore the Casima tooke his owne leaue and gaue the enemy a full charge vpon the * 2.91 body of his armie, which receiuing him very brauely, the Casima and his company were in great danger to be ouerthrowne: but Sidan to releeue him, sent fiue hundred Horse-men of his own: so with these thousand, the Casima broke the ranks of Bofonnes battalions, then with their fables fell to execution, vntill the whole campe seeing the field lost, fled towards the Mountaines: thus Sidan without further resistance entering Moruecos, resting there in quiet three moneths, vntill * 2.92 Hamet Boson recouering new Forces in Iuly following, presented himselfe before the Citie, tru∣sting aswel vpon his own strength, as the loue of the Citizens: hoping his good and gentle vsage when he was amongst them, would haue bred a liking in them, of his mild and gentle gouern∣ment: [ 40] but either the seruile mind of the multitude little respected his fore-passed kindnes, or the feare of Sidan made them loath to shew any signe of good will; for at his approath no man in the Citie was knowne to draw a sword in his defence. So on the eight of Iuly, Bosonne was discomfited with the losse of some thousand men, fled to the Mountaines, where within foure dayes after Alkeid Azus got him poysoned, hoping thereby to win the fauour of Muley * 2.93 Sidan,

This Azus is aged and subtill, by his long experience best knoweth the secrets of that state, * 2.94 was brought vp vnder Abdela, Muley Hamet Xarifs brother, and for his Counsell to Abdela, willing him either to put out the eyes of Hamet Xarif, or cut his throat, was in danger to haue lost his life when Hamet Xarif came to be King, but the wisedome of the man won such respect [ 50] with Hamet, that of a prisoner, he made him his chiefest Counsellor, and Master of his Treasurie, during whose life time his behauiour was such, as he won great loue among the Commons, No∣bility, and many of the blood Royall. When old Hamet died, he was in his Campe neere Fez, and after his death rested all his loue vpon Muley Sidan (holding him the prime man and fittest of the three brethren, to rule the Kingdome) vntill both he and Sidy Imbark could not counsell and rule Muley Sidan, for his owne good and benefit of the Common-weale being head-strong, and would take no mans counsell but to his owne liking and hurt. Therefore Sedy Abdela Im∣bark went to his contemplation at Aca: And Azus to a Castle in the Mountaines, which he had stored with Treasure against a storme, or to refresh the winter of his age, from whence he will [ 60] not come downe, vntill he see some hope of peace, hauing at this instant more Treasure in his Coffers, then all the three brethren besides, and hopeth to keepe it, being in the midst of his friends and kindred, and in a place as well fortified as any in Barbary.

Muley Sheck fearefull lest Sidans next enterprise would be to rowze him out of Fez, fell in conference with an Italian Merchant, named Iohn Etina, making him his Agent to go into Spain, * 2.95 there to conclude, that if the Catholique King would ayde him with men and money to reco∣uer his right, there should be deliuered vp into his hands, Allaroche, Saly, Alcasar, and other Townes lying fit for his mouth: This negotiation was well entertained. And Iohn Etina was promised for his labour in this businesse, and bringing it to effect, vpon the deliuerie of the Port Townes, to haue yeerely paid him two thousand Duckats during his life. In Iune, this matter was first mooued; in the latter end of August, seuen Gallions (as was reported) and the Gallies of Naples, in all a hundred sayle, well manned with store of Pioners to rayse Forts, went to Allaroche, thinking to be receiued, but thirty thousand Alarbees came downe to the shoare, not [ 10] alowing any such neighbour-hood, though they hold the Andelusian halfe their blood.

Whether Sir Anthony Sherley was imployed in this seruice it is not certainly knowen: some are of opinion that hee was induced thereunto, because they haue formerly heard the King of * 2.96 Spaine hath royally rewarded him for his trauailes with Boferes, by giuing him the places and pay of two Captaines in the Indies, made him Admirall of the Leuant Seas, and next in place to the Vice-roy of Naples, hauing for his entertainement fiue hundred Duckats a moneth. Without question, he knoweth well the state of that vneiuill and barbarous Nation, hauing an apprehending and admirable wit to conceiue the disposition of any people with whom hee shall * 2.97 conuerse, whilest he was amongst them, he behaued himselfe very well toward the better sort, winning credite with them, and gaining the loue of the poorer sort exceedingly, by his larges [ 20] (for if a Moore or slaue gaue him but a dish of Dates, he should receiue a reward as from an Em∣perour) and how soeuer some may hold this a vice, counting him a lauisher: yet by this meanes he came to the knowledge of that which otherwise he neuer should haue attained vnto, The more credible fame is, Sir Anthonie was not with this Fleet, therefore they sped neuer the bet∣ter, for had he beene in company, and had command, he would either haue taken footing, or ventered all, scorning to returne with doing nothing, and so be laughed at.

The Policie of Barbarie.

EVery Kingdome consisteth of men, not of buildings, therefore the Kingdome of Barbary con∣sisteth [ 30] of bond and free men: the naturall bond men are such as are descended either from Christians or Negros; the free men are Larbies or Brebers, which may be termed the Valley and Mountaine men. Ouer all, as absolute Monarch is the King, who maintaineth his seat by the sword, and power of Iustice: the sword men according to their degrees are thus placed.

First, the Muleis, are the Kings children, and all other who are of the blood Royall, are ter∣med by this name. Secondly, Bashas, are Captaine Generals ouer armies. Thirdly, Alkeids be the Lords, set aswell ouer Garrison Townes as Countreys, to rule and keepe the people in subiection. Fourthly, Ferres, Gentlemen who carrie armes, yet lesse Commanders then Al∣keids. Fiftly, Bahaia, Lieutenant to an Alkeid. Sixtly, Brakbashi, a Sergeant at armes. Se∣uenthly, Debushi, a Captaine ouer thirty. Eightly, Romie, the common Souldier of these men [ 40] of warre, there were kept in daily pay in the old Kings time, to the number of fifty thousand Horsemen: part seruing with the Launce, others with the Speare called Spahaias, and some, especially the Horsemen of Fez, serue with the Crosse-bow on Horse-backe, bending it as they ride, shooting a strong shot and sure: and sixteene thousand foot-men, the Alarbies being fitter for the Horsemen, but the Brebers the stronger footmen, most of them shot.

The chiefest men of Command in the latter times, were these.

FIrst, Alkeid Azus, chiefe Counsellor of State. Secondly, Hamet ben Breham Sefiani, Master of the Horse, and ruler ouer the Alkeids. Thirdly, Sedi Hamet ben Bouker. Fourthly, Sedi [ 50] Abdela Wahad Anoune: These two were Treasurers. Fiftly, Alkeid Hamet, a Capatho or Eu∣nuchs, Gouernour ouer the women and Eunuches. Sixtly, Alkeid Mustepha File Master of the Ordnance. Seuenthly, Rishauan, Admirall ouer the Gallies at Saly.

Note, though these be enobled, taking priority or precedency before others, yet is not this noblenesse hereditary, for the children of these men must claime no honour by birth-right, but what they get by their seruice and honour of their sword, liue vnrespected vnlesse they be vali∣ant, and so proouing, the King will take them into his seruice, whereupon by desert, the sonne may obtaine his fathers fortune and honour.

There is another title of dignity termed Sheck, attributed to the chiefe man of euery Family or Cast, neither doth the Kings eldest sonne scorne the title, signifying that he is the prime or * 2.98 best blood of his Royall kindred. These Shecks are much respected, because it is the nature of [ 60] the people, the whole kindred to follow their head: insomuch, as one of these Shecks can bring into the field ten thousand Horsemen of their owne Cast, or kindred, and some more. So that

it is a matter of great consequence, the King to haue an eye ouer such a man, and know how his affection resteth towards him, either in loue or hatred.

The King once in a moneth, on Fridayes in the afternoone after prayers, either in his house * 2.99 or Church sitteth to doe Iustice, hearing complaints or appeales from subalterne Ministers, from whom the grieued persons doe appeale to his Royall person: when the King sitteth, the stranger shall haue freer accesse to plead his cause before the King, then his owne borne subiect.

All inferious Iudges and Ministers are their Church-men or Talbies, and those are soonest chosen into offices which are of strick test life, being free from auarice, and such other sinnes as may peruert and hinder the course of equitie and iustice. The chiefest man for iudgement vnder [ 10] the King is Muftie, to whom the party grieued may appeale from any other ordinary Iudge. * 2.100 There be three of these men, one in Moruecos, another in Fez, the third at Taradant in Sus. The Muftie of Moruecos, sitteth with the King in Iudgement, and euery Friday in the after∣noone by himselfe, to heare and determine causes of the subiect and stranger, though hee bee in eminent place, he is a poore man, in respect what he might be, if he would sell Iustice, and take bribes.

The ordinary Iudge sitteth all the yeere long two houres before noone, and two houres after * 2.101 noone: in euery great Towne throughout the three Kingdomes in places one of these Iudges, to whom not onely the Inhabitants of euery Towne and Citie doe repaire, but the Countrey peo∣ple or Larbees vpon differences come thither to haue their causes decided: euery one must tell his owne tale, and plead his owne matter. When both parties haue spoken, then giueth the * 2.102 [ 20] Iudge sentence; so that in one day the cause is brought into Court, and the same day ended. If either part haue witnesse to produce, then the Iudge giueth three dayes respite to bring them in, which being brought, the aduerse party shall haue other three dayes respite to disproue them. And if he can prooue the witnesses either infamous in manners, or giuen to detestable sinne, as drunkennesse, adultery, or such like: And can prooue the witnes saith not his prayers sixe times * 2.103 duely in foure and twenty houres, then shal he be vtterly disabled to beare witnesse, and thus in seuen dayes the longest sute shall be ended. If an Obligation or rather Bill of debt be brought into Court, the Obligee must either pay the debt, goe to prison, or to pawne the value of the * 2.104 debt, or better: which pawne may be kept in Deposito nine dayes vpon great reason, to see if the debtor can redeeme it at the nine dayes end, if he doth it not, then is it sold, and the party [ 30] who should pay the money, must sustaine the losse.

As Coadiutors to these Iudges, and next in place to them be the Scriuanos, who vpon death * 2.105 or other remooue, are commonly made Iudges. These are Talbies which make writings betweene partie and partie, short and plaine, without multiplication of words, and they are of opinion, Abundans cautelanocet: in their Obligatory Bils they put neither Forfeit nor Condition, ha∣uing for the making thereof two pence English, and no more. They vse no long draughts in mat∣ters of purchase, or these tripartite Indentures, with such large and long implicite and expli∣cite Couenants, but thus the people deale in matters of Contracts and Bargaines. I buy of you * 2.106 a Uineyard, House, Merchandize, at such a price, to be paid at such a time, calling two honest men, whereof one shall be a Talbie, if I can get him, to witnesse this our Bargaine. We foure goe to [ 40] the Scriuener, who likewise is a Talbie, and haue this set downe in writing, and if our bargaine be for twenty thousand pounds, it is set downe in ten lines, and the Iustice of the Countrey will allow me my bargaine with as great reason, as if I had a great ingrossed Booke of Conuey∣ance, as big as the Map of the whole world in the newest Edition.

Next in this nature to these, be the Steryes, which haue smal Fees to see the execution of Law * 2.107 an sentence of the Iudge fulfilled; these likewise fetch men to answere their Aduersary, which would delay, and not come before the Iudge, eyther vpon peruersenesse, or badnesse of their plea, or any other cause whatsoeuer. Wherefore to bee alwayes ready, these are continually atten∣dant in the House of the Iudge, and wayting vpon him whethersoeuer he goeth. [ 50]

Muttifeb, is an Officer to see true Weights and Measures; if any bee faultie, all the Wares * 2.108 in such a mans shop hee giueth to the poore, the party proclaymed an vniust man, and sore whipped.

The Hackam, is the Lord Marshall in euery City, who iudgeth vpon life and death, assoone as * 2.109 the party Delinquent is taken, and his offence proued, presently his throat is cut: Murder there is death, so is manifest Theft, Adultery, likewise proued by very good witnesse: And somtimes it is death for any man to weare a Sword who is not an Officer, yea, though hee bee a Souldier. Other offences according to the necessitie of the time and pleasure of the King, by Proclama∣tion are made death, which the Hackam must see executed vpon losse of his owne head.

Muckadens, be Substitutes to the Hackam, seeing his iudgement fulfilled, and in his absence * 2.110 [ 60] hath his authortie.

Fokers or Saints, dwell in the best places of the Countrey, keepe great Hospitality for all Tra∣uellers, * 2.111 whither any man come for a night, and be gone in the morning: much good these doe in the Countrey by their example of morall liuing, and bestowing their owne goods in their life

time to helpe the needy and distressed, comprimising differences betwixt parties, and repressing all disorders, winning great loue and respect, for their Houses are held Sanctuaries, whose Pri∣uiledges the King will not violate, but vpon great and weightie reason.

The King, Nobility, and Souldiers desire to serue on Horse-backe, which most commonly they doe, for in any Army there be three Horse for one foot: the King will seldome venture to * 2.112 fight out a battayle, but as you may perceiue by the precedent, it was and is the vsage amongst the three Brethren, when they meete in a field, whosoeuer getteth at the first on-set the aduan∣tage, maketh the other presently leaue the field, and flye vnto some place of strength: they fight with no Armour except a Buffe Ierkin, for the better fort; and a Leather Hide tanned for the meaner, and some Coats of Male, their Armes is a Horse-mans Staffe, Target, and Sword, or a Horse-mans Peece and Sword. [ 10]

The Alarbies serue all vpon Horse, will fight sorer battayles to maintayne their deadly feud, * 2.113 than in seruice of their King: Insomuch that vpon losse of any great Lord or Chiefe man of their Bloud, crull battailes haue ensued, wherein ten thousand men haue beene slayne at one time, and it is their fashion, the fairest Virgin to ride vpon a Camell with a flagge in her hand decked in all pompe to sollicite her Kindred to reuenge, and goeth foremost in the field, encouraging them to follow; vpon which incitement much bloud is spilt, her Kindred as loth to lose their Virgin, and not reuenge their iniuries: the other side striuing to winne her and the field, holding that a continuing glory to the seuenth Generation.

When a man is killed, his Tribe seeketh not reuenge only vpon the man which killed the party, but the first man of that Tribe hee meeteth withall, him will hee kill if he can, and so [ 20] thinketh he hath satisfied his Kinsmans death.

The Brebers or Mountayners likewise maintayne this feud, who are most shot and Sword∣men, * 2.114 vpon the day of battayle their women follow hard behind them, with a colour in their hands, called Hanna: And if they see any of their side offer to runne away, or retyre, presently they will throw some of this Hanna vpon their clothes, which will stayne, and the party euer after is held for a Coward and a dishonoured Iew. For feare of this Infamy, few forsake the field, but eyther conquer their Enemies, or dye like men, who are presently stripped and bu∣ryed by these women which follow them.

The trading of the Moores into Guinee and Gago for Gold [ 30] Ore, or sandie Gold.

MVley Hamet being at peace with his Neighbours, at quiet with his Subiects, determined to warre vpon the Negros, knowing the conquest easie, because the people are vndiscipli∣ned in warre, and the profit would be exceeding great by bringing their Gold into his Coun∣trey, exchanging for it Salt, and other baser Commodities. And howsoeuer certayne Miners had found rich Mines of Gold in the Hils of Atlas, yet hee held it better policy to fetch his * 2.115 Gold farther off, then to digge that which was found in the Centre of his owne Kingdome, fea∣ring if the Mines proued rich, the Golden Ore would draw thither Christian Armes, therefore he cut the throats of all such as were the Authors, and gaue the Masters of the Workes death [ 40] for their hyre.

But to perfect his other Designe, he chose Iudar Basha, sent him with great store of Souldiers, who entred farre into the Negros Countrey, depriuing them of a great City, called Gago, which * 2.116 standeth vpon the Riuer of Synega, three hundred Leagues within the firme Land, builded there an Alpandeca for Barbarian Merchants, and a Custome-house for the King. The Merchants make it sixe monethes Iourney from Moruecos thither, of which, two monethes they passe tho∣row * 2.117 the Sandy Desarts, where no people dwell, neyther any road way, but directed by Pilots, as ships at Sea, obserue the courses of Sunne, Moone, and Stars, for feare of missing their way: If they lose themselues, they meete with Famine, and dye for lacke of water, whose dead car∣kasses * 2.118 consume not, but maketh Munna, * 2.119 or Otema flesh, euery way as Physicall or Medicina∣ble, [ 50] as that which commeth from Alexandria. They neuer trauell vnder two or three hundred in a company: it may be not meeting with water in twelue or fifteene dayes space, but carry water by Camels, both for them and their beasts to drinke, which failing, to saue their owne liues, they kill their Camels, and drinke the blood. If the wind blow at North-east, they can∣not vnlade their Camels, least the Sands should couer them. The Merchandize carried from Moruecos to the Negros, is much Cloth, Amber Beads, Corall, but the chiefest Commodity is Salt, which is bought at Tegazza, and other places, for foure shillings a Camels lading, which * 2.120 is sixe hundred weight, and payeth at Gago fiue pounds for Custome to the King of Barbarie, af∣terward sold farre within the Countrey to a kind of deformed Negros, who will neuer be seene [ 60] in the commerce of trading with the Barbarian, or any stranger: Wherefore they lay their Salt in the fields and leaueth it, then commeth the deformed Negro, and layeth against euery mans pricell of Salt, as much of his gold as he thinketh the Salt is worth, and goeth his way, leauing his gold with the Salt: Then returneth the Moore, if he like the gold, taketh it away, if not, de∣tracteth

so much from his heape, as he will sell to the Negro for his gold. The Negro returning, if he like the quantity, putteth too more gold, or else will not barter, but departeth. Yet they seldome mislike, for the Moore maketh a rich returne, and his King a full Treasure. Wherefore, the deformed Negro is praysed for the truest dealing man in the world: the gold which they haue is not coyned, but like small Grauell or Sand gathered after the gluts of raine, in the drie bankes of Mountaines and Riuers.

Touching Voyages of Englishmen to Barbarie, as also Embassages sent thither by Queene Elizabeth: likewise touching many English Voyages to Guinny, Benin, and other places on the Convinent, and the Ilands adioyning; with Patents also for those parts: the Reader may, of he please, certifie and sa∣tisfie himselfe in Master Edens, and Master Hackluyts Voyages. English Nauigations are now ad∣uanced [ 10] to so great Aduenture, and new or remote Discoueries, that I rather hast•• to them: Yet because I thinke it meete to acquaint the Reader with the present State of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 parts of Africa: I haue ad∣ded these following Discourses. And because Algier is the Whirle-poole of these S〈…〉〈…〉, the Throne of Pyracie, the Sinke of Trade and Stinke of Slauery; the Cage of vncleare Birds of Proy, the Habita∣tion of Sea-Deuils, the Receptacle of Renegadoes to God, and Traytors to their Countrey; I haue the langer stayed there: both to shew the place out of Nicholay; His Maiesties zealous Designe against them, and Gods goodnesse in two notable Deliuerances from them.

As for Ward, or other English, infesting the World from that Hel-mouth, I was 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to blot these Papers with so rotten Names.

CHAP. III. [ 20]

The African Possessions of the King of Spaine, and the Turke.

§. I. [ 30]

The Dominions and Fortresses * 2.121 which the King of Spaine hath vpon the Iles and mayne Lands of Africa, and of the Great Turkes.

BEsides Oran, Mersalquibir, Mililla and Pennon which the King of Spaine posses∣seth within the Streights; as likewise, Ceuta, Tango••, and Arzil, which by the Title of Portugall, he holdeth very neere the Streights of Gibraltar; and Maza∣gan in like sort without the Streights mouth, twenty miles to the South-ward * 2.122 of Arzil: he hath along the Coast of Africk, from Cape de Guer, to that of [ 40] Guardafu, two sorts of States: for some are immediately vnder him; and others are as it were his Adherents. The Ilands of Madera, Puerto Santo, the Canaries, the Iles of Arguin, of Cabo Verde, the Ile Del Principe, with that of Sant Thomas, and others neere adioy∣ning, are immediately vnder his Dominion. These Ilands are maintayned with their owne vi∣ctuall, and prouision, and yet they haue also some out of Europe, as in like manner they send some thither: especially Sugars and Fruits, wherewith the Ile of Madera wonderfully aboun∣deth, as also with Wine. And the Iland of Sant Thomas likewise hath great abundance of Sugars.

These States haue no incumbrance, but by the English and Frenchmen of Wa••••e. At the I∣lands of Arguin, and at Sant George de la Mina, the Portugals haue planted Factories in forme of Fortresses, by meanes of which, they trade with the bordering people of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Li∣bya, [ 50] and get into their hands the Gold of Mandinga, and other places neere about. Among the adherent Princes, the richest and most honourable, is the King of Congo, in that his Kingdome is one of the flourishing and plentifull Countryes in all Aethiopia. The Portugals haue there two Colonies, one in the City of S. Saluador, and another in the Iland Loanda. They haue diuers rich Commodities from this Kingdome, but the most important is euery yeere about fiue thou∣sand Slaues, which they transport from thence, and sell them at good round prices in all the Iles and mayne Lands of the West Indies: and for the head of euery slaue so taken vp, there is a good taxe payd to the Crowne of Portugall.

From this Kingdome one might easily goe to the Country of Prete Ianni, for it is not thought to be very farre off: and it doth so abound with Elephants, Victuall, and all other necessarie [ 60] things, as would bring singular ease and commoditie to such an enterprise. Vpon the Kingdome of Congo confineth Angola, with whose Prince of late yeares, Paulo Dias, a Portugall Captaine, made warre. And the principall occasion of this warre are certaine Mines of Siluer, in the Moun∣taines

of Cabambe, no whit inferior to those of Potossi; but by so much are they better, as fine Siluer goeth beyond that which is base, and course. And out of doubt, if the Portugals had estee∣med * 2.123 so well of things neere at hand, as they did of those farther off and remote, and had thither bent their forces wherewith they passed Capo de buena esperança, and went to India, Malaca, and the Malucoes; they had more easily, and with lesse charge found greater wealth: for there are no Countries in the world richer in Gold and Siluer, then the Kingdomes of Mandinga, Ethio∣pia, Congo, Angela, Butua, Toroa, Maticuo, Boro, Quiticui, Monomotapa, Cafati, and Bohenemugi. But humane auarice esteemeth more of another mans, then his owne; and things remote ap∣peare greater, then those neere at hand. Betweene Capo de buena esperança, and Cape Guardafu, the Portugals haue the Fortresses of Sena, Cephala, and Mozambique. And by these they con∣tinue [ 10] Masters of the Trade with the bordering Nations, all which abound in Gold and Iuo∣rie. By these Fortresses they haue speciall commoditie for their Nauigation to the Indies, be∣cause their Fleetes sometimes winter, and otherwise victuall, and refresh themselues there. In these parts the King of Melinde is their greatest friend; and those of Quiloa, and other Neigh∣bour Ilands, are their Tributaries. The Portugals want nothing but men: for besides other Ilands, which they leaue in a manner abandoned, there is that of Saint Laurence, one of the greatest in all the world (being a thousand two hundred miles long, and foure hundred and fourescore broad) the which, though it be not well tilled, yet for the goodnesse of the soyle, it is apt and fit to be manured, nature hauing distinguished it with Riuers, Harbours, and most commodious Bayes. These States belonging to the Crowne of Portugall, were wont to feare no other, but such Sea∣forces as may be brought thither by the Turks But the daily going to and fro of the Portugall [ 20] Fleetes, which coast along vp and downe those Seas, altogether secureth them. In the yeare 1589. they tooke neere vnto Mombaza foure Gallies, and a Galliot, belonging to the Turkes, who were so bold as to come euen thither. But since the English and Hollanders haue traded the Indies, the Portugall affaires haue much decaied in those parts, their opposing them turning to such effect as you haue heard. * 2.124

The great Turke possesseth in Africa all the Sea-coast from Velez de Gumera, or (as some hold opinion) from the Riuer Muluia, which is the Easterne limite of the Kingdome of Fez, euen to the Arabian Gulfe or Red Sea, except some few places (as namely, Mersalcabir, Melilla, Oran, and Pennon) which the King of Spaine holdeth. In which space before mentioned, are situate sundry of the most famous Cities and Kingdomes in all Barbarie; that is to say, Tremizen, Alger, [ 30] Tenez, Bugia, Constantina, Tunis, Tripolis, and all the Country of Egypt, from Alexandria to the Citie of Asua, called of old Siene, together with some part of Arabia Troglodytica, from the Towne of Suez to that of Suachen. Also in Africa the Grand Signior hath fiue Vice-royes, called by the names of Beglerbegs or Bassas, namely, at Alger, Tunis, Tripolis, at Missir for all Egypt, and at Suachen for those places which are chalenged by the Great Turke, in the Do∣minions of Prete Ianni. Finaly, in this part at Suez, in the bottome of the Arabian Gulfe, is one of his foure principal Arsenals, or places for the building, repairing, docking, and harboring of his warlike Gallies, which may lie here vnder couert, to the number of fiue & twentie Bottoms.

CHAP. IIII. [ 40]

The Description of the Citie of Alger, written by NICHOLAS NICHO∣LAY, and how it came into the possession of BARBAROSSA, and also of Malta and Tripolie.

ALger is a Citie in Africa very ancient, first builded by a people of Africa, called Mesgana, of whom she tooke her first name: afterwards was called I••••, and was * 2.125 the Seate Royal of Iuba, in the time when the Romans bare dominion in Africa, in honour of Caesar it was called Iulie Caesare; and since the Moores called it Ge∣zeir [ 50] Arab Eleagair, which in their Language signifieth Iles, because she is citua∣ted neere Maiorque-Minorque Ieuise, and Fro••entierre: but the Spaniards now doe call her Alger: howbeit, shee is situated vpon the Mediterran Sea, vpon the hanging of a Mountaine enuironed with strong Walls, Ramperds, Ditches, Platformes, and Bulwarks, in forme almost three-square, the largenesse which goeth towards the Sea side stretcheth narrow∣ly almost vnto the highest part, whereas there is a great building made in forme of a Citadell, to command the Towne and entrie of the Hauen. As for the buildings being beyond the Pallace Royall, are very faire Houses belonging too particular men with a great number of Bathes and Cookes houses. The places and streetes are so well ordained, that euery one in his Occupation apart: there are about three thousand Hearth-steeds. At the bottome of the Citie which is to∣wards [ 60] the North ioyning to the Walles, which are beaten with the Surges of the Sea in a great place, is by great Artifice and subtill Architecture builded their principall and head Mosquee; and a little below that is the Arcenall, which is the place into which are hailed vp, and trimmed

the Gallies and other vessels. This Citie is very Merchant-like, for that she is situated vpon the Sea, and for this cause marueilously peopled, for her bignesse: she is inhabited of Turkes, Moores, and Iewes in great number, which with marueilous gaine exercise the Trade of Merchandise, and lend out money at Vsury. They haue two Market dayes in euery weeke, to the which resort an infinite number of people of the Mountaines, Plaines and Vallies, being neighbours thereabouts, which do bring thither all sorts of Fruits, Corne and Foule, of very cheape price: for I haue seene a Patridge sold for a Iudit, which is a small piece of Siluer mony, in manner foure square, and is in * 2.126 value of our mony foure pence and a mite, but true it is that their Partridges be not so big nor de∣licate as ours are: the Hennes and Chickins be also very good cheape, for that they haue in most parts of their Houses Furnaces, made in manner like vnto the Hot-houses or Stoues of Germany, in the which with a small heate they doe breed and hatch their Eggs without helpe of the Hen, [ 10] and therefore it is not to be marueiled at, though they haue great plentie of such Pullen. They also haue a great number of Camels and Oxen, which they doe shoo, lade, and ride vpon, as vp∣on * 2.127 Horses. And going through the streetes, because of the multitude of people, which there is marueilous, they goe crying with a loud voyce, Baluc, Baluc; which is too say, Beware, beware. I haue also seene diuers Moores mounted on Barbarie Horses without Saddle, Bridle, Stirrops or * 2.128 Spurres, hauing onely a string in the mouth to stay them withall. And as for the men, they are altogether naked, hauing onely about their middle part to couer their priuities, some piece of a white Sarge or Blanket in manner of an apron, and about their head a Linnen cloth rowled, which they bring about and vnder their chin.

Their weapons are three Darts or long Iauelins, which they carry in their right hand, and doe * 2.129 [ 20] shoote and throw with wonderfull dexteritie, and vpon their left arme is fastned a large Dagger made a little crooked after the fashion of a Wood-knife, which they call Secquin, and vse to fight at hand strokes withall, and to annoy their Enemies comming to the close. The most part of the Turkes of Algier, whether they be of the Kings Houshold or the Gallies, are Christians renied, or Mahumetised, of all Nations, but most of them Spaniards, Italians, and of Prouence, of the Ilands and Coasts of the Sea Mediterran, giuen ail to Whoredome, Sodometrie, Theft, and all other most detestable vices, liuing onely of rouings, spoyles, and pilling at the Seas, and the Iland, be∣ing about them: and with their practike Art bring daily to Algier a number of poore Christians * 2.130 which they sell vnto the Mo, and other Merchants of Barbarie for slanes, who afterward transport them, and sell them where they thinke good, or else beating them miserably with [ 30] staues, doe imploy and constraine them to worke in the Fields, and in all other vile and abiect occupations and seruitude almost intollerable. And therefore it is not to be marueiled at, though these poore Christian Slaues made of it no scruple at all in putting of vs in danger, to set them∣selues at libertie.

Without the Citie towards the West are many faire and pleasant Gardens, set and adorned with diuers trees bringing forth fruits of alsorts. Amongst other things there be Milons of mar∣ueilous goodnesse, and incomparable sweetnesse: they haue also another fruite called Pateque, which the Italians call Anguries, being like in bignesse and colour to our greene Citrouilles in Winter, which they eate raw without Bread or Salt, and hath a taste so delicate and sweete, that it melteth in ones mouth, giuing a water as it were sugred, and serue greatly to refresh and [ 40] digest. About their Gardens are many Wells full of good water, and the ground there abouts, although it is Mountaines and Vallies, is very fertile for fruites and Vines. On the other part towards the East, without the Towne runneth into the Sea a small Riuer called Sauo, which * 2.131 serueth aswell to drinke of, as other commodities, and also maketh many mills to grind. The course of the Sea from the Cape of Marfuz, (where as yet are seene the foundations of the ancient Citie Tipasa, which in times past was by the Emperours of Rome honoured in prayse of * 2.132 the Country Latine) doth bow and wind like vnto a Crosebow-lath, and all along the Riuer and the shoare the Moorish Women and Maiden Slaues of Algier doe goe to wash their Linnen, being commonly whole naked, sauing that they weare a piece of Cotten Cloth of some strange colour to couer their secret parts (which notwithstanding for a little piece of money they will wil∣lingly [ 50] vncouer.) They weare also for an ornament about their necke, armes, and legges, great collers or bracelets of Latten, set with certaine false Stones. But as for the Wiues of the Turks or Moores, they are not seene go vncouered, for they weare a great Barnuche made of a Blanket of white, blacke, or violet colour, which couereth their whole body and the head.

The second day after our arriuall at Algier, I found the meanes for money, and with faire word too hyre a renyed Spaniard, to conduct and leade me thorow all places that I most desired to see. So as by his meanes, I saw and learned many things within foure or fiue dayes that wee were there in quiet. And namely, brought mee vpon a high Mountayne being a mile from the Towne, to see and behold the situation of a very strong and great Tower, beeing builded vpon another Mountayne there neere about, and gently enquiring of him what strength the Tower [ 60] might be of: he declared vnto me, that the breadth of the Ditches about the same, was seuenteene brases, sauing about the gate and entry into it towards the North, it was only seuen fathomes

broad, and two Speares lengths deepe. Moreouer, he said vnto mee, that within the Fortresse there were nine great cast Pieces, and eighteene other, as well Mynions, as Fawconets, and o∣ther: and that in the middest of the Tower there was a Well of very good water, vpon the height thereof standing a wind-mill, and another standing without the gates. And that thirtie ordinary Souldiers are committed within it to keepe the same. And to make short, that this Tower was made to none other intent (as also others since haue confirmed) then for the garding and keeping of the Fountayne heads, which from thence are brought and conueyed vnder the water into the Citie.

Alger was long time vnder the Dominion of the King of Telensin, vntill such time as they of Bugie chose a new King, vnto whom they gaue and rendred themselues as his Tributarie, be∣cause [ 10] he was neerer vnto them then the King of Telensin, and that hee could sooner helpe them (if need were.) But in processe of time, perceiuing themselues to be as it were free and out of all doubt: armed certayne ships to the Sea, with the which they became such Coursaires or Pirates, that in short time they annoyed by their Piracies and Robberies on the Sea, not onely the Coast of Spaine, but also all the Mediterrane Ilands. Which perceiuing, Ferdinando the King Catho∣like * 2.133 sent to Alger a great Armie to assiege them, and for to keepe them in most distresse, caused with a maruellous readinesse a Fort to bee made in a small Iland, which lyeth before the Citie, keeping them by that meanes so straightly besieged, that in short time they were constrayned to require a Truce for ten yeeres: Which was agreed vnto them vpon condition of a certayne Tribute, which they payed vntill the death of King Ferdinando, for then they espying a conue∣nient [ 20] time and meanes, to breake the Truce, and to set themselues at liberty, called vnto them Cairadin Barbarosse, who after the siege of Bone, retyred to the Castle of Gegill, standing in the Coast of the Mediterran Sea, vpon the top of a high Rocke, seuentie miles from Bugie, who be∣ing by them chosen to bee their chiefe Captayne, gaue many fierce assaults vnto the Fortresse, so as he put the Spaniards to flight, and incontinent after caused it to bee ruined and pulled downe euen to the foundation. He then seeing so happie successe of his Enterprize, could no longer abide to be as companion, but in a Bath trayterously slue a Prince of Arabie, called Selim: who * 2.134 declared himselfe to be Lord of the Citie.

Afterwards forsaking the name of a Captaine any longer, caused himselfe to bee called King, and coyned money vnder his name, and so well guided his Affaires that in short time after hee [ 30] brought all his Neighbours about him to become contributory vnto him. Such was the begin∣ning of the magnificent estate of Cariedin Barbarosse: after whose death, his Brother Haria∣dene * 2.135 succeeded him in the Kingdome, and after him his Sonne Cassam, who raigned at the time we arriued there.

To returne to the Discourse of our Nauigation, which I left at the Cape Matafuz, from whence (hauing foiourned there a night) wee departed in the morning: the wind was so con∣trary that it forced vs to come to an Anchor neere to the Cape Tedele: at which place wee saw within a great Rocke a deepe entrance, being two flight shot long, into the which the Sea en∣treth euen to the very bottome, where we entred with our Skiffe, euen to the halfe way of it: and thinking to passe on further, we found so great a number of strange Mice, that we were con∣strayned to turne backe: so were we persecuted. And so for feare they should pisse on our heads [ 40] (their pisse being venemous) we were forced to couer vs, and to wrap our selues in our Clokes. This part of the Sea is very full of Mountaynes and great Rockes.

Teddell is a Citie contayning about two thousand Harth-steeds, situated vpon the Sea Medi∣terrane, threescore miles from Alger at the bottome of a Mountayne, and on the hanging of a great Rocke. On the midst of the Mountayne is a little Castle, from the which along goeth a wall stretching to that of the Citie. The Africans first did edifie it, and at this present is inha∣bited of a people very merry and pleasant. For, for the most part of them they are giuen to the exercise of the Harpe and Lute. Their principall Craft and Occupation is fishing, and dying of Wooles and Cloth, by reason of diuers small Brookes very fit for their dyings, which descending [ 50] from the Mountaynes through diuers places of the Towne, issue into the Sea. The Inhabitants of the same place are vnder the same Obeysance and Iustice that they of Alger are. Leauing the Coast and Towne of Teddell, we bare roome to Sea-wards, and had so good speed, that the foure and twentieth of Iuly in the Euening, we discouered the Citie of Gigeri, but euen thinking to be neere it, within a moment arose such a sudden Borasque or Flaa, that if our Mariners had not nimbly bestirred themselues in taking in of their Sayles, wee had beene in great danger to haue beene all drowned, and immediately saw our Frigat (which was made fast to our Gally) lost before our eyes, because they had not quickly cut the Halser, but all our men were saued by swimming to our Gallies. These Borasques (engendred of a wind, called by the Graecians, Ty∣phon; of Plinie, Uertex or Uertex, but vulgarly Tourbillon, or Whirlewind proceed not out of the [ 60] West, notwithstanding doe often happen in Winter) are very often and dangerous all along the Coast of Barbarie, and as they come very suddenly, so are againe soone appeased.

The twentie fiue in the Euening, we arriued at the Port of Bone: where wee being come to * 2.136

an Anker, the Ambassadour sent to salute the Caddy, which keepeth the towne vpon tribute vn∣der * 2.137 the King of Alger. This Caddy was a renyed Christian, and notwithstanding shewed him∣selfe very curteous and liberall towards vs, for ouer and aboue the refreshings of flesh, bread and fruits which he gaue vs, about supper time sent vnto the Ambassador two great Platters of Ma∣colique, full of their kinde of meate, dressed according to their fashion, which was a kinde of Menudes made in Paste with Onions, and fat Pullets with certaine sawces of very good taste and sauour.

Bone, anciently called Hippon, of which Saint Augustine hath beene Bishop in times past, e∣dified * 2.138 of the Romans vpon the Mediterran Sea, standeth of the one side vpon high and ragged Rockes, and there is a very faire and sumptuous Mosquee, vnto which is adioyned the house of [ 10] the Caddy: but the other side of the Towne towards the South, and the Valley is situated more lower, and as well within as without accommodated with Wells and good Fountaines. The Houses within it (hauing beene twice saccaged and spoyled by the Spaniards) are euill builded, and this Towne doth not now containe aboue three hundred Harth••••. The Emperour Charles * 2.139 the fift, after he had subdued the Towne, caused vpon a height of one side towards the West, a great Castle to be builded: which commanded of all sides, and did accommodate it with a num∣ber of Cisternes to gather Water in, for that on this height there is neither Well nor Foun∣taine. Notwithstanding, shortly after it was rased by the Turkes and Moores, and the Spani∣ards * 2.140 driuen out of it: without the City towards the East, is seene a goodly and large Champi∣on Conntrey, inhabited and tilled by a kinde of People called Merdez; which Countrey, be∣sides the great quantitie of Corne that it bringeth forth, nourisheth and pastureth in the Valley [ 20] a great number of Oxen, Kine, Sheepe and other Cattell, so plentifully, that with their Milke and Butter, not onely the City of Bone is prouided and furnished, but also Tunes and the Isle of Gerbes: there are also about it many faire Garden Plats, plentifully abounding with Dates, Figges, and sweet Mellons. At the beginning of the Valley passe two small Riuers, whereof, the next and greatest hath a Bridge of stone, vnder the which is a way to an old ruined Church, being betweene two Rocks, which the Moores doe say to haue beene the Church of Saint Au∣gustine, * 2.141 which made me the more desirous to goe and see it: Notwithstanding, that a Iew, borne in Spaine, being then with me, vsed all the meanes he could to perswade mee from it: for the dangers which he said to be there of the Theeues called Alerbes, which thereabouts doe lye se∣cretly [ 30] hid, to intrap them that came thereabouts; by which his remonstrances notwithstan∣ding he could not disswade me, but that needes he must accompanie mee: and certainely there I found by experience: and vpon the top of a high Mountaine hee shewed me a small troope of these Alerbes starke naked, mounted on horse-backe with their Dartes in their hands, after the fashion of those I saw in Alger: In the Hauen or Roade which lyeth before the Fortresse is found great quantitie of very faire Corrall, which Andre Doria then had in farme of the King of Alger, for which he paid vnto him yeerely great summes of Money. By chance we found there a Ship of Mars••llie conducted by a Cursarie, to gather the same, who presented vnto the Ambassador, many faire and great branches. The next day being the six and twentieth, after Sunne-set, waying our Ankers, we departed from Bone, and passed from the Gulfe, which con∣tinueth [ 40] about eighteene miles to the Cape of Rose, and passing further towards the sight of the * 2.142 Iles De la Galite, and des Symboles, there flew a Fish into our Gallie, of the length, colour and bignesse of a great Sardin, which before had two great wings, and two lesse behinde; his head and mouth being great according to the proportion of the body: this fish is by the Moores cal∣led Indole. And hauing doubled the Cape Bone, the twenty and eight day we arriued at the Ile of Pantalaree.

This Ile of Pantalaree, which by the Ancients was called Paconia, is very Hilly and full of * 2.143 great Rocks. There groweth great quantitie of Cotton, Capers, Figges, Mellons and Rei∣sins: and throughout the Ilands is full of Cisternes. There are also many small Houses very anciently builded within the ground (made like vnto Caues) made by the Moores in the time they possessed the Iland: along the Sea side are found Stones being blacke, and glistering like vn∣to [ 50] fine Iet, and certaine rough Stones. They haue no Horses, but of Oxen great store, with the which they do labour and till the ground, how well there groweth no Corne. Of which they furnish themselues out of the Ile of Sicilia, vnto which they are subiect. But well there grow∣eth certaine other Graine and Herbes of small estimation. There groweth a small Tree like vnto Nerte: which the Moores called, Ver••; and the Sicilians, Stinco, bringing forth a small round fruit, which at the first is red, and being ripe, waxeth blacke. Of which, the Inhabitants of the Iland (which are very poore) make Oyle, which they vse as well to b〈…〉〈…〉 in their Lampes, * 2.144 as to eate: and the Women after hauing washed thei•• heads, doe anoint their haire with it to make it grow long and faire: As well the men as women are of nature good Swimmers, as by experience we saw by a woman of the Countrey, bringing a great Basket with Fruit, en∣tred [ 60] into the Sea, and swimming, brought the same to sell in our Galley. This Iland containeth thirty miles in length, and in breadth about ten miles.

The thirtieth day of the same moneth of Iuly, we departed from Pantalaree with such a fauou∣rable wind: that the first day of August, being passed the Ile of Goze, we arriued about the eue∣ning in the Road of Malta, where incontinent we were visited by the Knights Parisot and Vil∣legaignon, and of many others of diuers Nations. And after the Ambassador had giuen to vnder∣stand to the great Master his comming, the chaines of the Hauen being opened with saluation ac∣customed of the one side and other, we entred into the Hauen, vpon the sides whereof were with the afore named, diuers other Knights come thither in the behalfe of the grand Master (of birth a Spaniard) named Omede, which receiued, the Ambassador, and presented vnto him a Mulet, on which he lighted, and accompanied him to the great Hall of the Castle, where the grand Master with diuers Knights attended him, and hauing done reuerence vnto him, and declared part of [ 10] his authorisation, the night approaching, taking his leaue returned to his Gallies. The next day he was by the great Master bidden to a sumptuous dinner, vnto the which all the ancient and notable Knights of the Religion were also bidden and assembled, and there was openly re∣hearsed, how that certaine dayes before Sinan Basha, Captaine Generall of the Turkes army had taken and saccaged the Castle of the Towne of Augusta in Sicilia, and that he from thence arri∣uing in a Port of Malta called Mechetto, neere vnto that of the Castle, put his men there on land to ouer-run, rauish and spoyle all whatsoeuer they should find for their aduantage, which they executed most cruelly, as such barbarous people in like affaires are accustomed to doe. But a most valiant and well aduised Knight a Spaniard, named Guimeran, Captaine of one of the Gal∣lies [ 20] of the Religion, who could not abide such insolency, and secretly assembling certaine num∣ber of Souldiers, did by ambushes and other meanes so distresse them, that after hauing taken and slaine such as fell into his laps, made them to remooue from that place: but notwithstanding did not desist of their enterprise: for from thence they went to the Road of S. Paul where they lan∣ded * 2.145 their Ordnance to assiege the City, whereof they got the Suburbs, and framed their Tren∣ches to make the battery. And forsomuch, as they could not atchieue the end of their enter∣prise (by reason as well of the roughnesse of the place being full of Rocks, as seeing their men faile them, dying through extreme heat) they resolued to remoue their siege, and to imbarke themselues with their Ordnance, hauing slaine, taken and saccaged all that they met withall * 2.146 at aduantage. From thence they went to the Ile of Goze, being very neere and subiect to the Ile of Malta, which they saccaged, and by deceitfull composition tooke the Castle, leading the [ 30] people both men, women and children as slaues into miserable captiuity: being in number sixe thousand and three hundreth. The Knight de Villegaign•••• in his Treaty which he hath made of * 2.147 the warres of Malta, doth recite a History no lesse lamentable then full of dispaire, and vnna∣turall cruelty: and is of a Sicilan which in that place had dwelled of long time, and there married a wife, by whom he had two faire daughters then, being in state to be married, who seeing his last calamity approaching, because he would not in his presence see his wife and his daughters rauished and violated, and to be brought in shamefull seruitude, and to deliuer them from all shame and bondage, hauing called them into his house, first slew with his sword his two daugh∣ters, and afterwards their mother. And this done, with a Harquebuse and a Crosse-bow bent (as cleane bereft of sences) made towards his enemies, of whom he slew twaine at the first en∣counter, [ 40] afterwards fighting a while with his sword, being inuironed with the multitude of the Turkes, brought himselfe to the end of his most vnhappy life. Behold the summary of the mi∣series happened through the Turkes in few dayes in the Iles of Sicila, Malta, and Goze. After which things the Bascha caused his army with the whole booty and prey to embarke, and remo∣ued the seuen and twenty of Iuly towards Barbary, to assiege the Castle of Tripoli.

The sixt of August we came to Tripoli, a City which Charles the fifth had giuen in keeping to the Knights of Malta, and then besieged by Sinan Basha. Where hauing well considered the placing of the Campe, the Towne and Castle, we returned to the Bascha, with whom the Am∣bassador talked a while, and in the meane while I went to see the market of the Turkes (which they call Basar) being hard by where the poore Christians of Sicil, Malta, and Goze, were sold [ 50] vnto those that most offered for them (and last inhaunsers, being permitted vnto those that bought them (as the ancient Custome of the Orientall Barbarians is) to strip them starke naked, * 2.148 and to make them goe, to the intent to see if they haue any naturall impediment in their bodies, visiting afterwards their teeth and eyes, as though they had beene horses, and standing there, I saw creeping vpon the ground a Scorpion of yellow colour, being of length more then a long finger. The same day the Turkes brought their Ordnance and Gabions vnto the Trenches, which Gabions are made of great Plankes of three inches, which they carry vpon their Gallies or Shippes to serue them when they haue need of them: for when they will batter any place, they set them in the ground in forme of Baskets, Afterwards being set in rankes, they fill them with earth, and is a very commodious inuention, for the shot which can but slippering passe o∣uer it, and can doe no hurt nor dammage. The Turkes hauing in the night placed their Gabi∣ons, [ 60] and their Ordnance ready to the Battery, did the next day following being the eight of August, begin to shoot at the Castle with great furie, which was not left vnanswered, and euery houre some slaine.

The besieged sent to the Basha, if he would receiue certaine of them to treat of some good accord touching the giuing ouer of the Castle, whereunto the Bascha lightly consenting, was in all diligence dispatched a braue Spaniard, named Guinare, and a Knight of Maiorque, to offer vnto the Bascha the Castle with the Artillery and Munition, so as he would furnish them of ships to bring them with bagge and baggage safely to Malta: to whom summarily was answe∣red, that (forasmuch as, as yet they had not deserued any grace, presuming to be so bold as to keepe so small a place against the armie of the highest Prince on the earth) if they would pay the whole charges of the armie, he would gladly agree to the matter proponed, or if they would not thereunto consent (as it became them) that for their recompence, all they within the Castle should continue slaues and prisoners: notwithstanding, if they incontinently and with∣out delay, did surrender the place he would exempt out of them two hundreth. Whereupon, [ 10] the messengers returning in dispaire of any further grace, was stayed by Drogot and Salaraiz, with flattering words, and fayned promises, that they would endeuour so much as in any wise lay in them, to make the Bascha condiscend to a better and more gracious composition: for they feared that the assieged through dispaire, would resolue (as their extreame refuge), to defend themselues euen to the last man. And incontinent went to the Bascha, to declare vnto him his ouersight, in refusing those which of their owne voluntary came to surrender themselues into his hands, and that to put them out of doubt and dispayre, hee ought with all mildnesse to a∣gree vnto all that they demanded. For after he had the Castle, and all the men vnder his au∣thoritie, he might afterwards dispose of them, as he should thinke good. The Bascha finding this counsell good, caused the two messengers to be called agaiue vnto him, declariug vnto [ 20] them with fained and diffembling words, that at the instance and request of Drogot and Salaraiz there present, inclining vnto their request, he did discharge them of all their costs and charges of the armie, swearing vnto them (the better to deceiue them) by the head of his Lord and his owne, inuiolably to obserue all that which he had promised vnto them, which they (too easily) beleeued, and forthwith went to declare the same vnto the Gouernour and others within the Castle.

The Bascha the better to atchieue to his enterprise, sent foorth after the Deputie aforesaid, a Turke (one of the most subtill to his mind, that he could choose) to whom he gaue expresse charge to perswade the Gouernour to come with him, to conclude and treat concerning the giuing ouer, and for the vessels which should bee necessary for their conduct to Malta, and [ 30] that if hee made difficultie to come, he should make a semblance as though hee would remaine there in hostage for him, and that aboue all things hee should haue an eye to consider of the strength and assurance of the assieged, and of the disposition of all things there, which the Turke could execute so finely, that the Gouernour by the counsell of those that had perswaded him to surrender, notwithstanding the reasons of warres, and duetie of his office, forbade him in such manner to abandon the place of his charge, resolued vpon so small an assurance of the Bascha, who hauing rigorously reproached his timerity, said vnto him: that forsomuch as he had giuen his word, that if he would pay the charges of the armie, he would let them go with bagge * 2.149 and baggage, otherwise hee would discharge but two hundred, whereat Vallier being greatly mooued, answered, that it was not that which with the Deputie of the Castle he had agreed [ 40] vnto: But seeing he would doe none otherwise, that it would please him to suffer him to re∣turne to the place for to haue the aduise and deliberation of the assieged, which he could not ob∣taine, but it was onely permitted vnto him, to send backe the Knight that he had brought with him, to make report of these pittious newes vnto the assieged; and on the other party, Uallier was sent to the Gallie with Irons on his legges. They of the Castle hauing vnderstood * 2.150 the Premisses, were greatly afraid of the mischiefe, which they perceiued approaching to∣wards them, and could take none other resolution, then the next day in the morning earely to returne the said Knight to the Bascha, to know whether they should looke for no better. But as soone as he was come before him, the Gouernour was brought in, of whom the Bascha asked, which of both he would choose, either to pay the expences of the armie, or that he and all they [ 50] of the Castle would remaine prisoners, to whom he answered, that a slaue had none other au∣thoritie then that which by his master was giuen vnto him, and that hauing lost, besides his libertie, the power to command if any thing were yet reserued in him, could not counsell him to command to agree vnto any thing but that which was concluded with the delegates, which the Bascha hearing, for feare that such an answere should not come to the knowledge of the assieged, and that it should cause them desperately to fight it out, hauing taken counsell of his Captaines, tooke the Gouernour by the hand, and with a smiling and dissembling countenance said vnto him, that without any doubt he would as he had promised them, set them at free li∣berty: and that therefore without fearing any thing, hee would cause them all to come out of the Castle: but the Gouernour, because he had before beene deceiued, would not trust to his [ 60] words, but said vnto him, that he should command him that was come from the Castle, for that he knew they would doe neuer a whit the more for him. So that the Bascha turning towards the Knight, commanded him that he forth with should goe vnto him, and cause them to come

foorth: swearing vnto them by the head of his great Lord, and his owne, that they should all be deliuered and set at liberty, according to the first conuentions agreed vpon. Which the Knight beleeuing, went to report vnto them these good newes: which they receiued with such ioy, that without any further care or consideration of their misse-hap so neere, and prepared for them, they ran to the prease with their wiues, children, and best moueables, preasing who should first goe forth. But they were not so soone issued, but were cleane spoyled, and of the ene∣mies, * 2.151 part of the Knights were sent to the Gallies, and the rest to the Bascha: who beeing by the Knight Uallier admonished of his faith, which hee had twise giuen, answered, that there was no promise to be kept with dogges, and that they had first violated their Oath with the great Lord, vnto whom at the giuing ouer of the Rhodes, they had sworne that they neuer [ 10] would take on armes against the Turkes. The Castle being taken and spoyled, and about two hundreth Moores of that Countrey that had serued the Knights, cut in peeces, with great cries and shouts, reioycing of their victory, they discharged a great peale of Ordnance.

Although the houses and buildings within the Towne be ruined, yet it is inuironed with ve∣ry * 2.152 faire and strong wals, accompanied with a great number of Turrets, double Ditches and false breaches, and the same are on the three parts inuironed with the sea, and within them are very good Wels and Fountaines. We saw in the middest of the Towne an Arch triumphall of white Marble with foure faces vpon foure pillars of Corinth foure square, being grauen in the Front * 2.153 that looketh towards the East (by excellent Sculpture) a Chariot drawen by two great Grif∣fins, and within it was Victory sitting with two wings: Toward the West was grauen a [ 20] Chariot, whereupon was sitting Pallas, and about the edge were written diuers Romane let∣ters, but were so ruined, that scarce they were to be knowne. Notwithstanding, by that which can be read, we vnderstand, that they were made in the time of P. Lentulus, which is a good witnesse to beleeue that this City, as before I haue said, was builded by the Romanes. The inside of the Arch was full of diuers inrichments, and aboue after the fashion of a foure-square Turret: and two other faces looking towards the North and South, were cut as from the vpper part of the body vnto the girdlestead without any heads, two great figures of the ouercome. All the rest was set foorth with all sorts of weapons in forme of Trophee, not farre from thence was seene a great foure-square place, inuironed with many great and high Pillars in two rankes, after the manner of a Porch, and neere that are the destructions of a high Tower, which in times past was [ 30] (as a Moore of that Countrey told me) the great Temple or Mosque of the Citie: there are a number more of antiquities ruined. The Chiaous being come was sent by the Bascha, we re∣turned towards the Castle, but might not at that time enter in all, because the Bascha had gi∣uen commandement, that there should not enter with the Ambassadour aboue fiue or sixe at the most, which were Sant Ueran de Fleury, de Montenard, Batolomy and the Dragoman, and I: at the entry we met with Morataga and the Captaine which had the charge of the Castle, which caused vs to be brought vpon the Rampards, to the end we might the better view and consider of all things, and hauing seene both aboue and below, we perceiued for certaine, that all things were well repaired and furnished, and well appointed with sixe and thirty peeces of Ord∣nance, as well small as great, and that there was a great number of Pikes, and pots to cast fire, a∣bundance [ 40] of all kind of victuals and other Munitions, a good Well and Fountaine: and that at * 2.154 the time when the siege was laid to it, there was as well of Knights as Souldiers of diuers Nati∣ons, about sixe hundred, and the best Gunners of the world, it is an euerlasting shame to them that so faint-heartedly surrendred the same vnto those barbarous people without any warlike reason. All which hauing well considered, with a heauy mind we returned againe to our Gal∣lies, whither incontinent the Bascha sent to desire the Ambassador that the next day he would come to his solemne dinner, which he pretended to make for ioy of his victory, and taking of the Castle, and that he would bring Uallier with him, which he would not refuse, thinking by such occasion to recouer the rest of the two hundred Knights and Souldiers which were yet to be deliuered: and therefore the day following, being the sixteenth day of August, 1551. accompa∣nied [ 50] by the Gouernour Vallier, the Knight de Seur, Cotignac, Captaine Coste, Montenard and me, went towards Bascha, being within the Ditch against the breach of the Castle, where for a magnificency were set vp two faire Pauillions, the one for him, ioyning vnto a very fairs Fountaine: and the other for the Ambassador and his company: and so soone as he had sent his presents, as well to the Bascha, as to others his familiars (which of old time hath beene the man∣ner and custome that they that haue to do with these ••••••barians must obserue) he was brought vnto the Pauillion that was prepared for him, and forthwith serued with all magnificence, ho∣nour, and superfluity of meats as well of flesh as fish, diuersly dressed according vnto their fashi∣on: and with wines very excellent that they had found within the Castle, and this seruice was done with noyse of all their instruments, and by Officers in number aboue one hundred, appa∣relled [ 60] for the most part in long Gownes of fine cloth of Gold, tuffed or figured, and the other of Veluet and Crimson Damaske, and diuers others colours. The Bascha was no sooner set downe, but all the Ordnance of the Gallies, Forsts and Galliots of the army (being in all one hundred and forty, besides the great Gallion and two Mahumez) was discharged, with such a noyse and than∣dring,

that it seemed the heauens and skies did shake. The table being taken vp, the Ambassador and Gouernour Uallier entred into the Pauillion of the Bascha, which in the end agreed to deliuer the two hundred men which he had promised: and moreouer, gaue twenty vnto the Am∣bassador vpon promise, that he should cause to be released the thirty Turkes taken at Malta, at the landing of the army. But the most part of them that were deliuered, were Spaniards, Sici∣lians and Calabres, and few French-men: for the most part of them were put to the ranke of cri∣minels forsworne: that day were brought into our Gallies, the Coffers of Vallier, within which were found certaine apparell, a sacke with money, and a cup of siluer, the rest which he said to be more worth then two thousand Crownes, the Turkes had taken away and spoiled: besides, * 2.155 two Pauillions which he esteemed worth three hundred Crownes. The Turkes hauing in their [ 10] hands an ancient Gunner of the Castle, named Iohn de Chabas, borne within the Towne of Ro∣mance in Daulphine (to the end that their feast of victory should not be vnfurnished of some sa∣crifice of cruelty) for that with a Canon he had shot off the hand of the Clerke generall of the army, brought him into the Towne: and hauing cut off his hands and his nose, they put him quicke into the ground euen to the girdle stead, and there with a cruelty was persecuted and shot at with arrowes, and in the end for to accomplish the execution of his glorious martyrdom, they cut his throat. About eight a clocke in the euening, were lighted vpon all the Gallies, Galliots, Foists, & other vessels, all along vpon the Tackels, Yeards, and other ropes and poupēs, in euery of them aboue three hundred candles, with cries and shouts accustomed, and sound of drums and other instruments. To make an end of all their triumps, they againe discharged all their Ordnance. The next day being the seuenteenth, the Bascha sent to be presented vnto the [ 20] Ambassador a gowne of cloth of Gold tissed, and with the same his leaue to depart, which he so long had desired: and was not receiued without a present giuen him that brought it, and to di∣uers other Officers of the Bascha, which on all sides came running one after another, as a sort of Hounds, to haue their fee and share in the Game, for they are the most barbarous, couetous, and cruell Nation of the world, and in whom there is neither truth nor fidelity, neuer ob∣seruing the one halfe of that they promise: and yet men must alwayes bee giuing to them.

CHAP. V. [ 30]

A large Voyage in a Iournall or briefe Reportary of all occurrents, hapning in the Fleet of ships sent out by the King his most excellent Maiestie, as well against the Pirats of Algiers, as others; the whole body of the Fleet, consisting of eighteene Sayle. Sixe of his Maiesties ships, ten Merchants ships, two Pinnaces. Vnder the command of Sir ROBERT MANSEL Knight, Vice-Admirall of England, and Admirall of that Fleet: and a Counsell of Warre appointed by his Maiestie. Writ∣ten by one employed in that Voyage, former∣ly [ 40] published, and heere contracted.

SIr Robert Mansell, Knight. Sir Richard Hawkins, Knight. Sir Thomas Button, Knight. Sir Henrie Palmer, Knight. Captaine Arthur Manwaring, Esquire. Captaine Thomas Loue, Esquire. Captaine Samuel Argall, Esquire. Edward Clerke, Esquire, and Secretary to the Counsell of Warre.

The names of the Captaines, Ships, their burdens, number of men and Ordnance in his Maiesties sixe Ships. [ 50]

FIrst, Sir Robert Mansell Admirall in the Lyon, burden sixe hundred Tuns, men two hundred and fiftie, Peeces of Brasse Ordnance forty. Secondly, Sir Richard Hawkins Vice-Admirall in the Uantguard, burden sixe hundred and sixtie Tuns, men two hundred and fifty, Brasse Ord∣nance forty. Thirdly, Sir Thomas Button Reare-Admirall in the Raine-bow, burden sixe hundred and sixtie Tuns, men two hundred and fifty, Brasse Ordnance forty. Fourthly, Captaine Ar∣thur Manwaring in the Constant Reformation, burden sixe hundred and sixtie Tuns, men two hundred and fifty, Brasse Ordnance forty. Fiftly, Sir Henry Palmer in the Anthelope, burden foure hundred Tuns, men one hundred and sixty, Brasse Ordnance thirty and foure. Sixtly, [ 60] Captaine Thomas Loue in the Conuertine, burden fiue hundred Tun, men two hundred and twenty, Brasse Ordnance sixe and thirty.

In the Merchants Ships.

FIrst, Captaine Samuel Argall in the Golden Phenix, burden three hundred tunnes, men one hundred and twentie, Iron Ordnance, foure and twentie. Secondly, Captaine Christopher Harries in the Samuel, burden three hundred tunnes, men one hundred and twentie, Iron Ord∣nance two and twentie. Thirdly, Sir Iohn Fearne in the Mary-Gold, burden two hundred and sixtie tunne, men one hundred, Iron Ordnance one and twentie. Fourthly, Captaine Iohn Pen∣nington in the Zouch Phenix, burden two hundred and eightie tunnes, men one hundred and twentie, Iron Ordnance sixe and twentie. Fiftly, Captaine Thomas Porter in the Barberie, bur∣den [ 10] two hundred tunnes, men eightie, Iron Ordnance eighteene. Sixtly, Sir Francis Tanfield in the Centurion, burden two hundred tunnes, men one hundred, Iron Ordnance two and twen∣tie. Seuenthly, Sir Iohn Hamden in the Prim-rose, burden one hundred and eightie tunnes, men eightie, Iron Ordnance eighteene. Eightly, Captaine Eusabey Caue in the Hercules, burden three hundred tunnes, men one hundred and twentie, Iron Ordnance foure and twentie. Ninth∣ly, Captaine Robert Haughton in the Neptune, burden two hundred and eightie tunnes, men one hundred and twentie, Iron Ordnance one and twentie. Tenthly, Captaine Iohn Chidley in the Merchant Bonauenture, burden two hundred and sixtie tunnes, men one hundred and ten, Iron Ordnance, three and twentie. Eleuenthly, Captaine George Raymond in the Restore, burden one hundred and thirtie tunnes, men fiftie, Iron Ordnance twelue. Twelfthly, Captaine Tho∣mas [ 20] Harbert in the Marmaduke, burden one hundred tunnes, men fiftie, Iron Ordnance twelue.

The Fleet thus furnished set sayle in the sound of Plimmouth, the twelfth of October in the morning, in the yeare 1620.

The one and thirtieth of October, in the morning wee turned into the Road of Gibraltar, where were riding at anchor two of the King of Spaines ships of warre, the Vice-Admirall of a Squadron with the Kings Armes in his fore-top and another, who so soone as they perceiued vs weighed their Anchors, set sayle, and comming Lee-ward of our Admirall, strooke his flag, sa∣luting him with their small shot and great Ordnance, after haled him with voyces; our Admi∣rall striking his flag, answered them with voyces, gaue them his Ordnance and small shot, all [ 30] the Fleet following in order: this done, we saluted the Towne with our Ordnance, the Towne doing the like by answering vs. Our Admirall being at an Anchor, the Spanish Captaine ac∣companyed with other Gentlemen, came aboord our Admirall, who told vs that there were great store of Pirats abroad, and that two of the Pirats shippes had fought with seuen Spanish Gallies, and had slaine them foure hundred men, and that they had beene at Steria a small Towne with thirty sayle of ships and ten Gallies, and had taken it, and carryed away diuers Prisoners, and that they had threatned to take Gibraltar; there the Admirall sent his sicke men ashoare, hauing houses and lodgings prouided for them, amongst whom was Captaine Iohn Fen∣ner who here dyed.

The second of Nouember, about seuen in the morning, hauing a fresh gale at North-west, [ 40] the Admirall with the rest of the Fleet weighed Anchor and standing off, met North the Reare-Admirall of the Spanish Fleet, who saluting vs North his Ordnance and wee stood on our course North-east and by East, being bound for Malhaga. The third, about two in the morning, wee came to an Anchor in Malhaga Road, and about eight of the clocke wee saluted the Towne with our Ordnance and diuers Vollies of small shot; here diuers Spaniards of account came a∣boord our ships whom we kindly entertayned, here we likewise expected Letters but heard not of any.

The sixth, our Admirall dispatched a Gentleman, one Master Iohn Duppa, with Letters to the English Embassador at the Court of Spaine, to let him know of our arriuall and proceedings. This day about eleuen of the clocke, the Fleet weighed Anchor and set sayle the wind at North-west. [ 50] But before wee weighed, our Admirall gaue order to the Fleet to diuide themselues into three Squadrons, the Admirall Squadron was kept sixe leagues from the shore, with pendants in the mayne tops for their signes; the Vice-Admirals Squadron three leagues without him, on his Bow with pendants on his fore-tops; the Reare-Admiral three leagues within him on his quarter with pendants on their Misen tops, whodeuiding themselues according to their order steered away East and by South along the shoare, being bound for Allicant.

The seuenth, about sixe in the morning, it being calme, and all the Fleet together, the Admi∣rall tooke in all her sayles, and lay a hull, all the Fleet doing the like, the Admirall put out his flag of generall Councell which was Saint George. Whereupon all the Captaines and Masters repayred aboord him, where it was concluded, and thought meet that two ships of least draught [ 60] of water, and one Pinnasse should hale the shoare close aboord to see if any Pirats-were at an Anchor, eyther in Bayes or Coues, and to free the shoare; here likewise was giuen a word wher∣by to know our owne Fleet from others, if any strangers should chance to fall amongst vs in the night, the word was Greenwich Tower. The Councell ended, and euery man repayred aboord

his owne shippe, in the euening the whole Fleet in their order sayled alongst towards Cape Degat.

The eight and ninth dayes hauing but little wind, we gayned not much way. The tenth, in the morning, falling with the point of Muttrill, and hauing the wind Southerly, the whole Fleet put into the Road and there anchored.

The nineteenth, in the morning, we came to Anchor in Allicant Road, where the whole Fleet saluted the Towne with their Ordnance, and the Towne vs: heere our Admirall hauing prouided houses for his sicke men, as before hee had done at Gibraltar, sent thirty seuen sicke men of his owne ships Company ashoare, here likewise he dispatched a Gentleman, one Master Walter Long to Carthagena, with Letters of aduice; but all this while could receiue no such Let∣ters [ 10] as we expected.

The fiue and twentieth, beeing fitted with Wine, Water, and other such necessaries as wee wanted, the wind being Northerly, the whole Fleet set sayle, leauing behind the Good Will, out of whom our Admirall had taken most of her men to supply his wants for those sicke hee left a∣shoare, and being vnder sayle we shaped our course South-west for Algier.

The seuen and twentieth, about ten in the morning, wee came to Anchor in Algier Road in * 2.156 seuen and twentie fathome water, out of command of the Towne or Castle, the Admirall and Reare-Admirall wearing white Ancients on their Poops, the rest of the Fleet wearing no An∣cients at all, going in the whole Fleet, saluted the Towne with their Ordnance, but the Towne gaue vs none againe. [ 20]

The eight and twentieth, our Admirall sent a Gentleman ashore, one Captaine Squibe, with a white flag of Truce in his Boat, to giue the Vice-Roy to vnderstand the cause of our comming; hereupon the Vice-Roy sent a Boat aboord our Admirall, with a white flag and foure men in her, one principall man in the Towne who deliuered our Admirall, signifying the Vice-Roy, had re∣ceiued command from the Grand Seignior, to vse vs with all respect, and that our men might haue the free libertie of the shoare to buy fresh victuals or whatsoeuer they wanted; they pro∣mised our Admirall if on the morrow hee would send any Gentleman of qualitie ashoare with the Kings Maiesties Letters, that vpon the shooting off a Peece of Ordnance, according to our Admirals demand, he should receiue sufficient Hostages aboord for his safetie: this night the Pi∣rats brought in three Prizes, one Femming, the other two Englishmen, the one a Plimmouth man, [ 30] and the other of North Yarmouth.

The third of December, came sixe of the King of Spaines ships into the Road, the Admirall striking his flag, saluted our Admirall with small shot and Ordnance, this done, he came aboord our Admirall in his Boat, and told him hee came in pursuite of certaine Pirats, who had taken diuers of their men, who being in a ship of seuen hundred tuns neere Carthagena, in fight with a Turkish Pirat, had boorded her, entred her men and taken her, had not their owne ship vnfor∣tunately falne on fire with a mischance hapning, they were forced to forsake the Turkes ship to saue their owne, and so lost both, for being not able to quench the fury of the fire, were forced to yeeld themselues to the slauery of the Turkes to saue their liues, beeing in all three hundred men, whereof thirty perished in the fire. This Spanish Admirall sayling neere the Towne, the [ 40] Turkes let flye seuentie foure great shot at him, and hee gaue them some sixteene backe in ex∣change, but the distance betweene them was so farre, that the shot falling short, no harme was done on eyther side.

The fourth, our Admirall receiued from the Towne an answere of the Kings Letters.

The sixth, after long debating, finding the Turkes perfidious and fickle, as well in detayning our Messenger, who deliuered his Maiesties Letters, notwithstanding we had sufficient Hostages for him, as in breaking all other promises: in the end it was agreed thus, vpon leauing a Con∣sull with them, they would let our Messenger come aboord againe; whereupon the Admirall sent a common man, well clothed, by the name of a Consull, whom they receiued with good respect, and sending our Messenger aboord, receiued their owne pledges, and deliuered vs some forty poore Captiues, which they pretended was all they had in the Towne, this was all wee [ 50] could draw from them. The seuenth, in the morning, our Admirall sent a Letter with instru∣on to our Councell, with another Letter to the Bashaw, to let him know how ill wee tooke his perfidious dealing.

The eight, in the morning, our Admirall and all the rest of the Fleet weighed Anchor and set sayle.

The tenth day at night, the wind shifted to the South and East, and so to the East.

The fourteenth, came to Anchor in the Road of Alacotha, on the North side of the said I∣land, we found this to be a very good place, yeelding vs Wood, Water and Ballast, whereof we had great need, the people very kind courteous, bringing vs great store of all manner of proui∣sions [ 60] which we bought at easie rates, whereby wee supplyed our wants, and releeued our sicke men, whereof we had gread store in our Fleet.

The foure and twentieth, in the morning, the Fleet weighed Anchor and set sayle.

The fiue and twentieth, about nine at night, came eight or nine sayle of Turkes into our

Fleet, whom so soone as we discouered, we chased them and made shot at them, but by reason it was a darke night, and that they sayled better then our ships, they escaped vs.

The sixe and twentieth, about three in the afternoone, wee put into Alicant Road, hoping there to receiue Letters of aduice, else some newes of a supply of victuals out of England, but missed both.

The seuen and twentieth at night the Reare-Admirals Squadron went out to Sea in pursuit of two Turkish Pirats, who had taken about three houres before two Flemmish ships; the Flemmings quiting their ships, saued themselues in their Boats.

The fourth of Ianuary at night, the Constant Reformation and the Golden Phenix had order to goe to Sea, to seeke two Pirats ships, which we heard were on the Christian shoare. The fifth [ 10] at night, they returned into the Road againe, but met not with any.

The sixth, the Vice-Admirall with his Squadron set sayle for Malhaga, to see if they could heare of any newes of a supply of victuals, or whether the two Princes which were long ex∣pected were come thither. The twelfth, Master Iohn Duppa came from Carthagena, bringing with him a packet of Letters of aduice sent out of England, bearing date the fourteenth of December, he signified that there was sixe monethes victuals sent out of England, for a supply of his Maiesties ships, and that they were at Malhaga with the two Pinnasses, this night the Reare-Admirall with his Squadron was sent to Sea to see if he could meet with certaine Pirats, which we had intelligence of. The thirteenth, the Reformation, the Samuel, and the Restore, put to Sea, to see if they could meet with any Pirats. The eighteenth, the Reformation with the [ 20] other ships returned into the Road, where we found the Reare-Admirall with his Squadron like∣wise returned, but met no Pirats.

The one and twentieth, there came a Flemmish Boat with fifteene Flemmings in her aboord our Admirall, who being chased by the Turkish Pirats off, of Cape Martine, left their shippe and saued themselues by their Boat, this night was the Anthelope with other ships sent out to to see if they could meete with them. The foure and twentieth, the Anthelope with the other ships returned into the Road, but met with none.

The fiue and twentieth, our Admirall beeing inuited to the English Consuls house went a∣shoare, where at his arriuall he was entertayned with small shot and Ordnance both from the Towne and Castle, and at night with Fire-workes, running of Horses, shooting of Ordnance, [ 30] and other sports; this day Captaine Iohn Roper was dispatched with Letters for England. The sixe and twentieth, our Admirall returned aboord the Towne, giuing him a friendly farewell with their Ordnance.

The seuen and twentieth, the Admirall with the rest of the Fleet set sayle, leauing the Mar∣maduke behind, whose Captaine and Master were both sicke ashoare. The eight and twentieth at midnight, we met with seuen sayle of Flemmings ships of Warre, neere Cape Paul, vnder the command of Captaine Haughton Admirall of Zealand, who the next morning, after he had sa∣luted our Admirall with Ordnance, came aboord in his Boat, he told our Admirall hee had two and twentie ships of Warre vnder his charge, whom he had diuided into Squadrons, imploy∣ing them some without the Streights, and some within. The one and thirtieth, wee came to an anchor againe in Alicant Road. [ 40]

The first of February, the Reare-Admirall put to Sea with foure shippes, to see if he could meet with any Pirats, and this day dyed Captaine Eusabey Caue, Captaine of the Hercules, and the Admirall disposed the command of the same ship to Captaine Alexander Bret. The fifth, the Reare-Admirall returned with the other foure ships but had met none.

The sixth, the wind being Easterly, the Fleet weighed Anchor about midnight, shaping our course for Malhaga, during the time of our staying here we refreshed our sicke men ashoare, ha∣uing conuenient houses prouided for them in the fields Gardens, with carefull people to attend them, prouiding them such necessaries as they should need. The Constant, for her part, sent ashore ninetie two persons, who as they recouered their strength were sent for aboord, yet notwith∣standing [ 50] all their care, at their departure they were forced to leaue behind them fortie two des∣perately ill, the Admirall taking order both for them and others, that they should bee carefully prouided for vntill the Fleets returne.

The sixteenth, came into the Road the Vice-Admirall and his Squadron with the two Pin∣nasses which we so long expected out of England, the one the Mercurie, of the burden of two hundred and fortie tunnes, sixtie fiue men, and twentie peeces of Brasse Ordnance, vnder the command of Captaine Phineas Pet; the other the Spy, of the burden of one hundred and sixtie tunnes, fiftie fiue men, and eighteene Peeces of Brasse Ordnance, vnder the command of Cap∣taine Edward Gyles: there came also two Merchants ships with a supply of victuals for his Ma∣iesties ships. [ 60]

The eighteenth, the Zouch Phenix, the Hercules, the Neptune, and the Spy put to Sea, with order to ply betweene Gibraltar and Shutte point. The nineteenth, the Anthelope put to Sea, and with those ships which went out the day before, had order to ride in Shutie Road, to see if they could descry any Pirats come into the Streights.

The three and twentieth, the Reare-Admirall put to Sea with fiue other shippes, the Golden Phenix, the Samuel, the Centurion, the Marigold, and the Restore, with order to ride in Tansey Bay, where they were to attend the comming in of diuers Pirats whom we heard to be without the Streights mouth.

The foure and twentieth, the Anthelope with the rest of the shippes returned, bringing with them a prize being a small Frenchman, which had fiftie Buts of Oyle in her, and diuers Moores and Iewes, men, women and children, Passengers bound from Tituon to Algier, all the Turkes sa∣uing themselues in their Boat: this day also came into the Road Captaine Gyles Penne, in a ship of Bristoll, from Tituon Road, bringing a Letter from the Mogoden to our Admirall, and two Moores who treated with him concerning the redemption of their people, whom our ships had [ 10] taken, offering for so many Moores, so many English, whom they held in the Towne as slaues, ha∣uing bought them of the Turkes Pirats. The seuen and twentieth, the Samuel and the Centurion returned into the Road from Tansey, then also went out the Anthelope, the Zouch Phenix, the Barbarie, the Neptune and the Restore, with order to ride at Shutey, to see if they could discouer any Pirats comming into the Streights, the wind being Westerly. The eight and twentieth, the wind likewise Westerly, the Reformation hauing taken in some of the Captiues, had or∣der to weigh and set sayle for Tituon, to treat with the Moores, and to take in her company the Samuel, the Bonauenture, and the ship of Bristoll, where the same day about noone they came to an Anchor in the Road of Tituon in twelue fathome water, the wind at West.

The fourth of March, Master Ashfield, Minister of the Reformation dyed, much lamented of the whole company, of whom in the extreame of their sicknesses they had receiued much com∣fort. [ 20] The fifth, hauing a faire gale at South-east, our Admirall with the rest of the Fleet weighed Anchor, and set sayle for Gibraltar, hauing concluded nothing with the Mogoden. The sixth, wee came to an Anchor in Gibraltar Road, where wee found our Vice-Admirall with his Squadron.

The thirteenth, we came to an Anchor in Malhaga Road.

The eight and twentieth, about eight in the morning, the Admirall and Reare-Admirall set sayle for Alicant.

The second of Aprill dyed Captaine Manwaring. The fourteenth, about three in the after∣noone wee came to an Anchor in Alicant Road, where wee found our Admirall with the rest of the Fleet: here our Admirall had hyred a Pollacre about the burden of one hundred and twentie tunne, for that she was reported to bee an excellent Sayler, and likewise bought three Brigan∣dines [ 30] which rowed with nine Oares on a side: hee also hyred a house wherein hee made diuers workes for the firing of the ships within the Mould of Algier.

The one and twentieth, we receiued Letters out of England, by a Post sent from Malhaga, signifying a remaynder of victuals, which wee expected, was arriued at Malhaga. The fiue and twentieth, about nine in the morning, the whole Fleet sayle for Alicant Road, beeing bound for Firmaterra, to supply our wants for wood. The eight and twentieth in the euening, hauing fitted our selues with wood, we set sayle for Mayorke to take in water. The nine and twentieth, in the after-noone, we came to an Anchor in Mayorke Road. The Towne of Mayorke is large and well fortified, the people industrious, both men, women and children giuen to labour, lo∣uing [ 40] and courteous to strangers: heere wee found all manner of victuals in plentie and at easie rates. Their chiefe Merchandise are Oyle, Wood, and Cheese, whereof the Countrey affoordeth plentie.

The one and twentieth of May, at sixe in the after-noone, we came to an Anchor in Algier * 2.157 Road, order being first giuen by our Admirall how euery ship should berth herselfe.

The ships being come to an Anchor in their orders, our Admirall caused sixe of the Merchants ships presently to weigh, with directions to ply off and on of the Westermost part, keeping as neere the shoare, as conueniently they might, to preuent the comming in of any Pirats betweene the Fleet and the shoare. In the beginning of this night, the Boats and Brigandines appointed for the assistance of two shippes, which our Admirall resolued should that night goe into the [ 50] Mould, and there to set themselues on fire, being chained and linked to the Pirats ships, repay∣red aboord our Admirall, there to receiue their directions. The manner and preparations for fi∣ring of the ships was thus.

First, there were two small ships which we had taken from the Turkes, the one of the bur∣den of an hundred tunnes, the other of sixtie, with great store of fire-workes in them. There was layd in them plentie of dry Wood, Wood of Ocham, Pitch, Rozen, Tarre, Brimstone and other Materials fit to take fire: they had likewise in them Chaines and Grapnels of Iron to fa∣sten themselues to the ships which they were to fire: they had also Boats to bring off their men when they had fired the ships: then were there three Brigandines fitted with fire-bals, buckets [ 60] of wild-fire, and fire Pikes to make their fire-workes fast vnto the ships: there was also a Gund-lod fitted with fire-workes, Chaines and Grapnels of Iron; she was to goe into the mid∣dest of the ships in the Mould, where fastning her to some ship, was to be set on fire. Shee had likewise with her a Boat to bring off her men. Likewise, there were seuen Boates which wee

called Boats of rescue, well filled with armed men, who were to rescue and releeue the Boats of execution, if they should chance to be pursued by other Boats or Gallies at their comming off. These had also fire-workes in them, to fire the ships which rode without the Mould: these Boats being all aboord, the Admirall sent for most of the Captaines and Masters in the Fleet, to aduise whether it were fit to attempt it with Boats and Brigandines, in regard it was little wind, and that Westerly, so that it was impossible for the ships to get in. After some delibera∣tion, it was concluded, that it was not fit, for that the surest and most certaine meanes of firing was by the ships which were to bee made fast to the shippes in the Mould, and to burne with them. Whereupon it was deferred for that time till a fitter opportunitie was offered. The [ 10] two and twentieth at night, there were like preparations made, but deferred for like reasons. The three and twentieth, in the beginning of the night wee had a fresh gale of wind at South by South-west, continuing the space of two houres or more, with Thunder, Lightning, and some drops of Raine: the two ships weighed, and with the Brigandines and Boats set forwards towards the Mould, but the wind shifting before they came neere, they were forced also to giue ouer for that night.

The foure and twentieth at night, after a great showre of Raine, wee had the wind out of the Bay at South South-west, the weather then cleering vp, both the ships and Boats aduanced themselues towards the Mould, as before they had done: but comming within lesse then Mus∣ket shot of the Moulds head it fell calme, so that the ships could by no meanes get in, the Boats [ 20] and Brigandines finding that they were discouered, by reason of the brightnesse of the Moone, which was then at full, and hearing it reported by a Christian Captiue which did swimme from the Towne the night before to the ships, that the Turkes had left their ships without guard, sa∣uing one or two in a ship, as fearing no such attempt from vs. And moreouer, hearing the Ala∣rum giuen to the Towne by those which kept watch on the walls, with good resolution went on, but wanting wind to nourish and disperse the fire, the fire-workes tooke no effect at all. In this seruice were onely sixe men slaine out-right, foure or fiue dangerously hurt (which not long after dyed) and some thirteene sleightly hurt, yet notwithstanding, the attempt was giuen vn∣der the wals of the Towne, where both small shot and Ordnance played continually vpon them: the hurt done our men was their comming off, for that they were got into the Mould before [ 30] the Towne was risen, and beeing in, the shippes in the Mould defended them both from small shot and Ordnance of the Towne, our Boates still keeping the shippes betweene them and the Towne.

The fiue and twentieth, there came in foure sayle of Pirates by the Wester-most point of Land, notwithstanding sixe ships were appointed to lye off at that place, for the wind being * 2.158 Westward and a great Current setting to the Eastward our ships were put so farre to lee-ward that they could not preuent the Pirats comming in betweene the shoare and them, but yet the Bonauenture loosed so neere, that there passed some shot betweene her and the Pirats ships, but no hurt done: this night our Admirall and the whole Fleet weighed Anchor and stood off to the Sea.

The six and twentieth, the fore-part of the day, the wind was shifting to and fro, from the [ 40] South-east to the South-west; in the after-noone at South, and South South-east hard gale and raynie weather; and at night hauing the wind shifting at South and South-west, we played off and on all night by a wind.

The eight and twentieth, we had faire weather the wind Westerly, this night the Bonauen∣ture, and the Hercules put a Pirat ashoare, he hauing an hundred and thirtie Turkes in her, and twelue poore Christians Captiues, they were all drowned but twelue Turkes, who got the shoare by swimming.

The one and thirtieth in the morning, our Boates tooke vp two Genowayes Captiues, who aduentured to swimme from the Towne to the ships. They told that the same night our shippes stood off to Sea, there came into the Mould seuen of the best ships belonging to Algier, and that [ 50] if we had stayed they had fallen into our laps. They likewise told vs, that the Turkes had Boo∣med vp the Mould, so that it was not possible for eyther shippe or Boate to get into to fire the ships, which were now filled with armed men, besides three Gallies and fifteene Boates which lay continually well fitted without the Mould before the Boome for a Guard, &c.

CHAP. VI.

The Relation of the Iacob, a ship of Bristoll, of one hundred and twentie Tunnes, which was about the end of October, 1621. taken by the Turkish Pirats of Argier: and within fiue dayes after, foure English youths did valiant∣ly ouercome thirteene of the said Turkes, and brought the ship to Saint Lucas in Spaine, where they sold nine of the Turkes for Gallie-slaues: with mention of some other like English aduentures. [ 10]

NEere the latter end of October last, 1621. a ship belonging to the Citie of Bri∣stoll, being about the burden of one hundred and twenty Tuns, was met withall and set vpon by Turkes or Pirats of Argier, where after a long and sharpe fight (being in the mouth of the Straits of Gibraltar) the English ship being opprest with the multitude of their enemies, was taken, their Ordnance, Cables, An∣chors, Sailes, Ship and men pillaged, ransacked, and at the mercy of the insul∣ting Barbarians, who to make their worke the surer, tooke all the English-men out of the ship, except foure youths, whose names were, Iohn Cooke, William Ling, Dauid Iones, and Robert [ 20] Tuckey, into which ship the Turkes did put thirteene of their owne men to command the Eng∣lish, and to bring the ship as a prize to Argier; amongst which one of the Pirats was appointed Captaine, being a strong, able, sterne, and resolute fellow.

These foure poore youths being thus fallen into the hands of mercilesse Infidels, began to stu∣die and complot all the meanes they could for the obtayning of their freedomes: First, they con∣sidered the lamentable and miserable estates that they were like to be in, as to be debard for euer from seeing their friends and Countrey, to be chained, beaten, made slaues, and to eate the bread of affliction in the Gallies, all the remainder of their vnfortunate liues, to haue their heads sha∣uen, to feed on course dyet, to haue hard boords for beds, and which was worst of all, neuer to be partakers of the heauenly Word and Sacraments. [ 30]

Thus being quite hopelesse, haplesse, and for any thing they knew, for euer helplesse, they sayled fiue dayes and nights vnder the command of the Pirats, when on the fifth night, God in his great mercy shewed them a meanes for their wished for escape, for in the dead of the night, the wind began to arise, and in short space it blew so stiffe that they were enforced to strike both their top Sayles; and at last, it encreased to such a gust or storme, that they must take in their maine Saile, and being vnable to doe it themselues, Iohn Cooke and William Ling did call to the Turkes for helpe: whereupon the Captaine himselfe came to helpe them; who standing by the ships side, betweene the foresaid Iohn and Dauid Iones, lending his hand to hale in the saile, the said Iohn and Dauid suddenly tooke him by the breech and threw him o∣uer-boord, but by fortune hee fell into the bunt of the sayle, where quickly catching hold of a [ 40] rope, he (being a very strong man) had almost gotten into the ship againe: which Iohn Cooke perceiuing, leaped speedily to the Pumpe, and tooke off the Pumpe brake or handle, and cast it to William Ling, bidding him knocke him downe, which he was not long in doing, but lifting vp the woodden weapon, he gaue him such a palt on the pate, as made his braines forsake the possession of his head, with which his body fell into the Sea.

An Obiection may be made here, why the Turke cried not to his fellowes at first for helpe, or how these things could be done, but the rest of his company must either see or heare it: to which I answere, that at Sea a Gust, Flaw, or Storme, hath many times a louder voice then a man; be∣sides, when Mariners doe hale or pull any thing, they doe make a noyse, as it were crying ha woet hale men hale, which with the noyse of the wind whizzing and hizzing in the shrowds and cordage, would ouercome and drowne the voice or crie of any man whatsoeuer. Besides, his [ 50] companions were all busie, some at the mizen, some at the sprit-saile, some to trim the fore-saile, and the night exceeding darke, all these things concurring, and chiefly, God graciously assisting, thus these braue Lads began the businesse luckily.

Nor must I forget Robert Tuckey, who was imployed all this while in a place of maine im∣portance, for he stood at the Helme, and in all the weather guided the Ship; now after the Cap∣taine was thus cashierd, Iohn Cooke ran hastily vp the halfe Decke to the Masters Cabine, neere which, were standing six or seuen Turkes, but hee being nothing daunted or discouraged for them, slipt roughly by them, and gat out two good Cuttleaxes, or short Swords, one of which he deliuered to William Ling, withall saying, courage my fellowes and Countrey-men, God strengthen and assist vs; with that, they laid about them so manfully, that they droue the [ 60] Turkes from place to place in the Ship, and hauing coursed them from the Poope to the Fore∣castle, they there valiantly killed two of them, and gaue another a dangerous wound or two, who to escape the further fury of their Swords, leap'd suddenly ouer-boord to goe seeke his Cap∣taine.

Thus foure of the thirteene Turkes being made sure for doing any harme, they chased and followed the other nine so close, that they (to saue themselues) being also many of them, fore hurt and wounded, ranne betweene the Ships Decks; whereupon the English men fastned the Deckes to keepe them vnder: the Turkes not knowing how to be reuenged, ran afterward toward the Helme, and vnshipt their Whip-staffe, or as some call it, a Whip-stocke (which is the staffe that a Mariner holds in his hand, when he guides or steeres a Ship) by which meanes the English men were in some distresse, by reason the Sip lay tumbling and rowling vnguided in the raging and boystrous billowes of the Sea: at last, Iohn Cooke and William Ling got each of them a Musket, which they quickly charged, and went downe where the nine Turkes were, making offers to shoote at them, at which they were much terrified; whereupon they quickly ship'd [ 10] their Whip-stocke againe, deliuering the Helme to Robert Tuckey, and then presently they stow∣ed all the Turkes vnder the Hatches, where they kept them close till the next morning, and then as they, had occasion to vse them, they would call vp two or three of them at a time, to hale and pull Sheetes, Tackes, Braces and Boleins, to hoyse and strike Sayles, or any such neces∣sary and laborious imployments; in all which, the English made the Turkes attend them, and directing their course for the Port of Saint Lucas in Spaine, they in short time (by Gods ayde) happily and safely arriued at the said Port, where they sold the nine Turkes for Gally-slaues, for a good summe of money, and as I thinke, a great deale more then they were worth.

Nor doe I write this to the intent that any man should presume that their owne strengths, valour or courage, is sufficient to doe these or the like actions, for they are not ordinary, and therefore man is but made the ordinary instrument of an extraordinary power, and he that shall [ 20] attribute such things as these to the arme of flesh and bloud, is forgetfull, ingratefull, and in a manner Atheisticall.

One Iohn Fox an expert Mariner, and a good approoued and sufficient Gunner, was (in the * 2.159 raigne of Queene Elizabeth) taken by the Turkes, and kept eighteene yeeres in most miserable bondage and slauery, at the end of which time, he espied his opportunity (and God assisting him withall) that hee slew his Keeper, and fled to the Seas side, where he found a Gally with one hundred and fifty Captiue Christians, which hee speedily waying their Anchor, set Saile, and fell to worke like men, and safely arriued in Spaone; by which meanes, he freed himselfe and a number of poore soules from long and intolerable seruitude; after which, the said Iohn Fox came into England, and the Queene (being rightly informed of his braue exploit) did graci∣ously [ 30] entertaine him for her Seruant, and allowed him a yeerely Pension.

Captaine Nichols with a Ship of London, called the Dolphin, fought a long and bloudy fight, * 2.160 with many of the Turkish men of warre at one time, at which time hee sunke some of them, slew many of their men, and hauing his owne Ship exceedingly rent and torne with the Ene∣mies great shot, yet at last it pleased God to deliuer him from them, so that hee safely arriued at home.

Master William Malam of Rotherhith within these three yeeres was set vpon by these Ro∣uers, * 2.161 and after a long fight, being much hurt by the Ordnance of the Turkes (the night comming on) which made the fight to cease, when the Generall of the Pirates past his word, and bound it with an Oath, that if Master Malam would come aboord his Ship all night, that hee should [ 40] well and safely bee set aboord againe his owne Ship the next morning, vpon which word and oath Master Malam went aboord the Turke, and a Merchant with him; but first, before he went, commanded his Mate to watch his opportunitie, and steale away with the Ship in the night, if he could, which fell out as he wished, whereby all the Merchants goods were saued, and the Ship safely arriued here at London: but in the morning, when the Turkes did perceiue the Eng∣lish Ship was gone, then would they haue put Master Malam and the Merchant that was with him, to death, whereupon he vrged him with his oath and promise, which was, that he should come and goe safely, and that if a Christian had made him or any man such a promise, and bound it with a vow, hee would haue kept his word. And (that for any thing hee knew) his Ship being so dangerously hurt by them, might be sunke in the night, and not escaped away as [ 50] he imagined. Now whilst they were in this discourse, presently came a Saile in sight, which afterward they found to be a small Scottish Ship bound for England, whom the Turkes quickly tooke, and pillag'd at their pleasure, taking from them their Sailes, Cables, Anchors and all things necessary for their vse or preseruation, and hauing robd, a rifled the poore Scot in that manner, they put Master Malam and the Merchant into her, to trie their fortunes, either to sinke or swim, but it pleased God, they safely arriued in the West part of England, where they came home by land sad and disconsolate, because they could not heare any newes of the Ship: but the same night that hee came home, before day, there was happy tidings brought of the Ships safe arriuall into the Riuer of Thames. [ 60]

All these things are true vpon mine owne knowledge, and these worthy Mariners that haue beene so deliuered, doe, and euer did, attribute all the meanes of their deliuerance to the migh∣ty hand of God; and they are so farre from taking any of these things to their owne praise or glory, that some of them haue euer done their best to suppresse them from being printed.

CHAP. VII.

The wonderfull recouery of the Exchange of Bristow, from the Turkish Pirats of Argier, published by IOHN RAWLINS, heere abbreuiated.

IN the yeere 1621. the first of Nouember, there was one Iohn Rawlins, borne in Rochester, and dwelling three and twenty yeere in Plimmoth, imployed to the strait of Gibraltar, by Master Richard, and Steuen Treuiles, Merchants of Plim∣moth, and fraighted in 〈…〉〈…〉arke, called the Nicholas of Plimmoth, of the burden of forty Tun, which had also in her company another ship of Plimmoth, called the [ 10] George Bonauenture of seuenty Tun burthen, or thereabout; which by reason of her greatnesse beyond the other, I will name the Admirall; and Iohn Rawlins Barke shall, if you please, be the Vice-admirall. These two according to the time of the yeere, had a faire passage, and by the eighteenth of the same moneth came to a place at the entring of the straits, named Traffle∣gar: but the next morning, being in the sight of Gibraltar, at the very mouth of the straits, the watch descried fiue saile of ships, who as it seemed, vsed all the means they could to come neere vs, and we as we had cause, vsed the same means to go as farre from them: yet did their Admirall take in both his top sailes, that either we might not suspect them, or that his owne company might come vp the closer together. At last perceiuing vs Christians, they fell from deuices to apparent discouery of hostility, and making out against vs: we againe suspecting them Pirats, [ 20] tooke our course to escape from them, and made all the sailes we possibly could for Tirriff, or Gi∣braltar: but all we could doe, could not preuent their approach. For suddenly one of them came right ouer against vs to wind-ward, and so fell vpon our quarter: another came vpon our luffe, and so threatned vs there, and at last all fiue chased vs, making great speed to surprise vs.

Their Admirall was called Callfater, hauing vpon her maine top-saile, two top-gallant sailes, one aboue another. But whereas we thought them all fiue to be Turkish ships of war, we after∣wards vnderstood, that two of them were their prizes, the one a smal ship of London, the other of the West-countrey, that came out of the Quactath laden with figges, and other Merchandise, but now subiect to the fortune of the Sea, and the captiuity of Pirats. But to our businesse. Three of these ships got much vpon vs, and so much that ere halfe the day was spent, the Admirall who [ 30] was the best sailer, fetcnt vp the George Bonauenture, and made booty of it. The Vice-admi∣rall againe being neerest vnto the lesser Barke, whereof Iohn Rawlins was Master, shewed him the force of a stronger arme, and by his Turkish name, called Villa-Rise, commanded him in like sort to strike his sailes, and submit to his mercy, which not to be gaine-saied nor preuented, was quickly done: and so Rawlins with his Barke was quickly taken, although the Reare-Admi∣rall being the worst sayler of the three, called Reggiprise, came not in, till all was done.

The same day before night, the Admirall either loth to pester himselfe with too much com∣pany, or ignorant of the commodity was to be made by the sale of English prisoners, or daring not to trust them in his company, for feare of mutinies, and exciting others to rebellion; set twelue persons who were in the George Bonauenture on the land, and diuers other English, whom [ 40] he had taken before, to trie their fortunes in an vnknowne Countrey. But Villa-Rise, the Vice-Admirall that had taken Iohn Rawlins, would not so dispence with his men, but commanded him and fiue more of his company to be brought aboord his ship, leauing in his Barke three men and his boy, with thirteene Turkes and Moores, who were questionlesse sufficient to ouer-ma∣ster the other and direct the Barke to Harbour. Thus they sailed directly for Argier; but the night following, followed them with great tempest and foule weather, which ended not with∣out some effect of a storme: for they lost the sight of Rawlins Barke, called the Nicholas, and in a manner lost themselues, though they seemed safe a shipboord, by fearefull coniecturing what should become of vs: at last, by the two and twentieth of the same moneth, they, or we (chuse you whether) arriued at Argier, and came in safety within the Mould, but found not our other Barke there; nay, though we earnestly inquired after the same yet heard we nothing to our sa∣tisfaction; [ 50] but much matter was ministred to our discomfort and amazement. For although the Captaine and our ouer-seers, were loth we should haue any conference with our Country-men; yet did we aduenture to informe our selues of the present affaires, both of the Towne, and the shipping: so that finding many English at worke in other ships, they spared not to tell vs the danger we were in, and the mischiefes we must needs incurre, as being sure if we were not vsed like slaues, to be sold as slaues: for there had beene fiue hundred brought into the market for the same purpose, and aboue a hundred hansome youths compelled to turne Turkes, or made subiect to more vilder prostitution, and all English: yet like good Christians, they bade vs be of good cheere, and comfort our selues in this, that Gods trials were gentle purgations, and these crosses were but to cleanse the drosse from the gold, and bring vs out of the fire againe more cleare and [ 60] louely. Yet I must needs confesse, that they afforded vs reason for this cruelty, as if they deter∣mined to be reuenged of our last attempt to fire their ships in the Mould, and therefore prote∣sted to spare none, whom they could surprise, and take aliue, but either to sell them for mo∣ney,

or torment them to serue their owne turnes. Now their customes and vsages in both these was in this manner.

First, concerning the first. The Bashaw had the ouer-seeing of all prisoners, who were presen∣ted vnto him at their first comming into the harbour, and so chose one out of euery eight for a present or fee to himselfe: the rest were rated by the Captaines, and so sent to the Market to be sold; whereat if either there were repining, or any drawing backe, then certaine Moores and Officers attended either to beate you forward, or thrust you into the sides with Goades; and this was the manner of the selling of Slaues.

Secondly, concerning their enforcing them, either 〈…〉〈…〉turne Turke, or to attend their filthines * 2.162 and impieties, although it would make a Christians heart bleed to heare of the same, yet must [ 10] the truth not be hid, nor the terror left vntold. They commonly lay them on their naked backs or bellies, beating them so long, till they bleed at the nose and mouth; and if yet they continue constant, then they strike the teeth out of their heads, pinch them by their tongues, and vse ma∣ny other sorts of tortures to conuert them; nay, many times they lay them their whole length in the ground like a graue, and so couer them with boords, threatning to starue them, if they will not turne; and so many euen for feare of torment and death, make their tongues betray their hearts to a most fearefull wickednesse, and so are circumcised with new names, and brought to confesse a new Religion. Others againe, I must confesse, who neuer knew any God, but their owne sensuall lusts and pleasures, thought that any religion would serue their turnes, and so for perferment or wealth very voluntarily renounced their faith, and became Renegadoes in de∣spight [ 20] of any counsell which seemed to intercept them: and this was the first newes wee en∣countred with at our comming first to Argier.

The 26. of the same moneth, Iohn Rawlins his Barke, with his other three men and a boy, came safe into the Mould, and so were put all together to be carried before the Bashaw, but that they tooke the Owners seruant, and Rawlings Boy, and by force and torment compelled them to turne Turkes: then were they in all seuen English, besides Iohn Rawlins, of whom the Bashaw tooke one, and sent the rest to their Captaines, who set a valuation vpon them, and so the Soul∣diers hurried vs like dogs into the Market, whereas men sell Hacknies in England, we were tos∣sed vp and downe to see who would giue most for vs; and although we had heauy hearts, and * 2.163 looked with sad countenances, yet many came to behold vs, sometimes taking vs by the hand, [ 30] sometime turning vs round about, sometimes feeling our brawnes and naked armes, and so behol∣ding our prices written in our breasts, they bargained for vs accordingly, and at last we were all sold, and the Souldiers returned with the money to their Captaines.

Iohn Rawlins was the last, who was sold, by reason of his lame hand, and bought by the Cap∣taine that tooke him, euen that dog Villa Rise, who better informing himselfe of his skill fit to be a Pilot, and his experience to bee an ouer-seer, bought him and his Carpenter at very easie rates. For as we afterwards vnderstood by diuers English Renegadoes, he paid for Rawlins but one hundred and fiftie Dooblets, which make of English money seuen pound ten shillings. Thus was he and his Carpenter with diuers other slaues sent into his ship to worke, and imployed about such affaires, as belonged to the well rigging and preparing the same. But the villanous Turkes [ 40] perceiuing his lame hand, and that he could not performe so much as other Slaues, quickly com∣plained to their Patron, who as quickly apprehended the inconuenience; whereupon hee sent for him the next day, and told him he was vnseruiceable for his present purpose, and therefore vnlesse he could procure fifteene pound of the English there for his ransome, he would send him vp into the Countrey, where he should neuer see Christendome againe, and endure the extremity of a miserable banishment.

But see how God worketh all for the best for his seruants, and confoundeth the presumption of Tyrants, frustrating their purposes, to make his wonders knowne to the sonnes of men, and releeues his people, when they least thinke of succour and releasement. Whilest Iohn Rawlins was thus terrified with the dogged answere of Villa Rise, the Exchange of Bristow, a ship former∣ly * 2.164 [ 50] surprised by the Pirats, lay all vnrigged in the Harbour, till at last one Iohn Goodale, an English Turke, with his confederates, vnderstanding shee was a good sailer, and might be made a proper Man of Warre, bought her from the Turkes that tooke her, and prepared her for their owne pur∣pose: now the Captaine that set them on worke, was also an English Renegado, by the name of Rammetham Rise, but by his Christen name Henrie Chandler, who resolued to make Goodale * 2.165 Master ouer her; and because they were both English Turkes, hauing the command notwith∣standing of many Turkes and Moores, they concluded to haue all English slaues to goe in her, and for their Gunners, English and Dutch Renegadoes, and so they agreed with the Patrons of nine English, and one French Slaue for their ransoms, who were presently imployed to rig and furnish the ship for a Man of Warre, and while they were thus busied, two of Iohn Rawlins men, who were taken with him, were also taken vp to serue in this Man of Warre, their names, Iames Roe, [ 60] and Iohn Dauies, the one dwelling in Plimmoth, and the other in Foy, where the Commander of this ship was also borne, by which occasion they came acquainted, so that both the Captaine, and the Master promised them good vsage, vpon the good seruice they should performe in the

voyage, and withall demanded of him, if he knew of any Englishman to be bought, that could serue them as a Pilot, both to direct them out of Harbour, and conduct them in their voyage. For in truth neither was the Captaine a Mariner, nor any Turke in her of sufficiency to dispose of her through the Straites in securitie, nor oppose any enemie, that should hold it out brauely against them. Dauies quickly replied, that as farre as he vnderstood, Villa Rise would sell Iohn Rawlins his Master, and Commander of the Barke which was taken, a man euery way sufficient for Sea affaires, being of great resolution and good experience; and for all he had a lame hand, yet had he a sound heart and noble courage for any attempt or aduenture.

When the Captaine vnderstood thus much, he imployed Dauies to search for Rawlins, who at last lighting vpon him, asked him if the Turke would sell him: Rawlins suddenly answered, [ 10] that by reason of his lame hand he was willing to part with him; but because he had disbursed money for him, he would gaine something by him, and so prized me at three hundred Dooblets, which amounteth to fifteene pound English; which I must procure, or incurre sorer indurances When Dauies had certified thus much, the Turks a ship-boord conferred about the matter, and the Master whose Christen name was Iohn Goodale ioyned with two Turkes, who were consor∣ted with him, and disbursed one hundred Dooblets a piece, and so bought him of Villa Rise, sen∣ding him into the said ship, called the Exchange of Bristow, as well to superuise what had been done, as to order what was left vndone, but especially to fit the sailes, and to accommodate the ship, all which Rawlins was very carefull and indulgent in, not yet thinking of any peculiar plot of deliuerance, more then a generall desire to be freed from this Turkish slauerie, and inhumane abuses. [ 20]

By the seuenth of Ianuarie, the ship was prepared with twelue good cast Pieces, and all man∣ner of munition and prouision, which belonged to such a purpose, and the same day haled out of the Mould of Argier, with this company, and in this manner.

There were in her sixtie three Turkes and Moores, nine English Slaues, and one French, foure Hollanders that were free men, to whom the Turkes promised one prise or other, and so to returne to Holland; or if they were disposed to goe backe againe for Argier, they should haue great reward and no enforcement offered, but continue as they would, both their re∣ligion and their customes: and for their Gunners they had two of our Souldiers, one English and one Dutch Renegado; and thus much for the companie. For the manner of setting out, it was as vsuall as in other ships, but that the Turkes delighted in the ostentous brauerie of their Strea∣mers, Banners, and Top-sayles; the ship being a handsome ship, and well built for any purpose: [ 30] the Slaues and English were imployed vnder Hatches about the Ordnance, and other workes of order, and accommodating themselues: all which Iohn Rawlins marked, as supposing it an into∣lerable slauerie to take such paines, and be subiect to such dangers, and still to enrich other men and maintaine their voluptuous filthinesse and liues, returning themselues as Slaues, and liuing worse then their Dogs amongst them. Whereupon hee burst out into these, or such like abrupt speeches: Oh Hellish slauerie to be thus subiect to Dogs! Oh, God strengthen my heart and hand, and something shall be done to ease vs of these mischiefes, and deliuer vs from these cruell Mahumetan Dogs. The other Slaues pittying his distraction (as they thought) bad him speake softly, left they should all fare the worse for his distemperature. The worse (quoth Rawlins) [ 40] what can be worse? I will either attempt my deliuerance at one time, or another, or perish in the enterprise: but if you would be contented to hearken after a release, and ioyne with me in the action, I would not doubt of facilitating the same, and shew you a way to make your credits thriue by some worke of amazement, and augment your glorie in purchasing your libertie, I pre∣thee be quiet (said they againe) and thinke not of impossibilities: yet if you can but open such a doore of reason and probabilitie, that we be not condemned for desperate and distracted per∣sons, in pulling the Sunne as it were out of the Firmament: wee can but sacrifice our liues, and you may be sure of secrecie and taciturnitie.

The fifteenth of Ianuarie, the morning water brought vs neere Cape de Gatt, hard by the shoare, we hauing in our companie a smal Turkish ship of Warre, that followed vs out of Argier the next [ 50] day, and now ioyning with vs, gaue vs notice of seuen small vessels, sixe of them being Sattees, and one Pollack, who very quickly appeared in sight, and so we made toward them: but hauing more aduantage of the Pollack, then the rest, and loth to lose all, we both fetcht her vp, and brought her past hope of recouerie, which when she perceiued, rather then she would voluntarily come into the slauerie of these Mahumetans, she ran her selfe a shoare, and so all the men forsooke her; we still followed as neere as we durst, and for feare of splitting, let fall our anchors, making out both our boates, wherein were many Musketeers, and some English and Dutch Renegadoes, who came aboord home at their Conge, and found three pieces of Ordnance, and foure Murthe∣rers: but they straightway threw them all ouer-boord to lighten the ship, and so they got her [ 60] off, being laden with Hides, and Logwood for dying, and presently sent her to Argier, taking nine Turkes, and one English Slaue, out of one ship, and six out of the lesse, which we thought suf∣ficient to man her.

In the rifling of this Catelaynia, our Turks fell at variance one with another, and in such a man∣ner,

that we diuided our selues, the lesser ship returned to Argier, and our Exchange tooke the * 2.166 opportunitie of the wind, and plyed out of the Streights, which reioyced Iohn Rawlins very much, as resoluing on some Stratageme, when opportunitie should serue: in the meane-while, the Turkes began to murmurre, and would not willingly goe into the Marr Granada, as the phrase is amongst them: notwithstanding the Moores being very superstitious, were contented * 2.167 to be directed by their Hoshea, who with vs, signifieth a Witch, and is of great account and re∣putation amongst them, as not going in any great Vessell to Sea without one, and obseruing whatsoeuer he concludeth out of his Diuination: the Ceremonies he vseth are many, and when they come into the Ocean, euery second or third night he maketh his Coniuration; he beginneth and endeth with Prayer, vsing many Characters, and calling vpon God by diuers names: yet at [ 10] this time, all that he did consisted in these particulars.

Vpon the sight of two great ships, and as wee were afraid the chasing, beeing supposed to bee Spanish men of Warre, a great silence is commanded in the ship, and when all is done, the com∣pany * 2.168 giueth as great a skrich; the Captaine still comming to Iohn Rawlins, and sometimes ma∣king him take in all his sayles, and sometimes causing him to hoyse them all out, as the Witch findeth by his Booke, and presages; then haue they two Arrowes, and a Curtleaxe, lying vpon a Pillow naked; the Arrowes are one for the Turkes, and the other for the Christians; then the Witch readeth, and the Captaine of some other taketh the Arrowes in their hand by the heads, and if the Arrow for the Christians commeth ouer the head of the Arrow for the Turkes, then doe they aduance their sayles, and will not endure the fight, whatsoeuer they see: but if the Ar∣row [ 20] of the Turkes is found in the opening of the hand vpon the Arrow of the Christians, then will they stay and encounter with any shippe whatsoeuer: the Curtleaxe is taken vp by some Childe, that is innocent, or rather ignorant of the Ceremonie, and so layd downe againe; then doe they obserue, whether the same side is vppermost, which lay before, and so proceed accor∣dingly.

They also obserue Lunatickes and Changelings, and the Coniurer writeth downe their Say∣ings in a Booke, groueling on the ground, as if he whispered to the Deuill to tell him the truth, and so expoundeth the Letter, as it were by inspiration. Many other foolish Rites they haue, whereon they doe dote as foolishly.

Whilest he was busied, and made demonstration that all was finished, the people in the ship gaue a great shout, and cryed out, a sayle, a sayle, which at last was discouered to bee another [ 30] man of Warre of Turkes: for he made toward vs, and sent his Boat aboord vs, to whom our Captaine complained, that being becalmed by the Southerne Cape, and hauing made no Voy∣age, the Turkes denyed to goe any further Northward: but the Captaine resolued not to re∣turne to Argier, except he could obtayne some Prize worthy his endurances, but rather togoe to Salle, and sell his Christians to victuall his ship; which the other Captaine apprehended for his honour, and so perswaded the Turkes to be obedient vnto him; whereupon followed a paci∣cation amongst vs, and so that Turke tooke his course for the Streights, and wee put vp North∣ward, expecting the good houre of some beneficiall bootie.

All this while our slauery continued, and the Turkes with insulting tyrannie set vs still on worke in all base and seruile actions, adding stripes and inhumane reuilings, euen in our greatest [ 40] labour, whereupon Iohn Rawlins resolued to obtayne his libertie, and surprize the ship; proui∣ding Ropes with broad speckes of Iron, and all the Iron Crowes, with which hee knew a way, vpon consent of the rest, to ramme vp or tye fast their Scuttels, Gratings, and Cabbins, yea, to shut vp the Captaine himselfe with all his consorts, and so to handle the matter, that vpon the watch-word giuen, the English being Masters of the Gunner roome, Ordnance, and Powder, they would eyther blow them into the Ayre, or kill them as they aduentured to come downe one by one, if they should by any chance open their Cabbins. But because hee would proceed the better in his enterprise, as he had somewhat abruptly discouered himselfe to the nine Eng∣lish slaues, so he kept the same distance with the foure Hollanders, that were free men, till fin∣ding them comming somewhat toward them, he acquainted them with the whole Conspiracie, [ 50] and they affecting the Plot, offered the aduenture of their liues in the businesse. Then very wa∣rily he vndermined the English Renegado, which was the Gunner, and three more his Associats, who at first seemed to retract. Last of all were brought in the Dutch Renegadoes, who were al∣so in the Gunner roome, for alwayes there lay twelue there, fiue Christians, and seuen English, and Dutch Turkes: so that when another motion had settled their resolutions, and Iohn Rawlins his constancie had put new life as it were in the matter, the foure Hollanders very honestly, ac∣cording to their promise, sounded the Dutch Renegadoes, who with easie perswasion gaue their consent to so braue an Enterprize; whereupon Iohn Rawlins, not caring whether the Eng∣lish Gunners would yeeld or no, resolued in the Captaines morning watch, to make the attempt: [ 60] But you must vnderstand that where the English slaues lay, there hung vp alwayes foure or fiue Crowes of Iron, being still vnder the carriages of the Peeces, and when the time approached being very darke, because Iohn Rawlins would haue his Crow of Iron ready as other things were, and other men prepared in their seuerall places, in taking it out of the carriage, by chance, it hit

on the side of the Peece, making such a noyse, that the Souldiers hearing it awaked the Turkes, and bade them come downe: whereupon the Botesane of the Turkes descended with a Candle, and * 2.169 presently searched all the slaues places, making much adoe of the matter, but finding neyther Hatchet nor Hammer, nor any thing else to moue suspition of the Enterprize, more then the Crow of Iron, which lay slipped downe vnder the carriages of the Peeces, they went quietly vp againe, and certified the Captaine what had chanced, who satisfied himselfe, that it was a common thing to haue a Crow of Iron slip from his place. But by this occasion wee made stay of our attempt, yet wer•• resolued to take another or a better oportunitie.

For we sayled still more North-ward, and Rawlins had more time to tamper with his Gun∣ners, and the rest of the English Renegadoes, who very willingly, when they considered the [ 10] matter, and perpended the reasons, gaue way vnto the Proiect, and with a kind of ioy seemed to entertayne the motiues: only they made a stop at the first on-set, who should begin the en∣terprize, which was no way fit for them to doe, because they were no slaues, but Renegadoes, and so had alwayes beneficiall entertaynment amongst them. But when it is once put in pra∣ctice, they would be sure not to faile them, but venture their liues for God and their Countrey. But once againe he is disappointed, and a suspitious accident brought him to recollect his spirits anew, and studie on the danger of the enterprize, and thus it was. After the Renegado Gunner, had protested secrecie by all that might induce a man to bestow some beliefe vpon him, he pre∣sently went vp the Scottle, but stayed not aloft a quarter of an houre, nay he came sooner down, * 2.170 & in the Gunner roome sate by Rawlins, who tarryed for him where he left him: he was no soo∣ner [ 20] placed, and entred into some conference, but there entred into the place a furious Turke, with his Knife drawne, and presented it to Rawlins his body, who verily supposed, he intended to kill him, as suspitious that the Gunner had discouered something, whereat Rawlins was much mo∣ued, and so hastily asked what the matter meant, or whether he would kill him or no, obseruing his countenance, and according to the nature of iealousie, conceiting that his colour had a passage of change, whereby his suspitious heart, condemned him for a Traytor: but that at more leisure he sware the contrary, and afterward proued faithfull and industrious in the enterprize. And for the present, he answered Rawlins in this manner, no Master, be not afraid, I thinke hee doth but iest. With that Iohn Rawlins gaue backe a little and drew out his Knife, stepping also to the Gunners sheath and taking out his, whereby he had two Kniues to one, which when the Turke [ 30] perceiued, he threw downe his Knife, saying, hee did but iest with him. But (as I said) when the Gunner perceiued, Rawlins tooke it so ill, hee whispered something in his eare, that at last satisfied him, calling Heauen to witnesse, that he neuer spake word of the Enterprize, nor euer would, either to the preiudice of the businesse, or danger of his person: Notwithstanding, Raw∣lins kept the Kniues in his sleeue all night, and was somewhat troubled, for that hee had made so many acquainted with an action of such importance; but the next day, when hee perceiued the Coast cleere, and that there was no cause of further feare, hee somewhat comforted him∣selfe.

All this while, Rawlins drew the Captaine to lye for the Northerne Cape, assuring him, that thereby he should not misse purchase, which accordingly fell out, as a wish would haue it: but his drift was in truth to draw him from any supply, or second of Turkes, if God should giue way [ 40] to their Enterprize, or successe to the victorie: yet for the present the sixth of February, being twelue leagues from the Cape, wee descryed a sayle, and presently tooke the aduantage of the wind in chasing her, and at last fetcht her vp, making her strike all her sayles, whereby wee knew her to be a Barke belonging to Tor Bay, neere Dartmouth, that came from Auerare laden * 2.171 with Salt: ere we had fully dispatched, it chanced to be foule weather, so that we could not, or at least would not make out our Boat, but caused the Master of the Barke to let downe his, and come aboord with his Company, being in the Barke but nine men, and one Boy; and so the Ma∣ster leauing his Mate with two men in the same, came himselfe with fiue men, and the boy vnto vs, whereupon our Turkish Captaine sent ten Turkes to man her, amongst whom were two Dutch, and one English Renegado, who were of our confederacie, and acquainted with the bu∣sinesse. [ 50]

But when Rawlins saw this partition of his friends, before they could hoyse out their Boat for the Barke, he made meanes to speake with them, and told them plainly, that he would pro∣secute the matter eyther that night, or the next and therefore whatsoeuer came of it they should acquaint the English with his resolution, and make toward England, bearing vp the helme, whiles the Turkes slept, and suspected no such matter: for by Gods grace in his first watch a∣bout mid-night, he would shew them a light, by which they might vnderstand, that the Enter∣prize was begunne, or at least in a good forwardnesse for the execution: and so the Boat was let downe, and they came to the Barke of Tor Bay, where the Masters Mate beeing left (as before you haue heard) apprehended quickly the matter, and heard the Discourse with amazement. [ 60] But time was precious, and not to be spent in disputing, or casting of doubts, whether the Turkes that were with them, were able to master them, or no, beeing seuen to sixe, considering they had the helme of the ship, and the Turkes being Souldiers, and ignorant of Sea Affaires, could

not discouer, whether they went to Argier or no; or if they did, they resolued by Rawlins ex∣ample to cut their throats, or cast them ouer-boord: and so I leaue them to make vse of the Re∣negadoes instructions, and returne to Rawlins againe.

The Master of the Barke of Tor Bay, and his Company were quickly searched, and as quickly pillaged, and dismissed to the libertie of the shippe, whereby Rawlins had leisure to entertayne him with the lamentable newes of their extremities, and in a word, of euery particular which was befitting to the purpose: yea, he told him, that that night he should lose the sight of them, for they would make the helme for England, and hee would that nigh•• and euermore pray for their good successe, and safe deliuerance.

When the Master of the Barke of Tor Bay had heard him out, and that his company were [ 10] partakers of his Storie, they became all silent, not eyther diffident of his Discourse, or afraid of the attempt, but resolued to assist him. Yet to shew himselfe an vnderstanding man, hee de∣manded of Rawlins, what weapons he had, and in what manner he would execute the businesse: to which he answered, that he had Ropes, and Iron Hookes to make fast the Scottels, Gratings, and Cabbines, he had also in the Gunner roome two Curtleaxes, and the slaues had fiue Crowes of Iron before them: Besides, in the scuffling they made no question of some of the Souldiers weapons: then for the manner, hee told them, they were sure of the Ordnance, the Gunner roome, and the Powder, and so blocking them vp, would eyther kill them as they came downe, or turne the Ordnance against their Cabbins, or blow them into the Ayre by one Stratageme or [ 20] other, and thus were they contented on all sides, and resolued to the Enterprize.

The next morning, being the seuenth day of February, the Prize of Tor Bay was not to bee * 2.172 seene or found, whereat the Captaine began to storme and sweare, commanding Rawlins to search the Seas vp and downe for her, who bestowed all that day in the businesse, but to little purpose: whereupon when the humour was spent, the Captaine pacified himselfe, as conceiting he should sure find her at Argier: but by the permission of the Ruler of all actions, that Argier was Eng∣land, and all his wickednesse frustrated: for Rawlins beeing now startled, lest hee should returne in this humour for the Streights, the eight of February went downe into the hold, and finding a great deale of water below, told the Captaine of the same, adding, that it did not come to the Pumpe, which he did very politickly, that he might remoue the Ordnance: For when the Captaine askt him the reason, he told him the ship was too farre after the head: then hee com∣manded [ 30] to vse the best meanes he could to bring her in order: sure then, quoth Rawlins, wee must quit our Cables, and bring foure Peeces of Ordnance after, and that would bring the wa∣ter to the Pumpe, which was presently put in practice, so the Peeces beeing vsually made fast thwart the ship, we brought two of them with their mouthes right before the Biticle, and be∣••ause the Renegadoe Flemmings would not begin, it was thus concluded: that the ship hauing three Deckes, wee that did belong to the Gunner roome should bee all there, and breake vp the lower Decke. The English slaues, who alwayes lay in the middle Decke, should doe the like, and watch the Scuttels: Rawlins himselfe preuayled with the Gunner, for so much Powder, as should prime the Peeces, and so told them all there was no better watch-word, nor meanes to begin, then vpon the report of the Peece to make a cry and skrich, for God, and King Iames, and [ 40] Saint George for England.

When all things were prepared, and euery man resolued, as knowing what hee had to doe, and the houre when it should happen, to be two in the afternoone, Rawlins aduised the Master Gunner to speake to the Captaine, that the Souldiers might attend on the Poope, which would bring the ship after: to which the Captaine was very willing, and vpon the Gunners informa∣tion, the Souldiers gat themselues to the Poope, to the number of twentie, and fiue or sixe went into the Captaines Cabbin, where alwayes lay diuers Curtleaxes, and some Targets, and so wee fell to worke to pumpe the water, and carryed the matter fairely till the next day, which was spent as the former, being the ninth of February, and as God must haue the prayse, the triumph of our victorie. [ 50]

For by that time all things were prepared, and the Souldiers got vpon the Poope as the day before: to auoid suspition, all that did belong to the Gunner-roome went downe, and the slaues in the middle decke attended their businesse, so that we may cast vp our account in this manner. First, nine English slaues, besides Iohn Rawlins: fiue of the Tor Bay men, and one boy, foure English Renegadoes, and two French, foure Hollanders: in all foure and twenty and a boy: so that lifting vp our hearts and hands to God for the successe of the businesse, we were wonderfully incoura∣ged; and setled our selues, till the report of the peece gaue vs warning of the enterprise. Now, you must consider, that in this company were two of Rawlins men, Iames Roe, and Iohn Dauies, whom he brought out of England, and whom the fortune of the Sea brought into the same pre∣dicament with their Master. These were imployed about noone (being as I said, the ninth of February) to prepare their matches, while all the Turkes or at least most of them stood on the [ 60] Poope, to weigh downe the ship as it were, to bring the water forward to the Pumpe: the one brought his match lighted betweene two spoons, the other brought his in a little peece of a Can▪ and so in the name of God, the Turkes and Moores being placed as you haue heard, and fiue and

forty in number, and Rawlins hauing proined the Tuch-holes, Iames Roe gaue fire to one of the peeces, about two of the clocke in the afternoone, and the confederates vpon the warning, shou∣ted most cheerefully: the report of the peece did teare and breake downe all the Bitickell, and * 2.173 compasses, and the noise of the slaues made all the Souldiers amased at the matter, till seeing the quarter of the ship rent, and feeling the whole body to shake vnder them: vnderstanding the ship was surprised, and the attempt tended to their vtter destruction, neuer Beare robbed of her whelpes was so fell and mad: For they not onely cald vs dogs, and cried out, Vsance de Lamair, which is as much as to say, the Fortune of the wars: but attempted to teare vp the planckes, setting a worke hammers, hatchets, kniues, the oares of the Boate, the Boat-hooke, their curtle∣axes, and what else came to hand, besides stones and brickes in the Cooke-roome; all which [ 10] they threw amongst vs, attempting still and still to breake and rip vp the hatches, and boords of the steering, not desisting from their former execrations, and horrible blasphemies and reuilings.

When Iohn Rawlins perceiued them so violent, and vnderstood how the slaues had cleared the deckes of all the Turkes and Moores beneath, he set a guard vpon the Powder, and charged their owne Muskets against them, killing them from diuers scout-holes, both before and behind, and so lessened their number, to the ioy of all our hearts, whereupon they cried out, and called for the Pilot, and so Rawlins, with some to guard him, went to them, and vnderstood them by their kneeling, that they cried for mercy, and to haue their liues saued, and they would come downe, which he bade them doe, and so they were taken one by one, and bound, yea killed with their owne Curtleaxes; which when the rest perceiued, they called vs English dogs, and reuiled [ 20] vs with many opprobrious tearmes, some leaping ouer-boord, crying, it was the chance of war, some were manacled, and so throwne ouer-boord, and some were slaine and mangled with the Curtleaxes, till the ship was well cleared, and our selues assured of the victory.

At the first report of our Peece, and hurliburly in the decks, the Captaine was a writing in his Cabbin, and hearing the noyse, thought it some strange accident, and so came out with his Cur∣tleaxe in his hand, presuming by his authority to pacifie the mischiefe: But when hee cast his eyes vpon vs, and saw that we were like to surprise the ship, he threw downe his Curtleaxe, and begged vs to saue his life, intimating vnto Rawlins, how he had redeemed him from Uilla-Rise, and euer since admitted him to place of command in the ship, besides honest vsage in the [ 30] whole course of the Voyage. All which Rawlins confessed, and at last condescended to mercy, and brought the Captaine and fiue more into England. The Captaine was called Ramtham-Rise, * 2.174 but his Christen name, Henry Chandler, and as they say, a Chandlers sonne in Southwarke. Iohn Good-ale, was also an English Turke. Richard Clarke, in Turkish, Iafar; George Cooke, Ramdam; Iohn Browne, Mamme; William Winter, Mustapha: besides all the slaues and Hollanders, with o∣ther Renegadoes, who were willing to be reconciled to their true Sauiour, as being formerly se∣duced with the hopes of riches, honour, preferment, and such like deuillish bai••s, to catch the soules of mortall men, and entangle frailty in the tarriers of horrible abuses, and im∣posturing deceit.

When all was done, and the ship cleared of the dead bodies, Iohn Rawlins assembled his men [ 40] together, and with one consent gaue the praise vnto God, vsing the accustomed seruice on ship∣boord, * 2.175 and for want of bookes lifted vp their voyces to God, as he put into their hearts, or re∣newed their memories: then did they sing a Psalme, and last of all, embraced one another for playing the men in such a Deliuerance, whereby our feare was turned into ioy, and trembling hearts exhillirated, that we had escaped such ineuitable dangers, and especially the slauery and terror of bondage, worse then death it selfe: The same night we washed our ship, put euery thing in as good order as we could, repaired the broken quarter, set vp the Biticle, and bore vp the Helme for England, whereby Gods grace and good guiding, we arriued at Plimmoth, the thir∣teenth of February, and were welcommed like the recouery of the lost sheepe, or as you read of * 2.176 a louing mother, that runneth with embraces to entertaine her sonne from a long Voyage and escape of many dangers. [ 50]

Not long after we vnderstood of our confederats, that returned home in the Barke of Tor∣bay, that they arriued in Pensance in Corne-wall the eleuenth of February: and if any aske after their deliuerance, considering there were ten Turkes sent to man her, I will tell you that too: the * 2.177 next day after they lost vs, as you haue heard and that the three Renegadoes had acquainted the Masters Mate, and the two English in her with Rawlins determination, and that they themselues would be true to them, and assist them in any enterprise: then if the worst came, there were but seuen to sixe: but as it fell out, they had a more easie passage, then turmoile, or man-slaugh∣ter. For they made the Turkes beleeue, the wind was come faire, and that they were sayling to Argier, till they came within sight of England, which one of them amongst the rest discouered, saying plainely, that that land was not like Cape Vincent; yes saith he, that was at the Helme, [ 60] and you will be contented, and goe downe into the hold, and trim the salt ouer to wind-ward, whereby the ship may beare full saile, you shall know and see more to morrow: Whereupon fiue of them went downe very orderly, the Renegadoes faining themselues asleepe, who presently

start vp, and with the helpe of the two English, nailed downe the hatches, whereat the principall amongst them much repined, and began to grow into choller and rage, had it not quickly beene ouerpassed. For one of them stepped to him, and dasht out his braines, and threw him o∣uer-boord: the rest were brought to Excester, and either to be arraigned, according to the pu∣nishment of deliquents in such a kind, or disposed of, as the King and Counsell shall thinke meet: and this is the story of this deliuerance, and end of Iohn Rawlins Voyage. The Actors in this Co∣mick Tragedie are most of them aliue; The T••rkes are in prison; the ship is to be seene, and Raw∣lins himselfe dare iustifie the matter.

The names of the English Renegadoes, which consented, and ioyned with [ 10] the slaues in the recouery of the ship, were these.

RIchard Clarke, the Gunner, called in Turkish, Iafar. George Cooke, Gunners-mate, called in Turkish, Ramedam. William Winter, Carpenter, in Turkish, Mustapha. Iohn Browne, in Turkish, Memme. One Dutch Renegado. Foure Dutch slaues. One French slaue. Fiue English∣men and one boy, taken but three dayes before. Nine English slaues which they tooke with them from Argier. In all foure and twenty men and a boy. Which were all safely landed at Plimmoth, the thirteenth of February, 1621. They saued aliue the fiue and forty Turkes and Moores, the Captaine, one Henry Chandlor, borne in South-warke, an English Renogado; and fiue Turkes more, who are at this present in Plimmoth Goale, &c. [ 20]

CHAP. VIII.

Relations of Africa, taken out of Master GEORGE SANDYS his larger discourse obserued in his Iourney, begun Ann. 1610. LIB. 2.

§. I. [ 30]

His Voyage from Rhodes to Alexandria, obseruations there, of Egypt, in generall, and of Nilus.

RHodes is now inhabited by the Turkes and Iewes: those Christians that be, being Greekes, and not suffered after Sun-set to abide in the Citie: the Suburbs where∣of * 2.178 are vtterly razed. I haue heard that all the Monuments, Statues, an inscrip∣tions belonging to the Knights of the Order, are by the Turkes preserued entire, excepting such as the warres had demolished. Heere the Grand Signior main∣taineth [ 40] fiue Gallies. About this Iland, we expected to haue met with Pirats, but were happily deceiued.

Now hauing lost the sight of Rhodes, we saw no land vntill the third night after: in the Euening, doubtfully discouering the Coast of Aegypt. Fearing the Lee-shoare, all night we bore out to Sea: the lightning ministring vncomfortable light, intermixed with thunder and tempests. The next day we entred the Hauen of Alexandria, newly defamed with a number of wracks, which scattered here and there, did miserably testifie the vnsafe protection of that Harbour. For not past two nights before the Northerne winds beating full vpon the mouth of the Hauen, with violent Seas droue the fore-most ships from their Anchors, who falling foule on the rest, sunke all for company, euen two and twenty in number: amongst the rest, that [ 50] great and warlike ship, called the Red-Lion, but taken the yeere before from the Knights of Malta.

But before we proceed any further in particulars, meet it is that something be said of Aegypt in generall. The wonderfull fertility of the soile, is rather to bee admired then expressed: in times past reputed the granary of the world; insomuch as it was not thought possible for the Ro∣mane Empire to subsist, if not assisted by the affluence of Aegypt. The occasion of that saying of Selymus when he had conquered the Country, that, Now he had taken a Farme that would feed his Iemoglans. Amongst other commodities which this earth doth yeeld, and are fetcht from hence by forrainers, Sugar, Flaxe, Rice, all manner of Graine, Linnen-cloth, Hides, Salt, But∣targo, [ 60] and Cassia, being now the principall.

Whatsoeuer here is estimable, proceedeth from the munificency of this Riuer; for progresse, and property of all other the most excellent: vnto former ages, though often attempted, (and that by great Potentates) of an vndiscouered originall,

Foure miles below Cairo, it deuideth into two maine and nauigable branches; that next the East running into the Mid-land Sea by Damiata (heretofore Pelusium:) the other inclining vnto the West, and formerly called Canopus, falleth into the selfe-same Sea a little below Rosetta, ma∣king of the richest portion of the Land a triangular Iland, named Delta, in that it beareth the forme of that letter: the fresh water keeping together, and changing the colour of the Salt, farre further into the Sea, then the shoare from thence can be discerned. Two other branches there be that runne betweene these, but poore in waters; besides diuers channels cut by the labour of man, for conueiances in the time of the inundation; which also are no small strengthning to the Countrey. Of those seuen mentioned by Herodotus, and those nine by Ptolomy, these are all that I either saw or could heare of. Nor is it a thing extraordinarie for Riuers to lose their channels, [ 10] either choaked by themselues, or by the aduerse Seas, with beds of Sand, and turned vp grauell re∣sisting their passages. But amongst the hidden mysteries of Nature, there is none more wonder∣full, then is the ouerflowing of this Riuer; making of a meere Desart (for such is Egypt vnwa∣tred by Nilus) the most fruitfull part of the habitable world, little when others are great, and their decrease increasing.

Not tide to lawes of other streames; the Sunne When farthest off, thy streames then poorest runne. Intemperate heauen to temper, midst of heate; Vnder the burning Zone, bid to grow great. Then Nile assists the world; lest fire should quell [ 20] The earth: and makes his high-borne waters swell Against the Lions flaming iawes—

Inde etiam leges aliarum nescit aquarum: Nec tumet hybernus quum longe Sole remot Officijs caret vnda suis, daie iussus iniquo Temperiem coelo, medijs aestatibus exit. Sub torrente plage, ne terras dissipet ignis Nilus ad est mundo, contraque accensa leonis Ora tumet—Lucan. l. 10.

The earth then burnt with the violent feruour, neuer refreshed with raine (which here falls rarely, and then onely in the Winter) hath helpe from Nilus, most constantly obseruing his ac∣customed seasons, beginning to arise with the arising Sunne on the seuenteenth of Iune; swel∣ling by degrees vntill it mount sometimes foure and twentie cubits, but that the vtter∣most.

This yeare * 2.179 at Cairo it rise three and twentie. About two miles aboue the Citie, at the end of old Cairo, in the beginning of August they cut the bankes; then when ascended vnto his princi∣pall height; before kept in, lest that the too timely deluge should destroy the fruites of the earth [ 30] ere fit to be reaped. At which the Bassa is himselfe in person (who giueth the first stroke) ac∣companied with a world of people, rowed in Gallies and Barges of triumph, and for diuers dayes feasting: the Bassa in the Castle of Michias, an Iland surrounded with Nile (so called, in that there the Pillar doth stand, by which they obserue the increase of the Riuer) others vnder Pau∣lions pitched by the shoare, with barbarous solemnities, and generall reioycings. At their returne they are met by those of the Citie, who bestrew their heads with flowers, as the welcome fore∣runners of that they long wished. They turned in water following them at the heeles; boats now rowed, where but now they trampled, filling the dustie trenches and long emptied Cisternes: and a while after couering in many places the superficies of the land, which there then appeareth as [ 40] a troubled Lake. Answerable to the increase of the Riuer, is the plentie or scarcitie of the yeare succeeding, bringing with it both earth and water into a sandie and thirstie soile, of it selfe vn∣profitable: so that it as well manures as moistens, with the fat and pregnant slime which it lea∣ueth * 2.180 behind it. Vnto which they owe not their riches onely, but themselues. For the plague which here oft miserably rageth, vpon the first of the flood doth instantly cease: insomuch as when fiue hundred die at Cairo the day before, which is nothing rare (for the sound keepe com∣panie with the sicke, holding death fatall, and to auoid them irreligion) not one doth die the day following. Wherefore no maruell though ignorant and superstitious antiquitie, vnder the name of Osyris adored this Riuer, which affoorded them so many benefits, and such as not apprehended were thought supernaturall. Thus where couered with water, it is no vnpleasant sight to be∣hold [ 50] the Townes appearing like little Ilands; the people passing and repassing by boate, and not seldome swimming: who the lesse they see of their Country, the more is their comfort. About the midst of September it ceaseth to augment: and retiring a moneth after within his proper bounds, giueth way vnto Husbandrie (the earth vntilled, by throwing the Graine on the mud, and Rice into the water, affoording her first increase) vntill May decreasing, and then in a mar∣ueilous penurie of water. To proue that it proceedeth from a naturall cause, this one, though strange, yet true experiment will suffice. Take of the earth of Egypt adioyning to the Riuer, and preserue it carefully, that it neither come to be wet nor wasted; weigh it daily, and you shal find it neither more nor lesse heauie vntil the seuenteenth of Iune, at which day it beginneth to grow [ 60] more ponderous, and augmenteth with the augmentation of the riuer, whereby they haue an vn∣fallible knowledge of the state of the Deluge: proceeding without doubt from the humiditie of the Aire, which hauing a recourse through all passible places, and mixing therewith, increaseth the same as it increaseth in moysture. In the tenth and eleuenth yeare of Cleopatra, it is by Wri∣ters

of those times for a certainty affirmed, that the Nilus increased not; which two yeares de∣fect prognosticated the fal of two great Potentates, Cleopatra and Anthony. Many ages before, Callimachus reports, that it did the like for nine yeares together. From the same cause, no questi∣on, but that seuen yeares dearth proceeded in the time of Pharao.

It also produceth abundance of Fish, in shape and qualitie much differing from ours: but by reason of the muddy channell, not altogether sauorie nor wholsome.

Throughout this Countrey there are no Wines, yet want they none, in that they desire them not. Neither are here any trees to speake of, but such as are planted, and those in Orchards only: * 2.181 excepting Palmes, which delight in Desarts; and being naturally theirs, doe grow without li∣mits. Of these they haue plenty, pleasing the eye with their goodly formes, and with diuersitie [ 10] of benefits inriching their owners. Of body straight, high, round, and slender (yet vnfit for buil∣dings) crested about, and by meanes thereof with facilitie ascended. The branches like Sedges, slit on the neather side, and euer greene; growing onely on the vppermost height, resemble faire plumes of feathers, which they yearely prune, by lopping off the lowest, and at the top of all by bearing a little of the bole. Of these there be male and female, both thr••st forth cods (which are full of seeds like knotted strings) at the roote of their branches, but the female is onely fruit∣full; * 2.182 and not so, vnlesse growing by the male (towards whose vpright growth she inclines her crowne) and haue of his seedes commixed with hers; which in the beginning of March they no more faile to doe, then to sow the earth at accustomed seasons. Their Dates doe grow like fin∣gers, and are thereof named; not ripe vntill the fine of December, which begin to cod about the [ 20] beginning of February. They open the tops of such as are fruitlesse, or otherwise perisht; and take from thence the white pith, of old called the braine, which they sell vp and downe: an ex∣cellent sallad, not much vnlike in taste, but farre better then an Artichoke. Of the branches they make Bed-steads, Lattices, &c. of the web of the Leaues, Baskets, Mats, Fans, &c. of the outward huske of the Cod, good Cordage; of the inward, Brushes, &c. such and such like affoord they yearely without empaire to themselues. This tree they held to be the perfect image of a man, and by the same represented him: First, for that it doth not fructifie, but by coiture: next, as hauing a Braine, as it were, in the vppermost part; which once corrupted, as man, euen so it perisheth: and lastly, in regard that on the top thereof grow certaine strings, which resemble the haire; the great ends of the branches appearing like hands stretcht forth, and the Dates as [ 30] fingers. And because the Palme is neuer to be suppressed, but shooteth vp against all opposition, the boughs thereof haue been proposed as rewards for such as were either victorious in armes or exercises. Wood then is here but scarce in regard of the quantitie; and yet enough, if their vses for the same be considered. For they eate but little flesh (fresh Cheese, sowre Milke made solid, Roots, Fruits and Herbs, especially Colocasia, anciently called the Egyptian Beane, though bearing no Beane, but like the leafe of a Colewort, being their principal sustenance; baking their bread in Cakes on the harth, and mingling there with the seeds of Coriander.) As for cold, they know it not; hauing sufficient of the refuse of Palmes, Sugar-canes, and the like, to furnish them with fuell, answerable to their necessities. But forrainers that feed as in colder Countries, doe buy * 2.183 their Wood by weight, which is brought in hither by shipping. The Gallions also of Constanti∣nople, alwaies goe into the Blacke Sea for timber, before they take their voyage for Cairo. Omit [ 40] I must not the sedgie reeds which grow in the Marishes of Egypt, called formerly Papyri, of which they made paper; and whereof ours made of rags, assumeth that name. They diuided it into thin flakes, whereinto it naturally parteth: then laying them on a table, and moistning them with * 2.184 the gluttinous water of the Riuer, they prest them together, and so dried them in the Sunne. It is now gouerned by a Bassa who hath his residence in Cairo, and commandeth as an absolute So∣ueraigne; vnder whom are sixteene Sanziacks, and a hundred thousand Spacheis. The reuenues of this little Countrie amounting to three Millions of * 2.185 Shariffes. The Great Turke hauing one (viz. foure hundred thousand disbursed yearely in Sugar and Rice, and sent to Constantinople; the residue sent ouer-land with a guard of sixe hundred Souldiers, for feare of the Florentine:) another Million is spent in payes, and in setting forth the Caruan vnto Mecha; the third hee hath [ 50] for the supportance of his owne estate, and entertainement of his dependents. But this is little in regard of that which was raised thereof in the reigne of Aulctes, who receiued seuen Millions and a halfe of Crownes; much more supposed to haue yeelded to the more prouident Ro∣manes.

The Bassa now being, and called Mahomet, is a man well striken in yeares, of a sowre and in∣flexible nature. At his first entrance hee cut off the heads of foure thousand Spacheis, that had borne themselues too insolently, and committed many outrages and extortions. Hee sent the great men that bore ouermuch sway vnto Constantinople; those that refused to goe, he caused to * 2.186 be strangled, vsing the aide of the Arabians (who iustly hated the other) in all his executions. If [ 60] a robberie be committed, and the theeues escape, such as are appointed to guard those q••arters, do suffer in their stead; insomuch as often they attach poore innocents when they cannot appre∣hend the guiltie, to deliuer themselues from punishment: boring holes through the condemneds armes, stretcht wide on staues, in which are Candles stucke, that bu••ne downe into the flesh, and * 2.187

are led in that manner through the Citie vnto the place of execution. Others are stript of their skinnes, yet liue in horrible torment so long as the Executioners Steele offends not the Nauell. * 2.188 Drunkennesse is punished with death; and all disorders so seuerely lookt into, that I thinke in no other place you shall see so few amongst such a multitude of people. The malice his rigour procured, had caused himselfe to confine himselfe to the Castle for a twelue-moneth, before our comming to Cairo: but his gouernment is so well approued by the Grand Signior, that to doe him the more honour, he hath giuen him his daughter in marriage, a childe of foure yeares old, which hath beene solemnized with all possible Ceremonies. One thing more is in him pray se∣worthy; that hee will hardly suffer a Christian to turne Mahometan, either out of the dislike of his owne Religion, or knowing well that they doe it onely for commoditie and prefer∣ment. [ 10]

Those that now inhabit the Countrey, are for the most part Moores. Turkes there are many, and Iewes, which reside onely in Cities. Store of Arabians, and not a few Negroes. Of Chri∣stians, the natiue Copties are the most in number: some Greekes there bee, and a few Arme∣nians.

The Egyptian Moores (descended of the Arabians, and vnderstanding each other) are men of * 2.189 a meane stature, tawnie of complexion, and spare of bodie, shrill tongued, and nimble footed; naturally industrious, affecting more their profit then their ease; yet know they not how to liue of a little, as in nothing riotous. Rather craftie they are then wise; more obseruant then faithfull, by much more deuout then the Turkes in the Mahometan Religion. In Learning they [ 20] are vtterly ignorant. Amongst them none are Noble: few admitted to the Souldiery, (nor suf∣fered in Townes to weare Weapons) not any to Magistracie. In Cities the best of them exer∣cise Merchandize: rich by meanes of their Trafficke with the Indians; yet that decayed since our East Indian Voyages: insomuch, as Spices brought out of the Leuant heretofore, are now with profit brought thither by our Merchants. In habit they differ little from the Turkes, excepting * 2.190 some of the yonger sort, who weare side Coates of Linnen (the ancient habit of that Coun∣trey) girt to their wastes, and Towels throwne about their neckes of the same. Diuers of the Negroes weare Vests like Surplices. Those of the poorest, long Garments of Hayre, streakt blacke and white; in the winter, side Coates of Cotten. The Beggers by singing, both get re∣liefe, and comfort their pouertie; playing withall vpon Drummes which are fashioned like [ 30] Siues.

A number here be afflicted with sore eyes, eyther by the reflecting heate, the salt dust of the * 2.191 soyle, or excessiue Venerie: for the Pockes is vncredibly frequent amongst them. The women when out of their houses, are wrapt from the crowne of the head to the foot in ample Robes of Linnen, spreading their armes vnderneath to appeare more corpulent: for they thinke it a spe∣ciall excellencie to be fat; and most of them are so; so in frequenting the Bannias for certayne dayes together, wherein they vse such dyet and frictions, as daily vse confirmeth for effectuall. They couer their faces with black Cypresse bespotted with red. Their vnder garments of lighter stuffes then the Turkish, not differing in fashion. The better sort weare hoopes of Gold and Siluer about their armes, and aboue their an••les: others of Copper, with Peeces of Coyne halfe couering their fore-heads, and plates hung about their neckes, &c. Both men and women [ 40] doe brand their armes for the loue of each other. Diuers of the women haue I seene with their chinnes distayned into knots and flowres of blue, made by pricking of the skinne with Needles, and rubbing it ouer with Inke and the Iuyce of an herbe, which will neuer weare out againe. They haue quicke and easie labour, bearing heretofore often two, and sometimes three at a burthen: those also borne in the eighth moneth liuing, rarely if else-where heard of. In the adioyning Deserts of Saint Macario, a Plant there is, low, leauelesse, browne of colour, bran∣ched like Corall, and closed at the top, this in the time of the labour of women, they set in wa∣ter in some corner of the roome, which strangely displayeth, procuring (as they generally con∣iecture) easie deliueries. The Countrey people doe follow Husbandry. They are not long in dressing themselues, being onely wrapt in a russet Mantle: nor haue the women any better co∣uerture, [ 50] hiding their faces with beastly clouts, hauing holes for their eyes; which little is too much to see, and abstayne from lothing. Ouer their shashes the men weare rounds of stif••ned russet, to defend their braines from their piercing feruour. A people breathes not more sauage and nastie, crusted with dirt, and stinking of smoke, by reason of the * 2.192 fuell, and their houses which haue no Chimnies. Some of them dwell vnder beggerly Tents, and those esteemed of the old Inhabitants.

But the Copties are the true Egyptians, retayning the name of Coptus that ancient Citie and * 2.193 Territorie, a litle below, and on that side the Riuer where once stood Thebes, against the Iland of the Tenterites. The name signifieth Priuation, so called, for that there Isis cut off a locke of her Hayre, and put on funerall Garments for the death of Osiris. Others will haue them so cal∣led [ 60] in regard of their Circumcision. These, as I said, are Christians, notwithstanding they are circumcised, whereof they now begin to bee ashamed; saying, that in the Countrey they are thereunto compelled by the Moores; and in Cities where secure from violence, they vse it not;

howbeit, doing it rather in that an ancient custome of their Nation (mentioned by Herodotus) then out of Religion. They were infected with that heresie of one nature in Christ, long be∣fore Iacobus (of whom now named, and of whom wee shall speake hereafter) divulged it in Syria.

At this day they professe him to be perfect God and perfect man; yet dare not distinguish his natures, for feare of diuiding his person. They baptize not their Children vntill fortie dayes old. * 2.194 Presently after mid-night they repayre to their Churches, where they remaine wel-nigh vntill Sunday at noone; during which time, they neither sit nor kneele, but support themselues vpon crutches. The Priest is veiled and vested in Linnen, hauing two or three Boyes apparelled alike, and sequestred from the rest of the people, to assist him; for they conferre inferiour Orders vpon [ 10] children. They sing ouer most part of the Psalms of Dauid at euery meeting, with diuers parcels of the Old and New Testaments; the latter, as written by Nicomedes: some in the Copticke Language, vnderstood but by few, most in the Moresco. Often both Priest and people conioy∣ned in Sauage noyses, to our iudgements not articulate. The Priest not seldome eleuating a red cloth (vnder which, I suppose, was the Sacrament) which they administer in both kinds, and giue it to Infants presently after Baptisme. In their Churches they haue the Picture of our Sa∣uiour, and the blessed Virgin; but not ouer their Altars; nor for any thing I could perceiue, doe they reuerence them.

In certaine Chests they preserue the bones and ashes of such as haue turned Mahometan, and afterward recanted; for which they haue suffered Martyrdome. At their entrance they kisse [ 20] their hands, and lay them vpon one another: the women in grated Galleries separated from the men. Extreame Vnction, Prayer for the Dead, and Purgatory, they admit not of. The Romane Church they hold for Hereticall, and reiect all generall Councels, after that of Ephesus. Yet a multitude of late haue beene drawne to receiue the Popish Religion (especially in Cairo) by the industry of Friers, hauing had the Romane Liturgie sent them from Rome, to∣gether with the Bible, in the Arabecke Language. Of Alexandria hath their Patriarke his name, but his abode is in Cairo. Sixe dayes iourney aboue Cairo vp the Riuer, they haue a great * 2.195 Citie, called Saiet; where Christ, with his mother, is said to haue made their abode vntill the death of Herod: vnto which, growing old and sickly, they repaire, as desirous to die there: where there is a goodly Church, though something ruinous, built by Hellen the mother [ 30] of Constantine, and consecrated to the blessed Virgin. They neuer eate in the day time during the Lent, but on Saturdayes and Sundayes. They weare round Caps, Towels about their neckes, and gownes with wide sleeues of Cloth, and Stuffes lesse ponderous. These liue in more sub∣iection then the Moores, by reason of their Religion, and pay yerely a certaine summe for their * 2.196 heads to the Bassa. Ignorant in the excellencies of their ancestors, but retaining their vices. Some of them professe some knowledge in Magicke, being but Iuglers, compared with the for∣mer, by whom such miracles were effected.

The Lake Mardotis afforded another Hauen vnto the Citie, * 2.197 then that of the Sea more pro∣fitable: by reason of the commodities of India, the Arabian Gulph, and vp-land parts of Ae∣gypt, brought downe by the conueniency of that passage by Channels now vtterly ruined. And [ 40] the same by a narrow cut was ioyned vnto another Lake, farre lesse, and neerer the Sea, which at this day too plentifully furnisheth all Turkie with Salt-peter. Betweene the lesse Lake and the Citie, there passeth an artificiall channell which serueth them with water (for they haue no wells) in the time of the deluge, conueyed by Conduits into ample Cisterns (now most of them Fennie for want of vse, an occasion of much sickenesse in the summer) and so preserued vn∣till the succeeding ouerflow. For Alexandria is all built vpon vaults, supported with carued pillars one aboue another, and lined with stone; insomuch, as no small proportion thereof lay concealed in earth, consider we either of the Coast or quantity.

Such was this Queene of Cities and Metropolis of Africa: who now hath nothing left her but ruines; and those ill witnesses of his perished beauties: declaring rather, that Townes [ 50] as well as men, haue their ages and destinies. Onely those wals remaine which were founded (as some say) by Ptolomie: one within another, imbatled, & garnished with three score & eight Tur∣rets; rather stately then strong, if compared with the moderne. Yet these, by the former de∣scriptions, and ruines without appeare to haue immured but a part of the Citie. After that de∣stroyed by the Saracens, it lay for a long time waste, vntill a Mahometan Priest, pronouncing (as he said, out of Mahomets prophesies) indulgences to such as should re-edifie, inhabite, or con∣tribute money thereunto, within certaine dayes, did in a short season repeople it. But a latter de∣struction it receiued by the Cypriots, French, and Uenetians, about the time that Lewis the fourth was enlarged by the Sultans, who surprised the Citie with a marueilous slaughter. But hearing of the approach of the Sultan, (who had raised a great army for their reliefe) desparing to main∣taine [ 60] it, they set it on fire, and departed. The Sultan repairing the walls as well as he could, built this Castle that now stands on the Pharus for the defence of the Hauen; and brought it to the state wherein it remaineth. Sundry Mountaines are raised of the ruines, by Christians not

to be mounted; lest they should take too exact a suruey of the Citie: in which are often found (especially after a shower) rich stones, and medals engrauen with the figures of their Gods, and men, with such perfection of Art; as these now cut, seeme lame to those, and vnliuely counter∣feits. On the top of one of them stands a watch-tower, where continuall centinell is kept, to giue notice of approaching sailes. Of Antiquities there are few remainders: onely Hierogly∣hpicall Obeliske of Theban Marble, as hard wel-nigh as Porphir, but of a deeper red, and speckled alike, called Pharoes Needle, standing where once stood the Palace of Alexander: and another * 2.198 lying by, and like it, halfe buried in rubbidge. Without the walls on the South-west side of the Citie, on a little hill stands a Columne of the same, all of one stone, eightie sixe Palmes high, and thiry sixe in compasse, the Palme consisting of nine inches and a quarter, according to the mea∣sure [ 10] of Genoa, as measured for Zigal Bassa by a Genoues, set vpon a square cube (and which is to be wondered at) not halfe so large as the foot of the Pillar, called by the Arabians, Hemadeslaeor, which is, the Columne of the Arabians. They tell a Fable, how that one of the Ptolomies erected the same in the furthest extent of the Hauen, to defend the Citie from Nauall incursions: ha∣uing placed a Magicall glasse of Steele on the top, of vertue (if vncouered) to set on fire such ships as sailed by. But subuerted by them, the glasse lost that power, who in this place re-ere∣cted the Columne. But by the Westerne Christians it is called the pillar of Pompey: and is said to haue beene reared by Caesar, as a memoriall of his Pompeian Victory. The Patriarke of A∣lexandria * 2.199 hath here a house adioyning to a Church, which stands (as they say) in the place where Saint Marke was buried, their first Bishop and Martyr: who in the dayes of Traian, haled with a rope tied about his neck, vnto the place, called Angeles, was there burned for the testimo∣nie [ 20] of Christ, by the idolatrous Pagans. Afterward his bones were remoued to Uenice by the Venetians, he being the Saint and Patron of that Citie. There be at this day two Patriarkes, one of the Greeks; another of the Circumcised, the vniuersall Patriarke of the Cofties and Abas∣sines. * 2.200 The name of the Greeke Patriarke now being, is Cyril, a man of approued vertue and lear∣ning, a friend to the reformed Religion, and opposing the contrary; saying, that the differences betweene vs and the Greekes, be but shels; but that those are Kernels betweene them and the other. Of whom something more shall be spoken hereafter. The buildings now being, are meane and few, erected on the ruines of the former: that part that lieth along the shoare inha∣bited onely, the rest desolate: the walls almost quadrangular; on each side a gate, one opening [ 30] towards Nilus; another regards Mariotis; the third, the Desarts of Barcha; and the fourth, the Hauen. Inhabited by Moores, Turkes, Iewes, Cofties, and Grecians; more in regard of Mer∣chandize, (for Alexandria is a Free Port, both for friend and enemy) then for the conueniency of the place: seated in a Desart, where they haue neither Tillage nor Pasturage, except what borders on the Lake; that little, and vnhusbanded: yet keepe they good store of Goats, that haue eares hanging downe to the ground, which feed amongst ruines. On the Ile of Pharus, now a part of the Continent, there stands a Castle, defending the entrance of the Hauen; which hath no water but what is brought vpon Camels from the Cisterns of the Citie: this, at our comming in, as is the vse, we saluted with our Ordnance. As many of vs as came ashoare, * 2.201 were brought to the Custome-house, to haue our selues and our valeisas searched: where ten in [ 40] the hundred is to be paid for whatsoeuer we haue, and that in kind, onely money payes, but one and a halfe; whereof they take an exact account, that thereby they may aime at the value of returned commodities; then paying eleuen in the hundred more, euen for such goods as are in property vnaltered. At so high a rate is this free traffique purchased, the Mahumetan here pay∣ing as much as the Christian. The Customes are framed by the Iewes, paying for the same vnto the Bassa twenty thousand * 2.202 Madeins a day, thirty of them amounting to a Ryall of eight. Wee lodged in the house of the French Consul, vnto whose protection all strangers commit them∣selues. The Cane lockt vp by the Turkes at noones and at nights, for feare that the Franks should suffer or offer any outrage. The Vice-consul keepes a table for Merchants, he himselfe a Magnifico, lesse liberall of his presence, then industrious to pleasure; yea, rather stately then * 2.203 proud; expecting respect, and meriting good will: that was a Priest, and would be a Cardinall; [ 50] with the hopes whereof, they say, that he feasteth his ambition. By him we were prouided of a Ianisary for our guard vnto Cairo: his hire, fiue peeces of gold, besides his owne diet and his mans, with prouision of Powder. For our Asses (not inferiour in this Countrey vnto horses for trauell) halfe a Shariffe a peece, for our Camels a whole one. At the gate they tooke a Madein a head, for our selues and our Asses, so indifferently doe they prise vs: through which wee could not passe without a Tescaria from the Cadee, the principall officer of this Citie.

§. II.

His Iourney to Cairo, the things remarkeable there, and by the way.

ON the second of February in the afternoone, we vndertooke our Iourney: passing through a Desart, producing here and there a few vnhusbanded Palmes, Capers, and * 2.204 a weed called Kall by the Arabs. This they vse for fuel, and then collecting the ashes, which crusht together like a stone, they sell them in great quantity to the Venetians, [ 10] who equally mixing the same with the stones that are brought them from Pauia by the Riuer * 2.205 of Ticinum, made thereof their Christaline Glasses. On the left hand we left diuers ruinous buil∣dings: one said to haue been the Royall mansion of Cleopatra. Beyond which, Bucharis, once a little, but ancient Citie, now onely shewing her foundations, where grow many Palmes which sustaine the wretched people that liue thereabout in beggerly Cottages; where on a Rock stands a Tower, affoording light by night to the sailer, the place being full of danger. Anon we passed by a guard of Souldiers, there placed for the securing of that passage, paying a Madein for euerie head. Seuen or eight miles beyond, we ferried ouer a Creeke of the sea. On the other side stands a handsome Cane, not long since built by a Moore of Cairo for the reliefe of Trauellers, contai∣ning a quadrangle within, and arched vnderneath. Vnder one of these wee reposed; the stones [ 20] our beds, our fardels the bolsters. In such like places they vnloade their merchandize, refreshing themselues and their Camels with prouision brought with them, secured from theeues and vio∣lence. Giuing a trifle for Oyle, about midnight we departed, hauing here met with good store of company, such as allowed trauelling with their matches light, and prepared to receiue all on∣sets. The Moores to keepe themselues awake, would tell one tale a hundred times ouer. By the way againe we should haue paid Caphar, but the benefit of the night excused vs. Trauelling along the Sea shoare, and at length a little inclining on the right hand, before day we entred Rosetta, * 2.206 repairing to a Cane belonging to the Frankes. Our best entertainement an vnder-roome, musty, without light, and the vnwholsome floore to he vpon.

This Citie stands vpon the principall brance of the Nile, (called heretofore Canophus) which [ 30] about some three miles beneath dischargeth it selfe into the Sea. Hauing here (as at Damiata) his entrance crossed with a barre of Sand, changing according to the changes of winds, and bea∣ting of the Surges, insomuch, that the Ierbies that passe ouer, are made without keeles, hauing flat and round bottoms. A Pilot of the Towne there sounding all the day long, by whose directions they enter, and that so close vnto him, that one leapes out of that boate into the other to re∣ceiue pilotage, and returneth swimming. The Ierbies that can passe ouer this barre, may, if well directed, proceed vnto Cairo. Rosetta (called Rasid by the Egyptians) perhaps deriued of Ros, * 2.207 which signifieth Rice in the Turkish Tongue, and so named for the abundance that it vttereth (they here shealing monethly three hundred quarters) was built by the slaue of an Egyptian Ca∣liph. The houses are all of Brick, not old, yet seeming ancient: flat-rooft, as generally all bee in these hotter Countries (for the Moores vse much to lie on the tops of their houses) ietting ouer [ 40] aloft like the poopes of ships, to shadow the streets that are but narrow, from the Sunnes reflecti∣ons. Not small, yet of small defence; being destitute of walls, and other fortifications. I thinke no place vnder heauen is better furnished with Graine, Flesh, Fish, Sugar, fruites, Rootes, &c. Raw hides are here a principall commoditie, from hence transported into Italy.

The next day but one that followed, we imbarked for Cairo in a Ierbie, vnto which seuen wa∣ter * 2.208 men belonged, which we hired for twelue Dollars. This Arme of the Nile is as broad at Ro∣setta, as Thames about Tilbury, streightning by little and little: and then in many places so shal∣low, that oft we had much adoe to free our selues from the flats that had ingaged vs: the water being euer thicke, as if lately troubled; and passing along with a mute and vnspeedy current. [ 50] Ten miles aboue Rosetta, is that cut of the Riuer which runnes to Alexandria. By the way wee * 2.209 often bought as much Fish for sixe pence, as would haue satisfied twentie. On each side of the Riuer stands many Townes, but of no great esteeme, for the most part opposite, built partly of Brick, and partly of Mud; many of the poorer houses appearing like Bee-hiues, seated on little Hills throwne vp by the labour of man, to preserue them and their Cattell in the time of the ouerflow. Vpon the bankes all along are infinite numbers of deepe and spacious Vaults, into * 2.210 which they doe let the Riuer, drawing vp the water into higher Cisterns, with wheeles set round with Pitchers, and turned about by Buffoloes: from whence it runnes along little trenches, made vpon the ridges of banks, and so is conueied into their seuerall grounds, the Countrie lying all in a leuell. The winds blew seldome fauourable, insomuch as the poore Moores for most part [ 60] of the wav were enforced to hale vp the boate, often wading aboue their middles to deliuer it * 2.211 from the shallowes. At euery enforcing of themselues (as in all their labours) crying Elough, perswaded that God is neare them when they name him, the diuell farre off, and all impedi∣ments lessened. Of these it is strange to see such a number of broken persons, so being by reason

of their strong labour and weake food. The pleasant walkes which we had on the shoare, made our lingring passage lesse tedious. The fruitfull soyle possessing vs with wonder; and early matu∣ritie of things, there then as forward as with vs in Iune, who beginne to reape in the ending of March.

The Sugar Canes serued our hands for staues, and feasted our tastes with their Liquor. By the way we met with Troupes of Horsemen, appointed to cleere those passages from Theeues, whereof there are many, who also rob by water in little Frigats. Which made our carefull Iani∣zary (for so are most in their vndertaken charges) assisted by two other (to whom wee gaue their passage, who otherwise would haue taken it) nightly to keepe watch by turnes, discharging their Harquebuses in the euening, and hanging out kindled matches, to terrifie the Theeues, and [ 10] testifie their vigilancie. Fiue dayes now almost spent since we first imbarked, an houre before Sun-set we sayled by the Southerne angle of Delta: where the Riuer deuideth into another branch, not much inferiour vnto this, the East bounds of that Iland (which whether of Asia or Africa is yet to be decided) entring the Sea (as hath beene said before) below Damiata. Procee∣ding vp the riuer, about twilight we arriued at Bolac the Port Town to Cairo, and not two miles * 2.212 distant: where euery Franke at his landing is to pay a Dollar. Leauing our carriages in the Boat, within night we hired sixe Asses with their driuers for the values of sixe pence, to conduct vs vnto Cairo, where by an English Merchant we were kindly entertayned, who fed and housed vs * 2.213 gratis.

This Citie is seated on the East side of the Riuer, at the foote of the rockie mountaine Muc∣tac: winding therewith, and representing the forme of a crescent, stretching South and North [ 20] with the adioyning Suburbs, fiue Italian miles; in breadth scarce one and a halfe where it is at at the broadest: the walles (if it be walled) rather seeming to belong vnto priuate houses then otherwise. Yet is the Citie of a marueilous strength, as appeared by that three dayes battell carried through it by Selymus, and maintained by a poore remainder of the Mamalucks. For the streets are narrow, and the houses high-built, all of stone well nigh to the top, at the end almost of each a Gate, which shut (as nightly they are) make euery street as defensiue as a Castle. The houses more beautifull without, then commodious within, being ill contriued with comber∣some passages. Yet are the roofes high pitcht, and the vppermost lightly open in the middest to let in the comfortable aire. Flat, and plaistred aboue: the walls surmounting their roofes, com∣monly of single bricks (as are many of the walls of the vppermost stories) which ruined aboue, to such as stand aloft affoord a confused spectacle, and may be compared to a Groue of flourish∣ing [ 30] * 2.214 Trees that haue onely seere and perished Crownes. Their Lockes and Keyes bee of wood; e∣uen vnto doores that are plated with Iron. But the priuate buildings are not worth the mentio∣ning, if compared to the publike, of which the Mosques exceed in magnificencie: the stones of many being curiously carued without, supported with Pillars of Marble, adorned with what Art can deuise, and their Religion tollerate. Yet differ they in forme from those of Constantino∣ple; some being square with open roofes in the middle of a huge proportion, the couered Circle Tarrast aboue: others stretching out in length, and many fitted vnto the place where they stand. One built (and that the greatest) by Gehor, called Gemith Hashare: hee beeing named Hashare by the Caliph, which signifieth Noble. Of these in this Citie there is reported to bee [ 40] such a number, as passes beliefe, so that I list not name it.

Adioyning vnto them are lodgings for Santons, (which are fooles, and mad men) of whom * 2.215 we haue spoken already. When one of them dye, they carry his body about in procession with great reioycings, whose soule they suppose to bee rapt into Paradise. Heere bee also diuers goodly Hospitals, both for building, reuenue, and attendance.

Next to these in beautie are the Great mens Serraglios. By which if a Christian ride they will * 2.216 pull him from his Asse (for they prohibit vs Horses as not worthy to bestride them) with in∣dignation and contumely. The streets are vnpaued, and exceeding dirtie after a shower (for here it rayneth sometimes in the winter contrary to the receiued opinion, and then most subiect to plagues) ouer which many beames are laid athwart on the tops of houses, and couered with [ 50] Mats to shelter them from the Sunne. The like couerture there is betweene two high Mos∣ques in the principall street of the Citie, vnder which when the Basha passeth, or others of qualitie, they shoot vp arrowes, which sticke aboue in abundance. The occasion of that custome I know not. During our abode in the Citie fell out the Feast of their little Byram, when in their * 2.217 priuate houses they slaughter a number of sheepe; which cut in gobbets, they distribute vnto their slaues and poorer sort of people, besmearing the doores with their bloud: perhaps in imi∣tation of the Passeouer.

The Nile (a mile distant) in the time of the inundation, by sundry channels flowes into the Citie. When these channels grow emptie, or the water corrupted, they haue it brought them [ 60] thence-forth from the Riuer by Camels. For although they haue many Wels, yet is the water bad, and good for no other vse then to coole the streets, or to cleanse their houses. In the heart of the Towne stands a spacious Caue, which they call the Besestan; in which (as in those at Constantinople) are sold all kind of Wares of the finer sort, selling old things by the call, of, Who

giues more? imitating therein the V••netians, or imitated by them. Three principall gates there be to this Citie, Bebe Nanfre, or the Gate of Victorie, opening towards the Redde Sea; Bab Zueila leading to Nilus, and the old Towne (betweene these the chiefe street of the Citie doth extend) and Bebel Futuli, or the Port of Triumph, on the North of the Citie, and opening to the Lake called Esbykie. Three sides thereof are inclosed with goodly buildings, hauing galleries of pleasure which iettie ouer, sustayned vpon Pillars. On the other side (now a heape of ruines) stood the stately Pallace of Dultibe, Wife to the Sultan Caitheus: in which were doores and * 2.218 Iaumes of Iuorie; the walles and pauements checkered with discoloured Marble, Columnes of Porphir, Alablaster, and Serpentine: the seelings flourished with Gold and Azure, and in∣layd with Indian Ebony, a Tree, which being cut downe, almost equals a stone in hardnesse. In [ 10] a word, the magnificencie was such as could be deuised or effected by a womans curiositie, and the Purse of a Monarch, leuelled with the ground by Selymus; the stones and ornaments there∣of were coueyed vnto Constantinople.

The Lake both square and large, is but onely a Lake when the Riuer ouer-floweth; ioyned thereunto by a channell, where the Moores (rowed vp and downe in Barges, shaded with Da∣maskes, * 2.219 and Stuffes of India) accustome to solace themselues in the euening. The water fallen, yet the place rather changeth then loseth his delightfulnesse: affoording the profit of fiue Har∣uests * 2.220 in a yeare, together with the pleasure, frequented much in the coole of the day. I cannot forget the iniurie receiued in this place, and withall the iustice. Abused by a beggerly Moore, (for such onely will) who then but seemed to begin his knauery, wee were glad to flye vnto ano∣ther [ 20] for succour, seeming a man of good sort; and by kissing of his garment, insinuated into his fauour; who rebuked him for the wrong hee did vs. When crossing vs againe, ere wee had gone farre, he vsed vs farre worse then before: we offering to returne to the other, which he fearing, interposed; doing vs much villany to the mer••iment of the beholders, esteeming of Christians * 2.221 as of Dogges and Infidels. At length we got by, and againe complayned. Hee in a maruellous rage made his slaues to pursue him; who caught him, stript him, and beat him with Rods all a∣long the Leuell, calling vs to bee lookers on, and so conueyed him to the place of correction; where by all likelihood he had a hundred blowes on the feet to season his pastimes. Beyond this * 2.222 are a number of stragling houses, extending well-nigh to Bolac, which is the Key vnto Cairo, a large Towne, and stretching alongst the Riuer; in fashion of building, in some part not much in∣feriour [ 30] to the other. Within and without the Citie are a number of delicate Orchards, watered as they doe their fields, in which grow variety of excellent fruits; as Oranges, Lemons, Pome∣granates, Apples of Paradise, Sicamor figs, and others, (whose barkes they bore full of holes, the trees being as great as the greatest Oakes the fruit no growing amongst the leanes, but out of the bole and branches) Dates, Almonds, Cassia fistula, (leaued l••ke an Ash, the fruit hanging downe * 2.223 like Sausages) Locust, (flat, and of the forme of a Cycle) Galls growing vpon Tamarix, Apples no bigger then Berries, Plantains that haue a broad flaggie leafe, growing in clusters, and sha∣ped like Cucumers, the rind like a Pescod, solid within, without stones or kernels, to the taste * 2.224 exceeding delicious, (this the Mahometans say was the forbidden fruit; which beeing eaten by our first Parents, and their nakednesse discouered vnto them, they made them Aprons of the [ 40] leaues thereof) and many more, not knowne by name, nor seene by mee else-where: some bea∣ring fr〈…〉〈…〉t all the yeare, and almost all of them their leaues. To these adde those whole fields of Palmes (and yet no preiudice to the vnder-growing Corne) of all others most delightfull.

In the aforesaid Orchards there are great numbers of Cameleons; yet not easily found, in that * 2.225 neere to the colour of that whereon they sit. A creature about the bignesse of an ordinary Li∣zard. His head vapropotionably bigge, his eyes great, and moouing without the writhing of his necke which is inflexible, his backe crooked, his skinne spotted with little tumors, lesse e∣minent as neerer the belly; his tayle slender and long: on each foot he hath fiue fingers, three on the out-side, and two on the inside slow of pace, but swiftly extending his tongue, of a mar∣uellous length for the proportion of his body, wherewith he preyes vpon Flyes, the top thereof [ 50] being hollowed by Nature for that purpose. So that deceiued they be who thinke that they eat nothing, but onely liue vpon Ayre; though surely Aire is their principall sustenance. For those that haue kept them for a whole yeare together, could neuer perceiue that they fed vpon any thing else, and might obserue their bellies to swell, after they had exhausted the Ayre, and clo∣sed their iawes; which they expanse against the rayes of the Sunne. Of colour greene, and of a duskey yellow: brighter and whiter towards the belly, yet spotted with blue, white, and red. They change not into all colours, as reported: laid vpon greene: the greene predominates; vpon yellow the yellow: but laid vpon blue, or red, or white, the greene retayneth his hue notwith∣standing; onely the other spots receiue a more orient lustre: laid vpon black, they looke black, yet not without a mixture of greene. All of them in all places are not coloured alike. They are [ 60] said to beare a deadly hatred to the Serpent, insomuch as when they espie them basking in the Sunne, or in the shade, they will climbe to the ouer-hanging branches, and let downe from their mouthes a thred, like to that of a Spinsters, hauing at the end a little round drop, which shineth like Quicksiluer, that falling on their heads doth destroy them: and what is more to be

admired, if the boughes hang not so ouer, that the thred may perpendicularly descend, with their former feet they will so direct it, that it shall fall directly.

Aloft, and neere the top of the Mountaine, against the South end of the Citie, stands the Castle (once the stately Mansion of the Mamaluck Sultans, and destroyed by Selymus) ascen∣ded * 2.226 vnto by one way onely, and that hewen out of the Rocke; which rising leisurely with ea∣sie steepes and spacious distances, (though of a great height) may bee on horse-backe without difficultie mounted. From the top, the Citie by reason of the Palmes dispersed throughout, ap∣peareth most beautifull; the whole Countrey below lying open to the view. The Castle so great, * 2.227 that it seemeth a Citie of it selfe, immured with high wals, diuided into partitions, and entred by doores of Iron; wherein are many spacious Courts, in times past the places of exercise. The [ 10] ancient buildings all ruinated, doe onely shew that they haue beene sumptuous, there beeing many Pillars of solid Marble yet standing, of so huge a proportion, that how they came thither is not least to be wondred at. Here hath the Bassa his Residence, wherein the Diuan is kept, on Sundayes, Mondayes, and Tuesdayes the Chauses as Aduocates, preferring the Suites of their Clients. Fortie Ianizaries he hath of his G••ard, attyred like those at Constantinople, the rest employed about the Countrey, for the most part are not the sonnes of Christians, yet faithfull vnto such as are vnder their charges, whom should they betray, they not onely lose their liues, but also the pay which is due to their Posteritie. Such is this Citie, the fairest in Turkie, yet differing from what it was, as from a body beeing young and healthfull, doth the same growne old and wasted with Diseases. [ 20]

Now Cairo, this great Citie is inhabited by Moores, Turkes, Negroes, Iewes, Copties, Greekes, and Armenians: who are here the poorest, and euery-where the honestest; labouring painfully, * 2.228 and liuing soberly. Those that are not subiect to the Turke, if taken in warres, are freed from bondage: who are, liue freely, and pay no Tribute of Children as doe other Christians. This * 2.229 priuiledge enioy they, for that a certaine Armenian foretold of the greatnesse and glory of Ma∣homet. They once were vnder the Patriarke of Constantinople: but about the Herefie of Euty∣ches they fell from his gouernment, and communion with the Grecians, whom they detest aboue all other: rebaptizing such as conuert to their Sect. They beleeue that there is but one nature in Christ, not by a commixtion of the diuine with the humane, as Eutyches taught, but by a coniunction, euen as the soule is ioyned to the body. They deny the Reall Presence in the Sa∣crament, [ 30] and administer it as the Copties doe: with whom they agree also, concerning Purgato∣rie, and not praying for the dead: as with the Greekes, that the Holy Ghost proceedeth onely from the Father, and that the dead neither doe nor shall feele ioy or torment vntill the day of Doome.

Their Patriarke hath his being at Tyberis in Persia: in which Countrey they liue wealthily, and in good estimation. There are three hundred Bishops of that Nation; the Priests marry not twice: eat flesh but fiue times a yeare, and then lest the people should thinke it a sinne to eate, in regard of their abstinence. They erre that write, that the people abstaine from all meates prohibited by the Mosaicall Law; for Hogges flesh they eate where they can, without offence, to the Mahometans. They obserue the Lent most strictly, yet eate flesh vpon [ 40] Fridayes betweene Easter and Whitsontide. As for Images they adore them not. Here they haue their Assemblies in obscure Chambers. Comming in (which was on a Sun∣day in the after-noone) we found one fitting in the middest of the Congregation, in habit not differing from the rest, reading on a Bible in the Chaldean Tongue. Anon the Bishop entred in a Hood and Vest of blacke, with a staffe in his hand, to which they attributed much holinesse. First, hee prayed, and then sung certaine Psalmes, assisted by two or three; after all sung ioyntly, at interims praying to themselues: resembling the Turkes in the positure of their bodies, and often prostrations: the Bishop excepted; who erecting his hands stood all the while with his face to the Altar. The Seruice ended, one after another doe kisse his hand, and bestow their Almes, he laying the other on their heads, and blessing them. [ 50] Lastly, prescribeth succeeding Fasts and Festiuals. Where is to be noted, that they fast vpon the Day of the Natiuitie of our Sauiour.

Here also is a Monasterie of Greeke Coloieros, belonging vnto the capitall Monastery of Saint * 2.230 Katherine of Mount Sina, from Cairo some eight dayes iourney ouer the Deserts; said to bee the daughter of King Costa, a King of Cyprus, who in the time of Maxentius conuerted many vn∣to Christ. Tortured on a Wheele, and finally beheaded at Alexandria (where two goodly Pil∣lars of Theban Marble (though halfe swallowed with ruines) preserue the memory of the place,) she was conueyed (as they affirme) by an Angell, and buried in this Mountaine. It hath three tops of a maruellous height: that on the West-side of old called Mount Horeb, where God ap∣peared to Moses in a bush, fruitfull in pastorage; farre lower, and shadowed when the Sunne a∣riseth [ 60] by the middlemost, that whereon God gaue the Law vnto Moses. The Monastery stands at the foot of the mountaine, resembling a Castle, with an Iron doore; wherein they shew the Tombe of the Saint much visited by Pilgrims, from whence the top by fourteene thousand steps of stone is ascended, where stands a ruined Chappell. A plentifull Spring descendeth from thence

and watering the Valley below, is againe drunke vp by the thirstie sand. This strong Monaste∣rie is to entertayne all Pilgrims, (for there is no other place of entertainment) hauing an annuall Reuenue of sixtie thousand Dollars from Christian Princes. Of which foundation sixe and twentie other depend, dispersed through diuers Countries. They giue also daily Almes to the Arabs, to be the better secured from out-rage. Yet will they not suffer them to enter, but let it downe from the Battlements. Their Orchard aboundeth with excellent Fruites: amongst which Apples, rare in these Countries, transferred from Damasco. They are neither subiect to Pope, nor Patriarke, but haue a Superintendent of their owne, at this present in Cairo. These here made vs a collation, where I could not but obserue their gulling in of Wine with a deare felicitie, whereof they haue their prouision from Candy.

During our abode here, a Garuan went foorth with much solemnitiy, to meet and relieue the [ 10] great Caruan in their returne from Mecha, which consisteth of many thousands of Pilgrims that trauell yeerely thither in deuotion and for Merchandize; euery one with his bandroll in his hand, and their Camels gallantly trickt (the Alcoran carried vpon one, in a precious case couered ouer with needle-worke, and laid on a rich pillow, inuironed with a number of their chanting Priests) guarded by diuers companies of Souldiers, and certaine field peeces. Forty easie dayes Iourney it is distant from hence: diuided by a wildernesse of sand, that lyeth in drifts, and dangerously mooueth with the wind, through which they are guided in many places by starres, as ships in the Ocean.

Then Cairo, no Citie can be more populous, nor better serued with all sorts of prouision. Here [ 20] hatch they egges by artificiall heat in infinite numbers; the manner as seene thus briefly. In a * 2.231 narrow entry on each side stood two rowes of Ouens, one ouer another. On the floores of the lower they lay the offals of flaxe; ouer those mats, and vpon them their egges, at least sixe thousand in an Ouen. The floores of the vpper Ouens were as rooffes to the vnder, grated o∣uer like Kilnes, onely hauing tunnels in the middle, with couers vnto them. These gratings are couered with Mats, on them three inches thicke lyeth the dry and puluerated dung of Camels, Buffoloes, &c. At the hither and farther sides of those vpper Ouens are Trenches of Lome; a handfull deepe, and two handfuls broad. In these they burne of the foresaid dung, which gi∣ueth a smothering heat without visible fire. Vnder the mouthes of the vpper Ouens are con∣ueyances for smoke, hauing round roofes, and vents at the top to shut and to open. Thus lye the [ 30] Egges in the lower Ouens for the space of eight dayes, turned daily, and carefully lookt to that the heate be but moderate. Then cull they the bad from the good, by that time distinguishable (holding them betweene a Lampe and the Eye) which are two parts of three for the most part. Two dayes after they put out the fire, and conuey by the passage in the middle, the one halfe into the vpper Ouens: then shutting all close, they let them alone for ten dayes longer, at which time they become disclosed in an instant. This they practise from the beginning of Ianuary vn∣till the midst of Iune, the Egges being then most fit for that purpose; neither are they (as repor∣ted) preiudiced by Thunder: yet these declare that imitated Nature will neuer be equalled, all of them being in some part defectiue or monstrous.

Most of the Inhabitants of Cairo consist of Merchants and Artificers: yet the Merchants [ 40] frequent no forrein Marts. All of a Trade keepe their shops in one place, which they shut about the houre of fiue, and solace themselues for the rest of the day, Cookes excepted, who keepe theirs open till late in the euening. For few, but such as haue great Families dresse meate in their houses, which the men doe buy ready drest; the women too fine fingerd to meddle with hous∣wifry, who ride abroad vpon pleasure on easie-going Asses, and tye their Husbands to the bene∣uolence that is due; which if neglected, they will complaine to the Magistrate, and procure a Diuorcement. Many practitioners here are in Physick, inuited thereunto by the store of Sim∣ples brought hither, and here growing, an Art wherein the Egyptians haue excelled from the beginning.

A kind of Rue is here much in request, wherewith they perfume themselues in the mornings, [ 50] * 2.232 not onely as a preseruatiue against infection, but esteeming it preualent against hurtfull spirits. So the Barbarians of old accustomed to doe with the Roots of wild Galingal. There are in this Citie, and haue beene of long, a sort of people that doe get their liuings by the shewing of feats with Birds and Beasts, exceeding therein all such as haue beene famous amongst vs. I haue heard a Rauen to speake so perfectly, as it hath amazed me. They vse both their throats and tongues * 2.233 in vttering of sounds, which other Birds doe not, and therefore more fit for that purpose. Sca∣liger the Father, reports of one that was kept in a Monasterie heard by him; which, when hun∣gry, would call vpon Conrade, the Cooke, so plainly, as often mistaken for a man. I haue seene them make both Dogges and Goats to set their foure feet on a little turned Pillar of wood, about a foot high, and no broader at the end then the palme of a hand, climing from one to two, set on [ 60] the top of one another, and so to the third and fourth; and there turne about as often as their Masters would bid them. They carry also dancing Camels about, taught when young, by set∣ting them on a hot hearth, and playing all the while on an Instrument: the poore beast through * 2.234

the extremity of heat lifting vp his feet one after another. This practise they for certaine mo∣neths together, so that at length whensoeuer he heareth the fiddle, he will fall a dancing. Asses they will teach to doe such tricks, as if possessed with reason: to whom Bankes his horse would haue proued but a Zany.

The time of our departure proroged, we rode to Matarea, fiue miles North-east of the Citi•• * 2.235 By the way we saw sand cast vpon the earth, to moderate the fertility. Here they say, that our Sauiour, and the blessed Virgin, with Ioseph, reposed themselues, as they fled from the fury of Herod, when ohpressed with thirst, a Fountaine foorthwith burst forth at their feet to refresh them. We saw a Well enuironed with a poore mud wall, the water drawne vp by * 2.236 Buffolos in∣to * 2.237 a little Cisterne; from whence it ran into a lauer of Marble within a small Chappell, by the [ 10] Moores (in contempt of Christians) spitefully defiled. In the wall there is a little concaue lined with sweet wood (diminished by affectors of relicks) and smoked with incense: in the sole, a stone of Porphyr, whereon (they say) she did set our Sauiour. Of so many thousand Wells (a thing most miraculous) this onely affordeth gustable waters, and that so excellent, that the Bassa refuseth the riuer to drinke thereof, and drinkes of no other; and when they ceasse for any time to exhaust it, it sendeth foorth of it selfe so plentifull a streame, as able to turne an ouer-fall Mill. Passing through the Chappell, it watereth a p••easant Orchard; in a corner whereof there standeth an ouer-growne fig-tree, which opened (as they report) to receiue our Sauiour and his mother, then hardly escaping the pursuers; closing againe till the pursute was past; then againe diuiding, as now it remaineth. A large hole there is through one of the sides of the leaning bulke: this (they say) no bastard can thred, but shall sticke fast by the middle. The tree is all [ 20] to be-hackt for the wood thereof, reputed of soueraigne vertue. But I abuse my time, and pro∣uoke my Reader. In an inclosure adioyning, they shewed vs a plant of Balme, the whole re∣mainder * 2.238 of that store which this Orchard produced, destroyed by the Turkes, or enuy of the Iewes, as by them reported, being transported out of Lury, in the dayes of Herod the Great, by the commandement of Antonius, at the suite of Cleopatra: but others say, brought hither out of Arabia Felix, at the cost of a Saracen Sultan.

§. III.

The Pyramides viewed, SPHYNX and other antiquities. [ 30] Iourney from Cairo to Gaza.

ADay or two after, wee crossed the Nilus. Three miles beyond on the left hand left * 2.239 we the place whereupon Good-friday the armes and legs of a number of men ap∣peare stretched foorth of the earth, to the astonishment of the multitude. This I haue heard confirmed by Christians, Mahometans, and Iewes, as seene vpon their seuerall faiths. An impostury perhaps contriued by the water-men, who fetching them from the Mummes, (whereof there are an vnconsumeable number) and keeping the mystery in * 2.240 [ 40] their families, doe sticke them ouer night in the sand, obtaining thereby the yeerely Ferrying ouer of many thousand of passengers. Three or foure miles further, on the right hand, and in sight, athwart the Plaine, there extendeth a caussey supported with Arches fiue Furlongs long, ten paces high, and fiue in breadth, of smooth and figured stone; built by the builder of the Pyramides, for a passage ouer the soft and vnsupporting earth with weighty carriages. Now hauing ridden through a goodly Plaine, some twelue miles ouer (in that place the whole breadth of Aegypt) we came to the foot of the Libyan Desarts.

Full West of the Citie, close vpon these Desarts, aloft on a Rockie Leuell adioyning to the Valley, stands those three Pyramides (the barbarous Monuments of prodigality and vaine∣glory) * 2.241 so vniuersally celebrated. The name is deriued from a flame of fire, in regard of their [ 50] shape; broad below, and sharpe aboue, like a pointed Diamond. By such the ancient did ex∣presse the originall of things, and that formelesse forme-taking substance. For as a Pyramis beginning at a point, and the principall height, by little and little dilateth into all parts: so Nature proceeding from one vndeuidable Fountaine (euen God the Soueraigne Essence) recei∣ueth diuersitie of formes, effused into seuerall kinds and multitudes of figures; vniting all in the supreame head, from whence all excellencies issue.

Most manifest it is, that these, as the rest, were the Regall Sepulchers of the Egyptians. The greatest of the three, and chiefe of the Worlds seuen wonders, being square at the bottome, is supposed to take vp eight Acres of ground. Euery square being three hundred single paces in [ 60] length, the square at the top consisting of three stones onely, yet large enough for threescore to stand vpon: ascended by two hundred and fiftie fiue steps, each step aboue three feet high, of a breadth proportionable. No stone so little throughout the whole, as to be drawne by our Car∣riages, yet were these hewen out of the Troian mountaynes, farre off in Arabia, so called of the

[illustration]

[illustration]

The Aegiptian Py∣ramides, & Colossus.

Captiue Troians, brought by Menelaus into Egypt, and there afterward planted. A wonder how conueyed hither: how so mounted, a greater. Twentie yeares it was a building, by three hun∣dred [ 30] threescore and sixe thousand men continually wrought vpon: who onely in Radishes, Garlicke, and Onions, are said to haue consumed one thousand and eight hundred Talents. By these and the like Inuentions exhausted they their Treasure, and employed the people, for feare left such infinite wealth should corrupt their Successors, and dangerous idlenesse beget in the Subiect a desire of innouation.

Yet this hath beene too great a morsell for Time to deuoure; hauing stood, as may be probably coniectured, about three thousand and two hundred yeares; and now rather old then ruinous: yet the North-side most worne, by reason of the humiditie of the Northerne wind, which here is the moistest. The top at length we ascended with many pauses and much difficultie, from whence with delighted eyes we beheld that soueraigne of streames, and most excellent of Coun∣tries. [ 40] Southward and neare hand the Mummes: a-farre off diuers huge Pyramides; each of which, were this way, might supply the repute of a wonder. During a great part of the day it casteth no shadow on the Earth, but is at once illuminated on all sides. Descending againe, on the East∣side, below, from each corner equally distant, we approched the entrance, seeming heretofore to haue beene closed vp, or so intended, both by the place it selfe, as appeareth by the following * 2.242 Picture, and conueyances within.

Into this our Ianizaries discharged their Harquebuses, lest some should haue skulkt within to haue done vs a mischiefe, and guarded the mouth whilst wee entred, for feare of the wilde * 2.243 Arabs. To take the better footing we put off our shooes, and most of our apparell: foretold of the heate within, not inferiour to a Stoue. Our guide (a Moore) went foremost: euery one of [ 05] vs with our lights in our hands. A most dreadfull passage, and no lesse cumbersome; not aboue a yard in breadth, and foure feet in height: each stone contayning that measure. So that alwayes stooping, and sometimes creeping, by reason of the rubbidge, we descended (not by staires, but as downe the steepe of a hill) a hundred feet: where the place for a little circuit enlarged; and the fearefull descent continued, which, they say, none euer durst attempt any farther. Saue that a Bassa of Cairo, curious to search into the secrets thereof, caused diuers condemned persons to∣vndertake the performance; well stored with lights and other prouision: and that some of them ascended againe wel-nigh thirtie miles off in the Deserts. A Fable deuised onely to beget won∣der. But others haue written, that at the bottome there is a spacious Pit eightie and sixe Cubits deepe, filled at the ouer-flow by concealed Conduits: in the middest a little Iland, and on that [ 60] a Tombe contayning the bodie of Cheops, a King of Egypt, and the builder of this Pyramis: which with the truth hath a greater affinitie. For since I haue beene told by one out of his owne experience, that in the vttermost depth there is a large square place (though without water) in∣to which he was led by another entry opening to the South, knowne but vnto few (that now

[illustration]

[illustration]

The entrance into the Greate Pyramis

open being shut by some order and came vp at this place. A turning on the right hand leadeth into a little roome, which by reason of the noysome sauour, and vneasie passage wee refused to enter. Clambering ouer the mouth of the aforesaid Dungeon, we ascended as vpon the bow of an Arch, the way no larger then the former, about a hundred and twentie feet. Here we passed through a long entry which led directly forward; so low, that it tooke euen from vs that vn∣easie [ 40] benefit of stooping. Which brought vs into a little roome with a compast roofe, more long then broad, of polished Marble, whose grauel-like smell, halfe full of rubbidge forced our quicke returne. Climing also ouer this entrance, we ascended as before, about an hundred and twentie feet higher. This entrie being of an exceeding height, yet no broader from side to side then a man may fathome, benched on each side, and closed aboue with admirable Architecture, the Marble so great, and so cunningly ioyned, as had it beene hewen through the liuing Rocke. At the top we entred into a goodly Chamber, twentie foot wide, and fortie in length, the roofe of a maruellou height; and the stones so great, that eight floores it, eight roofes it, eight flagge the ends, and sixteene the sides, all of well wrought Theban Marble. Athwart the roome at the vpper end there standeth a Tombe, vncouered, empty, and all of one stone; brest high, seuen [ 50] feet in length, not foure in breadth, and sounding like a Bell. In this, no doubt, lay the bodie of the Builder. They erecting such costly Monuments, not onely out of a vaine ostentation: but beeing of opinion, that after the dissolution of the flesh the soule should suruiue; and when thirtie sixe thousand yeares were expired, againe bee ioyned vnto the selfe∣same bodie, restored vnto his former condition: gathered in their conceits from Astronomicall demonstrations. Against one end of the Tombe, and close to the wall, there openeth a Pit with a long and narrow mouth, which leadeth into an vnder Chamber. In the walles on each side of the vpper roome, there are two holes, one opposite to another; their ends not discernable, nor bigge enough to be crept into: sootie within; and made, as they say, by a flame of fire which darted through it. This is all that this huge masse contayneth within his darkesome entrailes: [ 60] at least to be discouered.

Herodotus reports that King Cheops became so poore by the building thereof, that hee was * 2.244 compelled to prostitute his Daughter, charging her to take whatsoeuer shee could get: who af∣fecting

her particular glorie, of her seuerall Customers demanded seuerall stones, with which she erected the second Pyramis; farre lesse then the former, smoothe without, and not to be en∣tred. The third which standeth on the higher ground, is very small if compared with the other; yet saith both Herodotus and Strabo, greater in beautie, and of no lesse cost: beeing all built of Touch-stone; difficult to be wrought, and brought from the farthest Aethiopian mountaines: but surely not so; yet intended they to haue couered it with Theban Marble; whereof a great quantitie lyeth by it. Made by Mycerinus the Sonne of Cheops; some say, by a Curtizan of Naucretis, called Dorica by Sappho the Poetresse, beloued of her Brother Caraxus, who fraught with Wines, oft sayled hither from Lesbos. Others name Rhodope, another of that Trade; at the first fellow slaue with Aesope the writer of Fables: who obtayning her libertie dwelt in this [ 10] Citie: where such in some sort were reputed noble. But that she should get by whoring such a masse of Treasure, is vncredible.

Some tell a Storie, how that one day washing her selfe, an Eagle snatcht away her shooe, and bearing it to Memphis, let it fall from on high into the lap of the King. Who astonished with the accident, & admiring the forme, forth-with made a search for the owner throughout all his Kingdome. Found in Naucretis, and brought vnto him, he made her his Queene, and after her death enclosed her in this Monument. She liued in the dayes of Amasis.

Not farre off from these the Colossus doth stand, vnto the mouth consisting of the naturall rocke, as if for such a purpose aduanced by Nature, the rest of huge flat stones laid thereon, * 2.245 wrought altogether into the forme of an Aethiopian woman, and adored heretofore by the [ 20] Countrey people as a rurall Diety. Vnder this, they say, lieth buried the body of Amosis. Of shape, lesse monstrous then is Plinies report: who affirmeth, the head to be an hundred and two feet in compasse, when the whole is but sixtie foot high. the face is something disfigured by * 2.246 Time, or indignation of the Moores, detesting Images. The fore-said Author (together with others) doe call it a Sphynx. The vpper part of a Sphynx resembled a Maide, and the lower a Lion; whereby the Egyptians defigured the increase of the Riuer, (and consequently of their riches) then rising when the Sunne is in Leo and Virgo. This but from the shoulders vpward surmounteth the ground, though Pliny giue it a belly, which I know not how to reconcile vnto the truth, vnlesse the sand doe couer the remainder. By a Sphynx the Egyptians in their Hiero∣glyphickes presented an Harlot, hauing an amiable and alluring face; but withall the tyrannie, [ 30] and rapacitie of a Lion: exercised ouer the poore heart-broken, and voluntarily perishing Louer.

The Images of these they also erected before the entrances of their Temples; declaring that secrets of Philosophy, and sacred Mysterie, should be folded in Aenigmaticall expressions, separa∣ted from the vnderstanding of the prophane multitude.

Fiue miles South-east of these, and two West of the Riuer, towards which inclineth this brow of the mountaine, stood the Regall Citie of Memphis: the strength and glory of old E∣gypt, built by Ogdoo, and called Memphis, by the name of his Daughter, compressed (as they faine) by Nilus, in the likenesse of a Bull. In this was the Temple of Apis (which is the same with Osiris) as Osiris with Nilus, Bacchus, Apollo, &c.

But why spend I time about that that is not? The very ruines now almost ruinated, yet [ 40] some few impressions are left, and diuers throwne downe, Statues of monstrous resemblances, a scarce sufficient testimonie to shew to the curious seeker, that there it had beene.

This hath made some erroniously affirme old Memphis to haue beene the same with new Cai∣ro: new in respect of the other. But those that haue both seene and writ of the former, report it to haue stood three Schoenes aboue the South Angle of Delta, (each Schoene contayning fiue miles at the least, and sometimes seuen and a halfe, differing according to their seuerall cu∣stomes) which South-angle is distant but barely foure miles from Cairo. Besides, these Py∣ramides appertaining vnto Memphis, affirmed to haue stood fiue miles North-west of that Citie, standing directly West, and full twelue from this. But the most pregnant proofe hereof are [ 50] the Mummes, (lying in a place where many generations haue had their Sepultures) not farre aboue Memphis, neere the brow of the Libyan Desart, and streightning of the Mountaines, from Cairo wel-nigh twenty miles. Nor likely it is that they would so farre carry their dead, hauing as conuenient a place adioyning to the Citie.

These we had purposed to haue seene, but the chargeable guard, and feare of the Arabs, there then solemnizing their festiual, being besides to haue laine out al night, made vs content our selus with what we had heard; hauing before seene diuers of the embalmed bodies, and some broken vp, to be bought for Dollars a peece at the Citie. In that place are some indifferent great, and a number of little Pyramides, with Tombes of seuerall fashions: many ruinated, as many vio∣lated by the Moores and Arabians, who make a profit of the dead, and infringe the priuiledge [ 60] of Sepulchers. These were the graues of the ancient Aegyptians, from the first inhabiting of that Countrey; coueting to be there interred, as the place supposed to containe the body of Osiris. Vnder euery one, or wheresoeuer lies stones not naturall to the place, by remoouing the same, descents are discouered like the narrow mouths of Wells (hauing holes in each side of the walls

to descend by, yet so troublesome, that many refuse to goe downe, that come thither of purpose) some wel-nigh ten fathoms deepe, leading into long vaults (belonging, as should seeme, to par∣ticular families) hewne out of the Rocke, with Pillars of the same. Betweene euery Arch the corses lie ranckt one by another, shrowded in a number of folds of linnen, swathled with bands of the same: the brests of diuers being stained with Hieroglyphicall Characters. Within their bellies are painted papers, and their Gods inclosed in little Models of stone or mettall, some of the shape of men, in coat-armours, with the heads of Sheepe, Hawkes, Dogs, &c. others of Cats, Beetles, Monkies, and such like. Of these I brought away diuers with mee, such in similitude. [ 10]

[illustration]

A

[illustration]

B

[illustration]

C

[illustration]

D

[illustration]

E

[illustration]

F

[illustration]

G

A. This with the head of a Monkie or Baboon, should seems by what is said before, to haue beene wor∣shipped by those of Thebais. [ 30]

B. Anubis, whereof Virgil,

The Monster-Gods, Anubis barking, buckle With Neptune, Venus, Pallas.

Omnigenum{que} deum monstra, & latrator Anubis. Contra Neptunum & Venerem, contra{que} Mineruā, Tela tenent. Aen. l. 8.

Some say, he was the eldest sonne of Osiris, being figured with the head of a dogge, in that he gaue a dogge for his Ensigne. Others, that vnder this shape they adored Mercurie, in regard of the saga∣citie of that creature. The Dogge throughout Aegypt was vniuersally worshipped, but especially by the Cynopolites.

C. These of Sait did principally worship the sheepe, it should seeme in this forme. [ 40]

D. This I coniecture (how euer vnlike) hath the head of a Hawke, being generally worshipped by the Aegyptians, vnder which forme they presented Osiris.

E. I know not what to make of it (for the originall is greatly defaced) vnlesse it be a Lyon; vnder which shape they adored Isis.

F. Not so much as the Beetle, but receiued Diuine Honours: and why? see Plutar. in Isis and Osiris, neare the end.

G. The Cat all generally adored: they honouring such creatures, for that their vanquish and run-away Gods tooke on them such shapes 〈◊〉〈◊〉 escape the furie of pursuing Typhon.

The Linnen pulled off (in colour, and like in substance to the inward filme betweene the Barke and the bole, long dried, and brittle) the body appeareth solid, vncorrupt, and perfect in all his [ 50] dimensions: whereof the musculous parts are browne of colour, some blacke, hard as stone-pitch, and hath in Physicke an operation not vnlike, though more Soueraigne. In the preparing of these, to keepe them from putrifaction, they drew out the braines at the nostrils with an instru∣ment of iron, replenishing the same with preseruatiue spices. Then cutting vp the belly with an Aethiopian stone, and extracting the bowels, they clensed the inside with wine, and stuffing the same with a composition of Cassia, Myrrhe, and other odours, closed it againe. The like the poorer sort of people effected with Bitumen (as the inside of their skuls and bellies yet testifie) fetcht from the lake of Asphalites in Iury. So did they with the iuyce of Cedars; which by the extreame bitternesse, and siccatiue faculty, not onely forth with subdued the cause of interior corruption, but hath to this day (a continuance of aboue three thousand yeeres) preserued them [ 60] vncorrupted. Such is the differing nature of that tree, procuring life as it were to the dead, and death to the liuing. This done, they wrapt the body with linnen in multitudes of folds, be∣smeared with Gum, in manner of seare-cloth. Their ceremonies (which were many) perfor∣med,

they layd the corps in a boate, to be wafted ouer Acherusia, a lake on the South of the Ci∣tie, by one onely whom they called Charon, which gaue to Orpheus the inuention of his infernall Ferri-man: About this lake stood the shady Temple of Hecate, with the Ports of Cocytus and Obliuion, separated by barres of brasse, the originall of like fables. When landed on the other side, the body was brought before certaine Iudges, to whom if conuinced of an euill life, they depriued it of buriall; if otherwise, they suffered it to be interred as aforesaid. So sumptuous were they in these houses of death, so carefull to preserue their carkasses. Forsomuch as the soule, knowing it selfe by diuine instinct immortall, doth desire that the body (her beloued compani∣on) might inioy (as farre foorth as may be) the like felicitie: giuing, by erecting such loftie Pyramides, and those dues of funerall, all possible eternity. Neither was the losse of this lesse [ 10] feared, then the obtaining coueted.

Returning by the way that we came, and hauing repast the Nilus, we inclined on the right hand to see the ruines of the old Citie adioyning to the South of Cairo, called formerly Babylon, of certaine Babylonians then suffered to inhabite by the ancient Aegyptian Kings; who built a Castle in the selfe same place where this now standeth, described before, which was long after * 2.247 the Garrison Towne of one of the three Legions, set to defend this Countrey in the time of the Romanes, and anciently gaue the name of Babylon vnto this Citie below, now called Misrulhe∣tich by the Arabians, said to haue beene built by Omar the successor vnto Mahomet; but surely, rather reedified by him then founded, hauing had in it such store of Christian Churches as testi∣fied by their ruines. We past by a mighty Cisterne closed within a Tower, and standing vpon [ 20] an in-let of the Riuer, built as they heare say, at the charge of the Iewes, to appease the anger of the King, incensed by them against the innocent Christians; who by the remouing of a Mon∣taine (the taske imposed vpon their faith) conuerted him vnto their Religion, and his displea∣sure vpon their accusers. This serueth the Castle with water running along an aquaduct borne vpon three hundred Arches. The ruines of the Citie are great, so were the buildings; amongst which, many of Christian Monasteries and Temples, one lately (the last that stood) throwne by this Bassa (as they say) for that it hindred his prospect: If so, he surely would not haue gi∣uen leaue vnto the Patriarke, to rebuild it; for which he was spitefully spoken of by the Moores, as a suspected fauourer of the Christian Religion, who subuerted forth with what he had begun. Whereupon the worthy Cerill made a Voyage vnto Constantinople, to procure the Grand Signi∣ors [ 30] Commandement for the support of his purpose, when by the Greeks there, not altogether with his will, he was chosen their Patriarch, but within a short space displanted (as the man∣ner is) by the bribery of another, he returned vnto Cairo. Besides, here is a little Chappell de∣dicated to our Lady, vnderneath it a grott, in which it is said that she hid her selfe, when pur∣sued by Herod. Much frequented it is by the Christians, as is the Tombe of Nafissa (here being) by the Mahometans. * 2.248

The few inhabitants that here be, are Greekes and Armenians: Here we saw certaine great Serraglios, exceeding high, and propt vp by but tresses. These they call the Granaries of Ioseph, wherin he hoarded corne in the yeer of plenty against the succeding famine. In all there be s••••••n, three standing, and imployed to the selfe same vse, the other ruined. From thence vp the Riuer [ 40] for twenty miles space, there is nothing but ruines: thus with the day we ended our Progresse.

Vpon the fourth of March we departed from Cairo, in the habites of Pilgrims, foure of vs English, consorted with three Italians, of whom one was a Priest, and another a Physician. For our selues we hired three Camels with their keepers; two to carry vs, and the third for our pro∣uision. The price we shall know at Gaza, vpon the diuiding of the great Caruan, answerable to the successe of the iourney. We also hired a Coptie for halfe a Dollor a day, to be our interpreter, and to attend on vs. Our prouision for so long a Voyage we bore along with vs, viz. Biscot, Rice, Raisins, Figs, Dates, Almonds, Oliues, Oyle, Sherbets, &c. buying Pewter, Brasse, and such like implements, as if to set vp house-keeping. Our water we carried in Goat skins. Wee rid in shallow Cradles (which we bought also) two on a Camell, harboured aboue, and couered [ 50] with linnen, to vs exceeding vneasie; not so to the people of these Countreys, who sit crosse∣legd with a naturall falicity. That night we pitched by Hangia, some foureteene miles from the Citie. In the euening came the Captaine, a Turke, well mounted, and attended on. Here we stayest the next day following, for the gathering together of the Caruan; paying foure * 2.249 Madeins a Camell vnto them of the Village. These as (those elsewhere) doe nightly guard vs, making good whatsoeuer is stolne. Euer and anon one crying Washed, is answered, Elough, by another (ioyntly signifying one onely God) which passing about the Caruan, doth assure them that all is in safety. Amongst vs were diuers Iewish women: in the extremity of their age vn∣dertaking so wearisome a iourney, onely to die at Ierusalem, bearing along with them the bones of their Parents, Husbands, Children, and Kinsfolke; as they doe from all other parts [ 60] where they can conueniently. The Merchants brought with them many Negros; not the worst of their Merchandizes. These they buy of their Parents, some thirty dayes iourney aboue, and on the West side of the Riuer. As the wealth of others consists in multitudes of cattell; so theirs * 2.250 in the multitude of their children, whom they part from with as little passion; neuer after to

be seene or heard of: regarding m••r•• the price then condition of their slauery. These are des∣cended of Chus, the Sonne of cursed Cham; as are all of that complexion. Not so by reason of * 2.251 their Seed, nor heat of the Climate: Nor of the S••yle as some haue supposed; for neither haply, will other Races inthat Soyle prooue black, nor that Race in other Soyles grow to better com∣plexion: but rather from the Curse of Noe vpon Cham in the Posteritie of Chus. * 2.252

About ten of clocke in the night the Caruan dislodged, and at seuen the next morning pit∣ched at Bilbesh, which is in the Land of Goshen. Paying two Madeines for a Camell, at mid∣night we departed from thence. Our Companions had their Cradles strucke downe through the negligence of the Camellers, which accident cast vs behind the Caruan. In danger to haue beene surprized by the Peasants, we were by a Spahie that followed, deliuered from that mis∣chiefe. About nine in the forenoone, we pitched by Catara, where we payed foure Madeines [ 10] for a Camell.

Here about, but neerer the Nile, there is a certaine Tree, called Alchan, by the Arabs, the * 2.253 leaues thereof being dryed and reduced into powder, doe dye a reddish yellow. There is yeare∣ly spent of this through the Turkish Empire, to the value of fourescore thousand Sultanies. The women with it doe dye their haire and nayles, some of them their hands and feet; and not a few, the most of their bodies tempered onely with Gumme, and laid on in the Bannia, that it may penetrate the deeper. The Christians of Bosna, Valachia, and Russia, doe vse it as well as the Mahometans. Trees also here be that doe bring forth Cottens. The next morning before day, we remoued and came by nine of the clocke to Salhia, where we ouer-tooke the rest of the * 2.254 Caruan•• all Christians of those Countries riding vpon Mules, and Asses. Who had procured [ 20] leaue to set forward a day before; desirous to arriue by Palme Sunday at Ierusalem, (this Caruan staying ten dayes longer then accustomed, because of certaine principall Merchants) but they durst not by themselues venture ouer the mayne Deserts: which all this while wee had trented along, and now were to p••sse through.

A little beneath is the Lake Sirbonis, called by the old Egyptians the place of Typhons expi∣ration, now Bayrena, diuiding Egypt from Syria. A place to such as knew it not, in those times full of vnsuspected danger. Then two hundred furlongs long, being but narrow, and bordered on each side with hils of sand, which borne into the water by the winds so thickned the same, as not by the eye to bee distinguished from the part of the Continent: by meanes whereof whole Armies haue beene deuoured. For the sands neere hand seeming firme, a good way en∣tred [ 30] 〈…〉〈…〉d farther off, and left no way of returning, but with a lingring crueltie swallowed the in∣gaged: whereupon it was called Barathrum. Now but a little Lake and waxing l••sse daily: the passage long since choaked vp which it had into the Sea. Close to this standeth the Mountaine Cassius (no other then a huge mole of sand) famous for the Temple of Iupiter, and Sepulchre of Pompey, there obscurely buried by the pietie of a priuate Souldier; vpon whom hee is made by Lucan, to bestow this Epitaph:

Here the Great Pompey lyes, so Fortune pleas'd To inftile this stone; whom Caesars selfe would haue [ 40] Interr'd, before he should haue mist a Graue.

Hic situs est magnus, placet hoc Fortuna sepulchrum Dicere Pompei: quo condi maluit illum Quam terra caruiff Socei—

Who lost his head not farre from thence by the treacherie and commandement of the vngrate∣full Ptolomie. His Tombe was sumptuously re-edified by the Emperour Adrian. North hereof lyes I dumea, betweene Arabia, and the Sea extending to Iudea.

The Subassee of Sahia inuited himselfe to our Tent, who feeding on such prouision as we had, would in conclusion haue fed vpon vs; had not our commandement (which stood vs in foure Shariffes) from the Bassa of Cairo, and the sauour of the Captaine by meanes of our Physician, protected vs: otherwise, right or wrong had bin but a silly plea to 〈…〉〈…〉barous couetousnesse armed with power. We seuen were all the Frankes that were in the company, we heard how hee had serued others, and reioyced not a little in being thus fortified against 〈◊〉〈◊〉. The whole Caruan be∣ing [ 50] * 2.255 now assembled, consists of a thousand Horses, Mules and Assess; a••d 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ••••ue hundred Camels. These are the ships of Arabia, their Seas are the Deserts. A Creature created for burthen. Sixe hundred weight is his ordinary load; yet will he carrie a thousand. When in lading or vnlading he lyes on his belly, and will rise (as it is said) when laden proportionably to his strength, nor suffer more to be laid on him. Foure dayes together hee will well trauell without water, for a necessitie fourteene: in his often belchings thrusting vp a Bladder, wherewith hee moysteneth his mouth and throat, when in a Iourney they cramme them with Barley dough. They are, as some say, the onely that ingender backward. Their paces slow, and intollerable hard, beeing withall vnsure of foot, where neuer so little slippery or vneuen. They are not made to amend their paces when wearie, with blowes; but are encouraged by Songs, and the going before of [ 60] their Keepers. A beast gentle and tractable, but in the time of his Venery: then, as is remem∣bring his former hard vsage, he will bite his Keeper, throw him downe and kicke him: fortie dayes continuing in that furie, and then returning to his former meeknesse. About their neckes

they hang certaine Charmes included in Leather, and writ by their Deruises, to defend them from mischances, and the poyson of ill eyes. Here we paid fiue Madeines for a Camell.

Hauing with two dayes rest refreshed them, now to begin the worst of their Iourney, on the tenth of March we entred the mayne Deserts, a part of Arabiapetrea: so called of Petrea, the * 2.256 principall Citie, now Rathalalah. On the North and West it borders on Syria and Egypt, South∣ward on Arabia Foelix and the Red Sea; and on the East it hath Arabia the Desert: a barren and desolate Countrey, bearing neither Grasse nor Trees, saue onely here and there a few Palmes which will not forsake those forsaken places. That little that growes on the Earth, is wild Hy∣sope, whereupon they doe pasture their Camels, a Creature content with little, whose Milke and flesh is their principall sustenance. They haue no water that is sweet, all being a meere Wil∣dernesse [ 10] of sand. The winds hauing raysed high Mountaynes, which lye in Drifts, according to the quarters from whence they blow.

About mid-night (the Souldiers beeing in the head of the Caruan) these Arabs assayled our Rere. The clamour was great, and the Passengers, together with their Leaders, fled from their * 2.257 Camels. I and my companion imagining the noise to bee onely an encouragement vnto one another, were left alone; yet preserued from violence. They carryed away with them diuers Mules and Asses laden with Drugges, and abandoned by their Owners, not daring to stay too long, nor cumber themselues with too much luggage, for feare of the Souldiers. These are des∣cended of Ismael, called also Sarracens of Sarra, which signifieth a Desert, and saken, to inha∣bit. And not onely of the place, but of the manner of their liues, for Sarrack imports as much as [ 20] a Thiefe, as now, being giuen from the beginning vnto Theft and Rapine. They dwell in Tents, which they remoue like walking Cities, for opportunitie of prey, and benefit of pasturage. They acknowledge no Soueraigne, not worth the conquering, nor can they bee con∣quered, retyring to places impassable for Armies, by reason of the rolling sands and penurie of all things. A Nation from the beginning vnmixed with others, boasting of their Nobilitie, & at this day hating all Mechanicall Sciences. They hang about the skirts of the habitable Countries; and hauing robbed, retyre with a maruellous celeritie. Those that are not detected persons, frequent the neighbouring Villages for prouision, and trafficke without molestation, they not daring to intreat them euilly. They are of meane statures, raw-boned, tawnie, hauing feminine voyces, of a swift and noyselesse pace, behind you ere aware of them. Their Religion Maho∣metanisme, [ 30] glorying in that that the Impostor was thir Countriman: their Language extending as farre as that Religion extendeth. They ride on swift Horses (not misse-shapen, though leane) and patient of labour. They feed them twice a day with the milke of Camels, nor are they e∣steemed of, if not of sufficient speed to ouer-take an Oftridge. Of those there are store in the * 2.258 Deserts. They keepe in flockes, and oft affrighted the stranger Passenger with their fearefull shreeches, appearing afarre off like a troupe of Horsemen. Their bodies are too heauie to bee supported with their wings, which vselesse for flight, doe serue them onely to runne the more speedily. They are the simplest of Fowles, and Symbols of folly. What they find, they swallow, without delight, euen stones and Iron. When they haue laid their Egges, not lesse great then the bullet of a Culuerin (whereof there are great numbers to be sold in Cairo) they leaue them, and vnmindfull where, sit on those they next meet with. The Arabs catch the young ones, run∣ning [ 40] apace as soone as disclosed; and when fatted, doe eate them, so doe they some part of the old, and sell their skinnes with the feathers vpon them. They ride also on Dromedaries, like in * 2.259 shape, but lesse then a Camell, of a iumping gate, and incredible speed. They will carrie a man (yet vnfit for burthen) a hundred miles a day; liuing without water, and with little food satis∣fied. If one of these Arabians vndertake your conduct, he will performe it faithfully, neyther will any of the Nation molest you. They will leade you by vnknowne nearer wayes, and far∣ther in foure dayes, then you can trauell by Caruan in fourteene. Their Weapons are Bowes, Darts, Slings, and long Iauelings headed like Partisans. As the Turkes sit crosse-legged, so doe they on their heeles, differing little in habit from the Rustick Egyptians.

About breake of day we pitched by two Wels of brackish water, called the Wèls of Due∣dar. [ 50] Hither followed the Subassee of Salheia, with the Iewes which we left behind, who would not trauell the day before, in that it was their Sabbath. Their Superstition had put them to much * 2.260 trouble and charge; as of late at Tunis it did to some paine. For a sort of them being to imbarke for Salonica, the wind comming faire on the Saturday, and the Master then hoysing sayles, loth to infringe their Law, and as loth to lose the benefit of that passage, to coozen their con∣sciences, * 2.261 they hyred certayne Ianizaries to force them aboord, who tooke their money, made a iest of beating them in earnest. At three of the clocke wee departed from thence, and an houre before mid-night pitched by the Castle of Catie, about which there is no∣thing vegetiue, but a few solitary Palmes. The water bad, insomuch that that which the Cap∣taine [ 60] drinkes is brought from Tina, a Sea-bordering Towne, and twelue miles distant. Three∣score Souldiers lye here in Garrison. We paid a piece of Gold for euery Camell, and halfe a Dollar a piece for Horses, Mules and Asses, to the Captaine, besides, fiue Madeines a Camell to the Arabs. It seemeth strange to me, how these Merchants can get by their Wares so far fetcht, and trauelling through such a number of expences.

The thirteenth spent in paying of Caphar, on the fourteenth of March by fiue of the clocke we departed, and rested about noone by the Wells of Slaues. Hither followed the Gouernour of Catie, accompanied with twenty horse, and pitched his tentbesides vs. The reason why hee came with so flight a Conduct, through a passage so dangerous (for there, not long before, a Caruan of three hundred Camels had beene borne away by the Arabs) was for that he was in fee with the chiefe of them, who vpon the payment of a certaine taxe, secured both goods and passengers. Of these there were diuers in the company. Before midnight we dislodged, and by sixe the next morning, we pitched by another Well of brackish water, called the Wel of the mo∣ther of Assa••. In the afternoone we departed. As we went, one would haue thought the Sea to haue beene hard by, and to haue remooued vpon his approaches, by reason of the glistering * 2.262 [ 10] Nitre. And no doubt, but much of these Desarts haue in times past beene Sea, manifested by the saltnesse of the ••oile, and shels that lie on the sand in infinite numbers. The next morning by fiue of the clocke, we came to Arissa, a small Castle, enuironed with a few houses: the Garrison * 2.263 consisting of a hundred Souldiers. This place is something better then Desart, two miles remo∣ued from the Sea, and blest with good water. Here we paid two Madeins for a Camell, and halfe as much for our Asses; two of them for the most part rated vnto one of the other. On the seuenteenth of March, we dislodged betimes in the morning, resting about noone by the Wels of Feare; the earth here looking greene, yet waste, and vnhusbanded. In the euening we depar∣ted. Hauing passed in the night by the Castle Haniones, by the breake of day they followed vs * 2.264 to gather their Caphar; being three Madeins vpon euery Camell. The Coun rey from that place pleasant, and indifferent fruitfull. By seuen of the clocke, we pitched close vnder the Ci∣tie [ 20] of Gaza.

And here we will leaue him till our Asian opportunity doth reinuite vs: returning now to the more Southerly and Westerly parts of Africa, passing from Nilus to Niger. Onely in the way, we will with our Author touch at Malta an African Iland, and with his eyes obserue the rarities there.

§. IIII.

Arriuall at Malta, and obseruations there.

NOw out of sight of Candie, the Winds both slacke and contrary, we were forced to [ 30] beare Northward of our course, vntill we came within view of Zant, where our Master purposed to put in (since we could not shorten our way) but anon we dis∣couered fiue sailes making towards vs; and imagining them to be men of warre, made all things readie for defence. But to our better comfort, they prooued all English, and bound for * 2.265 England; with whom we consorted to furnish the ship with fresh water, and other prouisions: they hauing supplied our necessities.

So on the second of Tune being Sunday, we entred the Hauen that lies on the East side of the Citie of Valetta, which we saluted with eighteene peeces of Ordnance, but we were not suffe∣red [ 40] to come into the Citie (though euery ship had a neat Patent to shew, that those places from whence they came were free from the infection) nor suffered to depart, when the wind blew faire; which was within a day or two after. For the Gallies of the Religion were then setting forth, to make some attempt vpon Barbarie. The reason thereof, left being taken by the Pyrats, or touching vpon occasion at Tripoli, Tunis, or Argire, their designes might be by compul••ion, or voluntarily reuealed: nor would they suffer any Frigat of their owne, for feare of surprisall, to goe out of the Hauen, vntill many dayes after that the Gallies were departed. But because the English were so strong (a great ship of Holland putting also in to seeke company) and that they incented to make no more Ports: On the sixt of Iune, they were licenced to set saile, the Ma∣sters hauing the night before, in their seuerall long-boats, attended their returne of the great Ma∣ster [ 50] (who had beene abroad in his Gallie to view a Fort that then was in building) and wel∣comed him home with one and twenty peeces of Ordnance.

But no intreaty could get me abroad, choosing rather to vndergoe all hazards and hardnesse whatsoeuer, then so long a Voyage by sea, to my nature so irkesome. And so was I left alone on a naked promontory right against the Citie, remote from the concourse of people, without pro∣uision, and not knowing how to dispose of my selfe. At length a little boat made towards me, rowed by an officer appointed to attend on strangers that had not pratticke, left others by com∣ming into their company, should receiue the infection; who carried me to the hollow hanging of a rocke, where I was for that night to take vp my lodging; and the day following to be con∣ueied [ 60] by him vnto the Lazaretta, there to remaine for thirty or forty dayes before I could be admitted into the Citie. But behold, an accident, which I rather thought at the first to haue been * 2.266 a vision, then (as I found it) reall. My guardian being departed to fetch me some victuals, laid along, and musing on my present condition, a Phalucco arriueth at the place. Out of which

there stept two olde women; the one made mee doubt whether shee were so or no, shee drew her face into so many formes, and with such anticke gestures stared vpon me. These two did spread a Turkie Carpet on the rocke, and on that a table-cloth, which they furnished with va∣rietie * 2.267 of the choycest viands. Anon, another arriued, which set a Gallant ashoare with his two Amarosa••s, attired like Nymphs, with Lutes in their hands, full of disport and sorcery. For lit∣tle would they suffer him to eate, but what he receiued with his mouth from their fingers. Sometimes the one would play on the Lute, whilst the other sang, and laid his head in her lap; their false eyes looking vpon him, as their hearts were troubled with passions. The attending Hags had no small part in the Comedie, administring matter of myrth with their ridiculous moppings. Who indeed (as I after heard) were their mothers borne in Greece, and by them [ 10] brought hither to trade amongst the vnmarried fraternitie. At length, the French Captaine (for such he was, and of much regard) came and intreated me to take a part of their banquet; which my stomacke perswaded me to accept of. He willed them to make much of the Forestier: but they were not to be taught entertainment, and grew so familiar, as was to neither of our likings. But both he and they, in pittie of my hard lodging, did offer to bring me into the Citie by night (an offence, that if knowne, is punished by death) and backe againe in the morning. Whilest they were vrging me thereunto, my guardian returned; with him a Maltese, whose father was an English man, he made acquainted there with, did by all meanes dehort them. At length (the * 2.268 Captaine hauing promised to labour by admittance into the Citie) they departed. When a good way from shoare, the Curtizans stript themselues, and leapt into the Sea, where they vio∣lated [ 20] all the prescriptions of modestie. But the Captain the next morning was not vnmindfull of his promise, soliciting the Great Master in my behalfe, as he sate in Counsell; who with the assent of the great Crosses, granted me Pratticke. So I came into the Citie, and was kindly en∣tertained in the house of the foresaid Maltese, where for three weekes space, with much con∣tentment I remained.

Malta doth lie in the Lybian Sea, right betweene Tripolis of Barbarie and the South-east an∣gle * 2.269 of Sicilia: distant an hundred fourescore and ten miles from the one, and threescore from the other; containing also threescore miles in circuit, called formerly Melita, of the abundance of ho∣ney. A Countrey altogether Champion, being no other then a rock couered ouer with earth, but two feet deepe where the deepest; hauing few trees, but such as beare fruit; whereof of all [ 30] sorts plentifully furnished, so that their wood they haue from Sicilia, yet there is a kind of great Thistle, which together with Cow-dung serues the Countrey people for fuell, who need not much in a Clime so exceeding hot; hotter by much then any other which is seated in the same parallell, yet sometimes temperated by the comfortable winds, to which it lies open. Ri∣uers here are none, but sundry fountaines. The soile produceth no graine but Barley, bread made of it, and Oliues, is the Villagers ordinary diet: and with the straw they sustaine their Cattell. Commin-seed, Annis-seed, and honey, they haue here in abundance, whereof they make Mer∣chandize, and an indifferent quantity of Cotten-wooll; but that the best of all other. The in∣habitants die more with age then diseases, and heretofore were reputed fortunate for their ex∣cellencie in Arts and curious Weauings. They were at first a Colonie of the Phoenicians, who ex∣ercising [ 40] Merchandize as farre as the great Ocean, betooke themselues to this Iland; and by the commoditie of the Hauen, attained too much riches and honour (who yet retaine some print of the Punicke Language, yet so that they now differ not much from the Moresco) and built in the middest thereof the Citie of Melita (now called old Malta) giuing or taking a name from the Iland. Now whether it came into the hands of Spaine with the Kingdome of Sicilia, or won from the Moores by their swords, (probable both by their Language, and that it belon∣geth to Africa) I am ignorant: but by Charles the fifth it was giuen to the Knights of the Rhodes.

This order of Knight-hood receiued their denomination from Iohn the charitable Patriarch of Alexandria, though vowed to Saint Iohn Baptist as their Patron. Their first seat was the [ 50] * 2.270 Hospitall of Saint Iohn in Ierusalem (whereupon they were called Knight-hospitallers) built by one Gerrard, at such time as the Holy land became famous by the successefull expeditions of the Christians; who drew diuers worthy persons into that societie, approued by Pope Galasius the second. They by the allowance of Honorius the second, wore garments of blacke, signed with a white crosse. Raymond, the first Master of the Order, did amplifie their Canons; insti∣ling himselfe, The poore seruant of Christ, and Guardian of the Hospitall in Ierusalem. In euery Countrey throughout Christendome they had Hospitals, and Reuenues assigned them, with contributions procured by Pope Innocent the second. They were tied by their vowes to enter∣taine all Pilgrims with singular humanitie; to safeguard their passages from theeues and incur∣sions, and valiantly to sacrifice their liues in defence of that Countrey. But the Christians being [ 60] driuen out of Syria, the Knights had the Rhodes assigned them by the Greeke Emperour, (others say, by Clement the fifth) which they won from the Turke, and lost againe as aforesaid; retiring from thence vnto Malta. There are of them here seuen Alberges or Seminaries, one of France in generall, one of Auerne, one of Prouince, one of Castile, one of Aragon, one of Italie, one of

Almany: and an eight there was of England, vntill by Henry the Eighth di••••olued, with what Iustice, I know not. Yet is there one that supplyeth the place in the Election of the Great Ma∣ster. Of euery one there is a Grand Prior, who liues in great reputation in his Countrey, and orders the affaires of their Order.

Saint Iohns without Smith-field, being in times past the Mansion of the Grand Prio•• of Eng∣land, an Irish-man liuing in Naples, and reciuing a large Pension from the King of Spaine; now beareth that Title. Those that come for the Order are to bring a testimonie of their Gentry for * 2.271 ••ixe Descents, which is to be examined, and approued by the Knights of their Nation, he being first to remaine here a yeare for a probation. Nor are women exempted from that dignitie, ad∣mitted by a Statute made in the Mastership of Hugo R••uelus, perhaps, for that one Agni••, a no∣ble [ 10] * 2.272 Ladie was the Author, as they affirme, of their Order; but that there be any now of i••, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more then I could be informed. The Ceremonies vsed in Knighting, are these. First, carrying in his hand a Taper of white Waxe, hee kneeleth before the Altar, clothed in a long ••••ose ••••••∣ment, and desireth the Order of the Ordinarie. Then, in the Name of the Father, the Sonne▪ * 2.273 and the Holy Ghost, he receiueth a Sword, therewith to defend the Catholike Church, to re∣pulse and vanquish the Enemie, to relieue the oppressed, if need should be, to expose hims••lfe vnto death for the Faith, and all by the power of the Crosse, which by the Crosse-〈…〉〈…〉 is 〈…〉〈…〉gu∣red. Then is he girt with a Belt, and thrice strooke on the shoulders with his Swo•••• to p••t him in mind that for the honour of Christ he is chearefully to suffer whatsoeuer is g〈…〉〈…〉, who taking it of him, thrice flourisheth it aloft as a prouokement to the Aduersary, and so sheat••es [ 20] it againe, hauing wiped it first on his arme, to testifie that thence-forth hee will liue vnde〈…〉〈…〉d∣ly. Then hee that giues him Knight-hood laying his hand on his shoulder, doth exhort him to be vigilant in the Faith, and to aspire vnto true honour by couragious and laudable actions, 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪ Which done, two Knights doe put on his Spurres, guilt; to signifie that he should spurne Gold 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪ durt, not to doe what were ignoble for reward. And so goes h••e to Masse with the Taper in his hand, the workes of Pietie, Hospitalitie, and redemption of Captiues, being commended vnto him, told also of what he was to performe in regard of his Order. Being as〈…〉〈…〉d if he bee a free man, if not ioyned in Matrimonie, if vnuowed to another Order, or not of any profession, and if he were resolued to liue amongst them, to reuenge their iniuries, and quit the 〈…〉〈…〉oritie of Secular Magistracie. Hauing answered thereunto, vpon the receit of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, he vowes [ 30] in this Order, I vow to the Almightie God, to the Uirgin Mary his immaculate M••••••er, and to Saint * 2.274 Iohn Baptist, perpetually, by the helpe of God to bee truly obedient to all my Superiours, appointed by God and this Order, to liue without any thing of my 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and 〈…〉〈…〉all to liue chastly. * 2.275 Whereupon he is made a partaker of their Priuiledges and Indulgences, granted vnto them by the Se•• of Rome. Besides, other Prayers, they are commanded to say a hundred and fiftie Pater 〈◊〉〈◊〉▪ daily, for such as haue beene slaine in their Warres. They weare Ribands about their neckes with Brou∣ches of the Crosse, and Clokes of blacke with large white Crosses set thereinto on the shoulder, of fine Linnen, but in time of Warre, they weare Crimson Mandilions, behind and before ••o crossed, ouer their Armour.

They come hither exceeding young, that they may the sooner attayne to a commend〈…〉〈…〉 at [ 40] home, (whereof many be of great value) not got by fauour but signioritie, and are to liue here for the space of fiue yeares (but not necessarily together) and to goe on foure Expeditions. If one of them be conuicted of a capitall crime, hee is first publi••••ly disgraded in the Church of Saint Iohn where he receiued his Knight-hood, then strangled, and throwne after into the Sea * 2.276 in the night time. Euery Nation doe feed by themselues in their seuerall Alberges, and sit at the Table like Fryers, but such as vpon suite doe get leaue to eat apart, haue 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Crownes al∣lowed them by the Religion yearely, as all haue fiue and twentie a piece for apparell.

There are here resident about fiue hundred, not to depart without leaue, and as many more dispersed through Christendome, who hither repaire vpon euery summons, or notice of inuasi∣on. * 2.277 The Religion is their generall Heire wheresoeuer they dye, onely each Knight may dispose of a fifth part of his substance. There be sixteene of them Counsellors of State, and of princi∣pall [ 50] authoritie, called Great Crosses, who weare Tippets, and Coates also vnder their Cloake••, that be signed therewith. Of these are the Martiall, the Master of the Hospitall, the Admirall; the Chancelor, &c. When one doth dye another is elected by the Great Master and his Knights, who giue their voyces (if I forget not) by Bullets, as doe the Uenetians, whereby both enulé and faction is auoyded. Now, if the Great Master fall sicke, they will suffer no Vessell to goe * 2.278 out of the Hauen, vntill hee bee either recouered, or dead, and another elected, lest the Pope should intrude into the Election, which they challenge to be theirs, and is in this manner per∣formed.

The seuerall Nations elect two Knights a piece of their owne, and two are elected for the [ 60] English, from amongst themselues these sixteene choose eight, and those eight doe nominate a Knight, a Priest, and a Fryer-seruant (who also weares Armes) and they three choose the Great Master, out of the sixteen Great Crosses. This man is a Pickard borne, about the age of sixtie, and hath gouerned eight yeare. His Name and Title, The Illustrious and most Reuerent Prince my Lord

Fryer▪ Alo••ius of Wignian-court, Great Master of the Hospitall of Sairt Iohns of Ierusalem, Prince of Malta, and Goza. For albeit a Fryer, (as the rest of the Knights) yet is he an absolute Soueraigne, and is brauely attended on by a number of gallant yong Gentlemen. The Clergie doe weare the Cognizance of the Order, who are subiect to like Lawes except in military matters.

There are sixtie Villages in the Iland, vnder the command of ten Captaines, and foure Cities. Old Malta is seated (as hath beene said before) in the midst of the Iland, vpon a hill, and for∣med like a Scutchion: held of no great importance, yet kept by a Garrison. In it there is a Grot, * 2.279 where they say Saint Paul lay when he suffered shipwracke; of great deuotion amongst them. The refined stone thereof they cast into little Medals, with the Effigies of Saint Paul on the one side, and a Viper on the other, Agnus Dei, and the like: of which they vent store to the For∣reiner. [ 10] They say, that being drunke in wine it doth cure the venome of Serpents, and withall, * 2.280 though there be many Serpents in the Iland, that they haue not the power of hurting although handled, and angred; bereft of their venome euer since the being here of the Apostle. The other three Cities (if they may all be so termed) are about eight miles distant, and not much without a Musket shot each of other, neere the East-end, and on the North-side of the Iland, where there is a double Hauen diuided by a tongue of rocke, which extendeth no further then the con∣ueniently large entrance. The East Hauen resembleth the horne of a Stag, the first branch (as the Palme) affoording an excellent harbour for the greatest shippes, and the second for Gallies; the rest are shallow. Close to the vppermost toppe there is a Fountayne of fresh water, which ple••tifully furnisheth all V essels that doe enter. On the tip of the foresaid tongue stood the [ 20] strong Castle of Saint Hermes, the first that the Turke besieged, which after many furious as∣saults, twentie thousand Canon shot (whose horrible roarings were heard to Messi••a) and the * 2.281 losse of ten thousand liues, they tooke in the yeare 1565. in the moneth of Iune, but to the greater glory of the vanquished, that losse rather inraging then dis-heartning the remaynder.

Now vpon the point of the Promontory which lyes betweene these two branches of that Hauen, where the Ships and Gallies haue their stations, on a steepe rocke stands the Castle of Saint Angel••, whose strength appeared in frustrating those violent batteries (being next besie∣ged by the Turke) whereof it yet beareth the skarres. At the foot of the Rocke are certaine Canons planted, that front the mouth of the Hauen. This Castle is onely diuided by a Trench cut through the Rocke, from the Burgo, a little Citie which possesseth the rest of that Promon∣tory, [ 30] being all a Rock, hewen hollow within, for their better defence; disioyned by a great deep Ditch from the Land. South of this, and on the next Promontory, stands another Towne, which is called, La Isula, on the p〈…〉〈…〉 thereof a platforme, and at the other end the strong Fort of Saint Mich••••l, yet inferiour in strength to that of Saint Angel••. Here remember we the pit∣tie of a Ma〈…〉〈…〉an, descended, no doubt of Christian Parentage, and fauouring our Religion, * 2.282 who in the time of the strictest siege, and smallest comfort to the besieged, leapt into the Sea, and maugre all the shot that was made at him, swamme to this Castle: where first requiring and receiuing. Baptisme, hee made knowne vnto them the secrets of the Enemie, aduised how to frustrate their purposes, and brauely thrust himselfe forward in euery extremitie. But the Knights of the Order assisting one another by their proper valour, so nobly behaued them∣selues, [ 40] that the Turke began to despaire of successe, and vpon the rumoured approach of the Christian su••••ours (which in the best construction by the ouer-circumspect Vice-Roy of Sicilia had beene dangerously protracted) i••barqued themselues, and departed. But all, sauing Burgo and Saint A••gel••, reduced into powder, and the returne of the Turke distrusted, it was pro∣pounded amongst the Knights, to abandon the Iland, rather then vainly to repaire, and endeuour to defend those lamentable ruines, the Aduersaries vnequall power, and backward ayde of the Christian Princes considered. But it too much concerned the state of Christendome, (especially of the Countries confining) it being as it were both the Key and Bulwarke thereof, insomuch that the Pope, the Florentine, and the rest of the Princes of Italy, encouraged them to stay, assi∣sting them with money, and all necessary prouision; but especially the King of Spaine, who ouer [ 50] and aboue did send them three thousand Pioners, leuyed in the Kingdome of Naples and Sicilia, to repaire their old Fortresses, and begin a new Citie vpon that tongue of Land which diuideth the two Hauens, now almost absolutely finished.

This is called the Citie of Valetta, in the honour of Iohn de Valetta, who then was Great * 2.283 Master. Not great, but faire, exactly contriued, and strong aboue all others, mounted aloft, and no where assailable by Land, but at the South end. The walls of the rest doe ioyne to the vp∣right Rocke, as if of one piece, and beaten vpon by the Sea. That towards the Land, is but a narrow Isthmos, where the Rocke doth naturally rise, the Ditch without, hewen downe ex∣ceeding broad, and of an incredible profunditie, strongly flankt, and not wanting what fortifi∣cation can doe. This way openeth the onely gate of the Citie, (the other two, whereof one [ 60] leadeth to Saint Hermes, and the other to the Hauen, being but small Posternes) and hard with∣in * 2.284 are two great Bul warks, planted on the top with Ordnance. At the other end (but with∣out the wall) stands the Castle of Saint Hermes, now stronger then euer, whereof (as of that Saint Angel••) no French man can be Gouernour. Almost euery where there are platformes on

the walls, well stored with Ordnance. The walls on the inside not aboue sixe foot high, vnim∣battald, and sheluing on the outside, the buildings throughout a good distance off both to leaue roome for the Souldiers, and to secure them from batterie. Neere the South end, and on the West side, there is a great pit hewne into the rocke, out of which a Port cut vnder the wall into the West Hauen, intended (for yet vnfinished) to haue beene made an Arsenall for their Gallies, (that harbour being too shallow for ships) a worke of great difficulty. The market place is spa∣cious, out of which the streets doe point on the round. The buildings for the most part vni∣forme, all of free stone, two stories high, and flat at the top; the vpper roomes of most hauing out tarrasses. The Great Masters Palace is a Princely structure, hauing a Tower which ouer∣looketh * 2.285 the whole Iland. The chamber where they sit in Counsell, is curiously painted with [ 10] their fights by Sea and by Land, both forraine and defensiue. The seuen Alberges of the * 2.286 Knights, be of no meane building; amongst whom the Citie is quartered. Magnificent is the Church of S, Paul, and that of Saint Iohns: the one the seat of a Bishop, and the other of a Prior. And Saint Iohns Hospitall doth merite regard, not onely for the building, but for the entertain∣ment * 2.287 there giuen. For all that fall sicke are admitted thereunto, the Knights themselues there lodge when hurt or diseased, where they haue Physicke for the bodie, and for the soule also (such as they giue.) The attendants many, the beds ouer-spread with faire Canopies; euery fortnight hauing change of Linnen. Serued by the Iunior Knights in siluer, and euery Friday by the Great Master, accompanied with the great Crosses. A seruice obliged vnto from their first insti∣tution; and thereupon called Knight-hospitallers. The Iesuits haue of late crept into the Ci∣tie, [ 20] who now haue a Colledge a building. Heere bee also three Nunneries; the one for Virgins, another for penitent Whores, (of impenitent here are store) and the third for their bastards.

The barrennesse of this Ile is supplied with the fertilitie of Sicilia, from whence they haue their prouision. The Citie is victualed for three yeeres, kept vnder the ground, and supplied with new as they spend of the old. They haue some fresh water Fountaines, and the raine that fal∣leth, they reserue in Cisternes. Besides the Knights and their dependants, the Citizens and I∣land〈…〉〈…〉▪ be within the muster of their forces; in which there are not of liuing soules aboue twen∣tie thousand. They keepe a Court of guard nightly, and almost euery minute of the night, the watch of one Fort giues two or three tolls with a bell, which is answered by the other in or∣der. [ 30] The Religion hath onely fiue Gallies, and stinted they are, as I haue heard, to that number, * 2.288 (if more, they belong vnto priuate men) and but one ship. The custome is, or hath beene, ha∣uing hung out a flagge, to lend money to all commer•• that would dice it, if they win, to repay it with aduantage; if lose, to serue vntill their entertainment amounted to that summe. Now the * 2.289 expeditions that they make, are little better then for bootie; sometimes landing in the night time on the maine of Africa, and surprising some village, or scouring along the coasts, take cer∣taine small Barks, which disburdened of their lading and people, they suffer to hull with the weather. For they made good profit of their slaues, either imploying them in their drudgeries, (they hauing at this instant aboue fifteene hundred of them) or by putting them to ransome. For euer and anon you shall haue a little boat with a flag of treaty, come hither from Tripoli, Tunis, [ 40] or Algeirs, to agree for the redemption of captiues, as doe the Malteses to those places who are serued with the same measure. During my abode here, there arriued a Barke, brought in by eight English men, who had for a long time serued the Turkish Pirats of Tunis, they bound for Algeirs, tooke weapons in hand, and droue the distrustlesse Turkes (being twice as many) into the sterne, kept there by two, whilst the other dressed the sailes for Malta. Amongst them there was one, who saying he would neuer be slaue to a Christian, stript himselfe secretly, propping vp his gowne, and laying his Turbant vpon it, as if still there, and dropt it into the Sea. But the deceiuer was deceiued by the high land which seemed neerer then it was, and so wearied with swimming, sunke in their sights. The Inquisition would haue seized both on their persons and purchase, because they had serued the Infidell: but they were protected by the Great Master (be∣ing [ 50] desirous to serue him) who will not suffer their cruell authoritie to enter into the new City, so that they are faine to reside in Burgo.

The Matelses are little lesse Tawnie then the Moores, especially those of the Countrey, who * 2.290 goe halfe clad, are indeed a miserable people; but the Citizens are altogether Frenchified; the Great Master, and maior part of the Knights being French men. The women weare long blacke stoles, wherewith they couer their faces (for it is a great reproach to be seene otherwise) who conuerse not with men, and are guarded according to the manner of Italy. But the iealous are bet∣ter secured, by the number of allowed Curtizans (for the most part Grecians) who sit playing in their doores on instruments; and with the arte of their eyes inueagled these continent by vow, but contrary in practise, as if chastitie were onely violated by marriage. They here stirre early and late, in regard of the immoderate heat, and sleepe at noone day. Their markets they [ 60] keepe on Sundayes.

Now were the Gallies returned with indifferent successe, and yet my stay was proroged by the approaching festiuall of their Patron; for vntill that was past, no boat would stirre out of

the Harbour. The Palace, Temples, Alberges, and other principall houses, were stucke round on * 2.291 the outside with lampes, the euening before: and amongst other solemnities, they honoured the day with the discharge of all their Artilery. The Forts put forth their Banners, and euery Al∣berge the Ensigne of his Nation, at night hauing Bone-fires before them; fiue great ones being made in the Court of the Palace; whereof, the first was kindled by the Great Master, the second by the Bishop, the third by the Prior, the fourth and fifth by the Marshall and Admi∣rall. On the foure and twentieth of Iune, I departed from Malta in a Phalucco of Naples, rowed by fiue, and not twice so big as a Wherry, yet will for a space keepe way with a Gally. They vse to set foorth in such boats as these, two houres before Sun-set, and if they discouer a suspected saile betweene that and night (for the Turkes continually lie [ 10] there in waite) doe returne againe: if not, they proceed; and by the next morning (as now did we) reach the Coast of Sicilia.

The end of the Sixth Booke.

Notes

• * 1.1

  In diuers places the translation is amended.
• * 1.2

  Why this part of the World was so named Africa. Iohn Leo, lib. ••.
• * 1.3

  Others di∣uide it from Asia by the Red Sea. As there was Asia proprie di∣cta. so likewise Africa was the name of the whole and of a special part; and that both amongst the Ancients, so (but in larger latent) with the African Authors and Iohn Leo. The borders of Africa.
• * 1.4

  Non,
• * 1.5

  The diuision of Africa. We 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cal all Africa which lyeth betweene the Red, Indian, Atlantike, and Mediterran Seas; ioyned with a necke of Land to A∣rabia.
• * 1.6

  Non.
• * 1.7

  The Riuer of Niger.
• * 1.8

  Aethiopia.
• * 1.9

  A diuision of the foure fore∣named parts of Africa.
• * 1.10

  Habat.
• * 1.11

  〈…〉〈…〉suz.
• * 1.12

  Tremizen.
• * 1.13

  The diuision of Numidia.
• * 1.14

  Tesset.
• * 1.15

  A discription of the Libyan Desarts, which lie betweene Numidia and the Land of Negros.
• * 1.16

  A diuision of the land of Ne∣gros into seue∣rall Kingdoms.
• * 1.17

  Iohn Leo tra∣uelled ouer fifteene King∣domes of the land of Negros.
• * 1.18

  Cairo.
• * 1.19

  About the yeere 2526.
• * 1.20

  Of the habita∣tions of Africa, and of the sig∣nification of this word Barbar.
• * 1.21

  A 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Tribes 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉
• * 1.22

  〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉.
• * 1.23

  Tremizen cal∣led by 〈…〉〈…〉∣cient Cosmo grapher ••••••a∣ria, or 〈…〉〈…〉a∣••••a C〈…〉〈…〉is.
• * 1.24

  Ibnu Rach•• ••n African Histo∣rian.
• * 1.25

  The agreemēt o•• v〈…〉〈…〉 of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 A〈…〉〈…〉n language. Aq•••••• ••marig. African lan∣guage A••••bike.
• * 1.26

  Sungai.
• * 1.27

  Guber.
• * 1.28

  Burno language.
• * 1.29

  Nub••an.
• * 1.30

  Arabike bro∣ken.
• * 1.31

  Barbarian.
• * 1.32

  Hutmen.
• * 1.33

  Of the Arabi∣ans inhabiting the Citie of Africa.
• * 1.34

  Hucha.
• * 1.35

  Cairaoan.
• * 1.36

  Tunis.
• * 1.37

  Cairaoan.
• * 1.38

  Corruption of Language.
• * 1.39

  The Moores of Granada. O•• the Arabi∣ans which dwel 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and their cōming into Africa.
• * 1.40

  A Mahume∣tan•• Patriarch. O•• th〈…〉〈…〉 C••••l••∣••a••s, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 my 〈◊〉〈◊〉, lib 3.
• * 1.41

  Gehoar a slaue by condition conquered all Barbarie, Nu∣midia, Egypt, and Syria.
• * 1.42

  Cayro built, cal∣led Alchair. Gehoar the first ••ounder of Ca••ro: all is the Arabeck Arti∣cle, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the Ex∣oticke termi∣nation.
• * 1.43

  Ten Tribes of Arabians in∣uad•• Africa. Ibnu Rach〈…〉〈…〉 a famous Histo∣riographer.
• * 1.44

  King Ioseph.
• * 1.45

  Manso••.
• * 1.46

  A Prouerbe.
• * 1.47

  1526.
• * 1.48

  The Tribe Cachin.
• * 1.49

  ••••••eg. Sumait.
• * 1.50

  Sahid.
• * 1.51

  Delleg. Tremizen.
• * 1.52

  Elmuntefig.
• * 1.53

  Sebair.
• * 1.54

  Of the people of Hillel, and of their habi∣tations. Hurua.
• * 1.55

  Hucba••.
• * 1.56

  Habru.
• * 1.57

  Mussim.
• * 1.58

  Rieeb.
• * 1.59

  Suaid.
• * 1.60

  Azgeg.
• * 1.61

  Elcherit.
• * 1.62

  Enedr••▪
• * 1.63

  Garfa.
• * 1.64

  Of the Tribe of Machil. Rache.
• * 1.65

  Swift people.
• * 1.66

  Selim.
• * 1.67

  Traffick to Tombuto.
• * 1.68

  El••asis.
• * 1.69

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.70

  Deuihessen. Duleim.
• * 1.71

  Burbun.
• * 1.72

  Vode.
• * 1.73

  Racmen.
• * 1.74

  Hamrum.
• * 1.75

  The people descended of Deuimansor. Dehemrum.
• * 1.76

  Menebbe.
• * 1.77

  Husein,
• * 1.78

  Abulhusein.
• * 1.79

  The of-spring of Deuihubai∣dulla. Gh••rrag.
• * 1.80

  Hedeg. Thelob.
• * 1.81

  Alger. Algere, the nest of Sea-Hornets, a cage of vn∣cleane Birds, and place of Pirats.
• * 1.82

  G••••oan.
• * 1.83

  The A〈…〉〈…〉s called 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Hilel ••••∣sc••nded from Isma••••, the base sonne of Abraham. The Arabians called Mac••••••, descended of Saba.
• * 1.84

  The manners and customes of the African people. The people of Numidia. Their attire.
• * 1.85

  Camels.
• * 1.86

  Riding.
• * 1.87

  Beds and tents.
• * 1.88

  Wooll grow∣ing vpon the Palme-tree. Miserable diet.
• * 1.89

  Naturall dish.
• * 1.90

  Slouens.
• * 1.91

  Occupation.
• * 1.92

  Pollicy.
• * 1.93

  Iudg••s.
• * 1.94

  Learning.
• * 1.95

  Manner of eating.
• * 1.96

  Their women.
• * 1.97

  Iealousie.
• * 1.98

  Merchants.
• * 1.99

  The Authours trauels.
• * 1.100

  Camels and Ostriches vsed for victuals.
• * 1.101

  Princely fare.
• * 1.102

  Bread of Millet.
• * 1.103

  Religious men.
• * 1.104

  Places without graine.
• * 1.105

  Bountifull hospitalitie.
• * 1.106

  The manners and ••ustomes o•• the Arabians which inhabit A〈…〉〈…〉a. Ar〈…〉〈…〉 valour. Where the Barbarie Hor∣ses ar•• br••d. Arabian Poem•• and Verses.
• * 1.107

  Apparell.
• * 1.108

  Biledulgerid.
• * 1.109

  Portugals acts in Africa: see O••orius, &c. The Ar••bians offer them∣s••lues slaues to any that would rel••eue th••••r extreme hunger.
• * 1.110

  Their hun∣ting. Ri••hes.
• * 1.111

  Honesty. Poe••••y.
• * 1.112

  W〈…〉〈…〉
• * 1.113

  The Arabians in the Desarts neere Egypt. Their pouerty.
• * 1.114

  The Arabians of Barca lay their sonnes to pawne vnto the Sicilians for corne.
• * 1.115

  Cruell famine.
• * 1.116

  Miserable people.
• * 1.117

  The ouer∣throw and death of the King of Tunis his sonne.
• * 1.118

  The Faith and Religion of the ancient Afri∣cans or Moores. Sunne and Fire worship∣ped.
• * 1.119

  No Christians among the Ne∣groes. Wee may hold it a pu∣nishment of God for their many giddie heresies, of which Mon∣sters Africa was fertile as well as of the naturall Dona∣tists, Circumcel∣lians and o∣thers (which had this good to yeeld vs the learned labors of S. Aug.) The A••rians af∣ter preuailed, the Vandals making way to Mahumet. The letters and characters of the Africans. The Africans vsed in times past none o∣ther kind of letters but the Roman letters.
• * 1.120

  Perhaps he meaneth the histories of Salust, T••••us 〈…〉〈…〉∣uius, and o∣th〈…〉〈…〉. Science guide to Conference. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 cau∣s••d all the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉〈◊〉 b〈…〉〈…〉ed.
• * 1.121

  The vnplea∣sant and ••nowy places in Africa
• * 1.122

  The Moun∣taines of Atlas exceeding cold.
• * 1.123

  〈◊〉〈◊〉 wonder∣fu•••• and 〈…〉〈…〉∣ble S〈…〉〈…〉es a∣bout October and Nouemb.
• * 1.124

  The extreme danger of Snow which Iohn Leo him∣selfe escaped.
• * 1.125

  Continuali Snow.
• * 1.126

  Vnkind kind∣nesse.
• * 1.127

  Riuers dryed vp by sands.
• * 1.128

  Agadez,
• * 1.129

  Danger by thirst.
• * 1.130

  A strange re∣medie vsed by the African Merchants to quench their thirst.
• * 1.131

  A Merchant constrayned by extreme thirst gaue t•••• thousand Du∣cates for a cup of water. The 〈◊〉〈◊〉 c••l∣led 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.132

  Cocos Cu∣cumbers, Onions.
• * 1.133

  Wh•••• 〈…〉〈…〉rall impressions & motions the Ai••e of Afri••a i〈…〉〈…〉ubiect vnto; and what ef∣fects ensue the••••upon. The seasons of the yeare. Cheries ripe in Aprill.
• * 1.134

  The Oliues of Africa.
• * 1.135

  Pleasant spring
• * 1.136

  Raine signify∣ing plentie or scarcitie.
• * 1.137

  Forty dayes of extreme heate and forty of cold.
• * 1.138

  The Peasants and vn〈…〉〈…〉rned people of Afri∣ca tunning in Astrologie. Note.
• * 1.139

  The yeare of the A〈…〉〈…〉s & A••ricans.
• * 1.140

  Windes.
• * 1.141

  The yeares di∣uided into two seasons onely, vpon the Mountaines of Atlas.
• * 1.142

  The increase of the Riuer of Niger and Nilus.
• * 1.143

  The length and shortnesse of the Africans liues.
• * 1.144

  Teeth soone lost and Hyes decayed,
• * 1.145

  What ki••ds of 〈◊◊〉〈◊◊〉 Af〈…〉〈…〉ns are subiect vnto.
• * 1.146

  Neesing at Sermons.
• * 1.147

  The French Disease.
• * 1.148

  When and by what meanes the French Pox was brought into Africa.
• * 1.149

  Hernia, or the Disease called bursting or the rupture.
• * 1.150

  Earth of Ar∣menia. Plague rare in Numidia. The commen∣dable actions and vertues of the Africans. Mathematikes studied. Priests honou∣red. Superstitions.
• * 1.151

  The Moores are a people of great fidelitie, Iealousie.
• * 1.152

  Grauitie. Modestie.
• * 1.153

  The Arabians and their ver∣tues.
• * 1.154

  What vices the foresaid Afri∣cans are sub∣iect vnto.
• * 1.155

  Vindicatiue. Rude. Credulous.
• * 1.156

  Cholericke & quarrelsome.
• * 1.157

  Couetous.
• * 1.158

  Ingratefull.
• * 1.159

  Shepheards.
• * 1.160

  Mariages.
• * 1.161

  Irreligion.
• * 1.162

  Robberie.
• * 1.163

  The Region of Hea lying vp∣on the West part of Africa.
• * 1.164

  Their Food.
• * 1.165

  Their Artire.
• * 1.166

  Horses and o∣ther Beasts.
• * 1.167

  Gauterizing.
• * 1.168

  Tednest one of the Cities of Hea.
• * 1.169

  Their manner of entertai∣ning Strangers at Tednest.
• * 1.170

  Their Temple.
• * 1.171

  Tednest forsa∣ken for feare of the Portugals.
• * 1.172

  Teculeth a Towne of He••.
• * 1.173

  Hadecchis a Towne of He••.
• * 1.174

  Hadecchis sac∣ked by the Por∣tugals, 1513.
• * 1.175

  I le••sug ••••gh 〈…〉〈…〉 a Towne of Hea.
• * 1.176

  Barbari me.
• * 1.177

  Wax cast away by dull igno∣rance.
• * 1.178

  Tesegdelt a Towne of Hea.
• * 1.179

  Teijent destroi∣ed by the Por∣tugals, 1513. ten miles West off Ileusugagen. The curtesie of the Citizens of Tesegdelt to∣wards Stran∣gers.
• * 1.180

  A Description of the Citie of Tagtess.
• * 1.181

  Water farre fetched.
• * 1.182

  Locusts.
• * 1.183

  The Towne of Eitdeuet.
• * 1.184

  Iewes.
• * 1.185

  Lawyers. Learned Men. Law-bookes.
• * 1.186

  Cule••••at El∣muridin, that is to say, The Rock of Disciples, a C••stie o•• Hea.
• * 1.187

  Apostiferous Mahumetan Preacher.
• * 1.188

  Iiglingil and Tefe••hne are here omitted for breuitie. The Inhabi∣tants of the Mountaines in Hea.
• * 1.189

  Needles not vsed. Rings and Buttons.
• * 1.190

  The Moun∣taine called D〈…〉〈…〉ensera.
• * 1.191

  Plenty of 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.192

  Store of Iewes.
• * 1.193

  Carraum, that is, Scripture∣men; for they admitted not the traditions.
• * 1.194

  Of the Moun∣taine of Iron, commonly called Ge••elel∣••adith.
• * 1.195

  The Region of Sus.
• * 1.196

  Of the Towne of Messa.
• * 1.197

  Dates which will last but one yeare.
• * 1.198

  Holy Temple. Great store of Whales.
• * 1.199

  Superstitious conceit.
• * 1.200

  A Whales Rib of incredible greatnesse.
• * 1.201

  Amber.
• * 1.202

  Store of Su∣gar.
• * 1.203

  Iron Coyne.
• * 1.204

  Cordouan Leather of Maroco.
• * 1.205

  A Temple through which a Riuer run∣neth.
• * 1.206

  Tarodant, a Towne of Sus.
• * 1.207

  Tedsi, a Towne of Sus.
• * 1.208

  Store of Sugar and of Woad.
• * 1.209

  The Citie of Tagauost.
• * 1.210

  The Moun∣taine of Han∣chisa.
• * 1.211

  The Moun∣taine of Ila∣lem.
• * 1.212

  Mines of Sil∣uer.
• * 1.213

  The situation and estate of the Region of Maroco.
• * 1.214

  〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.215

  The new to〈…〉〈…〉 Del∣gumuha.
• * 1.216

  The Citie of Imizmizi.
• * 1.217

  A most exact description of the great and famous City of Maroco, as it was 100. yeeres agoe. The first foun∣der of Maroco.
• * 1.218

  Maroco in times past contained a∣boue 100000, families. In later times be∣fore the late ciuill broyles, it is likely to haue beene much greater: one plague is said to haue consumed 700000. per∣sons. Foolish emu∣lation. Mansor the king of Maroco.
• * 1.219

  A stately Tem∣ple.
• * 1.220

  Obscurum.
• * 1.221

  Great store of bookes in old time to be sold in Maroco.
• * 1.222

  State of it 1526.
• * 1.223

  Causes of the decay of Ma∣roco.
• * 1.224

  Elmaheli a fa∣ctious prea∣cher.
• * 1.225

  The miserable death of Abra∣ham King of Maroco and of his Queene.
• * 1.226

  New Sect.
• * 1.227

  In later yeere, Maroco reco∣uered the su∣premacy. A stronge C••stle. A starely ••e••••∣ple.
• * 1.228

  Three golden spheares.
• * 1.229

  A great Col∣ledge.
• * 1.230

  Excellent spotted Mar∣ble.
• * 1.231

  This King cal∣led Mansor, was he vnto whom Rasis that fa∣mous Physici∣an dedicated his Booke.
• * 1.232

  The huge Do∣minio••s of King Mansor.
• * 1.233

  The Christians happie successe against the Moores.
• * 1.234

  Ibnu Abdul an Historian of Africa. The Towne of Agmet.
• * 1.235

  The desolation of Agmet. Hermite.
• * 1.236

  Iohn Lr•• stu∣dent at Fez.
• * 1.237

  The Moun∣taine of Nififa.
• * 1.238

  Learned men clothed in white. Semede.
• * 1.239

  Strange tryals in Law.
• * 1.240

  Iohn Leo con∣strayned to play the Iudge.
• * 1.241

  The Mountain called Seusaua.
• * 1.242

  The Moun∣ta••••s ••••••iua, Teum〈…〉〈…〉 〈…〉〈…〉d G〈…〉〈…〉a are o∣mi••••••d. H〈…〉〈…〉a.
• * 1.243

  Carrain Iewes.
• * 1.244

  Guzzula.
• * 1.245

  Iron and Cop∣per Mines.
• * 1.246

  Continuall wars in Guz∣zu••a. Weekly Truces
• * 1.247

  Venerable Hermite. Free enter∣tainement for Merchants.
• * 1.248

  Cruell exe∣cutions.
• * 1.249

  Of the Region of Duccala, in, which is Azafi and the rest following: it was won by the Portugals, A. H. 920. by reason of ciuill broiles, one Hali hauing slaine the King being at a Ser∣mon in the Church. The Portugals about this time brought a new face on the Townes of these parts, as ye may see in Leo himselfe.
• * 1.250

  Centum putei. Corne preser∣ued one hun∣dred yeares.
• * 1.251

  Or Marbea. Traine Oyle. Azamur wonne by the Por∣tugals. Sodomie: Greene Moun∣taine. The fruit cal∣led by the Ita∣lians, Frutto Africano. Religious Hermits.
• * 1.252

  Tagodast.
• * 1.253

  Grapes of maruel'ous bignesse. White honey.
• * 1.254

  Elgiumuha.
• * 1.255

  Tefza. Marble wals.
• * 1.256

  Ilbernus. His Captaine extorted. 84000. Ducats of the Citi∣zens & more from one Iew. The Mountain called Magran.
• * 1.257

  These people liue like the Tartars.
• * 1.258

  A description of Mount Ded••
• * 1.259

  Seriffo Essacalli an Historian.
• * 1.260

  Or Salt-pe∣ter.
• * 1.261

  A most exact description of the Kingdome of Fez.
• * 1.262

  Habat.
• * 1.263

  Chauzor. Cheuz.
• * 1.264

  Of Temesne one of the Prouinces of Fez.
• * 1.265

  A dangerous seducer.
• * 1.266

  Differences in Religion and the effects.
• * 1.267

  The horrible desolation of Temesne.
• * 1.268

  Anfa a Towne in Temesne.
• * 1.269

  English traf∣fique. Anfa destroyed by the Portu∣gals. A description of Rebat.
• * 1.270

  Why King Mansor built the Towne of Rebat vpon the Sea shoare.
• * 1.271

  Conduits of fresh water 12. miles.
• * 1.272

  Sella.
• * 1.273

  Where King Mansor was buried.
• * 1.274

  Sepulchre vi∣sited for feare of Lions.
• * 1.275

  Pilgrimage farre and fre∣quent.
• * 1.276

  The Territory of Fez.
• * 1.277

  Or Cebu.
• * 1.278

  Sella.
• * 1.279

  English traf∣fique.
• * 1.280

  1526.
• * 1.281

  The oc••sion of the bloody warres moued by Sahid.
• * 1.282

  The City of Fez besieged for seuen yeers together.
• * 1.283

  This number (as I take it) should rather be 819.
• * 1.284

  Fez the prin∣cipall City of all Barbarie, and of the founders thereof.
• * 1.285

  Idris the first founder of Fez.
• * 1.286

  Idris his great valour at fif∣teene yeares of age.
• * 1.287

  1526.
• * 1.288

  A most exact description of the Citie of Fez.
• * 1.289

  The number and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Temples in Fez.
• * 1.290

  The principall Temple of Fez called Car••••en.
• * 1.291

  Pulpits and preaching.
• * 1.292

  The Reuenues of the great Temple, and how they are bestowed.
• * 1.293

  Colledges of Fez.
• * 1.294

  A Colledge cost 480000. Duckats the building.
• * 1.295

  The suppressi∣on of Lear∣ning and lear∣ned men, a principal cause of disorderly and base go∣uernment.
• * 1.296

  A description of the Hospi∣tals and Bathes in the Citie of Fez.
• * 1.297

  Liuings be∣longing to Hospitals.
• * 1.298

  Iohn Leo in his youth a Nota∣ry of an Hospi∣tall for two yeeres toge∣ther. Their Bathes and bathing.
• * 1.299

  Womens Bathes.
• * 1.300

  Reuenues to the Temple.
• * 1.301

  The Innes of Fez.
• * 1.302

  The Mills of Fez. Like vnto our Horse-mills. A description of the Occu∣pations, the Shops, and the Market.
• * 1.303

  Scriueners.
• * 1.304

  Booksellers. Shoo-mer∣chants. Brasiers. Fruiterers.
• * 1.305

  Herb-women.
• * 1.306

  Tauerns. Milk-seller.
• * 1.307

  Cotton∣sellers. Rope-sellers. Girdler. Salters. Potters. Sadlers. The Porters of Fez.
• * 1.308

  Cookes.
• * 1.309

  Pease and Turneps. Saller-shops.
• * 1.310

  Fritterers.
• * 1.311

  Rosting in Ouens.
• * 1.312

  Tripe-wiues.
• * 1.313

  Victualers.
• * 1.314

  Shambles.
• * 1.315

  The Gouernor of the Sham∣bles in Fez. Course cloth.
• * 1.316

  Armo••ers. Fishmongers.
• * 1.317

  Cage-makers.
• * 1.318

  Sopers. Mealemen.
• * 1.319

  Tankarters.
• * 1.320

  Taylors.
• * 1.321

  Landerers.
• * 1.322

  Spurres, &c.
• * 1.323

  Of the Station or Burse of Merchants in Fez.
• * 1.324

  Or Bai••co.
• * 1.325

  Of the Gro∣cers, Apothe∣caries, and other Trades∣men and Ar∣tizans of Fez.
• * 1.326

  Iohn Leo was at Tauris in Persia.
• * 1.327

  Comb makers
• * 1.328

  Turners.
• * 1.329

  Vpholsters.
• * 1.330

  Poulters.
• * 1.331

  Corkslippers.
• * 1.332

  Crosse-bowes.
• * 1.333

  Broome-men.
• * 1.334

  Smithes. Coopers.
• * 1.335

  Woolmen.
• * 1.336

  Weights and Measures. Enamellers.
• * 1.337

  Fabri.
• * 1.338

  Diers.
• * 1.339

  Farriers.
• * 1.340

  Whitsters.
• * 1.341

  A Description of the second, part of Fez.
• * 1.342

  Grocers. Earthen ves∣sels. Corn-market.
• * 1.343

  Drapers.
• * 1.344

  Weauers.
• * 1.345

  Millers.
• * 1.346

  Sawyers.
• * 1.347

  Christian cap∣tiues slau••••y.
• * 1.348

  S••ewes. Vintners. Fountaine. 600.
• * 1.349

  Riu••rs dried vp in Summer.
• * 1.350

  Gardens.
• * 1.351

  Kings Palaces.
• * 1.352

  Prison.
• * 1.353

  Of the Magi∣strates, the ad∣ministration of Iustice, and of the apparell vsed in Fez.
• * 1.354

  The punish∣ment of male∣factors in Fez.
• * 1.355

  No Officer by Mahumets Law to haue Fees. Vnlearned Lawyers. But foure Ser∣ieants in Fez: and those bau∣dy Knaues.
• * 1.356

  No Notaries.
• * 1.357

  Tribute, Sear∣chers & excise.
• * 1.358

  Two per cento Custom••.
• * 1.359

  Their apparel.
• * 1.360

  Or Ilbernus
• * 1.361

  Their manner of eating and drinking.
• * 1.362

  A kind of meat called Cuscusu.
• * 1.363

  The manner of solemnizing Marriages.
• * 1.364

  Portion and housholdstuffe.
• * 1.365

  Italians mista∣ken. Fetching home the Bride.
• * 1.366

  Custome of fishes.
• * 1.367

  Minstrelsie and dancing.
• * 1.368

  The Marriage of Widdowes.
• * 1.369

  The Circum∣cision o•• their Children.
• * 1.370

  Of their Rites obserued vpon Festiuall daies, and their man∣ner of mour∣ning for the dead. Reliques of Christians Ce∣remonies ob∣serued among the Moores: some of which seeme also to haue remained from the Hea∣then. S. Nicholas. Bon-fires. A booke lost. Their funerals.
• * 1.371

  Their manner of gaming at Fez. Chesse-play. Of the African Poets. Mahumets Birth-day. Rewards for Poets in Fez. Honor a〈…〉〈…〉t artes omnesque in cenduntur ad studio gloriâ.
• * 1.372

  A description of the Gram∣mar schooles in Fez. Two hundred Schooles. The Alcoran learned by heart.
• * 1.373

  Torches on Mahumets birth-day.
• * 1.374

  The For∣tune tellers: Three sorts of Diuiners in Fez.
• * 1.375

  Witches.
• * 1.376

  Fricatrices.
• * 1.377

  Among many bad, some good Coniu∣rers. Of the Coniu∣rers, Inchan∣ters, and Iug∣lers in Fez.
• * 1.378

  Cabalists.
• * 1.379

  An Arabian Grammer writ∣ten by Iohn Leo.
• * 1.380

  Bookes of that Art.
• * 1.381

  Diuination and Southsay∣ing forbidden by the Law of Mahomet.
• * 1.382

  Of certaine Rules and su∣perstitions ob∣serued in the Mahumetan Law. Diuers Mahu∣metan Sects.
• * 1.383

  Bagdet sacked by the Tartars.
• * 1.384

  Of diuers other Rules and Sects, and of the supersti∣tious credulity of many.
• * 1.385

  Horrible vil∣lany, and more horrible blind∣nesse.
• * 1.386

  Of the Cabal∣lists, and cer∣taine other Sects. Pythagereans, or Banians.
• * 1.387

  Boni.
• * 1.388

  Seuenty two principall Sects in the religion of Mahumet.
• * 1.389

  Of such as search for treasures in Fez.
• * 1.390

  Of the Alchy∣mists of Fez.
• * 1.391

  Giber an Al∣chymic writer.
• * 1.392

  A Booke writ∣ten by Iohn Leo of the liues of the Arabian Philosophers.
• * 1.393

  Charmers and Inchanters of Snakes.
• * 1.394

  A Description of the Suburbs without the foresaid City of Fez.
• * 1.395

  The habitati∣on of Lepers in Fez and their Gouer∣nour.
• * 1.396

  A Descrip on of the com mon place of buriall without the City.
• * 1.397

  The Sepul∣chers of the Kings of Fez.
• * 1.398

  New Fez.
• * 1.399

  Gold-smiths.
• * 1.400

  Iewes.
• * 1.401

  Their con∣tempt.
• * 1.402

  Or Turbant.
• * 1.403

  Engins for the conuayance of water.
• * 1.404

  The fashions and customes vsed in the Kings Court. No Electiue Princes in A∣frica; chosen by the people. No Rulers Ma∣••••metan but Prelates.
• * 1.405

  This was be∣fore the X〈…〉〈…〉e Family pre∣uayled. The manner of choosing Offi∣cers in the Court of Fez.
• * 1.406

  The King of Fez his Reue∣nues then smal
• * 1.407

  Tribute how much.
• * 1.408

  Tithes paid to Mahumetan Princes, be∣cause they were Priests, and by his law none other.
• * 1.409

  Note.
• * 1.410

  The King of Fez his Guard.
• * 1.411

  How the King of ••ez rideth on Progresse.
• * 1.412

  Or kins-folk:
• * 1.413

  No Mahumetan crowned. The King of Fez his manner of warfare.
• * 1.414

  Then began Xeriffe to peep forth, which after obtained Fez and Maro∣co, &c. and M••roco the principall Ci∣tie. Mount Zarhon.
• * 1.415

  Hunting of Lyons vsed by the King of Fez.
• * 1.416

  Fight betwixt a Lyon and a Bull.
• * 1.417

  Gualili a Town of Mount Zar∣hon.
• * 1.418

  The Towne called Pietra Rossa, or the Red Sea. Tame Lyons. The Castle of Shame.
• * 1.419

  Naturam expel∣las furca licet &c.
• * 1.420

  The occasion of a prouerbe.
• * 1.421

  A description of the Citie of Arzilla.
• * 1.422

  The taking of Arzilla by the English. These seeme Danes which infested Eng∣land, Germanie, France and Ita∣lie in those times: and comming from England about that time bea∣ten by Alfred, &c. were called English. Arzilla taken by the Portu∣gals. Habdulac the last King of the Marin Family.
• * 1.423

  Reade Osorius lib. 5. derebus gestis, Eman.
• * 1.424

  Iohn Leo serued the King of Fez in his warres a∣gainst Arzilla.
• * 1.425

  The Citie of Ta••••ia.
• * 1.426

  Or B〈…〉〈…〉. The great Ci∣tie of S〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 1.427

  The entrance of the Moo••••▪ into 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
• * 1.428

  Or Ceuta.
• * 1.429

  The Streights of Gibraltar from Septa, but twelue miles broad.
• * 1.430

  Septu taken by the Portugals. Abu Sahid King of Fez and his sixe Sonnes slaine all in one night.
• * 1.431

  Quadres.
• * 1.432

  Threescore thousand Moores slaine.
• * 1.433

  Bedis, other∣wise called Vel∣les de Gumera.
• * 1.434

  A caue or hole that perpetual∣ly casteth vp fire.
• * 1.435

  Mellela enioied and re-edified by the Spani∣ards. The extreme part of the Desart of Ga∣ret.
• * 1.436

  The great courtesie of Mahumet to∣ward strangers.
• * 1.437

  1526.
• * 1.438

  The Citie of Teza or Tezza.
• * 1.439

  Huge Temple.
• * 1.440

  Veneration of an old man.
• * 1.441

  Mount Beni Iesseten.
• * 1.442

  Iron-mines.
• * 1.443

  Mount Selelgo.
• * 1.444

  Lyons Leo∣pards, and Apes.
• * 1.445

  Mount Beni Iasga. A wonderfull bridge.
• * 1.446

  Tame Lyons.
• * 1.447

  The Towne called Ham Lisnan.
• * 1.448

  Sacerrima sacra.
• * 1.449

  Mount Cento∣pozzi.
• * 1.450

  The beast cal••ed Dabah.
• * 1.451

  The Moun∣taine of Rauens called Gunai∣gell Gherben.
• * 1.452

  Dancing way.
• * 1.453

  Of Mount Ziz.
• * 1.454

  Domesticall and tame Serpents. The like is re∣ported of Lapland.
• * 1.455

  A description of the King∣dome of Telen∣sin, or Tremizen. Caesaria.
• * 1.456

  Numidians couetise.
• * 1.457

  Or Oran.
• * 1.458

  Or Mersal∣cabir.
• * 1.459

  A〈…〉〈…〉 King o〈…〉〈…〉 ∣zen, restor•••• his Kingdome by the Empe∣ror Charles the fifth.
• * 1.460

  1526.
• * 1.461

  The Desart of Angad. Great store of Ostriches. The Citie cal∣led Ned Roma.
• * 1.462

  The great Ci∣tie of Telensin, otherwise cal∣led Tremizen.
• * 1.463

  The King of Telensin taken prisoner, and beheaded.
• * 1.464

  Temples and Colledges.
• * 1.465

  Or Turbant.
• * 1.466

  Pleasant place.
• * 1.467

  Schollers.
• * 1.468

  The customes and rites ob∣serued in the King of Telensin his Court.
• * 1.469

  A passage from Europe to Aethiopia through the Kingdome of Tremizen. Hubbed.
• * 1.470

  Batha. A famous Hermite.
• * 1.471

  The Towne of Oran.
• * 1.472

  Oran taken by the Spaniards.
• * 1.473

  The Towne of Mersalcabir.
• * 1.474

  Mersalcabir surprised by the Spaniards.
• * 1.475

  Bresch.
• * 1.476

  Blacke rosse:
• * 1.477

  The Towne of Sersell.
• * 1.478

  Stately Tem∣ple.
• * 1.479

  Geizer, other∣wise called Al∣gar.
• * 1.480

  Alger become Tributary to to the King of Spaine.
• * 1.481

  3000. Arabian bookes. A Voyage per∣formed by Iohn Leo.
• * 1.482

  This Alger is now the cage of vncleane bir••s, the next of Tur••ish vn∣christian Py∣rats Medua.
• * 1.483

  The Towne of Temendfust. His discourse of the Moun∣taines is omit∣ted.
• * 1.484

  A description of the great Citie of Bugia.
• * 1.485

  Scholers. Lawyers. Philosopher••.
• * 1.486

  The Citie of Bugia taken by Pedro de Na∣uarra.
• * 1.487

  Necaus.
• * 1.488

  The Citie of Constantina.
• * 1.489

  Triumphall Arch.
• * 1.490

  Hot Baths. Snaile Deuils.
• * 1.491

  A fond and senselesse Su∣perstition.
• * 1.492

  The ancient Towne of Bona. Saint Augustine in times past Bishop of Hippo.
• * 1.493

  Great store of Corall.
• * 1.494

  The Citie of Tebessa.
• * 1.495

  Eldabag.
• * 1.496

  The Towne called Urbs. Vrbs full of Ro∣man antiqui∣ties.
• * 1.497

  The g••eat Ci∣tie of Carthage.
• * 1.498

  Both may ••e true of Queen D••••o, wh••ch came from Phoenicia in Syria.
• * 1.499

  R••ines of Carthage.
• * 1.500

  1526.
• * 1.501

  A description of the mighty Citie of Tunis.
• * 1.502

  The building of Cairaoan.
• * 1.503

  Tunis subiect vnto Abdul-Mumen and othet Kings of Maroco.
• * 1.504

  Or perhaps Andaluzia.
• * 1.505

  1526.
• * 1.506

  A strange kind of spin∣ning.
• * 1.507

  Mad men, re∣uerence mad men.
• * 1.508

  Of the King of Tunis his Court, and of the Rites and Ceremonies there vsed.
• * 1.509

  Musician blindfold.
• * 1.510

  The Towne of El Mahdia, otherwise cal∣led Africa.
• * 1.511

  Of the great Citie of Cairaoan.
• * 1.512

  Reliques.
• * 1.513

  The Ile of Si∣cilie subdued by the Gouer∣nour of Cai∣raoan.
• * 1.514

  A Riuer of hot water.
• * 1.515

  The Lake of Lepers.
• * 1.516

  Of the Ile of Gerbi o•• Z••••bi, where Iohn Leo the Author of this Historie was taken by Italian Pirates, and carried thence to Rome. The old Citie of Tripolis. The new Citie of Tripolis in 〈◊〉〈◊〉. Plenty of 〈◊〉〈◊〉,
• * 1.517

  Tripolis taken by a Fleete of Genowai••s.
• * 1.518

  Tripolis surpri∣zed by Pedro de Nauarra.
• * 1.519

  The Moun∣taines are o∣mitted.
• * 1.520

  The Arabians of Barca most cruell and bloody theeues.
• * 1.521

  Tesset.
• * 1.522

  Plowing with a Horse and a Camell. The village of Guaden.
• * 1.523

  The beast cal∣led Elamth.
• * 1.524

  The Prouince of Dara.
• * 1.525

  Dara Riuer.
• * 1.526

  The quality thereof.
• * 1.527

  The strange propertie of the Palme or Date tree.
• * 1.528

  Bread daintie.
• * 1.529

  Indico.
• * 1.530

  Goats fed with Dates. The fl••sh of the Ostrich. The Prouin∣ces of Segel∣messe, Cheneg, Matgara, &c. are omitted. The Territory of Segelmesse.
• * 1.531

  Infinite num∣bers of Scor∣pions.
• * 1.532

  The Towne or Citie of Segel∣messe.
• * 1.533

  The Castle of Ummelhefen.
• * 1.534

  The Castles of Fighig.
• * 1.535

  The Region of Tegorarin.
• * 1.536

  Iewes expelled.
• * 1.537

  The Towne of Techort.
• * 1.538

  Hospitalitie and loue to strangers.
• * 1.539

  The Towne of Pescara.
• * 1.540

  Deadly Scor∣pions.
• * 1.541

  Deusen.
• * 1.542

  The Towne of Caphsa.
• * 1.543

  Water scarce.
• * 1.544

  Heate and d••ought. Great store of Manna.
• * 1.545

  Leuata, Berdoa, and others are omitted.
• * 1.546

  The Region of Nun.
• * 1.547

  The Region of Tegaza. Salt Mines. Tombuto.
• * 1.548

  The Region Berdeoa. A whole Cara∣uan conducted by a blind Guide who lead them by scent onely; as at this present the Carauans of Maroco are conducted o∣uer the Libyan Desarts to Tom∣buto.
• * 1.549

  The Region of Alguechet.
• * 1.550

  Bichri and Meshudi.
• * 1.551

  Negro, Barba∣rian Sauages. Religion.
• * 1.552

  The Negros subiect vnto Ioseph King of Maroco.
• * 1.553

  Abuacre Izchia.
• * 1.554

  Mecca.
• * 1.555

  Niger.
• * 1.556

  A description of the King∣dome of Gua∣lata.
• * 1.557

  This round & white pulse is called Maiz in the West Indies. A description of the King∣dome of Ghi∣nea. We extend the Countrey of Guinnie fur∣ther, by apply∣ing the name knowen to the remot: Regi∣gions vn∣knowen. The naturall commodities of Ghinea.
• * 1.558

  Priests, & Do∣ctors clothed in white.
• * 1.559

  The Prince of Guinea kept prisoner by Izchia.
• * 1.560

  The Kingdom of Melli.
• * 1.561

  Pro••essors.
• * 1.562

  The Prince of Melli subdued by Izch••a. The Kingdom o•• Tombuto. Tombuto was conquered by ths King of Ma oco 1589. from whence he had for yeerely Tri∣bute mighty sums of mo∣ney. But the ciu••l w••rs haue altered that state since.
• * 1.563

  1526. The King of Tombu••o his daughters mar∣ried vnto two rich merchants Great scarcity of salt in Tom∣buto, which commodity m••ght be sup∣plied by our English Mer∣chants to their vnspeakeable gaine. Reuerence v∣sed before the King of Tom∣buto. Poysoned ar∣rowes Iewes hated. Bookes. Shels vsed for Coine like as in the King∣dome of Conga.
• * 1.564

  The Towne of Cabra.
• * 1.565

  The Towne and Kingdome of Gagoa.
• * 1.566

  Rich sale for Cloth.
• * 1.567

  Swords.
• * 1.568

  Salt deare.
• * 1.569

  Of the King∣dome of Guber.
• * 1.570

  Their manner of lowing Corne at the Inundation of Niger. The King of Guber slaine by Izchia. Cottages moueable.
• * 1.571

  The Pro∣uince of Cano.
• * 1.572

  The Kings of Zegzeg, of Ca∣sena, and of Cano subdued by Izchia the King o•• Tem∣buto. The Kingdome of Casena.
• * 1.573

  Izchia.
• * 1.574

  The Kingdom of Z••••zeg.
• * 1.575

  Izchia.
• * 1.576

  The Region of Zanfara. The King of Zanfara slaine by Izchia, and the people made tri∣butary. The Towne and Kingdome of Guangara. Gold. Izchia.
• * 1.577

  The Kingdom of Borno. Where no re∣ligious set Ce∣remonies are, men are said to haue no re∣ligion: yet vp∣on better no∣tice of such parts, alway an obseruation of, and com∣munication with the Deuil is found, where men ac∣knowledge no God as in Brasil, &c. Also Sau••ges are said to haue no religi∣on, hau••ng no Temples &c. The Desart of Seu. Fifteene or twentie slaues exchanged for one Horse. Vessels, &c. all Go••d. The Kingdom of Gaoga.
• * 1.578

  The Kindome of Nubia. The Riuer of Nilus not Na∣uigable be∣tweene Nubia and Egypt. The rich Com∣modities of Nubia. Most strong Poyson.
• * 1.579

  Bugiha.
• * 1.580

  Egypt foure hundred and fiftie miles long. The Course of Nilus.
• * 1.581

  Turbant.
• * 1.582

  A diuision of Egypt.
• * 1.583

  Mesraim is recorded to be the Brother of Chus, and the Sonne of Cham Chibith.
• * 1.584

  The ancient Pedigree and Originall of the Egyptians. Gen. 10. 6.
• * 1.585

  Fu••••ato.
• * 1.586

  The qualitie & temperature of the Ayre in E∣gypt. Raine vnwhol∣some.
• * 1.587

  Extreame Pe∣stilence. The French Maladie most rife in Egypt.
• * 1.588

  The increase of Nilus.
• * 1.589

  Moggia.
• * 1.590

  The Citie of Bos••ri.
• * 1.591

  The great Ci∣tie of Alexan∣dria in Egypt.
• * 1.592

  Indulgences of Mahumet.
• * 1.593

  Searchers in∣deed.
• * 1.594

  Ancient traf∣fique of the English vnto Alexandria.
• * 1.595

  This in Leos time 1526.
• * 1.596

  Alexandria sur∣prised and sacked by the king of Cyprus.
• * 1.597

  Ph••••os.
• * 1.598

  Watch Tower.
• * 1.599

  Alexandria vaulted. The water of Nilus brought by a sluce into Alexandria.
• * 1.600

  Sickely fruits.
• * 1.601

  The pillar and a pilld Fable thereof.
• * 1.602

  Certain Chri∣stians called Iacobites.
• * 1.603

  Alexanders Se∣pulchre resor∣ted to in Pil∣grimage. Foelix terrar••m pr••do: a Saint.
• * 1.604

  The Citie of Rasid called by the Italians Rosetto. Iohn Leo was at Rasid the same time when Se∣lim the great Turke passed that way. Thebe.
• * 1.605

  The fruits cal∣led Muse.
• * 1.606

  Fuoas
• * 1.607

  Sugar.
• * 1.608

  Gezirat Edde∣heb, that is to say, the golden Ile. Great abun∣dance of Su∣gar.
• * 1.609

  It was soone after in Leos time taken by the Turke and the Soldans ex∣tirpate. A Description of the huge & admirable Ci∣tie of Ca••ro.
• * 1.610

  1526. The Founder.
• * 1.611

  The Temple.
• * 1.612

  Delicate drinks made all kind of fruits.
• * 1.613

  Soldan Ghauri.
• * 1.614

  A stately Hos∣pitall.
• * 1.615

  The Suburbs.
• * 1.616

  A stately Colledge.
• * 1.617

  Palace and Temple.
• * 1.618

  Palace and Colledge.
• * 1.619

  These Asses are somewhat like to Banks his Curtall, that plaid his Prizes all Eng∣land ouer.
• * 1.620

  South-saying Birds.
• * 1.621

  The Suburbe called Charafa,
• * 1.622

  The old Citie, called Mifrul∣hetich.
• * 1.623

  Hamres huge Temple.
• * 1.624

  Saint Nafissa,
• * 1.625

  Pilgrimage and Offerings.
• * 1.626

  Cosening Priests.
• * 1.627

  Sepulchres of the Soldans.
• * 1.628

  The onely Balme-tree in the world. See P. M••rt. Legat. Babyl. and Bellon. obs.
• * 1.629

  The manner of measuring the increase of Nilus. This Pillar is called by Plinie Niloscopium.
• * 1.630

  Iohn Leo took▪ these notes a little be ore the ••urke had conquered E∣gypt, after wh••ch trauel∣led thrice into Egypt. A solemne Feast of seuen dayes for Nilus.
• * 1.631

  The customes, rites, and fashi∣ons of the Ci∣tizens of Cairo.
• * 1.632

  The attyre of the women of Ca••ro.
• * 1.633

  The libertie of the women of Cairo.
• * 1.634

  Birds hatched 〈◊〉〈◊〉 a 〈…〉〈…〉ange manner in Egypt.
• * 1.635

  The reward of new and inge∣nious deuises. One Marke Sca∣liot in London, made a Locke and Key and Chaine, of 43. linkes, all which a Flea did draw, and weighed but a graine and a halfe, Stow Chron. 1579. Foure seuerall Sects of the Mahumetan Religion, per∣mitted in the Citie of Cairo.
• * 1.636

  An horrible kind of execu∣tion.
• * 1.637

  The Nauell being cut is present death.
• * 1.638

  Women cir∣cumcised.
• * 1.639

  Th•• manner of creating the Soldan, and of the orders, de∣grees, and offi∣ces in his Court. Iohn Leo was thrise in Egypt. Ths Mamaluks.
• * 1.640

  The originall of the Mama∣luks.
• * 1.641

  The principall Peere next vn∣der the Soldan called Edda∣guadare. The Soldans offi••er, called Amir Caber.
• * 1.642

  Nai Bessan.
• * 1.643

  The Ostadar.
• * 1.644

  The Amiri A∣chor.
• * 1.645

  The Amiralf.
• * 1.646

  The Amirmia.
• * 1.647

  The Chazen∣da••e.
• * 1.648

  The Amirsileh.
• * 1.649

  The Testecana.
• * 1.650

  The Citie of Chanca.
• * 1.651

  The Citie of Munia.
• * 1.652

  The Citie of Azioth.
• * 1.653

  Christians.
• * 1.654

  It is other∣wise read in the tenth Chapter of Genesis, vers. 6.
• * 1.655

  The Citie of Ichmin.
• * 1.656

  Dubium.
• * 1.657

  The Monaste∣rie called Georgia.
• * 1.658

  A Pestilence.
• * 1.659

  The Citie of Chian.
• * 1.660

  The Citie of Barbanda.
• * 1.661

  Emralds.
• * 1.662

  The Citie of Cana. Antonio Gal∣uano maketh large mention of this Citie. The Hauen of Chossir.
• * 1.663

  The Citie of Asna.
• * 1.664

  The Citie of Assuan.
• * 1.665

  Suachen.
• * 1.666

  Bugiha are those which in old time were called Troglo∣dytae.
• * 1.667

  The great Trauels of Iohn Leo.
• * 1.668

  Of the African Beasts diffe∣ring from the European. The manner of taking Ele∣phants in Ethiopia.
• * 1.669

  As by a tame Female draw∣ing him to an inclosed place: and by a tame Male fighting with the wilde one in the Wood, and meane while men with ropes fastning his hinder legs. The Beast cal∣led Giraffa.
• * 1.670

  Here is a word wanting in the ori∣ginall. The Camell.
• * 1.671

  The African Camels are the best.
• * 1.672

  Three kinds of Camels.
• * 1.673

  Camels of a wond••r••ull swi••tnes, o∣therwise called Dromidaries.
• * 1.674

  The Camels great absti∣nence from drinke.
• * 1.675

  How the Ca∣mels o Cairo learne to dance.
• * 1.676

  Barbary or Ara∣bian Horses.
• * 1.677

  Horses fed with Camels milke.
• * 1.678

  The wilde Horse. Wild Horses are vsuall with the Tartars & at the Riuer of Plate (but of ••panish bread. Lant.
• * 1.679

  Targets made of a skin.
• * 1.680

  The wild Oxe.
• * 1.681

  The wild Asse.
• * 1.682

  The Oxen vp∣the Mountains of Africa.
• * 1.683

  The beast cal∣led Adimmain.
• * 1.684

  The African Ramme.
• * 1.685

  Huge tayle.
• * 1.686

  The Lyon.
• * 1.687

  The Leopard.
• * 1.688

  The beast cal∣led Dabuh.
• * 1.689

  The Ciuet Cat
• * 1.690

  The manner of gathering Ci∣uet.
• * 1.691

  The Ape. Monkeyes and Baboones.
• * 1.692

  The Sea Horse
• * 1.693

  The Sea Oxe.
• * 1.694

  The Tor••oyse. Bicri his Booke of the Regi∣on•• of Africa.
• * 1.695

  The Crocodile The craft of the Crocodile in taking both men & beast••.
• * 1.696

  Litle Birds fly∣ing into the Crocodiles mouth to pick wormes from betweene their teeth.
• * 1.697

  The Dragon.
• * 1.698

  The Hydra.
• * 1.699

  The creature called Dub.
• * 1.700

  The Guarall.
• * 1.701

  The Camelion
• * 1.702

  It is obserued to eate Flyes.
• * 1.703

  How the Ca∣melion killeth the Serpent.
• * 1.704

  The Ostrich.
• * 1.705

  Of Fowles, and first of the Eagle.
• * 1.706

  A strange nar∣ration.
• * 1.707

  The Fowle called Nesir.
• * 1.708

  Hawkes.
• * 1.709

  Parats or Poppiniay.
• * 1.710

  The Locusts.
• * 1.711

  Of Minerals and Fruits, Rootes: and first of Mine∣rall Salt. One pound of Salt for halfe a Duckat.
• * 1.712

  The Minerall called Anti∣monie.
• * 1.713

  Of Euphor∣bium.
• * 1.714

  Of Pitch.
• * 1.715

  Pitch made in Mount Atlas.
• * 1.716

  The Fruit cal∣led Mau•• or Musa.
• * 1.717

  Of Cassia.
• * 1.718

  The Roote called Tau∣zarghente.
• * 1.719

  The Roote cal∣led Addad.
• * 1.720

  The Roote cal∣led Surnag.
• * 1.721

  That is, in Barbarie, Nu∣midia, Libya, the Land of Negros, and Egypt.
• * 1.722

  This is that Seriffe or Xe∣riffe so often mentioned by Leo, which then began (vnder colour of war∣ring against the Christians both Spaniards and Portugals which had made (as you see in Leo) large entries into Barbary) to v∣surpe the State and dis∣possesse the former Kings. So that euen in order of time and af∣faires, this Hi∣storie fitly suc∣ceeds the for∣mer of Leo; for Barb••ry. Of their manner of getting the Kingdome, and the rest of the story, see my Pilgrimage, l. 6. c. 11. §. 2.
• * 2.1

  A Voyage ouer a sandy Sea to Gago for Gold.
• * 2.2

  The Larbies are the dwel∣lers in the plaine, the Brebers Moun∣tainers.
• * 2.3

  The greatnes of his Domi∣nion.
• * 2.4

  A Carauan, is a company of Merchants go∣ing together for trading, with a great number of Horses, Ca∣mels and Mules, laden with Commo∣dities.
• * 2.5

  Sugar Gar∣dens.
• * 2.6

  The place where his wo∣men are kept.
• * 2.7

  Muley Hamet Xaiffs sonnes: the three first ma••e bloody warres with each other for the Kingdom.
• * 2.8

  Basha Musta∣pha.
• * 2.9

  Mustapha be∣headed.
• * 2.10

  M. Sheck.
• * 2.11

  M. Boferes. Plague in Sus.
• * 2.12

  M. Sidan.
• * 2.13

  Muley Shecks misgouerne∣ment of him∣selfe and his Countrey.
• * 2.14

  Rich Iew.
• * 2.15

  The Kings speedy iour∣ney to Fez.
• * 2.16

  Muley Sheck ta∣keth Sanctu∣arie.
• * 2.17

  Taken there by force.
• * 2.18

  Sidania in Tedula.
• * 2.19

  Some say he died of the Plague, which was so hot, that in one yeare they say, there died in Moroco, seuen hundred thousand, in Fez, fiue hun∣dred thousand.
• * 2.20

  Muley Sidan proclaimed.
• * 2.21

  Muley Boferes taketh possessi∣on of the Kings House.
• * 2.22

  B••feres proclai∣med at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and Taradant.
• * 2.23

  M. Nassar.
• * 2.24

  Nassars flight and death.
• * 2.25

  Hamet Monso∣res reuolt.
• * 2.26

  M. Sheck deli∣uered to Bo∣feres.
• * 2.27

  Mustafa.
• * 2.28

  Azus. Treasurie.
• * 2.29

  B. Iudar.
• * 2.30

  Sidania de∣stroyed.
• * 2.31

  English Gun∣ners.
• * 2.32

  Fokers are men of good life, which are only giuen to peace. Leo calls them Hermites; other call them Talbies and Saints: they are held in great repu∣tation of sanctitie. M. Sheck set at libertie.
• * 2.33

  Policies.
• * 2.34

  Fokers suspect∣ed, and peace denied.
• * 2.35

  Almohalla is a Campe.
• * 2.36

  The Battayle.
• * 2.37

  Dwar, is a Towne of Tents. Vniust Iustice.
• * 2.38

  Treaty of peace.
• * 2.39

  Treasure taken
• * 2.40

  Absadicke.
• * 2.41

  Sidans valour.
• * 2.42

  Rummadan, is Lent.
• * 2.43

  Ciuill combu∣stions amongst the Larbies.
• * 2.44

  Death of Bo∣crasia.
• * 2.45

  Sahara, the Countrey or Desarts of Sands. The reputati∣on of Here〈…〉〈…〉tes or Fokers.
• * 2.46

  Peace conclu∣ded betwixt Boferes and Sidan.
• * 2.47

  Abdelas escape.
• * 2.48

  Sidans policie.
• * 2.49

  Abdelmelech made Gene∣rall.
• * 2.50

  His retreat.
• * 2.51

  S. Anth. Sherley, an Englishman sent Ambassa∣dor from the Emperour.
• * 2.52

  Sir Edwin Rich.
• * 2.53

  The Ambassa∣dors bounty.
• * 2.54

  His famous aduentures.
• * 2.55

  Spaniards in loue with Sir Anthony Sher∣ley.
• * 2.56

  His state.
• * 2.57

  His affront and discon∣tent.
• * 2.58

  His bounty to two Portugals.
• * 2.59

  Escape of a Renegago.
• * 2.60

  Abdela, by help of English and other Christi∣an Gunners, wins the field and Morocco.
• * 2.61

  Boferes his flight.
• * 2.62

  A rich Sword.
• * 2.63

  Sanctuary.
• * 2.64

  Abdelas perfid••
• * 2.65

  The fruit of ty∣rannous per∣fidy.
• * 2.66

  The battayle.
• * 2.67

  Artillery taken
• * 2.68

  Seuen or eight thousand killed Treble crueltie.
• * 2.69

  Pi••ats end.
• * 2.70

  Sidan M••ster of the field, and Moroc•• or Mor∣uecos. The Kings House a Castle
• * 2.71

  Sanctuary ta∣ken in the G••eat Church belonging to the Kings House.
• * 2.72

  Perfidious crueltie.
• * 2.73

  Famine fol∣lo••••th Warre, as that the Pe∣stilence.
• * 2.74

  Faithlesse but∣cherie.
• * 2.75

  Thirty or forty Englishmen Ca∣noniers, taken by Abdela.
• * 2.76

  Shracies mu∣teny.
• * 2.77

  Their trea∣cherie.
• * 2.78

  Bloudy decree.
• * 2.79

  Two hundred English serue Sidan. Captaine Iohn Giffard.
• * 2.80

  A present sent from Queene El••zabeth, giuen to Captaine Giffard. Philip Giffard. Captaine Iaques. Captaine Smith. Captaine Baker. Captaine Tailer, Faukes, Chambers, Isaac. Southsaying Oracles: su∣perstitious cre∣dulitie. The Kings treasure. The battell.
• * 2.81

  Sidans flight. Eng〈…〉〈…〉sh valour, but few vn∣slaine.
• * 2.82

  Captaine Giffards death.
• * 2.83

  Abdela second time Master of Moruecos.
• * 2.84

  Shracies de∣part.
• * 2.85

  Muley Hamet Bosonne.
• * 2.86

  Fond feare.
• * 2.87

  How vaine is man? a feare∣full armie of men.
• * 2.88

  Bosonne pro∣claimed King.
• * 2.89

  Boferes besie∣ged: his escape and pouertie.
• * 2.90

  Grufe.
• * 2.91

  The battell.
• * 2.92

  Sidan regai∣neth Moruecos.
• * 2.93

  Bosonne poi∣soned.
• * 2.94

  Alkeid Azus.
• * 2.95

  Iohn Etina.
• * 2.96

  Sir Anthony Sherleyes pre∣ferment.
• * 2.97

  The Author added a dis∣course also of their Religion: but I omit it and referre the Reader to my Pilgrimage, and proceed to the reports of their Poli∣cie.
• * 2.98

  Shecks of Fa∣milies or Tribes.
• * 2.99

  Execution of Iustice.
• * 2.100

  Three Musties.
• * 2.101

  Ordinary Iudges.
• * 2.102

  Their manner of iudicature.
• * 2.103

  Allegations a∣gainst witnes∣ses.
• * 2.104

  Debts.
• * 2.105

  Coadiutors to the Iudges.
• * 2.106

  Manner of Contracts.
• * 2.107

  Steryes or Of∣ficers of the Court.
• * 2.108

  Muttifeb.
• * 2.109

  Hackam.
• * 2.110

  Muckadens.
• * 2.111

  Fokers.
• * 2.112

  The causes & manners of their fights.
• * 2.113

  Deadly feud with the Lar∣bies.
• * 2.114

  With the Bre∣bers.
• * 2.115

  Effadiuntur opes irritamenta ma∣lorum.
• * 2.116

  Gago.
• * 2.117

  Six monethes Iourney.
• * 2.118

  Dreadfull De∣sarts.
• * 2.119

  Mummi, but the best Mum∣mi is made of embalmed bo∣dies which haue been long since buryed, as in Egypt, &c.
• * 2.120

  Salt.
• * 2.121

  Taken out of Botcro, Po∣ry, &c.
• * 2.122

  He hath since gotten Mamora
• * 2.123

  The Af〈…〉〈…〉 Trade might haue been as rich as the Indian.
• * 2.124

  The Domini∣ons of the Great Turke in Africa.
• * 2.125

  Change of names of Alger.
• * 2.126

  Furnaces fitly made for bree∣ding of Chic∣kins.
• * 2.127

  Camels and Oxen shod.
• * 2.128

  The Moores do ride their horses without saddle or bri∣dle.
• * 2.129

  Weapons of the Moores.
• * 2.130

  Many renied Christians in Algier. A miserable life of the Christian slaues in Algier. Pleasant Gar∣dens.
• * 2.131

  Sauo a Riuer.
• * 2.132

  Tipasa an old Citie.
• * 2.133

  Ferdinando King Catho∣like constray∣neth the Mores to a Truce.
• * 2.134

  Selim slaine by Treason.
• * 2.135

  The King had not complete power: but they enioyed, as this Author saith, a kind of Common∣wealth. This Ha••iadene was the fa∣mous Sea Captaine, Ad∣mirall of the Turkes Nauie, mentioned in the Turkish Hi∣storie, which affrighted Rome, and was terrible to Christendom, See my Pilgri∣mage, l. 6. c. 9. §. 2. Cape of Ted∣dell. Strange Mice. Teddell. Borasque of Barbarie, most dangerous for Saylers.
• * 2.136

  Porte of Bone.
• * 2.137

  This Ambassa∣dor was the Lord of Ara∣m••nt sent 1551. by the French King to the Great Turke at Constantinople.
• * 2.138

  Bone anciently Hippon.
• * 2.139

  Charles the fift builded there a Castle.
• * 2.140

  The Spaniards driuen out of the Castle. Merdez a peo∣ple.
• * 2.141

  A Church buil∣ded by S. Aug.
• * 2.142

  Cape 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rose. Galite and Symboles. A flying F〈…〉〈…〉.
• * 2.143

  Pantalaree an∣ciently Paco∣nie.
• * 2.144

  Oyle made of Stinco. The Women of this Coun∣trey are very good Swim∣mers.
• * 2.145

  Road of S. Paul.
• * 2.146

  Goze saccaged.
• * 2.147

  Sixe thousand and three hun∣dred prisoners taken. A pitifull Hi∣story. A strange cruelty.
• * 2.148

  Manner to search the Christian slaues that come to be sold. A Scorpion.
• * 2.149

  Uallier sent to the Gallies with irons vpon him.
• * 2.150

  A good and wise answere of Uallier.
• * 2.151

  Faith and pro∣mise broken.
• * 2.152

  Tripoli descri∣bed.
• * 2.153

  An Arch tri∣umphal.
• * 2.154

  Munitions of warre resting within the Castle.
• * 2.155

  A cruell sacri∣fice vpon the person of Iohn Chabas a Gun∣ner of the Ca∣stle.
• * 2.156

  Algier.
• * 2.157

  They come a∣gaine to Algier.
• * 2.158

  The rest of this Iournall contayning their returne, &c. is for bre∣uitie, omitted. Among many English which since the stir∣ring of this Waspes Nest, haue bin stung, wee haue thought fit to adde to the glory of God, and honour of the English: these two strange deli∣uerances fol∣lowing, the Stories of two ships of Bristow which tooke their takers.
• * 2.159

  See the Histo∣ry in Hack. Voyages.
• * 2.160

  Cap. Nicholes.
• * 2.161

  Master Malam.
• * 2.162

  Execrable tor∣tures by Hel∣lish Pitats in∣flicted on the English to make them Renega∣does and Apo∣stataes.
• * 2.163

  Sale of the English.
• * 2.164

  The Exchange of Bristow.
• * 2.165

  Chandler a Renegado.
• * 2.166

  The Turkes quarrell and part.
• * 2.167

  Wizards or Witches car∣ryed to Sea by Turkes.
• * 2.168

  Ceremonies of their diuining.
• * 2.169

  Danger of discouery.
• * 2.170

  Another dan∣ger.
• * 2.171

  Tor Bay.
• * 2.172

  The Prize out of sight.
• * 2.173

  The onset.
• * 2.174

  The Victory.
• * 2.175

  Praise giue•• to God.
• * 2.176

  They arriue in England.
• * 2.177

  Euent of the other ship.
• * 2.178

  I haue contra∣cted this Hi∣story (as o∣thers) for bre∣uity: omitting nothing wil∣lingly which the Author saw: in other things com∣monly refer∣ring the Rea∣der to M. San∣dys his owne booke or other Authors which were his guides. For we write of mens trauailes, ra∣ther then a history of pla∣ces & Regions in this worke: whi••h herein differeth from that which I haue called my Pilgrimage. Many al••o of the things left out are in Leo or others here insert〈…〉〈…〉
• * 2.179

  He began his iourney, 1610. They cut it againe in the halfe way be∣tweene Cairo and Rosetta.
• * 2.180

  Perhaps rather ceasing vpon Sunnes en∣tring into Leo, as it doth at A••eppo, and elsewhere in those parts. A vulgar ex∣periment ge∣nerally affir∣med: as by Al••inus in Med. Egypt, l. 4. c. 8. who long liued here, vpon the the test mo∣〈…〉〈…〉es o•• Paulus Marcitus the French Consul, Ba〈…〉〈…〉ste E••a∣••us a Iesuite, and Io••n Var••t an English man
• * 2.181

  Palmetrees.
• * 2.182

  Male and Fe∣••ale.
• * 2.183

  Wood sold by weight.
• * 2.184

  Paper-sedge.
• * 2.185

  Hauing the stampe with the Sultan••, the name of Cairo added where it is coined: of better value in that of finer gold by two or three Aspers. 1610.
• * 2.186

  The Bassas se∣••ere iustice.
• * 2.187

  Theeues, how punished.
• * 2.188

  Drunkennesse punished with death.
• * 2.189

  The Moores.
• * 2.190

  Their apparell.
• * 2.191

  The women.
• * 2.192

  St••rc••s bo••i∣num.
• * 2.193

  The Christians called com∣monly and corruptly Cofties.
• * 2.194

  Their Christi∣anity & rites.
• * 2.195

  Patriarke of Alexandria.
• * 2.196

  Fasting.
• * 2.197

  Alexandria.
• * 2.198

  Pharos Needl••
• * 2.199

  Pompeis pillar.
• * 2.200

  Two Patriark•• Cyrill ••he Pa∣triarke his saying.
• * 2.201

  Customē••.
• * 2.202

  A coyne of sil∣uer that trebles the Asper for value.
• * 2.203

  The Vice-con∣ful.
• * 2.204

  A Desart.
• * 2.205

  Matter of Christall Glasses.
• * 2.206

  Rosetta.
• * 2.207

  Or rather in the Hungarian.
• * 2.208

  Breadth of Nilus.
• * 2.209

  Cut of the Riuer.
• * 2.210

  Letting in of the Riuer drawne vp by Buffolo••s.
• * 2.211

  Elough is their naming of God, as we be∣gin, In Gods Name.
• * 2.212

  Bolac.
• * 2.213

  Bountie of an English Mer∣chant at Cairo. Cairo described
• * 2.214

  Lockes and Keyes of wood.
• * 2.215

  Fooles foolish∣ly admired, and mad Saints.
• * 2.216

  Contempt of Christians. Raine in Egypt.
• * 2.217

  Little Byram.
• * 2.218

  Stately palace.
• * 2.219

  The Lake.
• * 2.220

  Fiue Haruests in a yeare.
• * 2.221

  Base knauerie, & good iustice.
• * 2.222

  Admirable fer∣tility of fruits, and their va∣rietie.
• * 2.223

  Plantans sup∣posed supplan∣ters.
• * 2.224

  Emble me of good Magi∣strates.
• * 2.225

  Cameleons described at large.
• * 2.226

  The Castle.
• * 2.227

  Marbles mar∣uels.
• * 2.228

  Armenians.
• * 2.229

  L••onicus Ch〈…〉〈…〉 lib. 3.
• * 2.230

  Greekes.
• * 2.231

  Egges harched by art.
• * 2.232

  Rue whole∣some.
• * 2.233

  Feats by birds and beasts.
• * 2.234

  Seo L••••.
• * 2.235

  Matarea.
• * 2.236

  Sala••icus tom: 10. cap. 6. dares to report (as he saith, himselfe seeing it) that from Sunday at noone vntill Monday mor∣ning they will not labour in the drawing vp o•• water, though vrged with stripes.
• * 2.237

  Sala••icus tom: 10. cap. 6. dares to report (as he saith, himselfe seeing it) that from Sunday at noone vntill Monday mor∣ning they will not labour in the drawing vp o•• water, though vrged with stripes.
• * 2.238

  Balme.
• * 2.239

  Strange, if the dealing be as true as the telling.
• * 2.240

  Mummey.
• * 2.241

  Pyramides.
• * 2.242

  North moist.
• * 2.243

  Other Pyra∣mides.
• * 2.244

  The Cheops.
• * 2.245

  The Colossus.
• * 2.246

  Plinie taxed.
• * 2.247

  Babylon.
• * 2.248

  See Leo.
• * 2.249

  Hangia.
• * 2.250

  Vnnaturall Parents.
• * 2.251

  Chams Curse continuing stil
• * 2.252

  Black colour whence. Bilbesh.
• * 2.253

  The tree Al∣chan.
• * 2.254

  Salhia.
• * 2.255

  The Caruan described.
• * 2.256

  Arabia petrea.
• * 2.257

  Assault of wild Arabs.
• * 2.258

  Oftridges.
• * 2.259

  Dromedaries.
• * 2.260

  Iewish Super∣stition.
• * 2.261

  Fraudes pietatis, rewarded with pi•• fraudes. Catie.
• * 2.262

  Nitre.
• * 2.263

  Africa.
• * 2.264

  Haniones:
• * 2.265

  Fiue English ships.
• * 2.266

  Curiositie of admitting strangers.
• * 2.267

  Greek mothers, b••wds to their daughters.
• * 2.268

  Impudence of Curtizans, no rarity, but as common as themselues.
• * 2.269

  Description of Malta.
• * 2.270

  The order of Knights Hos∣pitulars.
• * 2.271

  All G〈…〉〈…〉∣men.
• * 2.272

  Women capa∣able.
• * 2.273

  Ceremonie•• of creation.
• * 2.274

  Their Vow.
• * 2.275

  Hastie lye.
• * 2.276

  Degradatio•• and death.
• * 2.277

  Their number and gouern∣ment.
• * 2.278

  The Great Master and his Election.
• * 2.279

  The Villages and Cities.
• * 2.280

  Serpents not hurtfull.
• * 2.281

  Their glorious withstanding the Turke.
• * 2.282

  Pietie of a M••h••metan.
• * 2.283

  Ual••tta.
• * 2.284

  Saint Hermes.
• * 2.285

  The Palace,
• * 2.286

  The seuen Al∣berge.
• * 2.287

  Saint Iohns Hospitall.
• * 2.288

  Their Gallies.
• * 2.289

  Their expedi∣tions.
• * 2.290

  The people.
• * 2.291

  Pompous so∣lemnitie.